- 2018

Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Undergraduate - Units

BEH1032 - Evidence based practice, research and population health in community based emergency health services

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Paul Jennings

Coordinator(s)

Dr Paul Jennings

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3445.

Synopsis

This unit introduces population health, public health and primary health care principles to the analysis of community based emergency health (CBEH). Population health principles are applied to illness prevention and health promotion. The use of health datasets in population and public health is also discussed. The basis of science, knowledge and evidence is explored along with the principles and use of evidence-based practice in the CBEH setting. Students are encouraged to develop their capacity for enquiry, research, critical thought, critical appraisal and analysis through the semester. Information technology is used to access and interrogate the multitude of health datasets.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Outline the essential features of the Australian Healthcare System.
  2. Describe the essential features of population health, contemporary public health, and primary health care, and relate them to community-based emergency health care.
  3. Explain the concepts of science, knowledge and truth, scientific method, research, and evaluation.
  4. Demonstrate knowledge of the core elements of a scholarly approach to investigations.
  5. Develop the ability to use information technology to access resources relating to community-based emergency health care.
  6. Demonstrate critical appraisal of the literature related to aspects of emergency care practice.
  7. Outline the epidemiological approaches to community based emergency health using examples of contemporary emergency health issues.
  8. Develop an understanding and awareness of inequalities in the community and their impact on health status and for the provision of adequate community-based emergency health services.
  9. Describe the importance of clinical research and the role of the paramedic in research that informs clinical practice.
  10. Outline the principles of evidence-based practice in determining the evidence and transmitting theory to practice in the setting of CBEH.

Assessment

  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Portfolio (60%) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH1041 - Human development and health across the lifespan

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Chantal Perera

Coordinator(s)

Ms Chantal Perera

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3445.

Synopsis

This unit uses the framework of human development throughout the lifespan to identify health and, specifically, emergency health issues at various stages of the lifespan. Students will investigate the roles of paramedics and allied health professionals in assessing human development and maintaining health across the lifespan and will explore issues relating to death and grieving. Included in this unit will be clinical visits to selected agencies to provide clinical context to the theoretical background.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the physical, personal, psychological and social milestones of human development throughout the lifespan.
  2. Identify the social and cultural determinants that impact upon human development.
  3. Communicate effectively with individuals across the lifespan within an appropriate developmental framework.
  4. Identify common acute and chronic health issues that occur across the lifespan.
  5. Apply contemporary theories of development to specific health issues across the lifespan.
  6. Identify essential activities and information regarding health promotion to meet the needs of individuals across the lifespan.
  7. Summarise theoretical perspectives on grieving and loss.

Assessment

  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Portfolio (30%)
  • Community placement portfolio (Pass / Fail)
  • Examination (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)

To pass this unit the student must attend community placements AND successfully complete the community placement portfolio. 80% attendance at tutorials is required to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, small group exercises, and field trips.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH1042 - Law, ethics and professionalism

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Peter Jurkovsky

Coordinator(s)

Mr Peter Jurkovsky

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3445.

Synopsis

Law, Ethics and Professionalism will provide Bachelor of Emergency Health students with a sound basis for their legal and ethical practice within a chosen profession. The unit is divided into three distinct themes which blend together to assist in their understanding of legal principles, the application of legal standards, assessment and application of ethical practices while analysing the overarching concepts of professionalism in a challenging and continually developing area of health practice.

The unit will offer a broad range of teaching and learning strategies to accommodate the variety of participants in a non-clinical setting with an emphasis in supporting students in these activities. A combination of a prescribed text written specifically for the discipline and referral articles that encompass a wider field of practice will be used in conjunction with lectures, tutorials, online discussion and research tasks. A particularly important area of activity within the unit will be applying the principles in contextualised scenarios that relate directly to paramedic practice to ensure students consider and reflect upon areas of their professional practice, beyond the purely clinical environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a requisite level of knowledge of the Australian legal system and its principles whilst also exhibiting an understanding of the requirements of the law in professional paramedic practice.
  2. Identify particularly important legislation, cases and legal concepts while applying their principles to professional paramedic practice.
  3. Identify the basis and application of the fundamental rights and responsibilities of all involved in pre-hospital care while assessing principles of personal autonomy, consent and refusal of treatment by discussing and analysing difficult facts scenarios within the health care paradigm.
  4. Discuss and analyse the significance of regulation and registration in paramedic practice while assessing the various ways in which registration authorities receive, consider and adjudicate on issues affecting professional health practice.
  5. Identify and assess the issues associated with surrogate and end of life decision making in health care generally while analysing the unique requirements in the pre-hospital environment.
  6. Assess and practically apply the requirements of accurate record keeping, confidentiality and mandatory reporting in health care generally and paramedic practice specifically.
  7. Identify and discuss the essential ethical and bioethical theories while applying them to the role of the paramedic.
  8. Accurately describe contemporary models of professionalism and their application to the role of the paramedic while practically applying the appropriate models in problem based scenarios.

Assessment

  • Research paper (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Final examination (50%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

The unit is structured around two, two-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial each week (Weeks 2 - 11 inclusive). In addition to attending lectures and tutorials it is expected that students complete a minimum of 1 hour of personal study per one hour of contact time (approximately 10 hours per week) in order to satisfy the reading and assignment expectations.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH2141 - The paramedic in the community

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Coordinator(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or the Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice stream in Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop paramedic awareness and understanding of the cross-cultural and demographically diverse community groups they will encounter as primary health care providers, and extend their capacity to communicate, build rapport and meaningfully engage with these groups. Students will gain valuable community engagement and participation experience through structured volunteer placements within strategically selected private, public and indigenous health related settings. Students will actively participate within these facilities in all aspects of the care programs being delivered allowing them to develop communication, listening and teamwork and skills whilst acquiring an insight into community health issues. In addition students will explore the valuable role they play as health care professionals in educating the community about the paramedics' role, and contributing to patient understanding of medical emergencies and the range of health care services and options available to them. Finally, through their community participation students will be expected to identify real or perceived gaps within the community health sector and devise strategies to narrow those gaps and achieve better health outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Compare and contrast the unique health concerns and requirements of the diverse population that paramedics care for within the community.
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation for the role interpersonal skills play in gaining patient trust and promoting better health outcomes.
  3. Identify ways in which community engagement can develop the scope of practice of the paramedics and enhance community relationships.
  4. Explore the role of the paramedic in developing community capability and awareness to better manage medical emergencies.
  5. Investigate the diverse needs of Indigenous Australians in the context of community based emergency health and identify ways in which the ambulance professional can enhance their awareness and participation in these needs.
  6. Propose and plan strategies designed to strengthen community relationships and promote initiatives to improve community health outcomes.

Assessment

  • Community health project (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Volunteer community participation portfolio (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Volunteer community participation (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirements: To pass the unit the student must complete 50 hours of Volunteer community participation and attend at least 80% of tutorials.

Workload requirements

Six hours per week involving community participation, lectures and tutorials.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH3022 - Research and contemporary challenges in community based emergency health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Must have passed BEH1032Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3445.

Synopsis

The unit examines the principles of quality improvement, error and risk reduction, and clinical audit specifically relevant to CBEH. Contemporary challenges in community-based emergency health needs are discussed in the context of the Australian healthcare system. The impact of politics, funding, and changing demography on future population health needs are explored. Students will investigate alternative methods of delivering community-based emergency health and discuss the future role of paramedics in meeting the health needs of an aging population. The students will also apply research methods to the development of a research proposal that investigates a contemporary community based emergency health challenge.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the principles of quality improvement, error and risk reduction, and clinical audit and apply these principles to the setting of community-based emergency health;
  2. Utilise foundational knowledge of relevant research methods, to critically analyse selected community-based emergency health issues;
  3. Identify and discuss contemporary challenges in community-based emergency health using local, national and international literature;
  4. Apply the key principles of population health and public health system integration and co-ordination in the setting of selected community-based emergency health topics;
  5. Outline the principle features of the Australian healthcare system and the impact of politics, funding, and changing demography on CBEH;
  6. Analyse emergency health research priorities and apply these to community-based emergency health needs;
  7. Identify alternative methods of delivering community-based emergency health and discuss emerging opportunities for health professionals;
  8. Outline the process for implementing research findings into CBEH practice;
  9. Generate a research proposal using contemporary research methods.

Assessment

  • Assignment (1,000 words) (25%)
  • Group poster presentation (1,000 words) and oral presentation (30%)
  • Research proposal (3,000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Online participation (5%)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures and tutorials.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH3032 - Paramedic management of critical care specialty situations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BEH3011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 3445 or 3892.

Synopsis

This is the final clinical unit for the paramedic undergraduate and brings together all the previous clinical units. It consolidates all previous learning and expands student knowledge to include more advanced concepts. The lectures and practical components of the unit are designed to challenge the student with more complexity. Advanced cardiology, paediatrics and other specialty situations such as hyperbaric emergencies are included. This unit will also prepare for the transition of the undergraduate to graduate practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the combined knowledge of all previous clinical units to the critical care and specialty situation patients.
  2. At a graduate level, through scenario and simulation work, demonstrate an understanding of the presentation, assessment, and paramedic management of the selected critical care specialty conditions commonly encountered by paramedics.
  3. Evaluate the drugs commonly used by paramedics and apply their use to the management of selected critical care specialty conditions.
  4. Integrate the clinical approach at a graduate level, to demonstrate your high level of theoretical knowledge, and clinical skills, to assess and manage patients with selected critical care specialty conditions in 'real time' work simulation. This will involve using an extended range of skills including: clinical problem solving, clinical decision making, patient safety, communication and teamwork.
  5. Outline the structure of medical retrieval systems in Australia and the Asia-Pacific region and demonstrate the required clinical skills to participate in medical retrieval and/or inter-hospital transfers.
  6. Develop clinical preparedness for transition to employment as a graduate paramedic.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester Exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Complex Condition Assignment (3,500 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Final Examination (40%) (hurdle)
  • Practical Exam(Pass/Fail) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH3121 - Paramedic management of toxicological and environmental conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Brian Haskins

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BEH2012, BEH2022 and BEH2152.

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit covers commonly encountered toxicological and environmental emergencies across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide effective out-of-hospital care for patients experiencing health emergencies related to toxicological or environmental exposure.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathology and clinical manifestations of conditions associated with toxins and environmental exposure encountered in paramedic practice across the lifespan;
  2. Locate and evaluate evidence that informs paramedic clinical practice guidelines used to care for patients with toxicological and environmental conditions;
  3. Demonstrate systematic patient assessment and formulation of a statement describing the individual's alteration in health status;
  4. Demonstrate the planning and implementation of care and accurately document and communicate the care provided;
  5. Demonstrate effective communication and collaboration with patients, families and other members of the multidisciplinary health care team;
  6. Evaluate the appropriateness and efficacy of care in relation to the special needs of patients across the lifespan and the needs of patients, family and carers from Indigenous and culturally diverse backgrounds;
  7. Relate the pharmacology of drugs and toxins commonly associated with overdose or accidental exposure and antidotes used by paramedics for the management of these conditions;
  8. Reflect on the diagnostic reasoning, clinical problem solving and clinical decision making processes that influence the care of patients with toxicological and environmental conditions in order to evaluate and justify management decisions and identify threats to patient safety;
  9. Describe the special features and trends in the Australian health system relating to prevention and management of health emergencies related to toxins or environmental exposure.

Assessment

  • Poster (30%)
  • Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • OSCE (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH4100 - Honours literature review

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes 3881 or M5021

Synopsis

Students will undertake a guided advanced studies program on the development of research in CBEH and in an aspect of CBEH of interest to the student. The unit aims to develop analytical abilities, communication skills, and advanced knowledge in a specific area of CBEH. Students will undertake a self-assessment to identify a topic of interest in CBEH that they will study at an advanced level. A negotiated learning contact will describe the advanced study which may include attendance at lectures, tutorials or courses in areas relevant to the discipline; preparation of an essay; critical evaluation of a published paper, case study or research data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify areas of knowledge deficit in community-based emergency health practice and research and plan a study approach to address their learning needs;
  2. Demonstrate a commitment to learning by identifying resources within the university and community-based emergency health services that can be accessed to address their learning needs;
  3. Accurately locate and critically assess research literature, with an emphasis on community-based emergency health;
  4. Demonstrate suitable oral presentation skills to an audience of peers, superiors and academic staff;
  5. Demonstrate an advanced knowledge of an aspect of community-based emergency health.

Assessment

  • Negotiated skills development (10%)
  • Literature review (3,500 words) (70%) (Hurdle)
  • Seminar presentation (20%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH4200 - Honours research proposal

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

BEH4100

Synopsis

Together with BEH4300 Community Emergency Health Research Project, this unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss the different methods of knowledge acquisition and synthesis.
  2. Discuss the ethical, legal and cultural responsibilities of scientific investigation.
  3. Describe the principles of "Good clinical research" as described by the NH&MRC, with an emphasis on research in community-based emergency health.
  4. Describe the phases of the research process.
  5. Discuss basic research concepts and methodology, in both quantitative and qualitative experimental designs.
  6. Critically review scientific literature in community-based emergency health.
  7. Consult with both a statistician and a qualitative researcher to discuss the role of methodology consultants in the research process.
  8. Write up scientific work in a potentially publishable manner.
  9. Prepare and present suitable oral and written presentations for the emergency health academic, research and scientific community.
  10. Demonstrate the ability to pursue higher studies in community-based emergency health.
  11. Demonstrate competence in locating, assessing and storing research literature with an emphasis on community-based emergency health.
  12. Design an appropriate research methodology to address an identified research issue/question in consultation with the supervisor.

Assessment

  • Ethics application (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Research proposal (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Seminar presentation (20%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BEH4300 - Honours research report

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed BEH4100, BEH4200

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code 3881, M5021

Synopsis

This unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss the different methods of knowledge acquisition and synthesis.
  2. Discuss the ethical, legal, and cultural responsibilities of scientific investigation.
  3. Describe the principles of "Good Clinical Research", as described by the NH&MRC, with an emphasis on research in community-based emergency health.
  4. Describe the phases of the research process.
  5. Discuss basic research concepts and methodology, in both quantitative and qualitative experimental designs.
  6. Critically review the scientific literature in community-based emergency health.
  7. Consult with both a statistician and a qualitative researcher to discuss the role of methodology consultants in the research process.
  8. Write up scientific work in a potentially publishable manner.
  9. Prepare and present suitable oral and written presentations for the emergency health academic, research and scientific community.
  10. Demonstrate a range of technical skills appropriate to community-based emergency health research.
  11. Demonstrate the ability to pursue higher studies in community based emergency health.
  12. Discuss the breadth and diversity of research in health sciences.
  13. Plan and implement a research project and prepare the associated report.

Assessment

  • Research report (3,500 - 5,000 words) (80%) (Hurdle)
  • Seminar presentation (20%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA1011 - Foundations of anatomy and physiology for health practice 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sharon Flecknoe

Coordinator(s)

Amanda Davies

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following courses:

M2002, M20021, M20022, M20023, M20024

Prohibitions

BMA1901

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units designed to educate health science students about the anatomical structures and physiological functions of the systems of the human body that underpin the regulatory mechanisms for homeostatic control. Students will be introduced to the principles of cell biology, tissue types and their origins together with their importance in maintaining the homeostasis of the various body systems. The key anatomical features of the integumentary and musculoskeletal systems will be examined as well as their role in the control of homeostasis. The central and peripheral nervous system will be addressed in the context of its physiological characteristics and with special attention to the anatomical features of the spinal cord and brain. Students will be introduced to the various functions of the brain in the context of homeostasis and control, together with the special senses. Throughout the unit, clinical connections will be made with the systems addressed so that students will understand the relevance of the topics included in the unit to the health and human science disciplines.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the levels of structural organisation within the human body and apply the concept of homeostasis.
  2. Describe the cellular and tissue organisation of the body and explain their importance in relation to the integumentary system.
  3. Identify the structural components of the musculoskeletal system and explain how it protects, supports and moves the body.
  4. Describe the major anatomical divisions of the central and peripheral nervous systems and relate the sensory, integrative and responsive functions to homeostatic imbalances.
  5. Describe the key anatomical areas of the brain, the structural organisation and list the associated functions.
  6. Explain the main structural components of the special sense organs, their functions and the clinical relevance of dysfunctions in these organs and associated neural pathways.

Assessment

  • Pre-learning assessment (10%)
  • Group poster (1,000 words) plus presentation (10%)
  • iSAP case (Clinical action plan: 1,000 words and comparative report: 500 words) (20%)
  • Anatomy flag race (20%)
  • End of semester exam (MCQ and short/extended answer questions) (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials, workshops and practicals and completion (80%) of online pre-class activities.

Workload requirements

5 - 6 contact hours per week (lectures, tutorials, workshops and practicals),

5 - 6 hours private study per week.

Students will be expected to complete online pre and post work in a case based learning setting that will be followed up in face-to-face classes.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA1012 - Foundations of anatomy and physiology for health practice 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Sharon Flecknoe

Coordinator(s)

Amanda Davies

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMA1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in a Bachelor of Health Science specialisation (course code M20021, M20022, M20023 or M20024)

Prohibitions

BMA1902, BMA1912

Synopsis

This unit is the second of the two units designed to familiarise health science students with the anatomical structures and physiological functions of the systems of the human body that underpin the regulatory mechanisms for homeostatic control. Students will be introduced to the structure and function of the cardiovascular, circulatory and respiratory systems together with their vital role in maintaining homeostasis. The key features of the lymphatic system and the properties of blood will be discussed. The unit will continue with a look at the importance of the endocrine system and its role in integrating various functions to control homeostasis. Students will be introduced to the key anatomical and physiological features of the urinary and digestive systems and the importance of maintaining pH and fluid balance within the body. Finally, students will be introduced to the reproductive systems, pregnancy and development. Throughout the unit, clinical connections will be made with the systems addressed so that students will understand the relevance of the topics included in the unit to the health and human science disciplines.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the interdependence of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems and how they maintain homeostasis.
  2. Discuss the components and functions of blood and the lymphatic system and how they maintain homeostasis.
  3. Explain how the endocrine system integrates various body functions.
  4. Outline the functions of the urinary system and explain how it contributes to maintaining pH, blood volume and the composition of body fluids.
  5. Identify the structures of the digestive system and explain their role in digestion, absorption and metabolism.
  6. Describe the structures of the male and female reproductive systems and explain how offspring are produced with respect to gametogenesis, fertilisation, embryonic and foetal development, maternal adaptations and patterns of inheritance.

Assessment

  • Pre-learning assessment (10%)
  • Group project (1,000 words or equivalent), plus presentation) (10%)
  • iSAP case (Clinical action plan: 1,000 words and comparative report: 500 words) (20%)
  • Mid semester test (MCQ/SAQ) (20%)
  • End of semester exam (MCQ and short/extended answer questions (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

5-6 contact hours per week (lectures, tutorials, workshops and practicals).

5-6 hours private study per week.

Students will be expected to complete online pre and post work in a case based learning setting that will be followed up in face-to-face classes.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA1901 - Human structure and function 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Elise Randle-Barrett

Coordinator(s)

Dr Natalie Bennett

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours), Bachelor of Education, Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing and Midwifery.

Prohibitions

BMA1011, BMA1012, BMS2011, BMS2021, BMS2031, NUR1112, PHY2011, PHY2021, PHY2032, PHY2042.

Synopsis

This unit is the first in a sequence of two biomedical science units that provides foundation knowledge of human anatomy and physiology relevant for allied health professions.

This unit develops skills in the critical evaluation of evidence and promotes an awareness of the changing nature of medical knowledge.

The major themes of study are the structural levels of body organisation, communication via the nervous and endocrine systems, the reproductive system and early stages of human development. Topics include the chemical and cellular basis of human life; integration of body functions and homeostasis; the structure and function of the integumentary system; the nervous system; the endocrine system; and the reproductive system.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify levels of structural organisation within the body and discuss how primary tissue types cooperate to form organ systems using integumentary system as an example;
  2. Describe and explain homeostatic control mechanisms and how they maintain conditions in the internal environment necessary for optimal organ system function;
  3. Outline the structure and function of the nervous and endocrine systems, and explain how they facilitate the integration of organ system function and homeostasis;
  4. Synthesise the processes of gametogenesis and fertilisation in the context of male and female reproductive structures;
  5. Analyse and interpret data utilising an evidenced-based approach to understand patient symptoms.

Assessment

  • Weekly online tests (MCQ) (10%)
  • Mid-semester exam (MCQ) (45 minutes) (20%)
  • Laboratory test (1 hour) (25%)
  • Examination (MCQ/SAQ) (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle: Students must pass the Examination to pass the unit. You are also required to attend all scheduled unit tutorials and practical sessions unless documentary evidence (such as a medical certificate, relevant death notice, etc.) is provided. Minimum attendance requirement of 80% to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1.5 hour tutorial per week and 2 hours practical per fortnight. An additional 6 hours of self-directed study is recommended.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA1902 - Human structure and function 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natalie Bennett

Coordinator(s)

Dr Elise Randle-Barrett

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMA1901.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours), Bachelor of Education or Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Prohibitions

BMA1012, BMA1912, BMS2011, BMS2031, PHY2011, NUR1114 PHY2021, PHY2032, PHY2042

Synopsis

This unit is the second in a sequence of two health science units that provides foundation knowledge of human anatomy and physiology relevant for allied health professions and further develops skills in the critical evaluation of evidence.

The major themes of study in this unit are: body support and movement, cardiovascular anatomy and physiology, the respiratory system, the urinary system and the control of body fluids; the digestive system and the processing of nutrients in the body; the lymphoid/immune system; microbes and infection; and an introduction to pharmacological principles.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Relate the structure of the major bones, joints and muscles to the functions of support and movement;
  2. Summarise the structures of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems and explain how their integrated functions facilitate transport and maintain homeostasis;
  3. Locate the organs of the digestive system and describe the processes of digestion, absorption and metabolism;
  4. Consider how urine is formed and the role of the kidneys in maintaining fluid composition and balance;
  5. Outline the body's innate and adaptive defences and how they determine the nature of interactions with microbes;
  6. Outline basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic principals as a foundation for understanding pharmacology;
  7. Analyse and interpret data using an evidence based approach to understand patient symptoms.

Assessment

  • Online tests (10 x 10 minutes each) (MCQ) (10%)
  • Mid-semester exam (MCQ) (35 minutes) (20%)
  • Laboratory test (1 hour) (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (MCQ/ SAQ) (45%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle Requirement: Students must pass the Examination to pass the unit.

You are also required to attend all scheduled unit tutorials and practical sessions unless documentary evidence (such as a medical certificate, relevant death notice, etc.) is provided.

Minimum attendance requirement of 80% to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures and 1.5 hour tutorial per week and 2 hours practical per fortnight. An additional 6 hours of self-directed study is recommended.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA2901 - Processes of disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Davies

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Davies

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

HSC1101 and HSC1102, or BMA1901 and one of BMA1902 or BMA1912.

Prohibitions

BMS2011, BMS2031, PHY2021 or PHY2032.

Synopsis

Processes of disease will be presented in the form of case studies, in which an analysis of the disease process will lead to an understanding of the presentation, and opportunities for management, of that disease. The major areas of study are: Disease at the cellular level, Cardiovascular disease, Respiratory disease, Cerebrovascular disease, Neoplastic disease, Renal disease, Disorders of the digestive tract, Liver disease, Endocrine disease, Genetic disease, and Bone and joint disorders.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the major causes of cell damage and responses to such damage;
  2. Explain how cell, organ and whole-body functions are affected by various disease processes;
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of pathological processes in selected genetic diseases, and explain the modes of inheritance of those diseases;
  4. Develop skills in the observation, presentation and critical evaluation of clinical data; and
  5. Relate the above accounts of disease processes to the presentation of relevant diseases, and discuss rationales for their management.

Assessment

  • Examination (2 hours) (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Online tests (5% each x 2) (10%)
  • Laboratory/tutorial work x 5 (30%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMA2902 - Communicable diseases

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Andrew Davies

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Davies

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

HSC1101 and HSC1102, or BMA1901 and one of BMA1902 or BMA1912.

Prohibitions

BMS2052, MIC2022.

Synopsis

The unit involves a study of common communicable diseases with a focus on the prevention and management of infections encountered in a diversity of health care settings. Laboratory-based case studies are used to study hospital-acquired and community-acquired infections including wound infections, common infections in the oncology, transplant and maternity wards, vaccine-preventable infections in children, outbreaks of community-acquired infections, communicable infections in indigenous populations and in developing countries. Various public health control measures including disease surveillance, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, and infection control practices are discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the distinguishing features of the major groups of pathogenic microorganisms;
  2. Recognize that the occurrence of infectious disease is the outcome of interactions between microbial factors, host factors, physical environmental factors and social influences;
  3. Explain how communicable infections are spread in health care settings and in community settings;
  4. Use a basic knowledge of epidemiological methods to understand the investigation of outbreaks of communicable disease in populations;
  5. Recognize the particular challenges in controlling communicable disease in remote areas of Australia and in developing countries;
  6. Assess the efficacy of infection control strategies, antimicrobial therapies, and immunization in the control and management of major communicable diseases; and
  7. Elaborate on the principles of infection control by using appropriate examples in acute care settings and community-based care settings.

Assessment

  • Written exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • MCQ tests (2 in class) (10% each - total 20%)
  • Written case report (30%)

Workload requirements

4 hours on campus, 1 hour online.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BME2032 - Biomedical industry based learning

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julia Choate
Dr Daniel Czech

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus block of classes)
  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester to Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus block of classes)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus block of classes)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (Flexible)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Students must have passed the prerequisite units:

BMS1011, BMS1021, BMS1031, BMS1042, BMS1052, BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021, BMS2031 with a grade of at least 60 (Credit) to enrol.

Notes

In order to enrol in this unit students must lodge an online application; contact wil.biomed@monash.edu

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to enable students to develop experience and understanding in discipline-specific, non-clinical, industry-focused work environments.

The unit will provide opportunities to establish:

  1. Closer links between future graduates and industry partners
  2. Workplace skills in a discipline area
  3. Industry expectations of graduates
  4. Real-world career experiences for students

    Students will be placed with an industry-partner for a short-term work experience opportunity in a discipline-specific area.

    This opportunity will enable students to develop industry and work-based learning, allowing them to apply discipline related knowledge to authentic, real-world situations.

    This unit will further enhance 21st Century employability skills necessary for career competitiveness.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Develop, apply, integrate and generate biomedical science knowledge in professional contexts
  2. Work and learn in both independent and collaborative ways with others from diverse backgrounds and abilities
  3. Communicate effectively to diverse audiences and in a variety of formats
  4. Analyse work-based problems to develop effective solutions
  5. Exercise personal, professional and social responsibility as a global citizen

Fieldwork

Students required to complete a minimum of 10 days of industry placement (baring exceptional circumstances).Industry placements will cater for industry-based learning activities.

Assessment

  • Learning contract (600 words) and professional development statement (600 words) (20%)
  • Project outline (600 words) and reflective piece (600 words) (20%)
  • Mentor report (1,200 words) (20%) (hurdle)
  • Final presentation (2,400 words) (40%) (hurdle)

Hurdle requirements:

  • Workshops 1 & 3 attendance and participation
  • Mentor report
  • Final presentation

Workload requirements

Minimum of 10 - 15 days industry placement (60 - 90 hours)

3 face-to-face/online workshops (12 hours)

Self-directed learning throughout semester (42 hours)

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BME3032 - Introduction to the health system

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Helen Ackland

Coordinator(s)

Dr Helen Ackland

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1042.

Synopsis

This unit examines the ways in which the organisation and delivery of health services is structured. The broader context in which disease and illness occur is also discussed. The unit considers the Australian health care system in detail and the global context of health systems and health inequalities. It explores two areas: health policy and service delivery systems; and illness and health in the context of social, cultural and behavioural systems. Areas covered include: health systems, health policy, health funding, quality in health systems, models of health, population health, and health and human rights.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand key principles in the organisation and funding of health systems.
  2. Be able to apply an understanding of health and health services in the context of the Australian health care system.
  3. Recognise the key elements determining health policy.
  4. Recognise key determinants and models of health.
  5. Understand the complexities of improving population health and the ways in which this is evaluated.
  6. Recognise the basis of human rights in health care.
  7. Develop important professional skills, including those in oral and written communication, critical analysis, and interpersonal proficiencies.

Assessment

  • Tutorial preparation and participation (15%)
  • Group presentation (15 minutes) and report (800 words) (20%)
  • Research essay (2500 words) (25%)
  • Written examination (MCQ/SAQ) (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week: 2 hour seminar, 2 hour interactive tutorial and 2 hours of tutorial preparation time.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BME3082 - Fetal and neonatal development

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Moss

Coordinator(s)

Dr Megan Wallace

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Any two of BMS2011, BMS2031, DEV2011, DEV2022, PHY2011, PHY2021, PHY2032, PHY2042 or with permission.

Prohibitions

PHY3082.

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of physiological processes involved in fetal and neonatal development, and the role of the placenta in pregnancy and parturition. The unit will consider the structure, development and maturation of the major organ systems in the fetus, and the means by which the fetus is able to adapt to alterations in its environment. The unit reviews the physiology of parturition (birth), the physiological changes in the fetus and newborn during the transition at birth, and the consequences of prematurity and postmaturity. The major physiological changes occurring in the mother during pregnancy are also dealt with.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Contrast and compare the structure, development and function of body systems before and after birth.
  2. Explain the physiological changes that occur in the fetus during its transition to life after birth.
  3. Discuss and predict consequences of impaired transition at birth for postnatal survival, health and well-being.
  4. Evaluate research experiments in perinatology in regard to their contribution to evidence-based medicine.
  5. Synthesize and critically discuss the literature, then formulate and justify research methodology to address a knowledge gap in perinatology.

Assessment

  • Semester-long experimental research project (20%)
  • Practical Reports (30%)
  • End of semester theory exam (50%) (2 hours) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

5 hours per week.

2 hours of lectures and 3 hours each week attending actual medical research experiments that address current clinical problems in fetal and neonatal healthcare.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS1011 - Biomedical chemistry

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nirma Samarawickrema

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • C2230/M2003 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science
  • C3976/M3004 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • C2230/M2003 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • C4417/B2021 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science / Bachelor of Commerce
  • C3879/E3004 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science / Bachelor of Engineering
  • C3356/L3004 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science / Bachelor of Law
  • C3528/S2007 - Bachelor of Biomedical Science / Bachelor of Science

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the chemistry of organic molecules and the biochemistry of cells. We examine the role of functional groups in biological molecules of biomedical importance and common reactions in metabolism. We reinforce concepts of ionisation and pH. We discuss the chemistry of proteins and their physical properties in solution leading up to an examination of enzyme catalysis and kinetics. This lays the foundation for an examination of the biological oxidation of fats and carbohydrates that provides the cell with energy. We examine the way energy is stored in times of plenty and relate our understanding to normal and disease states that occur.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify the chemical and biochemical aspects of functional groups in biological molecules.
  2. Explain the common reactions found in metabolic systems such as oxidation-reduction, bond formation, bond breaking events and a knowledge of the role of water.
  3. Explain the role of equilibrium and kinetic processes in biology and apply these to the concepts of enzyme catalysis.
  4. Predict the thermodynamics of metabolic reactions.
  5. Describe how energy is generated and utilised from carbohydrates and lipids and integrate and translate this to different situations.
  6. Investigate and communicate, reactions of biomedical importance in normal and disease states

Assessment

  • End of semester exam (60%)
  • Assessment during semester which can include small group session marks, directed learning exercises and on-line quizzes (25%) (online quizzes are less than 10%)
  • Mid-semester test (15%)

A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

6 hours of directed learning (lectures, workshops, pre- and post-class activities, practicals and tutorials) per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS1021 - Cells, tissues and organisms

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chantal Hoppe

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

BIO1011, BIO1022.

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the fundamental units of life (the cells) and explores how cells come together to form primary tissues which subsequently combine to form the organ systems and ultimately the living organism.

Cellular structure and metabolism is studied including the chemical constituents of living cells and the biological reactions that take place in them. Basic developmental biology concepts associated with the patterning of the body plan and embryological origins of cells and tissues are introduced.

The unit also introduces students to the microbial world and explores the structure and function of the immune system and how the body develops an immune response.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the properties and function of cells and explain how the primary tissue types combine to form a complete organism;
  2. Describe the effects of cellular mechanisms and environmental impacts on human development, and identify how they are applied in health and biotechnology;
  3. Describe the ways in which organisms regulate their internal systems and environment;
  4. Explain the principles behind the development of an immune response and the role of microorganisms in health and disease;
  5. Critically evaluate the relevant literature in the synthesis of a written assessment on an area contemporary biomedical research.
  6. Perform laboratory techniques integral to the study of biomedical sciences and analyse and interpret results in consultation with research literature.

Assessment

  • Written assessment (1,000 words) (15%)
  • Practical class reports (25%)
  • Mid-semester summative test (1 hour) (10%)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

3 lectures and a 3-hour practical or equivalent per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS1031 - Medical biophysics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson

Coordinator(s)

Professor Kristian Helmerson
Professor Helena Parkington

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
  • Bachelor of Radiation Sciences

Prohibitions

PHS1031, PHS1080.

Synopsis

The behaviour of human and biomedical systems are understood in terms of underlying physical principles. Forces involved in human movement and body systems including muscles and joints. Energy and heat flow and metabolism, pressure, osmosis, diffusion and respiration, fluid flow in the cardiovascular system. Electrical charges, current, potential and capacitance in simple circuits, EEG, ECG, cells and nerve conduction. Sound and ultrasound, human hearing, refraction and lenses, the human eye, optical and electron microscopes. X-rays and radiation, biological effects and damage, radiation therapy and medical imaging.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to apply concepts of physics and introductory physiology as they relate to biomedical sciences in the following areas:

  1. The laws of motion and the concepts of work, energy and power as they relate to human movement and biomechanics.
  2. Heat transfer and thermal properties, the behaviour of gases and fluids applied to the cardiovascular and respiratory systems.
  3. Principles of electricity, potential difference, current, resistance and capacitance; the basis of Nerst potential and the biological membrane potential, nerve conduction, ECG.
  4. Wave motion, the physics of sound and the properties of light and their relationship to auditory and visual phenomena, the function of the human eye and ear.
  5. Radiation physics underlying the medical use of x-rays and radiation in medicine and biomedical sciences including the effect of ionising radiation on living matter.

    Students will develop basic practical skills in problem solving, experimental methods and uncertainties, analysis of data and written scientific communication.

Assessment

  • Written examination (3 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Practical work (25%)
  • Assignments (3 items consisting of set questions, online quizzes and a fact sheet A4 poster) (25%)

A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS1042 - Public health and preventive medicine

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Basia Diug
Penny Robinson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
  • Bachelor of Psychology (Honours)

Synopsis

Applications of epidemiological and statistical concepts and methods to typical problems in population health and in the biomedical literature. This will include consideration of fundamental ethical issues pertaining to the conduct of biomedical research and population health interventions. Much emphasis is placed on a population view of health and disease, social determinants of health, epidemiological principles, research study design and statistical analyses of data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate and show application of core public health principles including epidemiology, biostatistics and ethics in health research.
  2. Explain how disease is measured in populations and critically analyse the strengths and weaknesses of different epidemiological study designs which are used in public health research.
  3. Critically appraise the popular and biomedical literature in public health.
  4. Identify fundamental ethical considerations that underpin health research.
  5. Identify and apply the importance of statistical methods in the design, analysis and presentation of the results of research studies in health and biomedicine, and in reports of health-related matters in general.
  6. Interpret statistical results presented and identify limitations in the biomedical literature and other media and convey the interpretation in simple language.

Assessment

  • 2 x Online quizzes 10%
  • Public health critical review and oral presentation (20%)
  • Public health data analysis (20%)
  • Written examination (50%) (hurdle)
  • A pass in the final exam must be obtained to pass the unit

Hurdle Requirement: A pass in the final exam must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Biostatistics: 3 hours per week, Epidemiology/Ethics: 3 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS1052 - Human neurobiology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nicholas Price

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

PHY2011.

Synopsis

This unit consists of an introduction to human nervous system which ranges in scope from the operations of individual nerve cells at the molecular level to the generation of complex cognitive behaviours. The unit will provide students with an essential overview of the human nervous system and it will also serve as a foundation for more specialised studies in neurobiology or cognitive science.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the fundamental concepts of nervous system organisation and communication;
  2. Have gained some insight into how the brain enables us to sense our environment and to move, feel, think and communicate with others;
  3. Describe how the human brain and behaviour evolved;
  4. Explain how behaviour can be influenced by genetic makeup, environmental and social factors and drugs; and
  5. Acquire some basic skills in obtaining, interpreting and presenting scientific data.

Assessment

  • Theory examination (60%) (20% in semester assessment, 40% end of semester (3 hours)) (Hurdle)
  • Practical work (4 worksheets and quizzes) (40%) (Hurdle)

A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS1062 - Molecular biology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Fasseli Coulibaly

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

MCB2011, MOL2011.

Synopsis

Gene structure and function, including the genetic code and its interpretation, the assembly of genes and chromosomal organisation, and the basics of the genetic flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein. Mechanisms of gene expression and regulation, gene replication and repair, and the causes and implications of genetic mutations. Molecular genetics and recombinant DNA technology for the manipulation of genes. Genomics and its applications in medicine and principles of gene therapy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the "Central Dogma", the genetic flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein.
  2. Integrate the mechanisms controlling gene expression and regulation, gene replication and repair.
  3. Describe and explain the impact of genetic mutation in health and disease.
  4. Work individually and in teams to investigate recombinant DNA technologies and their applications in medicine and gene therapy.
  5. Navigate databases to extract information on genetic material and protein structure.
  6. Communicate in writing on concepts and theories in molecular biology.

Assessment

  • Theory examination (3 hours) (60%)
  • Practical course (30%)
  • Mid semester MCQ test (1 hour) (10%)

A pass in the final examination must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

3 lectures per week and 3 hours laboratory per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS2011 - Structure of the human body: An evolutionary and functional perspective

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Coordinator(s)

Unit coordinator: Dr. Luca Fiorenza
Deputy coordinator: John Bertram

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics

Prohibitions

ANT2331.

Synopsis

This course is an introduction to human anatomy. It includes an overview of general principles of major body systems. This will be followed by a consideration of specific areas of regional anatomy from an evolutionary perspective. Namely, what distinguishes the human body from other primates, mammals and indeed vertebrates and how have these adaptations of anatomy contributed in a functional context to us being so successful. Practical classes will involve exposure to human cadaver prosections, skeletal material, models and a range of imaging modalities including X-rays, CT scans etc.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe and contrast the structures and spatial relationships of the tissues, organs, systems, and regions that make up the human body.
  2. Relate anatomical structures (tissues, organs, systems) to basic developmental processes and use comparative approaches to identify evolutionary and functional contexts.
  3. Interpret and extrapolate sectional anatomical images to topographic anatomy using various methods and techniques such as medical imaging, measurement, drawing, and 3D printing
  4. Integrate discrete anatomical knowledge into a comprehensive framework of body structures and systems
  5. Work collaboratively to collect and analyse anatomical data.
  6. Investigate and communicate, verbally and through writing, the developmental, evolutionary and functional aspects of human anatomy

Assessment

  • In-semester test (1 hour) (25%) (hurdle)
  • Practical Class Activities (25%)
  • Group Research project (10%)
  • End-of-semester exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 hours of lectures each week, 2 hours of practical content (face to face) each week and group project completion between Weeks 3-10. An additional 7 hours of private study is recommended per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS2021 - Human molecular cell biology

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Professor Janet Macaulay

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience

Prohibitions

BCH2022

Synopsis

This unit covers the molecular principles of cellular metabolic regulation, metabolic interrelationship of tissues, molecular events associated with the fed and fasted states, and the generation of metabolic energy by oxidation of macronutrients.

It discusses hormone action and the molecular and cellular basis of diseases, and gives an overview of tissue metabolism.

The autonomic control of energy, exercise and metabolism, and how drugs can modulate these processes will be considered and discussed.

The unit will also cover the molecular mechanism of cell growth, differentiation and death, and introduces the basic principles of developmental biology covering cell fate, pattern formation and tissue morphogenesis during embryonic life.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss how energy and nutrients are supplied to mammalian cells and how metabolism is regulated and integrated.
  2. Discuss the mechanisms by which cells communicate to coordinate metabolism, cell growth, differentiation and cell death.
  3. Describe the mechanisms by which precursor and stem cells differentiate into mature cells.
  4. Explain the molecular and cellular basis of selected diseases and how they can be modulated by drugs.
  5. Demonstrate an ability to present, analyse and interpret data from molecular and cell biological experiments clearly and concisely in oral and written form.
  6. Demonstrate the ability to work in a team.

Assessment

  • Exam (3 hours) (55%)
  • Small group learning sessions (35%)
  • Online quizzes (10%)

A pass in the final exam must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

6 hr directed learning (lectures, workshops and pre- and post- class learning activities)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS2031 - Body systems

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julia Choate

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1052.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

BND2011, PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032.

Synopsis

Physiology is the study of how living organisms work. It involves the functions of cells, tissues, organs and the whole organism. This unit will provide you with an overview of how the body maintains a constant environment for its cells and tissues through the integrated functions of the following physiological systems: cardiovascular, renal, endocrine, respiratory, reproductive and gastrointestinal. You will also consider how the body adapts to changes in the external environment and to disease states.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the functions and controls of the cardiovascular, renal, respiratory, endocrine, reproductive and digestive systems in the human body;
  2. Describe how the body systems integrate in order to maintain homeostasis following exercise or blood loss;
  3. Plan and conduct scientific experiments and analyse and interpret the associated experimental data related to the effects of ventricular filling on cardiac contraction, the effect of exercise on cardiovascular function, the effect of a water loading on urinary excretion and the effects of autonomic nerves on gut motility;
  4. Communicate experimental results in the format of scientific figures and written reports.

Assessment

  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)
  • Assignments (20%)
  • Tests (30%)

A pass in the final exam must be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

2 hours of lectures, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of practical classes per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS2042 - Human genetics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Richard Burke

Coordinator(s)

Dr Saw Hoon Lim

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1062 or MCB2011/MOL2011

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Bachelor of Biotechnology

Prohibitions

GEN2041 and GEN2052.

Synopsis

This unit introduces the basic genetic principles underlying modern human genetics. Topics include: the central role of genes in the inheritance of traits, and the complex variation in inheritance patterns that arise due to interactions of genes with each other and the environment; the identification, characterisation and mapping of human genes; the value of model organisms in genetics; chromosome variation and its role in both evolution and human disease; how genes function and how genetic malfunction can lead to genetic disease; how an understanding of such diseases at the genetic level may assist in diagnosis, prevention and therapy; the genetic control of development; genetic counselling and calculating risk for genetic diseases; human evolutionary genetics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the central role of genes in the inheritance of traits and the complex variation in inheritance patterns that arise due to interactions of genes with each other and the environment;
  2. Explain how genetic variation is generated by mutation and the importance of this in phenotypic variation, evolution and disease;
  3. Describe the value of model organisms in studying human gene function in development and disease;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the relevance and value of genetics to human society;
  5. Demonstrate skills in independent problem-solving and experimental design, and in data collection, analysis and interpretation;
  6. Demonstrate skills in written and oral communication through written reports and oral presentations of research findings by small groups.

Assessment

  • Weekly practicals (30%)
  • Short answer practical test (15%)
  • Independent project (10%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

The workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours spread across the semester (roughly 12 hours per week) - approximately an even mixture of attendance at scheduled activities and self-scheduled study time. Learning activities comprise a mixture of instructor directed, peer directed and self-directed learning, which includes face-to-face and online engagement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS2052 - Microbes in health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Professor Brian Cooke

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1062.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

MIC2022.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on microorganisms that are relevant to health and disease in humans and animals.

Aspects of a variety of infectious organisms will be studied including, epidemiology, aetiology, pathogenesis, immunity, regulation and control of infection by drugs and vaccines and mechanisms of resistance.

Knowledge and skills will be gained and developed in lectures and practicals.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the importance of micro-organisms in health and disease;
  2. Describe how host and pathogenic factors of micro-organisms affect the outcome of infection;
  3. Describe basic mechanisms of immunity to infection and the development and use of vaccines;
  4. Explain how infectious diseases are spread, tracked and controlled, and the susceptibility and resistance of microbial pathogens to antimicrobial agents;
  5. Describe some examples of microbial pathogens including bacteria, viruses, fungi and parasites, the diseases that they cause, their mechanisms of pathogenesis, and treatment;
  6. Demonstrate knowledge of microbiological methodology and laboratory skills that are used to study and diagnose microbial pathogens.

Assessment

  • In-semester laboratory and tutorial components (approximately 3,000 words) (50%) (hurdle)
  • Mid-semester examination (45 minutes) (10%)
  • Written theory examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

3 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial/discussion session per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS2062 - Introduction to bioinformatics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Anna Roujeinikova
Dr Terry Kwok

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

MOL2022.

Synopsis

Bioinformatics unites the major advances in biology, biochemistry and the biomedical sciences with those in computing, bioinformatics and networking. The unit covers the application of the internet to biomedical sciences; organisation and uses of scientific databases; use of computational methods in genomics and proteomics; fundamentals of molecular modelling; analysis and presentation of biomedical data; and communication of biomedical data using information technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Analyse DNA and RNA sequences and predict gene products
  2. Identify conserved features in sequences and structures that define the function of macromolecules
  3. Navigate databases to identify sequences and data on mutations associated with disease.
  4. Construct and analyse sequence alignments, molecular phylogeny and molecular models of proteins and design strategies to assess gene function by reverse genetics.
  5. Interpret structural and functional effects of mutations and predict/state molecular mechanisms underlying the resulting disease.
  6. Investigate and communicate, verbally and through writing, the applications of bioinformatics to areas of biomedical science including the development of drugs and therapeutics

Assessment

  • In-semester theory tests (13%)
  • Final exam (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Projects and assignments (47%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirements: a pass grade in the final exam must be obtained to pass the unit. A pass in the projects and assignments must also be obtained to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

2 Lectures per week, 1 three hour practical session per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS3031 - Molecular mechanisms of disease

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

Professor Michael Ryan
Associate Professor Elizabeth Davis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1011, BMS1021, BMS1031, BMS1042, BMS1052, BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021, BMS2031, BMS2042, BMS2052, BMS2062.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours.

Prohibitions

BMS3021.

Synopsis

This unit will provide insights into the molecular mechanisms that mediate human diseases and the specific biotechnologies used to facilitate diagnosis and treatment.

Relevant areas studied in this unit may change from year to year but will generally include a number of topics related to pharmacology, cancer, cardiovascular disease, development and stem cells, infection and immunity, metabolic disease and obesity, and neuroscience.

The small group work in the unit is designed to build employability skills for graduates.

Emphasis is placed on critical thinking, research skills and on communication skills in the context of biomedical research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Integrate, apply and build upon knowledge from previous core units in the study of the molecular mechanisms and defects that cause human disease, including how developmental errors and gene abnormalities may lead to abnormalities in protein structure and function.
  2. Discuss and evaluate the role of molecular techniques in the diagnosis of human diseases and the design of targeted therapies or specific treatments.
  3. Explain and predict the principles of pharmacokinetics and how these can influence the therapeutic use of drugs.
  4. Explore and analyse how patient factors (including genetics) can lead to interindividual variation in responses to drugs.
  5. Describe and apply skills required to undertake biomedical research activities and apply this to develop a career plan.
  6. Synthesise, integrate and summarise information from fundamental principles and techniques in biomedical sciences, then apply it to broader contexts.
  7. Work effectively and collaboratively in small teams and evaluate peer and self-performance.
  8. Present data and scientific ideas, in oral, written and visual forms using scientific language or plain English as appropriate.

Assessment

  • Small group learning (5,000 words equivalent) 40% - hurdle
  • Lecture workshops (1,000 words equivalent) 10%
  • Mid-semester test (50 min) 10%
  • End of semester exam (3 hours) 40% - hurdle

Hurdle Requirement: Small group learning and end of semester exam as per Faculty policy for assessment worth 40% or more of the unit.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week of directed learning including lectures (5hr), workshops (1hr), small group learning (3hr) and group and online activities (3hr), plus 12 hours of self-directed learning including private study and independent research

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS3052 - Biomedical basis and epidemiology of human disease

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc. Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Basia Diug
Dr Bradley Broughton

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1011, BMS1021, BMS1031, BMS1042, BMS1052, BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021, BMS2031, BMS2042, BMS2052, BMS2062.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (including double degree programs)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Prohibitions

BMS3042.

Synopsis

This unit will have a combined approach and examine the biomedical and epidemiological impacts of human disease on society. It will concentrate on the pathobiological and biomedical basis of prevalent human disease processes. Relevant areas examined in this unit may change from year to year but will generally include immune and inflammatory diseases, (e.g. inflammatory renal and joint disease); cancer biology (focussing on mechanisms of tumour spread); cardiovascular biology, (coronary heart disease/cerebrovascular disease); diabetes, obesity and neurological diseases. Disease pathogenesis, including lessons gained from cell/molecular biology and disease models will be the major focus. Concurrently, the epidemiological/clinical features of each disease, current treatments, challenges and future treatment prospects, including clinical trials will be covered highlighting the importance of an evidence-based approach to health care. This will discuss the complexities behind treatment based decision making by reviewing the evidence- base and understanding the criteria for deciding on what is best evidence. This unit will consider the biomedical basis and epidemiology in the context of the Australian health care system, including the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS), health policy and service delivery systems, putting illness and health in the context of social, cultural and behavioural systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Integrate and apply their knowledge from previous core units in the study of specific human diseases;
  2. Describe and distinguish between the pathobiological processes related to disease;
  3. Recognise and cite evidence for how biomedical research, including cell biology, animal models of disease and human studies are important in defining the pathogenesis of disease and the optimal treatment of disease in a public health context;
  4. Demonstrate sophisticated interpretation and application of epidemiological methods and principles and discuss critically and cite evidence for the impact of disease on the individual and society;
  5. Identify and evaluate the contribution of the epidemiological studies involved in prevention, diagnosis and treatment of specific diseases and justify your reasoning;
  6. Critically assess the epidemiological quality of research in a range of studies outlining the basis of your methodological approach and criteria for determining the quality of the research;
  7. Synthesise and critically analyse medical literature to discover future challenges in disease pathogenesis and treatment;
  8. Further develop research skills including collaborative team work, clear communication and interpersonal skills as well as critical thinking and writing skills.

Assessment

  • Written exam (3 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)
  • In-semester activities (Online quiz) (10%)
  • Small group activities (Tutorial based activities) (15%)
  • Systematic review (Oral and written presentation) (4,000 words) (30%)

Workload requirements

4 hours per week (lectures) plus 4 hours per week for small group work. There is a total of 8 hours per week in contact time and 16 hours of private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS3930 - Action in biomedical science major research project

18 points, SCA Band 3, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shae-Lee Cox

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in the Biomedical Science area at 2nd year level.

For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours

Co-requisites

BMS3021 or BMS3042 or by approval of course coordinator.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a substantial research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Review scientific literature in the project area, including the ability to identify key information in this area;
  2. Access databases for provision of information;
  3. Present oral reports;
  4. Construct written reports;
  5. Manage workloads to meet deadlines;
  6. Work with a significant degree of independence;
  7. Plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate;
  8. Conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results;
  9. Perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations;
  10. Maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor;
  11. Use technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

  • Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes: 10% and final 15 minutes: 10%) (20%)
  • Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words: 10% and final 8,000 words: 50%) (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Assessment of laboratory work (20%)

Hurdle requirement:

Requirement of a pass grade on the theory component (literature review worth 10% and final report worth 50%).

Workload requirements

Approximately 36 hours per week of laboratory work and private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS3990 - Action in biomedical science minor research project

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Elizabeth Davis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shae-Lee Cox

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A grade point average of at least 70 over 24 points in the Biomedical Science area at 2nd year level.

For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:

  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
  • Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Engineering
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Laws
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Science
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Economics
  • Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Commerce

Co-requisites

BMS3031/BMS3021 or BMS3052/BMS3042 or by approval of course coordinator.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Review scientific literature in the project area, including the ability to identify key information in this area;
  2. Access databases for provision of information;
  3. Present oral reports;
  4. Construct written reports;
  5. Manage workloads to meet deadlines;
  6. Work with a significant degree of independence;
  7. Plan a large project, including the ability to adjust planning as events and results dictate;
  8. Conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results;
  9. Perform routine laboratory measurements and manipulations;
  10. Maintain efficient and meaningful communication with a project supervisor;
  11. Use technical word processing packages and graphics software.

Assessment

  • Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes: 10% and final 15 minutes: 10%) (total 20%)
  • Written report (preliminary 1,000 words) (10%)
  • Written report (final 5,000 words) (50%) (hurdle)
  • Assessment of laboratory work (20%)

Workload requirements

Approximately 12 hours per week of laboratory work and private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS4100 - Biomedical science research project

36 points, SCA Band 3, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A distinction level average in 24 credit points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units.

Co-requisites

BMS4200 and must be enrolled in course 3418.

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project involving research of a publishable standard which forms the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year. As part of the unit students present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques. Students take part in an oral review of the thesis report. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. Be able to critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. Understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Be able to execute and analyse an appropriate set of studies;
  4. Be proficient in computer-based data acquisition, analysis, presentation, and word processing;
  5. Be able to write up scientific work in a potentially publishable way;
  6. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentation to a scientific audience;
  7. Have acquired a range of technical skills appropriate to their discipline;
  8. Have the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project;
  9. Have the ability to pursue higher studies in selected disciplines of biomedical science; and
  10. Have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the biomedical sciences.

Assessment

  • Literature review (10%)
  • Seminars (10%)
  • Research report (80%) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS4200 - Advanced studies in biomedical science

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Biomedical Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Tim Cole

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A distinction level average in 24 points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units.

Co-requisites

BMS4100 and must be enrolled in course 3418.

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will undertake a module of statistics relevant to scientific hypothesis testing and provide a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. Explain the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Recognise the breadth of statistical tests and their applicability to common research methodologies;
  4. Apply simple statistical tests.

Assessment

  • Statistical test (30%)
  • Written critique (30%)
  • Discipline specific component (40%) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


BMS4301 - Advanced studies in biomedical science

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M5004

Prohibitions

BMS4200

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science.

Students will undertake a module of statistics relevant to scientific hypothesis testing and provide a written critique of a scientific article.

Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and involves some level of advanced theoretical training.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. Explain the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Assess the breadth of statistical tests and their applicability to common research methodologies;
  4. Identify and synthesize knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science other than that related to the assigned research project;
  5. Summarise research findings concisely, clearly and sequentially;
  6. Interpret experimental data with reference to the existing literature;
  7. Integrate theoretical knowledge with practice in a specific area of research;
  8. Evaluate the status of research progress within a particular research field ;
  9. Generate novel ideas to solve an existing problem or answer to an unknown question;
  10. Assess the risks in designing experimental strategies or identify the shortcomings in justifying the results;
  11. Integrate multidisciplinary components in an experimental design.

Assessment

  • Statistical test (2 x 1000 words) - 35%
  • Critical review of a journal paper (2,000 words) - 25%
  • Discipline specific component - 3 assignments (1,000 words each) & two tutorials (2 hour) - 40% (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

The total number of contact hours involving tutorials, presentation, private study and assignment preparationper week will equal 24 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BMS4302 - Biomedical science research project

36 points, SCA Band 3, 0.750 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Prof. Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury

Coordinator(s)

Associate Prof. Md. Ezharul Hoque Chowdhury

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M5004

Prohibitions

BMS4100

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project involving research of a publishable standard which forms the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year.

As part of the unit, students present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques. Students take part in an oral defense of the thesis report

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Validate the scientific literature to comprehend the progress within a specific research area;
  2. Identify and apply the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project;
  3. Design, develop and implement a research project;
  4. Acquire and analyse computer based data for graphical and tabular summarisation of findings;
  5. Summarise research outcomes into scientific manuscripts in accordance with publication requirements;
  6. Effectively and clearly communicate scientific principles and research findings in verbal and written form to a broad audience;
  7. Identify and select techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project
  8. Apprehend the significance of ethics, laboratory etiquette and adherence to OHS
  9. Recognize a critical problem and formulate a hypothesis to solve it; and
  10. Interpret the research findings with reference to the existing literature

Assessment

  • Literature review (3,000 words) - 10%
  • Seminars - 1 Oral presentation & discussion (2 hours) - 10%
  • Research report (10,000-15,000 words) - 80% (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

The total number of contact hours involving discussion with supervisors, presentations, and research activities, and of private study hours per week will equal 72 hours. The self-directed study which will be required for preparation of an assignment (literature review), oral presentation of research findings and understanding of other literatures relevant to one's specific area of research, will approximately constitute one-third of the 72 hr.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND3101 - Evidence based management

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Evelyn Volders

Coordinator(s)

Dr Simone Gibson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 96 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND3102 and must be enrolled in courses 3404 or 4530.

Synopsis

This unit uses chronic disease as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to develop and extend their core dietetic practice skills.

Students are able to apply their skills within the academic setting in a case based learning approach and via experience in the healthcare setting which includes a 3 week individual case management placement. Students will also extend their foundation skills in evaluating evidence and applied research methods applying to nutrition and dietetic practice.

The key themes explored in this unit are: Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Extend knowledge of the role of diet and relevant non dietary factors in the aetiology, prevention, and management of disease incorporating into practice
  2. Synthesise and communicate to peers key findings from the scientific literature and their relevance and application to nutrition and dietetic practice
  3. Conduct nutrition assessments and formulate dietetic practice recommendations and management strategies using an evidence based approach
  4. Practice individual case management in a simulated and healthcare setting
  5. Practice safely and professionally as part of a healthcare team working towards the National Competency Standards for Dieticians in Australia (as defined by DAA)
  6. Communicate appropriately and broadly using a range of methods extending into the healthcare environment
  7. Extend teamwork skills in the academic and practice settings
  8. Reflect on practice and evaluate self and peers.

Fieldwork

Students are required to complete an Individual Case Management placement experience to successfully fulfil the requirements for this unit. The placement is for a total of 3 weeks in Weeks 11-13.

Assessment

  • Assignments (35%)
  • Exam (3 hours) (35%)
  • Evidence based cases (1 formative, 2 summative) (30%)

Workload requirements

This unit will run over Weeks 1-4 and 11-13 of semester with an average of 48 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours.

The majority of time allocated will be contact hours/placement hours with remaining time for private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND3102 - Introduction to dietetic practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Evelyn Volders

Coordinator(s)

Dr Simone Gibson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 96 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND3101 and must be enrolled in courses 3404 or 4530.

Synopsis

This unit uses chronic disease as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to develop their core dietetic practice assessment skills whilst learning and applying core knowledge of chronic disease related to nutrition and dietetic practice.

There is an emphasis and focus on person centred care and simulation provides a key platform for learning in this unit. A formative and summative Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) sits within this unit to assess students readiness for placement. Students are introduced to the healthcare system and a range of health care settings via two one day placements. Food service competencies (Operating Systems and Menu standards) are introduced and integrated practical experiences in the healthcare environment supports learning across this domain.

The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the role of diet in the aetiology, prevention, and management of major lifestyle related chronic disease.
  2. Apply and integrate knowledge of chronic disease into nutrition assessment and management plans using case based learning, simulation and placement experience in the healthcare environment.
  3. Develop and extend core dietetic practice skills - including interpretation of data, collection and analysis of dietary data, nutrition assessment and intervention strategies.
  4. Develop working knowledge and experience in a healthcare setting to begin practicing safely and professionally.
  5. Apply food service, food science and food system knowledge to individuals and healthcare settings.
  6. Communicate appropriately and broadly using a range of methods.
  7. Extend teamwork skills in the academic and practice settings.
  8. Reflect on their practice and extend self-awareness, insight and cultural competency.

Fieldwork

Students will undertake an embedded placement experience within a healthcare setting of one of the key placement providers for Monash University Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. This will be a total of 2 days in Weeks 6 -10 of the semester, which includes 1 day specifically related to food service experience. The aim of this embedded placement is to orientate and familiarise students to the healthcare environment including medical history documentation, following patient journeys, observing healthcare teams, practice linked to chronic disease and food service operating systems.

Assessment

  • Summative OSCE (25%)
  • Written exam (35%)
  • Assignments (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

This unit will run over Weeks 6 - 10 of semester with an average of 48 hours per week allocated including contact and private study hours. The majority of time allocated will be contact hours with remaining time for private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND3202 - Food for dietetic practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Evelyn Volders

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jorja Collins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 120 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND3302 and must be enrolled in courses 3404 or 4530.

Synopsis

This unit is focussed on extending students' food composition, food therapeutic and food systems knowledge to support dietetic practice with integration and application in the practical and placement setting. There is extension of students' research and problem solving skills in managing placement based food service challenges. Students' personal and professional competencies are further developed. This unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dieticians Association of Australia.

The teaching and learning strategies will encompass lectures, group teaching, tutorials, practical sessions, self-directed learning and a placement based project.

The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Integrate food composition and practical food knowledge to a range of therapeutic applications to support dietetic practice
  2. Compare and contrast food service systems across healthcare settings including key regulatory and accreditation systems relevant to food service management.
  3. Develop and communicate plans to provide safe and nutritious food in food service settings
  4. Implement, evaluate and disseminate results of activities that support delivery of quality nutrition and food standards within a food service
  5. Apply research practice skills and innovative problem solving to food service management challenges
  6. Apply the principles of management in food service including organisational management, human resource management and production management
  7. Utilise reflection, professional and personal communication and teamwork skills.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 15 days.

Assessment

  • Written Project report (4,500 words) & Presentation pair (10 minutes) (45%) (Hurdle)
  • Practical manual (5000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Training module for food service/health care staff (individual oral presentation) (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Professional Behaviour Appraisal Form (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

12 hours/week plus 15 day placement for project and 5 day project write up/presentation = additional 20 days at 8 hours/day. Average over semester = 22.3 hours/week plus self study.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND3302 - Dietetic practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Evelyn Volders

Coordinator(s)

Ms Janeane Dart

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 120 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND3202 and must be enrolled in courses 3404 or 4530.

Synopsis

This unit uses a range of clinical conditions and diseases as the foundation and basis for dietetic students to:

  • further develop their core dietetic practice skills and
  • develop skills in dietetic education and case management in the academic setting in preparation for placement.

There is an emphasis and focus on person centred care and using simulation and case based learning to provide a key platform for learning in this unit. Preparing students for individual case management clinical placement is a key focus of this unit.

Broader issues regarding healthcare systems and healthcare provision, management, ethics in healthcare and quality improvement are covered in this unit. Students' professional competencies are further developed and this unit supports fulfilment of prescribed competencies as outlined by the Dieticians Association of Australia.

The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Examine the role of diet in the aetiology, prevention, and management of a range of clinical conditions and diseases in preparation for clinical case management
  2. Apply and integrate knowledge of science and disease into nutrition assessment and management of clinical cases including consideration of broader issues regarding healthcare systems and provision, management, ethics and quality improvement
  3. Progress core skills in the clinical dietetic process towards case management including prioritisation and discharge planning
  4. Integrate personal, social, clinical, cultural, physiological, ethical, environmental and economic factors into clinical reasoning and decision making in case management
  5. Apply an evidence based approach to clinical case management
  6. Identify and critically review evidence in clinical dietetics communicating practice applications
  7. Incorporate theories of behaviour change and learning theory in counselling and education skills to support effective dietetic case management
  8. Communicate appropriately and broadly using a range of methods both written and oral
  9. Reflect on practice extending self-awareness, insight and cultural competency linking to professionalism.

Assessment

  • Exam (3 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Case based workbook (Individual) (6,000 words) (30%)
  • Evidence based education resource (2 x double sided A4 equivalents) (10%)
  • Self-developed placement handbook (10%)
  • Professional behaviour appraisal form (Ungraded) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

24 hours/week contact time for week 1-9 plus self study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND4082 - Improving the population's nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kellow

Coordinator(s)

Assoc. Prof Claire Palermo

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 144 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND4092 and BND students only.

Synopsis

This unit will be classroom based and develop student's knowledge of the foundations of public health and public health nutrition as a discipline. Students will explore the role of population nutritional intake and its relationship to health and the strategies and approaches at a population level that are effective in improving health, including legislation, policy, social marketing, community development, health education and screening. The focus of content will be on the practical application of the principles, theories and processes used to develop population based approaches to improving health through nutrition, with a focus on capacity building. This unit will prepare students for a practical placement in public health nutrition (BND4092).

The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and influences on population health and nutrition coupled with partial integration of content from Theme 4: Food: from science to systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the key health and nutrition issues affecting the Australian population and the political, environmental, social and economic determinants of these.
  2. Apply the key steps in the public health nutrition intervention cycle and explain the importance of integrating capacity building within this framework.
  3. Evaluate the role of public health policy in shaping public health nutrition practice.
  4. Analyse the continuum of population based approaches for addressing nutrition issues and evaluate the level of evidence of effectiveness in improving health.
  5. Evaluate a socio-ecological, systems based, approach to understanding and managing population nutrition issues.
  6. Differentiate between effective and non-effective public health advocacy approaches.

Assessment

  • Group project proposal (2,000 words equivalent) (30%)
  • Group oral presentation (20%)
  • Individual discussion paper (3,000 words equivalent) (50%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Week 1: 3 workshops x 4 hours per day = 12 hours

Week 2-12: 3 hours per week face to face teaching and learning sessions supported by group work and self-directed learning and an additional 12 hours per week of self-study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND4092 - Practice and research in public health nutrition

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kellow

Coordinator(s)

Dr Claire Palermo

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1002.

Co-requisites

NUT4082 and must be enrolled in courses 3404, 4530 or 3956.

Synopsis

This unit is predominantly a fieldwork experience that will challenge students to integrate their academic training and to synthesise knowledge into a practical public health nutrition project based in a community setting. The unit requires students to manage a project that addresses a public health nutrition issue. Students will participate in program planning within a work environment and provide tangible benefit to their participating organisation. Students will be responsible for designing a project, collection and analysis of data and synthesis of findings into a report. Principles of information evaluation, workload management, communication, teamwork and responsibility for project management will also be developed.

The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the social, environmental, economic and political determinants of nutrition status to a priority public health nutrition area.
  2. Plan, implement and evaluate systems based, population health approaches and solutions to priority nutrition issues.
  3. Apply the research process using appropriate methods of collection and analysis for both qualitative and quantitative data.
  4. Contribute to an evidence-based, population approach to improve population nutrition health in a community setting.
  5. Advocate for policy change to benefit health and nutrition outcomes for populations.
  6. Employ critical and scientific writing and communication skills to document and report findings to professional and scientific audiences.
  7. Practice professional leadership to promote the role of nutrition.
  8. Establish effective working partnerships, networks, collaborations with a range of team members and stakeholders.
  9. Adopt a questioning and critical approach in all aspects of practice and evaluate practice on an on-going basis.
  10. Achieve entry level competencies to support community and public health nutrition practice.

Fieldwork

30 hours per week for 7 weeks plus an additional 2 days site/project orientation.

Assessment

  • Project report (Group) (50% which includes 10% weighing from Individual Peer Assessment and formative peer assessment) (Hurdle)
  • Poster presentation (Individual) (20%)
  • Objective structured oral exam (30%) (Hurdle)
  • Practical competency (300 hours work-based learning) must complete to pass standard to pass the unit
  • Professional Behaviour Appraisal based on 300 hours placement (Ungraded) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

30 hours practicum per week for 9 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND4102 - Practice and research in dietetics

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kellow

Coordinator(s)

Evelyn Volders

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 168 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND students only.

Synopsis

This unit extends students' integrated knowledge and skills with application to strategic practice problems and scenarios. This unit prepares students to enter the profession and the workforce and completes the final stage of students' research skill development.

The key theme in this unit is Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice. As this unit is pulling together many of the final dietetic competencies, there is partial integration of content and application from the other themes, Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition, Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease and Theme 4: Food from Science to systems with research underpinning all of these themes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically review nutrition and dietetic practice, identifying gaps in knowledge and apply valid and relevant conclusions and recommendations for practice improvement.
  2. Utilise research, leadership, communication (including negotiation, advocacy and conflict resolution) and management principles and skills in approaching solutions to practice problems.
  3. Work effectively as a member of a team creating innovative solutions to nutrition and dietetics practice problems.
  4. Apply the principles of human resource management, budgeting and risk management to project management and research.
  5. Synthesise and analyse information/data collected from practice and communicate scientifically.
  6. Plan and evaluate own personal and professional development in preparation for entry into the profession.

Assessment

  • Scientific paper (Quantitative project 4000 words / Qualitative project 5000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Peer review (1,000 words) (5%)
  • Small grant proposal (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Group oral presentation (20 mins) & questions (10%)
  • Group Report (2,500 words) (15%)
  • Attendance and participation (Hurdle)
  • Professional practice (Ungraded hurdle)

Workload requirements

This 12 credit point unit requires an equivalent of 24 hours per week of study including contact and private study hours. This unit will be front loaded at the beginning of the semester and towards the end of semester Week 10-12 with an intensive teaching block. The remaining time during semester is allocated for self-directed learning and private study to progress learning in the unit during the clinical placement. A significant amount of learning is self-directed and autonomous in this unit.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BND4402 - Dietetic practice 2

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Nicole Kellow

Coordinator(s)

Dr Simone Gibson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

A student must have passed a minimum of 144 credit points of units deemed satisfactory and relevant in content and depth by the Nutrition and Dietetic Department Selection Officer in conjunction with the Unit Coordinator.

Co-requisites

BND students only.

Synopsis

This unit is predominantly a placement based unit to support students' progression and entry level competencies in individual case management in a healthcare setting.

The key themes explored in this unit are Theme 3: Fundamentals of Health and Disease, Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to Systems as students' progress and integrate their dietetic practice skills and competencies working in the healthcare environment. There is partial integration of content and application from Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge of science, nutrition, diet and disease into assessment, education, and management of clinical cases in a healthcare environment
  2. Integrate personal, social, clinical, cultural, dietary, economic, environmental, ethical, medical and physiological factors into clinical reasoning and decision making in client centred case management in the healthcare environment
  3. Achieve entry level competencies to support individual case management across a range of clients
  4. Apply an evidence based approach to clinical case management
  5. Integrate knowledge of food service systems and processes into case management
  6. Exhibit excellent oral and written communication skills in all professional interactions with peers, colleagues, clients and other stakeholders in the healthcare and academic environments.
  7. Work effectively as a member of the dietetic and broader healthcare team
  8. Practice safely, effectively and professionally
  9. Reflect on practice extending self-awareness, insight and cultural competency.

Fieldwork

Each student will be allocated to a healthcare site of a placement partner of Monash University and the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics for a total of 36 placement days. University staff are involved in final placement assessment and signing off of entry level competency for the profession for the relevant units.

Assessment

  • Major case oral presentation & extension questions (15 mins) (15%)
  • Major case written report (3000 words) (45%) (Hurdle)
  • Critical incident related to patient management - guided reflection & action plan (1500 words) (15%)
  • Ward round interview (30 mins) (10%)
  • Ward round nutrition care plan report (1,500 words) (15%)
  • Placement Portfolio (Hurdle) (Pass / Fail)
  • Practical competencies (Ungraded hurdle)

Workload requirements

Students will spend the majority of time for this unit allocated to a healthcare setting (8 Weeks of either 4 or 5 days per week - a total of 36 days). Students will also be expected to attend tutorials and presentations in the academic setting (scheduled around placement commitments) with the remaining time allocated for private study. Students are expected to attend placement for the equivalent of full time hours (7 hours/day) during their scheduled placement weeks. It is also expected that students undertake private study outside of placement hours.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BNS4100 - Behavioural neuroscience honours: Research project

42 points, SCA Band 2, 0.875 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Antonio Verdejo-Garcia

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Antonio Verdejo-Garcia

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BNS4200Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3514.

Synopsis

The aims of the Honours year in behavioural neuroscience are to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the discipline including laboratory techniques and other research-related skills. The unit is also designed to prepare students for higher degree studies. The relatively high weighting of this unit reflects the intensity of taking on a major research project in this field. In this unit students may undertake one major project or two separate, though typically closely-related, research projects in an area within behavioural neuroscience. The project(s) will provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of an honours research thesis presented at the end of the year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Be able to critically review the scientific literature in their domain of behavioural neuroscience research,
  2. Have acquired sound knowledge of the processes involved in research design, development and implementation through the completion of a research project,
  3. Be able to execute and analyse the outcomes of a laboratory-based and/or field-based study,
  4. Be proficient in the use of computer-based analysis, data-base, presentation, word processing and data-base/internet search engine software,
  5. Be able to prepare a report of a research project in a potentially publishable way,
  6. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both audiences who are specialists in the student's field of study of research and non-specialist scientific audience,
  7. Have acquired a range of technical skills appropriate to their research area,
  8. Have the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project.

Assessment

  • Research proposal (1,500 words) (10%)
  • Honours research thesis (12,000 - 15,000 words) (80%)
  • Communication of results (Oral) (5%)
  • Graduate attribute assessment (5%)

Hurdle: Students must pass the thesis to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

42 hours/week on their research project. Six 2-3 hour seminars/workshops.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


BNS4200 - Behavioural neuroscience honours: Research design and analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Katrina Simpson

Coordinator(s)

Dr Katrina Simpson

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

BNS4100Not offered in 2018 and must be enrolled in course 3514.

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding in statistical concepts to enable them to be informed in their chosen field. The unit begins with a review of univariate statistics and an introduction to the philosophy of research design and analysis. More advanced statistical techniques are then systematically introduced. There is a focus on the understanding of the issues that may arise around the choice of appropriate statistical technique and preparation of data, critiquing decisions made to assist in the interpretation of findings. The content will be set in a context of the needs of professional psychologists and researchers whose interests present unusual methodological demands, which in turn may influence choices in research approach and statistical technique.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe a range of methodological and philosophical principles in research design, analysis and interpretation.
  2. Describe, apply and evaluate research designs and analyses used by psychologists.
  3. Apply scientific research principles to data in practice.
  4. Critique data with a view to preparation, analysis and interpretation.
  5. Operate SPSS and AMOS packages to analyse data for analysis.
  6. Critique and record decisions made in the process of research examples distinguishing between fact and inference in sets of analyses.

Assessment

  • Assessment (MCQ) (10%)
  • Research Workbook Part A (1500 words) (20%)
  • Research Workbook Part B (2500 words) (35%)
  • Exam (90 minutes) (35%)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week of lectures and 2 hours per fortnight for SPSS/AMOS training in labs. In addition, there will be 2 hours dedicated in the alternate fortnight with online instruction on the analytical technique delivered through the lecture. This will entail collaboration with other students and feedback provided through the lecturer. The expected undirected/private study to be completed by students will be approximately 8 hours a week. This will incorporate students recording weekly analyses in a prepared lab book, readings (text and supplementary material), preparation and cleaning of data for analysis for the upcoming tutorials, preparation and completion of the major assessment as well exams in Week 5 and the end of semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP2032 - Paramedic clinical practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Dr Linda Ross

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

EPP2011

Co-requisites

3445, M20021, 3892

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician.

It will build on a model of paramedic clinical competence developed in prerequisite units and will provide the context to support the implementation of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient care.

Students will have the opportunity to practice and develop their clinical skills in the management of patients with acute health conditions through clinical placements with ambulance service providers and other health agencies.

The unit will also place an emphasis on the insightfulness that is required to deliver quality patient care through a range of reflective tasks that challenge the student to consider their practice from a variety of alternative perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Evaluate their clinical knowledge, and identify clinical learning opportunities that may improve their ability to communicate with and care for patients;
  2. Recognise their role in the community emergency health setting, and display appropriate professional and teamwork behaviours;
  3. Perform appropriate paramedic clinical tasks under supervision in the community emergency health setting;
  4. Apply relevant theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to the care of patients within the community emergency health setting;
  5. Work as an effective team member with paramedics and health care professionals to provide appropriate patient care.
  6. Reflect on their performance in the clinical setting to identify the adequacy of their judgements and the factors influencing clinical decision making.

Fieldwork

Paramedic clinical placements (7 shifts; 70 hours)

Assessment

  • Reflective case reports (2 x 1000 words each)(Pass/Fail)
  • Clinical debrief sessions (Pass/Fail)
  • Clinical logbook (Pass/Fail)
  • Clinical paramedic placements x 16 (Pass/Fail)

Hurdle: A pass grade must be achieved on all assessment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3011 - Paramedic management of mental health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP2012, EPP2022, EPP2032, EPP2042

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Prohibitions

BEH2201

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician who is able to assess and care for patients with mental health problems in the community.

The unit addresses the epidemiology and history of mental health in Australia, and the features of care systems with particular emphasis on community based care.

Acute and chronic medical mental health problems commonly encountered by paramedics are investigated. The special needs of Indigenous persons and those from non-English speaking backgrounds are investigated.

The unit is case-based, integrating material from the five themes and the underpinning biomedical, social and clinical sciences, and including clinical skills, laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment and management clinical skills, and clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathology and clinical manifestations of mental illness commonly encountered in paramedic practice.
  2. Communicate effectively with people who are experiencing disturbances of thoughts, feelings and behaviour.
  3. Perform a mental status assessment as applied to paramedic practice.
  4. Comply with the Victorian Mental Health Act (2014) guidelines when carrying out a search and search procedure on patients with a mental health emergency
  5. Identify and apply therapeutic interventions and techniques appropriate to managing a mental health emergency in the community setting.
  6. Initiate appropriate care for patients with mental health issues, family members and carers in response to correctly identifying factors contributing to the situation.

Assessment

  • Mental status assessment (20%)
  • Pamphlet (20%)
  • Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Attendance (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online learning, tutorials and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3012 - Clinical education, leadership and emergency preparedness

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Paul Toll

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP3011, EPP3021, EPP3031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M20021

Prohibitions

BEH3012

Synopsis

This unit develops the role of the paramedic as a clinical leader in the community with the focus on major incidents and disasters. The unit explores disaster planning, response and recovery, and the roles and responsibilities of the paramedic when managing multiple patients or a complex setting, during a major health emergency or during a humanitarian disaster.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the roles and responsibilities of paramedics, emergency services and other health agencies in relation to a multi-casualty or major incident.
  2. Compare and contrast the management of major incident in a rural, remote or complex setting compared to the urban environment.
  3. Describe the broader requirements of paramedics, emergency services and other health agencies during disaster management, in particular the management of public health issues and logistics management.
  4. Analyse the contemporary structure of a major incident control system in the Australian context, and describe the role of the paramedic in major incidents and disasters, particularly compared to normal operations.
  5. Outline the role of the paramedic in emergency management planning and preparedness in local and international settings.
  6. Demonstrate effective logistical management, patient triage or participation in a response team during a simulated mass-casualty situation or major incident.

Assessment

  • Mass Casualty Written Assignment (3,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Mass Casualty Worksheet (1500 words) (20%)
  • Final Examination (40%) (hurdle)
  • Mass Casualty Simulation (Pass/Fail) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3021 - Paramedic management of respiratory conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Rob Sanders

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP2011, EPP2012, EPP2022

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.

The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening respiratory-related clinical problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathology and clinical manifestations of acute and chronic respiratory conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice.
  2. Locate and evaluate evidence that informs paramedic management used to care for patients with respiratory conditions.
  3. Systematically assess a patient experiencing a respiratory emergency and associate the assessment with respiratory disease pathology.
  4. Demonstrate the planning and implementation of care for a patient experiencing a respiratory emergency and accurately document and communicate the care provided.
  5. Identify drugs commonly used by advanced life support paramedics for the management of respiratory conditions. Discuss their actions and evaluate the appropriateness of their use in differing circumstances during a respiratory emergency.
  6. Discuss the diagnostic reasoning, clinical problem solving and clinical decision making processes that influence the care of patients with respiratory conditions in order to evaluate and justify management decisions and identify threats to patient safety.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
  • iSAP case scenario (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Case simulation assessment (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online learning, tutorials and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3022 - Extended care paramedic practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Boyd Furmston

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP3011, EPP3021, EPP3031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Synopsis

The unit establishes an extended scope of practice in the pre-hospital environment where the paramedic explores a range of diseases and conditions and deals with their consequences in out-of-hospital situations.

The content of the unit and the practical application of skills will prepare the paramedic for a potential extended care role within a variety of settings in communities and workplaces, locally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate a range of local and international disease aetiologies and epidemiologies that impact on a community setting and the role pre-hospital professionals play in addressing these diseases.
  2. Analyse and apply the practices of advanced prescribing, health promotion, health assessment, discharge planning and a range of treatment schedules using an evidence-based approach.
  3. Outline the clinical presentations, signs and symptoms and treatments associated with various ailments, diseases and conditions commonly encountered in the community practice settings including children and geriatrics.
  4. Recognise risk factors for disease or injury, while using appropriate screening tools to be able to triage patients to remain in their home, refer to general practice or other appropriate health services.
  5. Develop strategies targeted at leadership and education to inform change in models of paramedic practice to meet evolving community needs.

Assessment

  • 2 x Written Assignment (2,000 words each) (2 x 20%)
  • Group Presentation (20%)
  • Final Examination (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hour per week), and self-directed study (6 hour per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3030 - Integrated clinical practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP2032

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with the opportunity to integrate knowledge acquired in their study in the primary emergency health care environment. The various tasks allow for the development of advanced skills with a focus on the study of health care within the emergency and community-based primary health care environments to assist in the transition to the workplace.

The unit will review of the graduate attributes needed to be an effective practitioner within the area of primary health care. The unit will focus on the knowledge, skills and values needed to practice as a paramedic. Each student is encouraged to identify their personal strengths, develop effective teamwork, situational awareness and personal skills through a process of reflection and continual improvement. Students will then apply this learning through simulations and actual workplace placements to enhance their role-readiness.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically evaluate the standard paramedic clinical approach to the assessment and care of patients in the community, hospital or other related health setting;
  2. Analyse and appraise the communication techniques utilised to inform, instruct and empower patients to manage their care;
  3. Provide appropriate care for patients at an advanced level within the simulation environment and while under supervision in a range of authentic clinical settings;
  4. Demonstrate appropriate professional, inter-professional and teamwork behaviours within the community and primary health care settings;
  5. Work as an effective team member with fellow paramedics and other health care professionals to provide high level evidence-based patient care;
  6. Demonstrate a culturally sensitive approach to personal reactions and those of patients and their families or carers to acute or chronic illness and or injury;
  7. Critically reflect on performances in the clinical setting to identify the adequacy of personal judgements and the internal and external factors influencing clinical decision making and higher order thinking;
  8. Appraise the care given by peers within simulations and where possible within the authentic environments through public reflection to learn from these actions and inform future practice;
  9. Evaluate the experiences gained within the simulation environment through reflection and judge the influence these may have on future practice within the workplace.

Fieldwork

Throughout the study period each student will complete 32 placement days of eight to ten hours duration.

Assessment

  • 2 x Case studies (1,500 words) (pass/fail) (Hurdle)
  • 2 x Case study presentations (pass/fail)
  • 2 x Simulation self-critiques (1,000 words) (pass/fail)
  • Scenario day attendance (pass/fail) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placements; 16 x Paramedic, 16 x Hospital (Pass/Fail)(Hurdle)
  • Clinical placement log books (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

A pass grade must be achieved on all assessment tasks

Workload requirements

The students will be required to complete thirty two clinical placement days and attend timetabled clinical practicum days.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3031 - Paramedic management of medical conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Brian Haskins

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP2012, EPP2022, EPP2032, EPP2042

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course version M20021

Prohibitions

BEH3161

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit explores commonly encountered acute and chronic health emergencies, with a focus on pain management. Using a combination of case-based learning, clinical laboratory work and simulation, this unit will develop the essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision-making competencies in managing common health emergencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, and pathology related to acute and chronic emergency medical conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice;
  2. Describe the clinical manifestations of the selected medical conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to integrate and apply theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to the assessment and management of patients with selected acute and chronic medical emergencies across the lifespan;
  4. Relate the pharmacology of drugs and fluids used by paramedics in the management of common medical conditions, including drug indications and actions.

Assessment

  • Weekly short MCQ tests (10 minutes) (10%)
  • Mid-semester examination (25%)
  • Clinical portfolio (25%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • End of semester practical assessment (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online learning, practical simulation, and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


EPP3032 - Paramedic management of maternal and neonatal health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed EPP3021, EPP3031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by developing knowledge and skills needed to care for birthing women and neonates in the community. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, presentation and management of selected health conditions experienced by women during pregnancy, birth and following childbirth and recommend appropriate paramedic strategies;
  2. Evaluate models of care available in the maternity services and explain how cultural diversity can influence the care for pregnant women and consider approaches to paramedic care in a variety of situations;
  3. Identify and interpret the evidence supporting the paramedic care of pregnant and childbearing women and their babies;
  4. Plan and implement a model of care for a woman experiencing a normal or complicated birth;
  5. Demonstrate the processes of paramedic assessment of the newborn immediately after childbirth in both, uncomplicated and emergency situations, and select appropriate patient management;
  6. Discuss how cultural diversity can influence the care for pregnant women and consider approaches to paramedic care in a variety of situations.

Assessment

  • Online quiz (10%)
  • iSAP scenario (2,000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • End of semester examination (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Practical laboratory portfolio (10%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online tutorials, tutorial/practical simulations and clinical laboratories.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GMA1010 - Foundations of medical practice

48 points, SCA Band 3, 1.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Rural Health

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Shane Bullock

Unit guides

Offered

Gippsland

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 4532 or M6018

Synopsis

This unit reflects an introduction to the four themes of the Bachelor of Medical Science and Doctor of Medicine (MD) curriculum: Theme I (Personal and Professional Development), Theme II (Society, Population, Health and Illness), Theme III (Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice) and Theme IV (Clinical Skills).

Students begin to develop the knowledge, skills and attributes required by a medical student. Knowledge in the basic medical and behavioural sciences is developed within inter-disciplinary units related to clinical and other problems through problem based learning clinical case studies.

Clinical skills development introduces history-taking, physical examination and procedural skills through clinical skills tutorials and clinical placement activities.

Community partnership placements are also a part of the unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify and develop strategies for their own health enhancement.
  2. Examine the similarities and differences between ethical issues in personal and professional life.
  3. Appreciate the legal framework within which medical practice operates and the legal basis of the doctor-patient relationship.
  4. Differentiate ethical debates about the following: doctor-patient relation; health and illness; ideas of personhood and body.
  5. Apply concepts of professional responsibility and public accountability with reference to the role of the courts and common law statutes and professional self-regulation.
  6. Develop a perspective on issues of social equity, welfare, advocacy and justice, particularly as they relate to the practice of medicine.
  7. Demonstrate that from their position of responsibility within the community they have knowledge and skills that can contribute to the well-being of those people who are disadvantaged.
  8. Develop the concept of the 'whole person' and in particular, the social and economic context of health and illness.
  9. Discuss different perspectives on health, illness and medical practice through application of the 'sociological imagination'.
  10. Describe associations between health and illness and social influences such as culture, disability, place, rurality, social position, gender, ethnicity, ecology and access to healthcare.
  11. Consider appropriate adaptations of healthcare practice to suit particular cultural and social circumstances.
  12. Demonstrate basic skills in accessing and critiquing research materials from personal, print and electronic sources.
  13. Discuss the basic concepts and methods of biostatistics in medical research and epidemiology.
  14. Evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of different epidemiological study designs.
  15. Explain how rural diversity can impact on rural health, illness and health service delivery.
  16. Articulate the relationship between data, information, evidence, knowledge and informed care.
  17. Demonstrate in applied situations the following:
    • Enhanced information technology skills (searching and medical database identification skills, including computer presentation skills);
    • Application of critical skills to clinical and research questions;
    • Application of a range of knowledge based systems in clinical practice (bibliographic software, decision support systems).
  18. Discuss the theories and approaches to health promotion.
  19. Participate in the basic health promotion process of program development, planning, implementation and evaluation.
  20. Identify appropriate strategies for health promotion interventions including targeting high risk and population-based strategies.
  21. Recognise the conceptual and practical implications of a Community Based Practice program.
  22. Describe and discuss the health, illness and community services and facilities available in a rural, regional and outer urban location.
  23. Describe normal cell and tissue structure and formation.
  24. Identify the role of genes in health and disease.
  25. Describe the immune system and immune responses in health and disease.
  26. Discuss the pathophysiology and management of conditions caused by microbes.
  27. Describe the pathophysiology of neoplasia.
  28. Discuss the general principles, concepts and language of neuroscience that will provide a basis for understanding the neural control of body systems and neurology.
  29. Outline the structure and functions of neurons, signalling mechanisms, drug actions and receptors, and the organisation, inter relationship and general function of all divisions of the nervous system.
  30. Describe the function of peripheral sensory systems, the sensory pathways, the motor pathways and the importance of sensory feedback.
  31. Explain the general and detailed organisation and function of the musculoskeletal system.
  32. Discuss the theories associated with human psychology and describe the neurobiological basis of human behaviour.
  33. Describe the structure and function of the healthy cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, endocrine, gastrointestinal and reproductive systems and the formation and function of blood.
  34. Describe the general pharmacological principles and the mechanisms of action of therapeutic agents commonly prescribed to combat disorders of the musculoskeletal, nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive systems.
  35. Describe the mechanisms and effects of selected common pathologies affecting the musculoskeletal, nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal, endocrine, reproductive system.
  36. Describe the basic processes of reproduction and early development, comprehend infertility and strategies to manage reproduction and contraception.
  37. Discuss how fetal conditions can determine adult disease, recognising how specific anomalies can be diagnosed prenatally and how some of them may be corrected or managed.
  38. Describe the trajectory of human development and explain the normal growth pattern and the attendant nutritional requirements of individuals from birth to adulthood.
  39. Demonstrate clear and appropriate communication skills and active learning with clarity, consideration and sensitivity to patients and other health professionals.
  40. Describe the framework for taking a comprehensive medical history.
  41. Demonstrate an awareness of basic ethical and legal issues when communicating with patients.
  42. Describe the principles of clinical reasoning.
  43. Describe the elements of a Mental State Examination and perform a Mini Mental State examination.
  44. Recognise the importance of context in medical history taking and the development of health conditions.
  45. Apply a framework for taking a focused medical history in the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, reproductive, haematological and endocrine systems.
  46. Apply a framework for taking a sexual history using a patient centred, non-judgemental approach.
  47. Perform a basic examination of the musculoskeletal, neurological, cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, haematological and endocrine system using a systematic patient-centred approach.
  48. Perform a systematic patient-centred examination of the breast recognising the importance of communication during intimate examinations.
  49. Demonstrate a structured approach to describing the features of normal basic investigations including Chest X-ray, Abdominal X-ray and 12 lead electrocardiograph.
  50. Describe the elements of the patient safety framework including hand hygiene, teamwork and communication.
  51. Demonstrate a structured and empathic approach to dealing with emotion in the patient encounter in a simulated environment.
  52. Perform a series of procedural skills in a simulated environment using patient centred communication.
  53. Recognise the social and health needs of Indigenous communities in urban, rural and remote locations.
  54. Discuss traditional Indigenous culture and the complexities of contemporary Indigenous societies in urban, rural and remote locations.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the Faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty. Students participate in a clinical placement program within this unit of 8 days duration. They also participate in a community placement of 4 days, requiring current valid Working with Children and Police checks.

Assessment

  • Attendance (80% mandatory class attendance) (Hurdle)
  • Professionalism and engagement (7.5%)
  • Clinical skills competencies (5%)
  • Critical reflection on a learning experience (5%)
  • Mid-semester 1 examination (5%)
  • Community-Based Placement (CBP) program assignment (7.5%)
  • End-of-semester 1 written examination (3 hours) (10%)
  • Population health assignment (5%)
  • HHB / HLSD assignment (5%)
  • End-of-year summative OSCE (20%)*
  • End-of-semester 2 written examination (10%)*
  • Vertically Integrated Assessment (VIA) examination (20%)*

*A pass must also be achieved in the combination of last three assessment tasks (the End-of-Year summative OSCE, the end-ofsemester 2 exam and the VIA) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

On-campus: Class contact hours: 24 hours per week. Students would be expected to do a minimum of 24 hours private study.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


GMA2000 - Year A final grade

0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Rural Health

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Shane Bullock

Unit guides

Offered

Gippsland

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 4532 or M6018

Synopsis

GMA2000 provides an overall result for Year A Graduate entry Bachelor of Medical Science and Doctor of Medicine (MD) based upon achievement in GMA1010 and includes the Vertically Integrated Assessment (VIA) examination undertaken at the end of Year A. Teaching and learning activities for GMA1010 have been outlined in the relevant unit approvals and student results for each of these units will contribute to the result for GMA2000.

Outcomes

GMA2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the Graduate entry MD course. Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Year A of the medicine course.

Assessment

  • GMA1010 (80%)
  • VIA examination (20%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC1100 - Introduction to research and evidence

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dragan Ilic

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kelly Allen (Caulfield)
Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1061, PHH1061.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the skills necessary to locate, critique, interpret and summarise relevant evidence. This will provide a solid foundation for an evidence-based approach to optimising health and well-being at a population level.

Students are guided through skills in searching for and locating evidence. They are introduced to different research methodologies and ways of analysing data to understand various research paradigms. This information is used to critique the available literature.

Students will be introduced to both qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection and analysis; basic descriptive statistics; measurement concepts; and synthesis and reporting of data.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe different sources of evidence and their roles in health practice.
  2. Construct and implement effective strategies for searching the health literature.
  3. Describe quantitative and qualitative techniques for data collection and basic analysis for reporting data.
  4. Assess risk of bias across quantitative research designs.
  5. Recognise issues of cultural context and ethical principles in data collection and interpretation.
  6. Demonstrate the ability to summarise and communicate evidence for professional audiences.

Assessment

  • Oral group presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Online quiz (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Evidence-based practice (EBP) case simulation (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Examination (MCQ & short answer questions) (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC1200 - Introduction to public health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tess Tsindos

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1081, PHH1081.

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the principles and practices of contemporary public health. Case study examples are used to illustrate public health successes, including the key elements contributing to these successful approaches.

Key concepts introduced include population health, social determinants of health, health inequalities, health and human rights, and the core roles and functions of public health systems, policies and programs.

Inequalities within and across national boundaries are explored, as well as the contributing factors to these inequalities. Public health priorities are explored through consideration of population health trends and vulnerable populations.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe the principles underpinning public health practice.
  2. Identify a range of public health interventions and compare their strengths and limitations.
  3. Discuss how behavioural, social and cultural, environmental and political determinants contribute to health outcomes.
  4. Explain the causes and consequences of health inequalities.
  5. Summarise information from relevant high quality public health sources.

Assessment

  • Online quiz (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Written essay (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Group oral presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Examination (MCQ, short answer and essay questions) (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials

80% participation in online tasks

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC1300 - Human health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Basia Diug

Coordinator(s)

Dr Md Nazmul Karim

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the course of disease for common health conditions, and their impact on individuals and populations.

The unit outlines different types of disease, and explores common diseases from pathophysiological, psychosocial, and epidemiological perspectives. The course of disease, and contributing and risk factors at the individual and social levels are explored, as well as the consequences for individuals, health systems, and society.

Particular conditions considered will vary but will include diseases across the communicable, non-communicable, acute, chronic and degenerative conditions.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Explain the biological basis of selected human health and disease.
  2. Describe the pathophysiology and course of disease for selected human diseases.
  3. Identify the social and individual factors contributing to selected human disease.
  4. Explain the consequences of selected human diseases for health systems, society and epidemiology.
  5. Critically appraise a current topic in human health and disease using relevant, high quality sources.
  6. Develop organisational and communication skills in a small team environment.

Assessment

  • Group presentation oral (15 minutes) (10%)
  • Two online quizzes (30 minutes each) (5% + 5%=10%)
  • Group work research portfolio (35%) comprising of: Online checklist (5%), 15 minutes oral presentation & 1-page topic summary (10%), 2,500 words report (20%)
  • Mid-semester test 1 hour (10%)
  • Final examination 2 hours (35%)

Hurdle Requirement:

  • 80% attendance at tutorials
  • 80% participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC1400 - The Australian healthcare system

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Helen Ackland

Coordinator(s)

Dr Biswajit Banik (Caulfield)
Dr Cameron Gosling (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

BME3032, HSC1052, PHH1052.

Synopsis

This unit will deliver a structured introduction to the Australian healthcare system. Students will gain a preliminary knowledge of the organization, current policies and policy debates, funding arrangements and emerging trends in healthcare practice. A feature of the unit is an inclusive approach to the understanding of health. This approach will consider aged care, disability, mental health, and alcohol and drug components in addition to established health services. Case studies will be used to consolidate the theoretical material. Students will develop a reflective understanding of their own experience of health care, and be able to identify their assumptions regarding health and the practice of health care. Overarching themes will include an overview of the health system, specialist sectors and working in the health space.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe the components and organisation of the Australian healthcare system.
  2. Discriminate between polices which inform, and the arrangements which fund, the Australian healthcare system.
  3. Distinguish between the current policy debates and service models relevant to the current Australian healthcare system.
  4. Identify the inter-sectorial and multi-disciplinary components of the Australian healthcare system.
  5. Outline healthcare practices.
  6. Articulate a reflective understanding of their experience and assumptions with respect to health and the practice of care.

Assessment

  • In-class written test (60 minutes) (15%)
  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Written case study (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) Hurdle

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC2062 - Communicating health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Micaela Drieberg

Coordinator(s)

Ms Micaela Drieberg

Not offered in 2018

Prohibitions

PBH1102.

Synopsis

Students will critically analyse the structure, politics and role of the mass media (public relations, news, advertising, advocacy, popular culture) in constructing public health issues. Throughout the unit, students will critically review a range of recent communication campaigns and case studies of contemporary issues. The unit will cover health communication skills for a range of audiences and purposes, including presentation and report writing, developing health communications materials, social marketing, working with the mass media, and advocacy for policies, programs and resources.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Discuss and critically reflect on theoretical models of communication, social change and marketing in relation to health and their application in medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion;
  2. Critically analyse the role of the media in the construction of health issues;
  3. Describe, compare and contrast different approaches to health communication and explain their strengths and limitations;
  4. Critically review a range of local and international health communication campaigns as well as a range of health communication materials (print-based, electronic and web-based);
  5. Identify key stages in designing a communication campaign and apply them to a selected health issue;
  6. Demonstrate oral and written presentation skills for a range of professional and lay audiences including low literate audiences; and
  7. Develop an understanding of the role and principles of public health advocacy in the strategic use of the media and community action to influence decision makers and public opinion.

Assessment

  • Essay (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Essay (2,400 words) (40%) Hurdle
  • Group oral presentation (20 minutes) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC2100 - Emerging challenges in health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone
Ms Meagan Wilson

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC3011Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

This unit explores key emerging challenges in health at the national and global levels. A case study approach is used to explore current issues facing health systems, including the causes, consequences, and approaches used to address the issues.

Causes are considered at the behavioural, social, cultural, political and environmental levels. A public health and/or systems thinking perspective is taken to describe and critically appraise initiatives to address identified issues.

Specific challenges which will be the focus of this unit will change over time in line with contemporary and emerging issues, but for example may include: obesity, population ageing, climate change, emerging infectious diseases and mental health, terrorism, and natural disasters.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Analyse the behavioural, social and cultural, environmental and political determinants that contribute to selected emerging challenges in health.
  2. Explain and apply the basic principles of a systems thinking approach to emerging health challenges.
  3. Identify and appraise public health principles and approaches to control, prevent or otherwise address selected emerging challenges.
  4. Analyse the implications of selected emerging challenges for the delivery of health care and structure and functions of health systems.
  5. Describe and explain basic risk and emergency management principles.

Assessment

  • Case study (900 words) (15%)
  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Critical appraisal (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) Hurdle

Hurdle:

80% attendance at tutorials

80% participation in online tasks

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC2200 - Health and the human lifespan

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling (Peninsula)
Dr Elizabeth Pritchard (Caulfield)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Students enrolled in M2011 - BMA1012, HSC1300

Prohibitions

BEH1041Not offered in 2018, NUT2001

Synopsis

This unit uses the framework of human development to examine health throughout the lifespan. Physical, cognitive, emotional, behavioural and psychosocial development, and the impact of culture on health will be examined. Students will investigate the roles of allied health professionals in assessing and maintaining health across the lifespan.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe physical, psychological and social milestones of human development throughout the lifespan, applying contemporary theories of development.
  2. Examine common acute and chronic health issues that occur across the lifespan.
  3. Identify the social and cultural determinants that impact upon human development.
  4. Identify essential activities and information regarding health promotion to meet the needs of individuals across the lifespan.
  5. Summarise theoretical perspectives on grieving and loss.
  6. Communicate effectively with individuals across the lifespan within an appropriate developmental framework.

Assessment

  • Group Presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Multiple Choice Test - Mid-Semester (1 hr) (10%)
  • Written Assignment (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle Requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials

80% participation in weekly online tasks

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC2300 - Health promotion and disease prevention

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kelly Allen

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kelly Allen (Caulfield)
Dr Kelly-Ann Bowles (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1072, HSC2101, PHH2101.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the contemporary frameworks and strategies that are used to prevent disease and promote health at the population level. Students will examine methods for primary, secondary and tertiary prevention undertaken through health agencies, and develop an understanding of the role of different health professions in this work. Disease prevention methods investigated will include behavioural education and counselling, vaccination and pharmacological interventions, health screening, chronic disease self-management, and rehabilitation in health care and community settings. Health promotion will be introduced as an approach that uses multiple strategies to empower individuals and communities and create supportive environments for health. The health promotion actions examined will include policy development, community mobilisation, health education and social marketing. The role that partnerships and capacity building play in sustaining action and health outcomes will be investigated. Learning will be facilitated with case examples and consideration will be given to how the methods examined can be applied to current public health priorities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Identify frameworks and ethical principles that guide disease prevention and health promotion.
  2. Contrast primary, secondary and tertiary prevention methods and discuss examples of their applications.
  3. Discuss models of chronic disease self-management and behaviour change and discuss examples of their application.
  4. Identify guidelines and methods used in health screening, vaccination and clinical preventive services.
  5. Distinguish the role of policy, community mobilisation, social marketing and education in health promotion.
  6. Describe the role that partnerships and capacity building play in strengthening disease prevention and health promotion initiatives.

Assessment

  • In-class test (MCQs and short answers) (10%)
  • Literature review (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Oral group presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) Hurdle

Hurdle:

80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

3 hour workshop, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC3001 - Health, law and ethics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Liz Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Dr Liz Bishop

Not offered in 2018

Prohibitions

PBH2004, PHH3001

Synopsis

This unit deals with two primary aspects of professional practice in the health and social care system, namely the legal and ethical principles that govern the operation of the system and the behaviour of individuals within it. The unit commences with an introduction to the legal framework, covering common law, statute law and the legal responsibilities of health and social care professionals. Students are then introduced to the ethical framework, through an examination of ethical theory, professional ethics, confidentiality, informed consent and relationships with patients. The complex interrelationship between legal and ethical aspects of healthcare practice is explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the legal framework pertinent to healthcare practice
  2. Explain why the study of health law is an essential aspect of professional practice
  3. Discuss issues related to justice in the healthcare system
  4. Describe medical and professional ethics and different ethical perspectives as related to healthcare
  5. Discuss the importance of confidentiality and informed consent.

Assessment

  • Written assignment: Response to 10 short answer questions (2,500 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Written assignment: Major paper chosen from one of three provided topics (2,500 words) (50%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at seminars.

Workload requirements

2 contact hours plus 10 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC3002 - Health for all in a global world

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Richards

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karen Richards
Associate Professor Dragan Ilic

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

One of the following: HSC1081, HSC1112, HSC1200, PHH1112, PHH1081.

Prohibitions

PHH3002

Synopsis

This unit will build on students' previous learning about global health.

The intent of this unit is not only to further students' awareness of global health issues, but also to encourage critical thinking about the underlying causes, the efficacy of global health programs and the ethics of delivering aid.

It aims to equip students to work in the area of global health both in Australia and abroad.

The unit comprises three modules of study.

During the first, students will learn about the history of global health and Australian indigenous health, the main global health principles and will briefly review the main underlying causes of global health issues and Australian indigenous health issues.

They will also be introduced to human rights and ethics and how to apply them to health research and global health provision.

The second module will look at how to appropriately address continuing and future global health challenges in different settings.

Past successes and failures in addressing these challenges will be analysed to demonstrate the complexity of health improvement in low- and middle-income countries.

Students will learn about the use of appropriate technology, being culturally sensitive and participatory approaches.

In the third module students will study the changing scene in relation to 'development aid' with a particular focus on current shortfalls and ethical aspects of donor activity.

This module will also expose students to the various careers available to graduates with a health sciences background.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Explain the current and future threats to global health and their underlying causes
  2. Discuss the major human rights and ethical issues in the field of global health
  3. Analyse and critique programs addressing health issues at a national and global level including the program's capacity to address health inequities and the appropriateness of their design
  4. Critically analyse the relationships between various actors and agencies in global health
  5. Describe and critique the sustainable development goals
  6. Apply participatory techniques in the design of projects to address global health issues

Assessment

  • Essay (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Group presentation (oral 30 minutes) (20%)
  • Research Assignment (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle Requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials

Workload requirements

3 contact hours plus 9 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC3011 - Contemporary health challenges

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

One of the following: HSC1081, HSC2022, PBH2003, BMS1042, PHH1081, PHH2022

Prohibitions

HSC2100, PHH3011

Synopsis

The unit explores global and local health challenges that are at the forefront of Australia's health sector. Students will critically examine the construction of contemporary health challenges including: the implications of global inequalities in health and health problems arising from war and terrorism and political violence such as the refugee crisis.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Discuss in depth some key contemporary health challenges demonstrating awareness of multiple perspectives, including the ways in which different health professions approach the issues and exploring how integrated approaches to addressing the issues may be mounted across disciplines;
  2. Demonstrate understanding of key global determinants of health;
  3. Consider the common and specific factors involved in the construction of various contemporary health challenges as being of 'high priority', particularly in the context of the role that evidence and other factors, including the media, play in this process;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the complex interplay of political, economic, legal and socio-cultural frameworks in shaping contemporary health challenges and how they are responded to;
  5. Identify and discuss the implications of ideology, values and power bases in determining our understanding (and prioritising) of contemporary public health challenges;
  6. Explore specific case studies of contemporary health challenges (global or local) and critically reflect on current strategies and approaches to responding to them.

Assessment

  • Written outline of research topic (500 words) (15%)
  • Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research essay (3,000 words) (50%) Hurdle
  • Class presentation (in class oral presentation) (10%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC3052 - Health promotion in community and organisational settings

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Stavroula Zandes

Coordinator(s)

Stavroula Zandes

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC2051, PBH2005, HSC2101, NUT1002, BND1002, PHH2051.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to settings and characteristics of health promotion delivered in various settings including hospitals, schools, workplaces and sporting organisations. Students will be introduced to settings frameworks, theories and approaches and the role of health professionals in diverse settings will be examined. Additionally approaches to building health promotion capacity among staff in these settings will also be explored. Students will gain a sound understanding of the evidence base for health promotion work in different settings and will critically examine the challenges for health promotion in these settings.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Define settings approaches and distinguish key features of the settings approach to health promotion;
  2. Identify sources of data to inform evidence-based approaches to health promotion in different settings;
  3. Describe different approaches to health promotion in settings including organisational change and policy development;
  4. Demonstrate skills in planning and implementation for health promotion in different settings;
  5. Identify systems level changes in settings that will support the use of health promotion strategies;
  6. Describe capacity building approaches to improve the quality and sustainability of health promotion in these settings.

Assessment

  • Evidence review (2,000 words) (35%)
  • Settings audit and program plan (2,500 words) (40%) Hurdle
  • Case study group presentation (Oral with Powerpoint or Prezi presentation) (25%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at seminars.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours plus 9 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC3072 - Health policy and politics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1052, PHH1052.

Prohibitions

PHH3072, PBH1103

Synopsis

In this unit, students will examine the political foundations of health promotion and public health policies in Australia, different types of health policy, policy development processes and theories that underpin them. Interest groups and the challenges they pose to decision-making processes will be discussed. The social and political impacts of health policy will be explored, as well as the jurisdictional responsibilities held by different levels of government for health policies. Concepts of power, authority and influence will be discussed. Students will learn critical skills for policy analysis in the context of case studies of effective advocacy that have influenced policy change in Australia.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Develop an understanding of health policy as a key dynamic element of the determinants of health, with effects on the health of populations and societies.
  2. Identify the structures, systems and institutions that contribute to the South African or any country's health policy environment with emphasis on health promotion and public health policy.
  3. Critically engage with a range of public policy issues and policy processes.
  4. Discuss types of health policy within the context of jurisdictions which hold responsibility for them.
  5. Explain the role of government and their agencies, NGOs and the community in the development and implementation of health policy.
  6. Distinguish types of power and how they are used by interest groups and individuals in policy development.
  7. Use policy analysis skills to critique existing policy using a case study approach.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (25%)
  • Individual case study essay (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research essay (2,500 words) (Hurdle) (50%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours (1 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial) plus 9 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC4001 - Health science research project 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3971.

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in the quantitative and qualitative research methods that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research, as well as the analysis, interpretation and reporting of data from such research. This unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need both to undertake their study and write a research report.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate a good understanding of the research process and skills needed to produce a research report to meet the standard required at honours level by developing an outline and plan of a research process suitable for their research project;
  2. Critique their outline and plan for their research project;
  3. Explain the formulation of research questions and formulate a research question relevant to their research project;
  4. Demonstrate a good understanding of the range of quantitative and qualitative research frameworks utilised in public health and health science research by:
    • Identifying the research frameworks used in a range of research projects;
    • Selecting the most suitable research framework/methodology for given examples of research projects; and,
    • Justifying the research framework/methodology chosen for their research project;
  5. Link research paradigms or methods to research questions;
  6. Demonstrate a good understanding of data analysis methods associated with the various research frameworks by:
    • Identifying the most appropriate data analysis methods for different research frameworks;
    • Selecting the most suitable data analysis methods for their research project; and
    • Justifying the data analysis methods chosen for their research project;
  7. Demonstrate a good understanding of potential further research available to them by identifying future research activities in which they could participate and are of specific interest to them.

Assessment

Hurdle: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars and colloquia.

Formative assessment: Feedback during seminar participation as well as following the three summative assessments.

Summative assessment:

  • An individual presentation during the semester on students' project methodologies (20%)
  • A class test on the quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and approaches to data analysis utilised in public health and health science research topics covered during the semester. The class test will contain both multiple choice and short answer questions (20%)
  • A word assignment based on students' project methodologies which will form the basis of the student's methods chapter of the thesis (3,000 - 3,500 words) (60%)

Workload requirements

Four class contact hours per week (seminar style), attendance of a weekly colloquium (1-2 hours per week), plus regular project supervision (1-2 hours per fortnight). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend up to 20 hours per week in private study/self-directed learning (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC4002 - Health science research project 2

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC4011 and HSC4001.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3971.

Synopsis

The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular contemporary global public health and health science research topic or issue, undertaken with the guidance and support of a supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present on their research project at a research seminar prior to submission. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Health Science Research Project (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use their 15,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into higher research degree programs.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to develop a research topic to investigate that is feasible within a two-semester time frame by submitting a 15,000 word thesis;
  2. Identify key research questions that are suitable for an honours level project;
  3. Select and review relevant theory and literature;
  4. Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions;
  5. Select appropriate modes of analysis;
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of and discuss the ethical issues involved in their research project;
  7. Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field;
  8. Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all elements required for an academic/scientific journal publication; and
  9. Present and lead a discussion on their project as part of the weekly colloquium series.

Assessment

Hurdle: Students are required to attend 80% of colloquia, and are required to meet with their supervisor at least once a fortnight for 1-2 hours.

Formative assessment:

  • An individual presentation and feedback on students' completed projects - to occur prior to submission
  • Feedback during supervision throughout the semester.

Summative assessment:

  • Research-based honours thesis (15,000 words) (100%). Students' theses will be examined as per normal Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences' practice, that is examined by at least two examiners. Additional examiners may be used if there is a significant descrepancy between the examiners.

Workload requirements

Two class contact hours per week (seminar style), attendance of a weekly colloquium (1-2 hours per week), plus regular project supervision (1-2 hours per fortnight). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend up to 40 hours per week in private study/self-directed learning (i.e. a total of 48 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


HSC4011 - Advanced studies in public health research

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Darshini Ayton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Elizabeth Pritchard

Unit guides

Offered

Alfred Hospital

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3971.

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the skills to develop a search strategy, inclusion and exclusion criteria, and conduct an electronic search of databases for a systematic review.

Students will be taught how to design and perform data extraction, critically appraise the literature, conduct a quality assessment of research articles for different study designs, and review approaches to data synthesis and analysis.

Students will submit a written review of a topic that is related to their specific research project that demonstrates systematic reviewing skills, critical appraisal and analytical skills.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a systematic search strategy for research topic.
  2. Articulate inclusion and exclusion criteria
  3. Develop and conduct data extraction of literature.
  4. Conduct a quality appraisal of research studies.
  5. Learn different approaches to data synthesis.
  6. Synthesis and analyse academic literature.
  7. Critically assess what is known and not known in the literature, in relation to the students' research topics;
  8. Prepare a literature review of a health issue using critical analysis.

Assessment

  • Report on health topic (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Systematic review MCQ test (10%)
  • Literature review presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Literature review (4,000 words) (50%) (hurdle)

Hurdle: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars.

Workload requirements

3 class contact hours per week (tutorial/seminar). Attendance at the weekly SPHPM HDR seminars (1.5 hours). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend 19.5 hours per week on the unit in private study (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


IPE1011 - Foundations of health in primary clinical care

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karen Richards
Dr Belinda Lewis

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the basic understanding of the concept of health particularly in the primary care clinical settings. This exploration will begin at a personal level and expand to clinical settings with the broader health environment. Varied definitions and models of health will be introduced to allow a detailed exploration of illness, health risks and how individuals, families and communities use limited resources.

Differences between health of the individual and the broader population will be examined using the clinical environment as the focal point. The factors that impact the dimensions of health will be critically explored to better understand the roles of government policies, the private sector and communities. Current inequalities in resources and other factors affecting health in clinical settings will be identified.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Reflect on their own values and assumptions regarding health and well-being.
  2. Explain the influence of diverse definitions, concepts and interpretations of health and well-being on health care.
  3. Compare and contrast various models and frameworks of health and describe the value of these.
  4. Identify the various determinants of health and describe how these affect health care provision and create inequalities in health.
  5. Apply the principles of the 'determinants of health' approach in discussing selected health issues.
  6. Discuss critical perspectives used to explore health and examine their implications for health and social care practice.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Written assignment (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (20%)
  • Class preparation activities and participation (20%)

Hurdle:

  • Students are required to attend 80% of all tutorials.
  • Students are required to complete an essay plan as preparation for their 2,000 word essay.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Public health science


MED1011 - Medicine 1

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Loiacono
Associate Professor Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 4531 or 4533.

Synopsis

MED1011 will introduce students to the four themes (sub-units) upon which the five-year curriculum is based:

THEME I: Personal and Professional Development: students will participate in a transition program, focusing on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and communication skills. This will be followed by a Health Enhancement program concentrating on self care (stress management, relaxation training, coping skills), other aspects of healthy lifestyle and group support, and introduction to the science of Mind-Body Medicine. Also included: an introduction to Ethics and Medical Law.

THEME II: Population, Society, Health and Illness: Health, Knowledge and Society Teaching will provide a framework of inquiry allowing analysis of the social aspects of medicine.

THEME III: Foundations of Medicine: The Fabric of Life provides students with foundation knowledge in genomics and cell biology in health and disease. An integral part of this theme will be the weekly problem based learning activity

(PBL). Each PBL integrates material presented to students in this and other themes throughout the week.

THEME IV: Clinical Skills: introduces students to practical clinical skills including: handwashing, sharps disposal; subcutaneous and intramuscular injecting. Students will interact with health care professionals during medical contact visits, and will be introduced to the medical interview, taking a family history, ethical aspects of medical contact visits.

Outcomes

Theme I:

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Discuss issues related to justice, the importance and role of advocacy within the health system
  4. Practice principles of ethical decision making and consultation with peers and teachers
  5. Describe characteristics of a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments.
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify the types of risks and errors in health care settings and the role of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Recognise the importance of research and quality improvement
  10. Recognise the need to evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify available support services
  12. Describe appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others (simulated patients, peers, teaching staff)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities health care team members and their professions and show the ability to work collaboratively within a team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities.
  15. Recognise own strengths and limitations, including personal factors which impact upon performance, and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  17. Describe the concept of primary healthcare and the interrelated themes of social justice and human rights in the context of population health.
  18. Describe the effects of the key social determinants of health on health status and outcomes in marginalised groups, including the Indigenous population.
  19. Explain the effects of cultural, geographic and economic factors on access to healthcare and health status.
  20. Discuss the components, organisation and goals of health systems, and the relationship between health system quality and health outcomes.
  21. Define levels of disease prevention.
  22. Explain key concepts in medical screening and diagnostic programs including validity and reliability of these programs.
  23. Describe the relationship between exposure, causation and risk factors for disease and morbidity in populations.
  24. Describe the purpose of health promotion programs.
  25. Describe key concepts in population health, epidemiology and measurement of health and disease in populations.
  26. Describe key concepts in biostatistics and interpret biostatistical information in medical research publications.
  27. Describe the characteristics of different study designs used in population health and clinical research.
  28. Describe the role of health care services in maintaining health and in monitoring, managing and preventing disease.
  29. Describe the interaction between health care consumers and health care services
  30. Identify sources of information used to support clinical decision making and management in health care.
  31. Identify human and organisational factors that may impact upon patient care.
  32. Outline the principles involved in efficient allocation of health care funding.
  33. Outline the structure of medical literature and the roles of the different academic styles of writing.
  34. Search for medical research information and data from personal, print and electronic sources.
  35. Organise and manage information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources.
  36. Critique information on health and health care provided to the public.

    Theme III:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  37. Discuss normal cell and tissue structure and formation;
  38. Describe and compare genes in health and disease;
  39. Describe the immune system in health and disease;
  40. Explain the interaction between microbial organisms and the human host and the role of parasites and fungi in infectious disease;
  41. Describe injury and the host response;
  42. Discuss the nature of neoplasia and genetic and environment factors leading its progression and spread.
  43. Explain the key concepts of human psychology and the neurobiological basis of human behaviour
  44. Outline and explain the general principles, concepts and language of neuroscience that will provide a basis for the study of neural control of body systems and neurology in later semesters;

    Theme IV:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  45. Conduct a structured patient centred interview in simulated environments
  46. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history in simulated environments
  47. Perform an appropriate examination for specified systems in simulated environments.
  48. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in simulated environments
  49. For specified conditions, identify relevant investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  50. Identify the required information for completion of requests for investigations.
  51. Provide a basic interpretation of results for specified investigations
  52. Outline the reasons for prioritising patient care
  53. Generate a problem list
  54. Formulate a differential diagnosis (list)
  55. Identify the function of management plans in patient care
  56. For specified conditions identify clinically appropriate medications
  57. Explain the importance of monitoring patients
  58. Explain the importance of fluid and electrolyte management
  59. Identify the importance of procedures and documentation for continuity of care
  60. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  61. Recognise the basic elements of patient case files.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Assessment is combined across MED1011 and MED1022

Progressive Short Tests across the semester (7%)

Written end of semester exam (3 hours) (15%)

Reflective Journal (up to 1200 words) (hurdle)

Case Commentary Written Assignment (3000 words) (12%)

Clinical Skills Simulated Encounters and Competencies (8%)

Students must achieve a pass grade in specific written examinations and clinical skills encounters and competencies.

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% of designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit. Students must complete the Reflective Journal.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED1022 - Medicine 2

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Loiacono
Associate Professor Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 4531 or 4533.

Synopsis

THEME 1: 'Health Enhancement Program' develops strategies for personal health enhancement and ethical/legal issues relevant to professional responsibility, the doctor-patient relationship and public accountability.

THEME 2: 'Population Health' develops an understanding of epidemiology, construction of epidemiological study design, function and interpretation of statistical information and critical appraisal of research publications.

THEME 3: The scientific basis of clinical practice of the musculo-skeletal, cardiovascular medicine and human life span.

THEME 4: 'Clinical Skills' develops comprehensive medical history taking skills and examination of the musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and peripheral nervous system. Develop an awareness of key ethical issues involved in communication with patients, family members, carers and health professionals. Rural attachment: a week based at a rural centre will focus on developing an understanding of the practice of medicine in a rural context.

Outcomes

Theme I:

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Discuss issues related to justice, the importance and role of advocacy within the health system
  4. Practice principles of ethical decision making and consultation with peers and teachers
  5. Describe characteristics of a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments.
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify the types of risks and errors in health care settings and the role of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Recognise the importance of research and quality improvement
  10. Recognise the need to evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify available support services
  12. Describe appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others (simulated patients, peers, teaching staff)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities health care team members and their professions and show the ability to work collaboratively within a team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Recognise own strengths and limitations, including personal factors which impact upon performance, and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  17. Describe the concept of primary healthcare and the interrelated themes of social justice and human rights in the context of population health
  18. Describe the effects of the key social determinants of health on health status and outcomes in marginalised groups, including the Indigenous population
  19. Explain the effects of cultural, geographic and economic factors on access to healthcare and health status
  20. Discuss the components, organisation and goals of health systems, and the relationship between health system quality and health outcomes
  21. Define levels of disease prevention
  22. Explain key concepts in medical screening and diagnostic programs including validity and reliability of these programs.
  23. Describe the relationship between exposure, causation and risk factors for disease and morbidity in populations
  24. Describe the purpose of health promotion programs
  25. Describe key concepts in population health, epidemiology and measurement of health and disease in populations
  26. Describe key concepts in biostatistics and interpret biostatistical information in medical research publications
  27. Describe the characteristics of different study designs used in population health and clinical research
  28. Describe the role of health care services in maintaining health and in monitoring, managing and preventing disease
  29. Describe the interaction between health care consumers and health care services
  30. Identify sources of information used to support clinical decision making and management in health care
  31. Identify human and organisational factors that may impact upon patient care
  32. Outline the principles involved in efficient allocation of health care funding
  33. Outline the structure of medical literature and the roles of the different academic styles of writing
  34. Search for medical research information and data from personal, print and electronic sources
  35. Organise and manage information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources
  36. Critique information on health and health care provided to the public.

    Theme III:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  37. Explain the function of peripheral sensory systems, sensory pathways, motor pathways and the importance of sensory feedback
  38. Describe the general and detailed organization of the limbs and back
  39. Identify and test the muscle groups acting on the joints of the upper and lower limb, the cranio-vertebral and the intervertebral joints, and their normal range of movement
  40. Identify the surface markings of the major joints, nerves, blood vessels, ligaments and bony features of the upper and lower limbs and vertebral column and understand the application of imaging technologies to the musculoskeletal systems
  41. Discuss the detailed structure and function of the tissues of the musculoskeletal system, including bone, muscle, tendon, articular cartilage, ligaments and connective tissue
  42. Explain key concepts of human psychology and the neurobiological basis of human behaviour
  43. Discuss the pathogenesis of diseases caused by bacteria and microbes
  44. Outline the pharmacological agents used in the treatment of infectious disease
  45. Describe the trajectory of development, and its importance to an understanding of the individual as a complete human being within a social setting
  46. Describe the structure and function of the healthy cardiovascular system
  47. Discuss the mechanisms and effects of selected common pathologies affecting the cardiovascular system
  48. Outline therapeutic agents commonly used to deal with disorders of the cardiovascular system
  49. Give an account of the interactions of the cardiovascular system in the maintenance of homeostasis
  50. Discuss the structure and function of neurons, signaling mechanisms, drug actions and receptors mechanisms, and the organization, inter relationship and general function of all divisions of the nervous system.

    Theme IV:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  51. Conduct a structured patient centred interview in simulated environments
  52. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history in simulated environments
  53. Perform an appropriate examination for specified systems in simulated environments.
  54. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in simulated environments
  55. For specified conditions, identify relevant investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  56. Identify the required information for completion of requests for investigations.
  57. Provide a basic interpretation of results for specified investigations
  58. Outline the reasons for prioritising patient care
  59. Generate a problem list
  60. Formulate a differential diagnosis (list)
  61. Identify the function of management plans in patient care
  62. For specified conditions identify clinically appropriate medications
  63. Explain the importance of monitoring patients
  64. Explain the importance of fluid and electrolyte management
  65. Identify the importance of procedures and documentation for continuity of care
  66. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  67. Recognise the basic elements of patient files

    Rural Attachment:

    Upon completion of this Rural Attachment, students should be able to:

  68. Recognise the importance of place to health, illness, injury and health service delivery
  69. Describe the health, illness, community services and facilities available in a rural location
  70. Recognise how rural health differs across gender, age, race and sexual orientation
  71. Compare and contrast medicine in a rural context with their metropolitan experiences to date.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Assessment is combined across MED1011 and MED1022

Progressive Short Tests across the semester (7%)

Written end of semester exam (3 hours) (15%)

Integrative Written exam (2 hours) (2%)

Rural Written Assignment (various word limits) (5%)

Evaluating Popular Information Written Assignment (2000 words) (10%)

Human Life Span Development Written Assignment (1200 words) (5%)

Clinical Skills Simulated Encounters and Competencies (14%)

Students must achieve a pass grade in specific written examinations and clinical skills encounters and competencies.

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% of designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED2000 - Year 1 and 2 final grade

0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Loiacono
Associate Professor Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED1011, MED1022, MED2031.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 4531 or 4533.

Synopsis

MED2000 provides an overall result for Year 1 & 2 MBBS based upon achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the first Integrated Vertical Assessment (VIA) examination. Students will need to successfully complete MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the VIA examination. A grade will be awarded for MED2000 which is based on student achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031 and MED2042 and the VIA examination.

Outcomes

MED2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. Upon completion of this unit, students should have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Years 1 - 2 of the medicine course.

Assessment

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED2031 - Medicine 3

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Loiacono
Associate Professor Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED1011, MED1022.

Co-requisites

MED2000 and must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 4531 or 4533.

Synopsis

Through the theme based curriculum, this unit continues to provide integrated studies that build the foundations for commencing studies in clinical settings. A deeper understanding of the socio-economic context of health and illness, awareness of the non-medical services which support the practice of medicine, and improved health outcomes is developed. Ethical/legal issues relevant to professional responsibility, the doctor-patient relationship and public accountability link directly to future clinical practice. Students acquire skills in basic research, including data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge which provide the basis for evidence based clinical decision-making. Scientific basis of clinical practice aims to provide students with detailed knowledge of selected body systems in health and disease. In the clinical skills component of the curriculum, students are expected to draw upon theoretic knowledge, and apply this during the development clinical reasoning, and the performance of key clinical skills tasks. An integral component of this unit is the weekly problem based learning activity (PBL). Each PBL integrates content presented to students across the four themes throughout the week.

Outcomes

Theme I:

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Discuss issues related to justice, the importance and role of advocacy within the health system
  4. Practice principles of ethical decision making and consultation with peers and teachers
  5. Describe characteristics of a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify the types of risks and errors in health care settings and the role of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Recognise the importance of research and quality improvement
  10. Recognise the need to evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify available support services
  12. Describe appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others (simulated patients, peers, teaching staff)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities health care team members and their professions and show the ability to work collaboratively within a team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Recognise own strengths and limitations, including personal factors which impact upon performance, and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  17. Discuss the interplay of medical, scientific, social, cultural, political, economic and ethical factors in health promotion
  18. Describe and compare medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Explain key concepts in medical screening and diagnostic programs including validity and reliability of these programs
  20. Describe the relationship between exposure, causation and risk factors for disease and morbidity in populations
  21. Appraise a health promotion program
  22. Source and interpret biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, refugee vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  23. Describe the characteristics of different study designs used in population health and clinical research
  24. Describe the role of health care services and the essential roles of systems in maintaining health and in monitoring, managing and preventing disease across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  25. Describe sources of information used to support clinical decision making and management in health care
  26. Describe human and organisational factors that may impact upon patient care
  27. Outline the structure of medical literature and the roles of the different academic styles of writing
  28. Search effectively and efficiently medical research information and data from personal, print and electronic sources
  29. Organise and manage information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources
  30. Critically appraise articles in medical and health care literature.

    Theme III:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  31. discuss the relevance of biomedical science to the practice of respiratory, endocrine, haemopoetic and renal medicine, and apply knowledge in these areas in an integrative manner to the understanding of particular cases or clinical issues
  32. describe the structure and function of the healthy respiratory and renal, endocrine systems and the formation and function of blood
  33. discuss the mechanisms and effects of selected common pathologies affecting these systems
  34. outline therapeutic agents commonly used to deal with disorders of these systems
  35. give an account of the interactions of these systems in the maintenance of homeostasis, drawing upon knowledge acquired in preceding semesters
  36. discuss the relevance of biomedical science to the practice of medicine in the areas of endocrinology and metabolism, gastroenterology and nutrition, and apply knowledge in these areas in an integrative manner to the understanding of particular cases or clinical issues
  37. describe the role of endocrine systems in normal and pathological function
  38. discuss the normal growth pattern and the attendant nutritional requirements of individuals from birth to adulthood, recognise the sources of deviation from such normal patterns and appreciate the role of nutrition in health and disease, taking account of social and cultural influences
  39. describe the anatomy and physiology of the gastrointestinal tract and comprehend the pathophysiology of common symptoms and major diseases of the gastrointestinal tract
  40. outline therapeutic agents relevant for endocrine, gastrointestinal conditions.

    Student Project Cases:

    On the completion of this activity students will be able to:

  41. integrate information from the four curriculum themes based on the range of learning activities, including self-directed research
  42. integrate and synthesise information from different body systems and human perspectives in the appreciation of clinical issues
  43. identify relevant resources and critically analyse information from a variety of sources
  44. develop skills in problem solving and apply in a medical context
  45. develop interpretative skills related to the evaluation of endocrine, metabolic, gastrointestinal, nutritional, reproductive and developmental information and issues, interfacing biomedical science with clinical medicine
  46. work effectively and communicate constructively within small groups in the planning, development and implementation of teamwork tasks, with individual and group responsibilities and adherence to project timelines
  47. discuss issues and problems in a structured manner and act as spokesperson for a group in a wider forum
  48. apply skills in audiovisual presentations on particular topics in medicine
  49. develop skills in preparation of written summaries in the form of notes suitable for effective communication and education
  50. apply constructive critiques to verbal and written presentations.

    Theme IV:

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  51. Conduct a structured patient centred interview in simulated environments
  52. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history in simulated environments
  53. Perform an appropriate examination for specified systems in simulated environments
  54. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in simulated environments
  55. For specified conditions, identify relevant investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  56. Describe the requirements for requests/ordering relevant investigations.
  57. Interpret results of specified investigations in simulated settings/scenarios
  58. Outline the reasons for prioritising patient care
  59. Generate a problem list
  60. Formulate and discuss their reasoning for a differential diagnosis (list)
  61. Outline a basic management plan for specified common problems and conditions
  62. For specified conditions identify clinically appropriate medications
  63. Explain the importance of monitoring patients
  64. Recognise the need for the management of conditions using fluid, electrolyte and blood products
  65. Identifies the importance of procedures and documentation for continuity of care
  66. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  67. Recognise the basic elements of patient case files.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Assessment is combined across MED2031 and MED2042

Progressive Short Tests across the semester (7%)

Written end of semester exam (3 hours) (15%)

Student Project Case (3500 words and 30 min oral presentation) (10%)

Formative OSCE (clinical skills practical examination; formative only and not compulsory)

Some activities are completed in MED2031 or MED2042

Rural and / or Prevention Science Placement Assignments (3000 words) (10%)

Breast Examination (hurdle requirement to complete)

Health Promotion Assignments (2 X 3000 words) (16%)

Students must achieve a pass grade in specific written examination and clinical skills assessments.

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% of designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED2042 - Medicine 4

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Richard Loiacono
Associate Professor Dr Amudha Kadirvelu

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED1011, MED1022.

Co-requisites

MED2000 and must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 4531 or 4533.

Synopsis

This unit builds upon studies completed in MED2031 with further integrated studies to provide the foundations for commencing studies in clinical settings. Student continue to develop deeper understanding of the socio-economic context of health and illness awareness of the non-medical services which support the practice of medicine, and improved health outcomes is developed. Ethical/legal issues relevant to professional responsibility, the doctor-patient relationship, and public accountability link are key component of preparation for immersion in clinical contexts. Skills in basic research skills including data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge which provide the basis for evidence based clinical decision-making are consolidated. Scientific basis of clinical practice extends students with detailed knowledge of major body systems in health and disease. In the clinical skills component of the curriculum, students are expected to draw upon theoretic knowledge, and apply this during the development clinical reasoning as well as consolidating proficiency in key clinical skills tasks. An integral component of this unit is the weekly problem based learning activity (PBL). Each PBL integrates content presented to students across the four themes throughout the week.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1

  1. Recognise the legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Discuss issues related to justice, the importance and role of advocacy within the health system
  4. Practice principles of ethical decision making and consultation with peers and teachers
  5. Describe characteristics of a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments.
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify the types of risks and errors in health care settings and the role of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Recognise the importance of research and quality improvement
  10. Recognise the need to evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify available support services
  12. Describe appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others (simulated patients, peers, teaching staff)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities health care team members and their professions and show the ability to work collaboratively within a team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities.
  15. Recognise own strengths and limitations, including personal factors which impact upon performance, and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II

  17. Discuss the interplay of medical, scientific, social, cultural, political, economic and ethical factors in health promotion
  18. Describe and compare medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Explain key concepts in medical screening and diagnostic programs including validity and reliability of these programs
  20. Describe the relationship between exposure, causation and risk factors for disease and morbidity in populations
  21. Appraise a health promotion program
  22. Source and interpret biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, refugee vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  23. Describe the characteristics of different study designs used in population health and clinical research
  24. Describe the role of health care services and the essential roles of systems in maintaining health and in monitoring, managing and preventing disease across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  25. Describe sources of information used to support clinical decision making and management in health care
  26. Describe human and organisational factors that may impact upon patient care
  27. Outline the structure of medical literature and the roles of the different academic styles of writing
  28. Search effectively and efficiently medical research information and data from personal, print and electronic sources
  29. Organise and manage information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources
  30. Critically appraise articles in medical and health care literature.

    Theme III:

  31. Discuss the relevance of biomedical science to the practice of medicine in the areas of sexuality, development and growth, and apply knowledge in these areas in an integrative manner to the understanding of particular cases or clinical issues
  32. Describe the basic processes of reproduction and early development, comprehend infertility and strategies to manage reproduction and contraception, understand how fetal conditions can determine adult disease
  33. Outline therapeutic agents relevant for neurological, reproductive, and psychological conditions
  34. Describe the anatomy of the head and neck including the intracranial region
  35. Describe the physiology of central nervous system function
  36. Demonstrate an introductory level of understanding of human psychology and the neurobiological basis of human behaviour
  37. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the structure and function of neurons, signaling mechanisms, drug actions and receptors mechanisms, and the organization, inter relationship and general function of all divisions of the nervous system; demonstrate an introductory level of understanding of human psychology and the neurobiological basis of human behaviour.

    Theme IV

  38. Conduct a structured patient centred interview in simulated environments
  39. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history in simulated environments
  40. Perform an appropriate examination for specified systems in simulated environments
  41. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in simulated environments
  42. For specified conditions, identify relevant investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  43. Describe the requirements for requests/ordering relevant investigations.
  44. Interpret results of specified investigations in simulated settings/scenarios
  45. Outlines the reasons for prioritising patient care
  46. Generate a problem list
  47. Formulate and discuss their reasoning for a differential diagnosis (list)
  48. Outline a basic management plan for specified common problems and conditions
  49. For specified conditions identify clinically appropriate medications
  50. Explains the importance of monitoring patients

    Rural placement:

    Upon successful completion of this placement, students should be able to:

  51. Describe and discuss how rural contexts impact on the assessment of health conditions
  52. Recognise the importance of context and clinical reasoning in relation to focused history taking
  53. Describe and discuss how a rural context impacts on the clinical and non-clinical management of patients
  54. Analyse the ways in which rural diversity can impact on rural health, illness and clinical practice
  55. Reflect on the nature of a rural clinical practice from a clinician's perspective.

    Student Project Cases:

    Upon successful completion of this activity, students should be able to:

  56. Integrate information from the four curriculum themes based on the range of learning activities, including self-directed research
  57. Integrate and synthesise information from different body systems and human perspectives in the appreciation of clinical issues
  58. Identify relevant resources and critically analyse information from a variety of sources
  59. Develop skills in problem solving and apply in a medical context
  60. Develop interpretative skills related to the evaluation of endocrine, metabolic, gastrointestinal, nutritional, reproductive and developmental information and issues, interfacing biomedical science with clinical medicine
  61. Work effectively and communicate constructively within small groups in the planning, development and implementation of teamwork tasks, with individual and group responsibilities and adherence to project timelines
  62. Discuss issues and problems in a structured manner and act as spokesperson for a group in a wider forum
  63. Apply skills in audiovisual presentations on particular topics in medicine
  64. Develop skills in preparation of written summaries in the form of notes suitable for effective communication and education
  65. Apply constructive critiques to verbal and written presentations.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Assessment is combined across MED1011 and MED1022

Progressive Short Tests across the semester (7%)

Written end of semester exam (3 hours) (15%)

Summative OSCE (clinical skills practical examination) (20%)

Some activities are completed in MED2031 or MED2042

Rural and / or Prevention Science Placement Assignments (3000 words) (10%

Breast Examination (hurdle requirement to complete)

Health Promotion Assignments (2 X 3000 words) (16%)

Students must achieve a pass grade in specific written examinations and clinical skills assessments.

Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% of designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED3051 - Medicine and surgery 1

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Dr Subathra Sabaratnam

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED2031, MED2042 and MED2000 or GMA1010 and GMA2000.

Co-requisites

MED3062 and MED3200. Must be enrolled in course 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Notes

Students who fail to progress in MED3051 in Semester 1 must discontinue from MED3200. Unit discontinuation penalites will apply.

Synopsis

MED3051 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: Personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme I: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Apply the legal requirements and protocols to clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Recognise issues related to justice and the role of advocacy that are evident within the health system
  4. Practice and discuss ethical decision making and consultation in clinical environments
  5. Display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments.
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Describe factors that contribute to risks and errors in health care settings and the responsibilities of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Identify the activities in clinical settings that contribute to research and quality improvement in healthcare
  10. Review and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify support strategies
  12. Use appropriate environments and strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities of patient centred health care team members and their professions and opportunities to assist the health care team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Articulate own strengths, acknowledge own limitations which impact upon performance, seek support and self-advocate for improvement.
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Discuss occupational and environmental factors that affect health, well-being and safety and the capacity to perform work
  18. Explain medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Explain the rationale for a health intervention/screening program
  20. Critique appropriate strategies for disease prevention and health promotion for patients
  21. Source and interpret biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  22. Identify study designs used in population health and clinical research publications/reports/projects
  23. Describe the delivery of health care and the essential roles of systems to the individual across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  24. Discuss the rationale, methodology and application of clinical decision making processes and strategies
  25. Recognise and describe human and organisational factors relevant to risk management in health care settings
  26. Effectively communicate observations and analysis in written and oral formats
  27. Formulate and conduct an effective search for information relevant to the clinical care of a patient
  28. Organise, manage, interpret and apply information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources
  29. Critique data and information sourced in medical literature
  30. Define and describe a rationale for levels of evidence.

    Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice

    History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:

  31. Identify and apply the scientific bases that underpin the rational approach to eliciting a history and examining a patient in common diseases
  32. Formulate a differential diagnosis and problem list relevant to the patient.

    Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease

  33. Describe the natural history, pathogenesis and morphology of pathological processes related to specific diseases and conditions. Relate these to their clinical manifestations.

    Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:

  34. Recognize that patients can present with problems due to multiple causes and contributing factors, including psychosocial factors, which impact upon their management, care and outcomes.

    Investigating Health Problems:

  35. Determine and describe the scientific rationale that underpins the selection of appropriate investigations to confirm the diagnosis and guide the management of the patient
  36. Interpret the results of investigations and relate these to the diagnosis and/or management of the patient's condition.

    General Principles of Management

  37. Outline the scientific basis for the range of therapeutic approaches available to manage a patient's problem
  38. Analyse the scientific rationale that underpins medical and surgical therapies (the scientific basis of therapies and their implementation)
  39. Select appropriate management options for patients, medical (including pharmacological) and interventional (particularly surgical).

    Surgical Management

  40. Explain the key features of processes undertaken to provide surgical care for a patient, including preoperative assessment, operating room processes, anaesthetic management and postoperative care
  41. Describe the key principles of common operations and procedures important to the effective surgical management of patients' problems.

    Pharmacotherapeutics

  42. Use a rational approach, incorporating knowledge about safety, to select appropriate therapeutic drugs. Describe the basis of their mechanism of action, important aspects of their pharmacokinetics, adverse effects and drug interactions.

    The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:

  43. Identify and criticise how research contributes to the body of scientific knowledge available to medical practitioners.

    Theme IV: Clinical skills

  44. Conduct a structured patient centred interview
  45. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history
  46. Perform an appropriate examination (relevant to practice in medical and surgical units)
  47. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments under direct, structured supervision
  48. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  49. Request/order relevant investigations correctly under structured supervision
  50. Interpret results of investigations and use data to guide patient management under structured supervision
  51. Distinguishes priority of patient care based upon urgency
  52. Generate a ranked problem list
  53. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and select the most likely options relevant for the patient
  54. Develop management plans for common problems and conditions
  55. Select most appropriate medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient
  56. Monitor the patient, identifies common complications and plans an immediate response under structured supervision
  57. Develop and implement an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use under structured supervision
  58. Outline procedures and documentation for admissions, discharges and referrals.
  59. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  60. Accurately record case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats under structured supervision.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

  • 2 x Mini Case Records (MCR) (30% each)
  • Integrated clinical appraisal activity (EBCP) (20%)
  • Online Pathology (MCQ) (20%)

Hurdle:

Although students are expected to have 100% attendance, the Faculty has determined 90% as a minimum attendance Hurdle. Therefore students are required to maintain a minimum 90% level of attendance at PBL (clinical, case-based or paper based), pathology tutorials, Evidence Based Clinical Practice (EBCP) sessions, Occupational and Environmental Medicine (OEM) sessions, Ethics and Law tutorials, Clinical skills tutorials and any simulation-based teaching and workshops. If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

  • Satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and submission of complete portfolio.

Workload requirements

Approximately 13 hours/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hours/week of unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hours/week self directed learning (private study).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED3062 - Medicine and surgery 2

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Dr Subathra Sabaratnam

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed an (I/W) unit in {MED3051}.

Co-requisites

MED3200 and must be enrolled in course 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

MED3062 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, patho-physiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended. By the end of the semester students must be capable of undertaking history and clinical examinations of patients with straightforward conditions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Apply the legal requirements and protocols to clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Recognise issues related to justice and the role of advocacy that are evident within the health system
  4. Practice and discuss ethical decision making and consultation in clinical environments
  5. Display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Describe factors that contribute to risks and errors in health care settings and the responsibilities of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Identify the activities in clinical settings that contribute to research and quality improvement in healthcare
  10. Review and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify support strategies
  12. Use appropriate environments and strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Identify the roles and responsibilities of patient centred health care team members and their professions and opportunities to assist the health care team
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Articulate own strengths, acknowledge own limitations which impact upon performance, seek support and self-advocate for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Discuss occupational and environmental factors that affect health, well-being and safety and the capacity to perform work
  18. Explain medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Explain the rationale for a health intervention/screening program
  20. Critique appropriate strategies for disease prevention and health promotion for patients
  21. Source and interpret biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations).
  22. Identify study designs used in population health and clinical research publications/reports/projects
  23. Describe the delivery of health care and the essential roles of systems to the individual across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  24. Discuss the rationale, methodology and application of clinical decision making processes and strategies
  25. Recognise and describe human and organisational factors relevant to risk management in health care settings
  26. Effectively communicate observations and analysis in written and oral formats.
  27. Formulate and conduct an effective search for information relevant to the clinical care of a patient
  28. Organise, manage, interpret and apply information sourced from medical research publications and popular information sources
  29. Critique data and information sourced in medical literature
  30. Define and describe a rationale for levels of evidence.

    Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice

    History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:

  31. Identify and apply the scientific bases that underpin the rational approach to eliciting a history and examining a patient in common diseases
  32. Formulate a differential diagnosis and problem list relevant to the patient.

    Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease

  33. Describe the natural history, pathogenesis and morphology of pathological processes related to specific diseases and conditions. Relate these to their clinical manifestations.

    Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:

  34. Recognize that patients can present with problems due to multiple causes and contributing factors, including psychosocial factors, which impact upon their management, care and outcomes.

    Investigating Health Problems:

  35. Determine and describe the scientific rationale that underpins the selection of appropriate investigations to confirm the diagnosis and guide the management of the patient
  36. Interpret the results of investigations and relate these to the diagnosis and/or management of the patient's condition.

    General Principles of Management

  37. Outline the scientific basis for the range of therapeutic approaches available to manage a patient's problem
  38. Analyse the scientific rationale that underpins medical and surgical therapies (the scientific basis of therapies and their implementation)
  39. Select appropriate management options for patients, medical (including pharmacological) and interventional (particularly surgical).

    Surgical Management

  40. Explain the key features of processes undertaken to provide surgical care for a patient, including preoperative assessment, operating room processes, anaesthetic management and postoperative care
  41. Describe the key principles of common operations and procedures important to the effective surgical management of patients' problems.

    Pharmacotherapeutics

  42. Use a rational approach, incorporating knowledge about safety, to select appropriate therapeutic drugs. Describe the basis of their mechanism of action, important aspects of their pharmacokinetics, adverse effects and drug interactions.

    The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:

  43. Identify and criticise how research contributes to the body of scientific knowledge available to medical practitioners.

    Theme IV: Clinical skills

  44. Conduct a structured patient centred interview
  45. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history
  46. Perform an appropriate examination (relevant to practice in medical and surgical units)
  47. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments under direct, structured supervision
  48. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  49. Request/order relevant investigations correctly under structured supervision
  50. Interpret results of investigations and use data to guide patient management under structured supervision
  51. Distinguishes priority of patient care based upon urgency
  52. Generate a ranked problem list
  53. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and select the most likely options relevant for the patient
  54. Develop management plans for common problems and conditions
  55. Select most appropriate medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient
  56. Monitor the patient, identifies common complications and plans an immediate response under structured supervision
  57. Develop and implement an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use under structured supervision
  58. Outline procedures and documentation for admissions, discharges and referrals.
  59. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  60. Accurately record case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats under structured supervision.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

  • 4 x Mini Case Records (MCR) (15% each)
  • Integrated clinical appraisal activity (EBCP) (20%)
  • Online Pathology (MCQ) (20%)

Hurdle:

Although students are expected to have 100% attendance, the Faculty has determined 90% as a minimum attendance Hurdle. Therefore students are required to maintain a minimum 90% level of attendance at PBL (clinical, case-based or paper based), pathology tutorials, Evidence Based Clinical Practice (EBCP) sessions, Occupational and Environmental Medicine (OEM) sessions, Ethics and Law tutorials, Clinical skills tutorials and any simulation-based teaching and workshops. If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In-Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

Satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and submission of complete portfolio.

Workload requirements

Approximately 13 hours/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hours/week unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hours/week self directed learning (private study).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED3100 - Medicine and surgery

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright (Clayton)
Associate Professor Subathra Sabaratnam (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Gippsland

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED2031, MED2042 and MED2000 (Direct entry program) or GMA1010 and GMA2000 (Graduate entry program)

Co-requisites

MED3200. Must be enrolled in course M6011, M6018, 4531, 4532, or 4533

Synopsis

This unit is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: Personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bed- side tutorials, and practical skills sessions. Previous learning will be extended. By the end of the year students must be capable of undertaking history and clinical examinations of patients with straightforward conditions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

THEME I

  1. Comply with the code of conduct for Monash medical students.
  2. Use key ethical and legal principles to discuss and evaluate issues relevant to public health, clinical research practice, and professional standards for patient care.
  3. Communicate effectively and appropriately with others in academic and clinical settings (patients, family and carers, peers, and health care professionals).
  4. Interact appropriately and work collaboratively with others in clinical settings.
  5. Identify, develop and use strategies to meet academic and personal challenges and needs.

    THEME II

  6. Explain the impact of social and environmental determinants of health on health status in marginalised groups, including the Indigenous population.
  7. Evaluate available programs, interventions and community resources for prevention and health promotion to determine their suitability for a patient or community.
  8. Apply key concepts in population health, epidemiology and measurement of health and disease in populations.
  9. Describe how the delivery of health care services has its impact on the health of individuals at all levels of the health care system.
  10. Effectively search, appraise and implement information from medical research literature, lay press and clinical practice guidelines.

    THEME III

  11. Explain the structure and function of the human body at cellular, organ, system and whole body levels.
  12. Apply the knowledge and concepts of basic biological, psychological and social science to common and important clinical conditions.
  13. Relate presenting complaints and clinical signs to common and important illnesses, conditions and disorders.
  14. Explain the pathological processes and causes underlying clinical signs and symptoms for specified illnesses and conditions.
  15. Discuss appropriate pharmacological approaches to the management of specified conditions and diseases.

    THEME IV

  16. Elicit and record an accurate clinical history appropriate for the patient and the clinical context.
  17. Perform and accurately record an appropriate physical examination.
  18. Synthesise symptoms and signs to determine the most likely diagnosis and relevant differentials.
  19. Competently perform specified clinical procedures.
  20. Explain investigations and select appropriately for the patient's presenting problems or conditions.
  21. Describe management principles for specified clinical problems.
  22. Effectively communicate medical information to patients.

Fieldwork

Students are in clinical placements for 2 x 18 week semesters. In the clinical setting students will have opportunities to develop practical skills and to apply theory to practice under supervision.

Assessment

  • Monash Case Records (MCR) (6 x 20 minute = 120 minutes) (60%)
  • Integrated clinical appraisal (EBCP) assignments (2 x 1,000 words = 2,000 words) (20%)
  • Pathology MCQ exams (4 x 1 hour = 4 hours) (20%)

Hurdle requirements:

  • Research skills on-line module (2,000 words)
  • Portfolio submission (notional word equivalent 4,000 words)
  • 90% attendance at clinical placements

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED3200 - Foundation clinical studies

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Dr Subathra Sabaratnam

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have completed 2 of MED2031, MED2042, GMA1010, GMA2000.

Co-requisites

MED3100 or MED3062. Must be enrolled in courses M6011, M6018, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Notes

Students who fail to progress in MED3051 in semester 1 must discontinue from MED3200. Unit discontinuation penalites will apply.

Synopsis

Introductory Clinical Studies integrates the learning across MED3100 and MED3062. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bed- side tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

THEME I

  1. Comply with the code of conduct for Monash medical students.
  2. Use key ethical and legal principles to discuss and evaluate issues relevant to public health, clinical research practice, and professional standards for patient care.
  3. Communicate effectively and appropriately with others in academic and clinical settings (patients, family and carers, peers, and health care professionals).
  4. Interact appropriately and work collaboratively with others in clinical settings.
  5. Identify, develop and use strategies to meet academic and personal challenges and needs. THEME II

  6. Explain the impact of social and environmental determinants of health on health status in marginalised groups, including the Indigenous population.
  7. Evaluate available programs, interventions and community resources for prevention and health promotion to determine their suitability for a patient or community.
  8. Apply key concepts in population health, epidemiology and measurement of health and disease in populations.
  9. Describe how the delivery of health care services has its impact on the health of individuals at all levels of the health care system.
  10. Effectively search, appraise and implement information from medical research literature, lay press and clinical practice guidelines. THEME III

  11. Explain the structure and function of the human body at cellular, organ, system and whole body levels.
  12. Apply the knowledge and concepts of basic biological, psychological and social science to common and important clinical conditions.
  13. Relate presenting complaints and clinical signs to common and important illnesses, conditions and disorders.
  14. Explain the pathological processes and causes underlying clinical signs and symptoms for specified illnesses and conditions.
  15. Discuss appropriate pharmacological approaches to the management of specified conditions and diseases. THEME IV

  16. Elicit and record an accurate clinical history appropriate for the patient and the clinical context.
  17. Perform and accurately record an appropriate physical examination.
  18. Synthesise symptoms and signs to determine the most likely diagnosis and relevant differentials.
  19. Competently perform specified clinical procedures.
  20. Explain investigations and select appropriately for the patient's presenting problems or conditions.
  21. Describe management principles for specified clinical problems.
  22. Effectively communicate medical information to patients.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

  1. Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (50%)
  2. 2 x Written examination - Paper 1 (3 hours) (35%) and Paper 2 (2 hours) (15%) (EMQ/EMS)
  3. Attendance Hurdle: Although students are expected to have 100% attendance, the Faculty has determined 90% as a minimum attendance HURDLE requirement for specified activities. If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration.

    In order to pass MED3200, students must pass the OSCE examination, pass the combined written examination and pass the attendance hurdle.

    The Borderline Group method is used to determine the pass score and borderline range for the OSCE, and the Ebel method is used to determine the pass score and borderline range for the combined written examination.

    The MED3200 Unit Guide contains a glossary of terms, information regarding additional assessment in this unit, and details of the specified activities for the attendance hurdle.

Workload requirements

2 x 18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED4000 - Year 3B and 4C final grade

0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Associate Professor Sivakumar Thurairajasingam (P)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED3051, MED3062 and MED3200 or GMB3031, GMB3042 and GMB3200.

Co-requisites

MED4190, MED4200. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

MED4000 provides an overall result for Year 3B and 4C MBBS based upon achievement in Year 3B and Year 4C. A grade will be awarded for MED4000 which is based on student achievement in MED3051, MED3062, MED3200, MED4091 and MED4200.

A student must pass MED4200 and MED4190 before a grade in MED4000 will be awarded.

Outcomes

MED4000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills develop during Years 1 - 4 of the medicine course.

Assessment

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED4182 - Specialty clinical practices 2

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED3051, MED3062 and MED3200 or GMB3031, GMB3042 and GMB3200.

Co-requisites

MED4000 and MED4200. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

Specialty Clinical Practices II provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students should be able to:

Theme I: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Apply the legal requirements and protocols to clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Recognise issues related to justice and the role of advocacy that are evident within the health system
  4. Practice and discuss ethical decision making and consultation in clinical environments
  5. Display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments and acts as a role model for junior students
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Explain the potential harm created by risks and errors in health care settings and the responsibilities of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Identify activities in clinical settings that contribute to research and quality improvement in healthcare
  10. Review and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify support strategies
  12. Use appropriate environments and strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Acknowledge the roles and responsibilities of patient centred health care team members be willing to assist by taking on appropriate roles
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Articulate own strengths, acknowledge own limitations which impact upon performance, seek support and self-advocate for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Explain the economic perspective on health issues and health care
  18. Critique evaluations of a health intervention
  19. Identify organisational factors which impact on patient care and participate in quality improvement processes
  20. Identify the impact of public health policy on the delivery of health care to the individual
  21. Identify relevant programs and community resources available to patients and their families
  22. Identify relevant approaches to health education, illness prevention and rehabilitation.

    Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice

  23. Apply the knowledge and concepts of basic biological, psychological and social science to common and important clinical conditions
  24. Identify biological, psychological and social factors pertinent to understanding the illness and its management
  25. Identify common and important illnesses, conditions and disorders.

    Theme IV: Clinical Skills

  26. Conduct a structured and organised patient centred interview
  27. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history for neonates, babies, children, adolescents, and adults
  28. Perform an appropriate examination (relevant to practice in general practice, psychiatry, women's health and children's health)
  29. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments
  30. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  31. Request/order relevant investigations correctly
  32. Interpret results of specified investigations and use to guide patient management
  33. Prioritise patient care in order of urgency under structured supervision
  34. Generate a ranked problem list
  35. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and justify the most likely options relevant for the patient
  36. Develop and justify management plans for common problems and conditions for a patient whose illness remains undifferentiated
  37. Select and justify their choice of medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient
  38. Monitor the patient, recognise common complications and plan an immediate response under structured supervision
  39. Develop and implements an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use
  40. Perform admissions, discharges and referrals including documentation and patient preparation
  41. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  42. Accurately record case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats.

Fieldwork

18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.

Assessment

Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (i.e. Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 12 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment (100%)

Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Economics components.

80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement.

Workload requirements

This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED4190 - Specialty clinical practices

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Associate Professor Sivakumar Thurairajasingam (P)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED3051, MED3062 and MED3200 or GMB3031, GMB3042 and GMB3200 or MED3100 and MED3200.

Co-requisites

MED4000 and MED4200. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

Specialty Clinical Practices provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students should be able to:

Theme I: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Apply the legal requirements and protocols to clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Recognise issues related to justice and the role of advocacy that are evident within the health system
  4. Practice and discuss ethical decision making and consultation in clinical environments
  5. Display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments and acts as a role model for junior students
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Explain the potential harm created by risks and errors in health care settings and the responsibilities of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Identify activities in clinical settings that contribute to research and quality improvement in healthcare
  10. Review and critically reflect upon judgments and health care practices relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and identify support strategies.
  12. Use appropriate environments and strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Acknowledge the roles and responsibilities of patient centred health care team members be willing to assist by taking on appropriate roles
  14. Engage in learning opportunities and participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities
  15. Articulate own strengths, acknowledge own limitations which impact upon performance, seek support and self-advocate for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Discuss occupational and environmental factors that affect health, well-being and safety and the capacity to perform work
  18. Explain medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Explain the rationale for a health intervention/screening program
  20. Identify and explain relevant programs and community resources available to patients and their families
  21. Critique appropriate strategies for disease prevention and health promotion for patients
  22. Source and interpret biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, refugee, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  23. Compare study designs used in population health and clinical research publications/reports/projects
  24. Describe the impact of public health policy and the essential roles of systems on the delivery of health care to the individual across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, refugee, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  25. Evaluate the rationale, methodology and application of clinical decision making processes and strategies
  26. Identify organisational factors which impact on patient care and participate in quality improvement processes
  27. Explain the economic perspective on health issues and health care
  28. Synthesize and effectively communicate observations and analysis in written and oral formats appropriate for scientific/medical audiences
  29. Formulate and conduct an effective search for information relevant to the clinical care of a patient
  30. Organise, manage, interpret and apply information from medical research literature, lay press and clinical practice guidelines according to discipline guidelines/practices
  31. Critique data and information sourced in medical literature
  32. Outline the evidence used to make a clinical decision.

    Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice

  33. Apply the knowledge and concepts of basic biological, psychological and social science to common and important clinical conditions
  34. Identify biological, psychological and social factors pertinent to understanding the illness and its management
  35. Identify common and important illnesses, conditions and disorders.

    Theme IV: Clinical Skills

  36. Conduct a structured and organised patient centred interview
  37. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history for neonates, babies, children, adolescents, and adults
  38. Perform an appropriate examination (relevant to practice in general practice, psychiatry, women's health and children's health)
  39. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments
  40. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  41. Request/order relevant investigations correctly
  42. Interpret results of specified investigations and use to guide patient management
  43. Prioritise patient care in order of urgency under structured supervision
  44. Generate a ranked problem list
  45. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and justify the most likely options relevant for the patient
  46. Develop and justify management plans for common problems and conditions for a patient whose illness remains undifferentiated
  47. Select and justify their choice of medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient
  48. Monitor the patient, recognise common complications and plan an immediate response under structured supervision
  49. Develop and implements an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use
  50. Perform admissions, discharges and referrals including documentation and patient preparation
  51. Provide structured and effective case presentations
  52. Accurately record case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (i.e. Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 24 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment (100%)

Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice, Health Economics, and Health Systems Management components.

80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement.

If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED4200 - Integrated clinical studies

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Associate Professor Sivakumar Thurairajasingam (P)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED3051, MED3062, MED3200 or GMB3031, GMB3042 and GMB3200 or MED3100 and MED3200.

Co-requisites

MED4000 and (MED4171 or MED4182). Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532

Synopsis

Integrated Clinical Studies builds upon learning in the specialty clinical areas of Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in each specialty clinical areas across the year. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to consolidate knowledge and skills through both experiential learning in clinical settings and self directed study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students should be able to:

Theme I: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Demonstrate appropriate communication, and interpersonal and professional skills for hospital and community clinical settings
  2. Recognise legal and ethical issues relevant to the practice of medicine
  3. Recognise the principles of team-work, and the role of doctors in clinical teams.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  4. Explain the economic perspective on health issues and health care
  5. Critique evaluations of a health intervention
  6. Identify organisational factors which impact on patient care and participate in quality improvement processes
  7. Identify the impact of public health policy on the delivery of health care to the individual
  8. Identify relevant programs and community resources available to patients and their families
  9. Identify relevant approaches to health education, illness prevention and rehabilitation.

    Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice

  10. Apply the knowledge and concepts of basic biological, psychological and social science to common and important clinical conditions
  11. Identify biological, psychological and social factors pertinent to understanding the illness and its management
  12. Identify common and important illnesses, conditions and disorders.

    Theme IV: Clinical Skills

  13. Elicit and record an accurate clinical history appropriate for the patients and the clinical context
  14. Perform and accurately record an appropriate physical examination
  15. Develop differential diagnoses and formulate problems
  16. Competently perform selected clinical practices, techniques and procedures
  17. Formulate appropriate patient-centred management plans and discuss management issues
  18. Identify appropriate and cost-effective investigation strategies.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

  1. OSCEs (40%)
  2. Written examinations (2 x 3 hrs) (40%)
    • Paper 1: General Practice and Medicine of the Mind
    • Paper 2: Children's Health and Women's Health
  3. Written VIA examination (20%) Attendance Hurdle: 80% attendance at clinical attachments.

    If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration

    In order pass MED4200, students must:

  4. Pass the combined "Paper 1" and "Paper 2" examinations
  5. Pass the OSCE examination
  6. Pass the combined score of ("Paper 1" & "Paper 2") + (OSCE) + (VIA)
  7. Pass the attendance hurdle. The Borderline Group method is used to determine the pass score and borderline range for the OSCE, and the Ebel method is used to determine the pass score and borderline ranges for the written examinations.

    The MED4200 Unit Guide contains a glossary of terms and information regarding additional assessment in this unit.

Workload requirements

This is a 24 point unit over 2 x18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments. 80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED4301 - Medical science honours research skills

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Medical Science (Honours) degree.

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop the two most common skills that are required for the communication of medical research proposals and medical research findings. Students will develop their written communication skills by writing a review of the literature review developing a strong justification for their aim and hypothesis. Students will develop their oral communication skills by giving an oral presentation and answering questions on their research proposal, early in the Honours year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Review and evaluate the clinical and scientific literature relevant to the field of research.
  2. Synthesise the relevant literature in relation to the research question.
  3. Refine a research question grounded in the critical review of the literature.
  4. Devise appropriate research methodology to address the research question.
  5. Justify the proposed methodology in relation to the research question.
  6. Communicate the critical arguments in the literature in relation to the research question and the proposed methodology to a wider professional audience.

Assessment

  • Progress report (Hurdle)
  • Literature review (<7500 words) (75%) (Hurdle)
  • Department oral presentation (25%)

Workload requirements

Average weekly workload of 12 hours per week comprised of library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing the literature review. The student will interact with and seek feedback from their supervisor about the overall structure of the presentation and written literature review but the student will largely be self-directed.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit may vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units may be different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Medical science

Medicine and surgery

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


MED4302 - Medical science honours research project

36 points, SCA Band 3, 0.750 EFTSL

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Medical Science (Honours) degree.

Synopsis

This unit allows students to undertake a supervised research project aimed at identifying and addressing a gap in medical research knowledge. It is designed to give students a strong foundation in the principles and practice of research. It will also enable students to develop a wide variety of skills including data analysis and communication of medical and scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop and implement research methodology.
  2. Collect data in accordance with the moral, ethical and legal responsibilities of clinical and scientific investigation.
  3. Organise and analyse data, using appropriate statistical tests where appropriate.
  4. Synthesise the relevant literature in relation to the research question.
  5. Present and interpret the data collected and its significance in relation to the existing literature.
  6. Generate defensible conclusions based upon the significance of the research findings.
  7. Demonstrate writing skills that meet the academic standards associated with a thesis.
  8. Communicate research findings to a wider professional audience.
  9. Develop confidence in their ability to develop into a practitioner of evidence-based medicine.

Assessment

  • Department oral presentation (5%)
  • Minor thesis (12,000 - 15,000 words) (80%) (Hurdle)
  • Faculty presentations: Oral presentation (5 minutes) (7.5%) and poster presentation (10 minutes) (7.5%)

Workload requirements

Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of library searches, reading, preparation of presentations writing research thesis and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review). The student may require training in technical skills by members of their research group or collaborators, but should then be largely self-directed to collect and analyze their data. The student will interact with and seek feedback from their supervisor about the overall structure of the Thesis, Departmental Oral and Faculty Presentations but the student will largely be self-directed.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit may vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units may be different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Medical science

Medicine and surgery

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


MED5091 - Advanced clinical practice 1

18 points, SCA Band 3, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Associate Professor Rafidah Atan (P)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED4000, MED4190 and MED4200.

Co-requisites

MED5092, MED5102 and MED5100. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

MED5091 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students are expected to be able to:

Theme I: Professional attributes and behaviour

  1. Comply with legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Articulate issues related to justice and act as an advocate within the health system
  4. Use ethical decision making and consultation in clinical practice including complex situations
  5. Consistently display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments and acts as a role model for junior students
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify strategies to address the potential harm created by risks and errors in health care settings and comply with the requirements of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Engage in research and quality improvement activities in clinical settings where possible
  10. Evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practice relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and refer them to appropriate support.
  12. Arrange appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Actively contribute to the health care team to maximize the team's effectiveness by participating as a student member
  14. Engage in learning and teaching opportunities, participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities and mentor junior students
  15. Evaluate strengths, acknowledge own limitations that impact upon professional performance and self-advocate and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Analyze social, environmental and occupational factors that impact on the capacity to perform work
  18. Use medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Evaluate a health intervention/screening program
  20. Identify and evaluate relevant programs and community resources available to patients and their families
  21. Justify selection of a health promotion strategy/program
  22. Source, interpret and evaluate biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  23. Critique study designs used in population health and clinical research publications/reports/projects
  24. Describe the impact of public health policy and the essential roles of systems on the delivery of health care to the individual across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  25. Justify clinical decision making processes and strategies at both individual patient and healthcare system levels
  26. Participate in patient health care quality improvement activities
  27. Synthesize and effectively communicate observations and analysis in written and oral formats appropriate for scientific/medical audiences
  28. Evaluate and critique data and information relevant to the care and management of a clinical problem of a patient
  29. Organise and manage information from medical research literature, lay press and clinical practice guidelines according to discipline guidelines/practices
  30. Evaluate research data and evidence sourced in medical and health care literature
  31. Justify the evidence used to make clinical decisions.

    Theme III: Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice

  32. Use knowledge of the causative factors and pathophysiology in clinical reasoning
  33. Identify and assimilate presenting problems in the development of appropriate therapeutic treatments and a management plan
  34. Describe the acute, chronic, ambulatory and psychological contexts of illness and analyse how these influence the clinical presentation and management.

    Theme IV: Clinical Skills

  35. Conduct a structured and organised patient centred interview
  36. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history for neonates, babies, children, adolescents, adults and the elderly
  37. Perform an appropriate examination (in medical units, surgical units, a specialty unit and aged care)
  38. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments
  39. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  40. Request/order relevant investigations correctly
  41. Interpret results of specified investigations and use to guide patient management
  42. Prioritises patient care in order of urgency
  43. Generate a ranked problem list
  44. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and justify the most likely options relevant for the patient
  45. Develop and justify management plans for common problems and conditions an for a patient whose illness remains undifferentiated
  46. Selects and justifies their choice of medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient, including empirical choice of 'best guess' antibiotic
  47. Monitors the patient, recognises common complications and plans and justifies an immediate response under structured supervision
  48. Develops, implements and justifies an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use
  49. Performs admissions, discharges and referrals including documentation and patient preparation
  50. Provides structured and effective case presentations and justifies reasoning
  51. Accurately records case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5091 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a "hurdle" requirement.

Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.

  1. Formative assessment;
  2. Moderated online discussions;
  3. Case presentations;
  4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
  5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
  6. Portfolio.

    Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.

    If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED5092 - Advanced clinical practice 2

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Associate Professor Rafidah Atan (P)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

2012 pre-reqs: MED4071, MED4082 and MED4000

2014 pre-reqs: MED5091 or GMD5071.

Co-requisites

MED5100 and MED5102. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

MED5092 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

Theme I: Professional attributes and behaviour

  1. Comply with legal requirements and protocols in clinical practice including documentation, patient care and safety
  2. Respect and maintain privacy and confidentiality (peers, university & health care staff, external stakeholders, patients, clients)
  3. Articulate issues related to justice and act as an advocate within the health system
  4. Use ethical decision making and consultation in clinical practice including complex situations
  5. Consistently display a respectful, non-judgemental and empathic approach to others
  6. Maintain an appropriate standard of professional behaviour including demeanour, appearance and meeting commitments and acts as a role model for junior students
  7. Communicate clearly, effectively and appropriately in oral, written and electronic formats
  8. Identify strategies to address the potential harm created by risks and errors in health care settings and comply with the requirements of health care professionals in ensuring the quality of patient care
  9. Engage in research and quality improvement activities in clinical settings where possible
  10. Evaluate and critically reflect upon judgements and health care practice relating to patient outcomes
  11. Recognise peers experiencing difficulty and refer them to appropriate support
  12. Arrange appropriate environments and use strategies for sensitive and effective communication and interaction with others in clinical environments (patients and carers, peers and health care professionals)
  13. Actively contribute to the health care team to maximize the team's effectiveness by participating as a student member
  14. Engage in learning and teaching opportunities, participate in peer learning, leadership and teaching activities and mentor junior students
  15. Evaluate strengths, acknowledge own limitations that impact upon professional performance and self-advocate and seek support for improvement
  16. Take responsibility for own self-care and health issues.

    Theme III: Population, Society, Health and Illness

  17. Analyze social, environmental and occupational factors that impact on the capacity to perform work
  18. Use medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion
  19. Evaluate a health intervention/screening program
  20. Identify and evaluate relevant programs and community resources available to patients and their families
  21. Justify selection of a health promotion strategy/program
  22. Source, interpret and evaluate biostatistical information relevant to health and disease in populations across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  23. Critique study designs used in population health and clinical research publications/reports/projects
  24. Describe the impact of public health policy and the essential roles of systems on the delivery of health care to the individual across a range of contexts (e.g. rural, indigenous, vulnerable/'at-risk' populations)
  25. Justify clinical decision making processes and strategies at both individual patient and healthcare system levels
  26. Participate in patient health care quality improvement activities
  27. Synthesize and effectively communicate observations and analysis in written and oral formats appropriate for scientific/medical audiences
  28. Evaluate and critique data and information relevant to the care and management of a clinical problem of a patient
  29. Organise and manage information from medical research literature, lay press and clinical practice guidelines according to discipline guidelines/practices
  30. Evaluate research data and evidence sourced in medical and health care literature
  31. Justify the evidence used to make clinical decisions.

    Theme III: Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice

  32. Use knowledge of the causative factors and pathophysiology in clinical reasoning
  33. Identify and assimilate presenting problems in the development of appropriate therapeutic treatments and a management plan
  34. Describe the acute, chronic, ambulatory and psychological contexts of illness and analyse how these influence the clinical presentation and management.

    Theme IV: Clinical Skills

  35. Conduct a structured and organised patient centred interview
  36. Elicit a structured, comprehensive and logical history for neonates, babies, children, adolescents, adults and the elderly
  37. Perform an appropriate examination (in medical units, surgical units, a specialty unit and aged care)
  38. Perform specified clinical procedures and tasks in clinical environments
  39. Justify selection of investigations for the patient's presenting problems or conditions
  40. Request/order relevant investigations correctly
  41. Interpret results of specified investigations and use to guide patient management
  42. Prioritises patient care in order of urgency
  43. Generate a ranked problem list
  44. Develop a differential diagnosis (list) and justify the most likely options relevant for the patient
  45. Develop and justify management plans for common problems and conditions an for a patient whose illness remains undifferentiated
  46. Selects and justifies their choice of medication, dose and mode of administration for the patient, including empirical choice of 'best guess' antibiotic
  47. Monitors the patient, recognises common complications and plans and justifies an immediate response under structured supervision
  48. Develops, implements and justifies an individualised patient management plan for fluid, electrolyte and blood product use
  49. Performs admissions, discharges and referrals including documentation and patient preparation
  50. Provides structured and effective case presentations and justifies reasoning
  51. Accurately records case details and clinical activities in appropriate formats.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5092 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a 'hurdle' requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.

  1. Formative assessment;
  2. Moderated online discussions;
  3. Case presentations;
  4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
  5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
  6. Portfolio.

    Hurdle: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.

    If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED5100 - Final MBBS grade

0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Christopher Wright
Professor Shah Yasin

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MED4171, MED4182, MED4200, MED4000 or GMC4151, GMC4162, GMC4200 and GMC4000.

Co-requisites

MED5091, MED5092 and MED5102. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

This unit indicates the honours grade obtained by a student on completion of the five years of the MBBS degree. Students are not eligible for honours if they take more than five years (not including intermitted years) to complete the course. The grade is derived from a formula approved by faculty board as outlined below.

Assessment

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MED5102 - Contemporary developments in clinical practice: Patient safety

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Peter Barton (Clayton)
Professor Parasakthi Navaratnam (Malaysia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Julia Harrison
Dr Stuart Marshall
Associate Professor Rafidah Atan

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

2012 pre-reqs: MED4071, MED4082 and MED4000

2014 pre-reqs: MED4171, MED4182, MED4200 and MED4000 or GMC4151, GMC4162, GMC4200 and GMC4000.

Co-requisites

MED5091, MED5092 and MED5100. Must be enrolled in courses 0040, 1074, 3856, 3952, 4531, 4533 or 4532.

Synopsis

Medical practitioners are frequently required to respond to emerging and consolidating innovations and policies related to clinical practice. MED5102 further develops the concept of 'readiness to practice' and focuses upon the development of students' understanding of the principles of Patient Safety and the related clinical competencies. The unit will provide students with an understanding of the role of research in Patient Safety and the application of these principles and practices in diverse contexts. The unit will have the capacity to respond to other issues/innovations/policy changes as they arise in medical practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the principles of Patient Safety;
  2. Recognise individual practitioner, patient and institutional methods and strategies used to ensure Patient Safety principles are upheld;
  3. Demonstrate competence in Patient Safety practices in simulated settings;
  4. Contribute actively to the development and implementation of Patient Safety practices; and
  5. Critique and apply current scientific and medical research related to Patient Safety.

Fieldwork

This unit requires students to undertake off-campus clinical placements. In the clinical setting students will have an opportunity to apply theory to practice under supervision. Attendance is mandatory for the clinical component of each unit.Students must be aware of the faculty's Clinical Placement Guidelines.Students will not be permitted to attend any clinical placements unless they have current valid Working with Children and Police checks, and have a satisfactory immunisation status, all of which must be submitted to Faculty.

Assessment

Students will not be individually graded, but all assessments will be a hurdle requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to pass this unit.

  1. Observed Patient Safety Skills Assessment
  2. Online assessment tasks

    Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.

    If you are unable to attend a session, you may be eligible for In Semester Special Consideration for this component of in-semester assessment. Application forms for In Semester Special Consideration are available at: http://www.med.monash.edu.au/current/student-forms.html

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MEH1001 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH1002 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH1101 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH2001 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH2002 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH2003 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH2004 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH2011 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH2012 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH2021 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH2101 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH3001 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH3002 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH3003 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH3004 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MEH3101 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH3102 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH3103 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH3104 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Offered

Overseas

Synopsis


MEH4001 - Medicine, nursing and health sciences exchange

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Unit guides

Offered

King's College London

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Overseas

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


MID1000 - Introduction to Midwifery

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Anne Tremayne

Coordinator(s)

Ms Anne Tremayne

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3007 or M2006

Synopsis

The focus of learning for this unit is the role of the midwife and their function within the contemporary maternity environments.

Students will explore the philosophical foundations of midwifery practice and demonstrate an understanding of the basic premises "being with woman", "woman centeredness" and "working in partnership" in preparation for assuming the role of a midwife.

Students will be introduced to the significance of health promotion in midwifery practice and gain a preliminary understanding of the importance of women's health assessments.

This unit will also introduce students to specific cultural and ethical considerations that are important in the provision of maternity care for women from a variety of backgrounds.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the philosophical foundations of midwifery, the models of maternity care and the midwife's scope of practice;
  2. Describe the essential components required to perform a comprehensive women's health assessment;
  3. Examine factors impacting the care of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander childbearing women and those from different cultures;

  4. Apply theoretical knowledge of health promotion to issues relevant to maternity care;
  5. Describe legal and ethical issues that demonstrate a beginning understanding relevant to midwifery practice;
  6. Demonstrate beginning level competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife;

Assessment

  • Written assignment (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Group poster presentation (15%)
  • Peer assessment of group poster presentation (10%) and group self-assessment (5%)
  • Case study (1500 words) (30%)

Workload requirements

Guided online pre-learning modules: 2 hour per week

Workshop: 2 hour per week

Tutorials: 2 hours per week

Self-directed learning post-class: 6 hour per week

Attendance is mandatory at 80% of tutorials in this unit. If absent for more than 20% of tutorials, appropriate documentation must be supplied e.g. medical certificate.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID2000 - Foundations for midwifery practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Anne Tremayne

Coordinator(s)

Ms Anne Tremayne

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (Flexible)

Prerequisites

MID1000 and NUR1114

OR

BMA1901 and NUR1010Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3007 or 4514

Prohibitions

MID1002, MID1003

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the foundational knowledge required by midwives to effectively care for women and their babies from preconception through to early parenting.

Students will explore the fundamental clinical skills required for contemporary midwifery practice in a variety of settings.

Learning will also focus on the physiological and psychosocial adaptation of the healthy woman and child, and the application of this understanding to the provision of woman centred midwifery care.

Outcomes

  1. Explain in depth the normal maternal anatomical and physiological adaptations relevant to pregnancy, labour, birth and the puerperium;
  2. Apply the theoretical knowledge of the normal anatomical and physiological adaptations during pregnancy to describe a woman-centred approach pivotal to midwifery practice for women of all cultural backgrounds;
  3. Explain the role of the midwife in assessment of foetal and maternal well-being during pregnancy, labour, birth and the puerperium;
  4. Recognise the importance of using evidence to inform clinical practice and implement developing clinical midwifery skills in the appraisal of mother and baby during pregnancy, labour, birth and postpartum;
  5. Describe the midwifery skills required to provide comprehensive physical and psychosocial assessments when providing maternity care for women and their babies across the childbearing continuum;
  6. Differentiate the difference between screening and diagnostic tests and list the routine screening and basic diagnostic tests in pregnancy, labour and birth assessment;
  7. Explain the need for reflective practice in the implementation of evidence informed care;
  8. Demonstrate developing midwifery competence based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Fieldwork

80 hours clinical placement in a maternity unit.Students are required to participate in a two week clinical placement. In line with ANMAC requirements they are also required to undertake Continuity of Care relationships with women x 2.

Assessment

  • Essay (3000 words) (30%)
  • Invigilated online test (1 hour) (15%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Clinical Placement Antenatal clinic including relevant learning tools (80 hours) (15%) (hurdle)
  • Continuity of care clinical report x 2 or submission of reflective piece in Mid + Clinical Portfolio (500 words x 2) (Hurdle).

Workload requirements

Lectures: 2 hour x 10 weeks (20 hours)

Tutorials/CLE: 2 x 10 weeks (100% attendance required) (20 hours)

Weekly online guided activities : 6 hours per week (60 hours)

Self-directed learning : 6 hours per week (60 hours)

Clinical placement linked to skills assessment: 80 hours

Continuity of Care clinical hours: 20 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID2010 - Working with birthing women

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Bethany Carr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Bethany Carr

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)

Prerequisites

NUR1114 or (BMA1912 and NUR1120) AND MID2000 or (MID1002 and MID1003)

Prohibitions

MID2004, MID2105.

Synopsis

The focus of this 12 credit point unit is to develop midwifery knowledge and skills related to working with women throughout labour and birth.

This unit will enable students to develop skills and confidence in the clinical assessment of the woman and her baby. Students will revise the mechanisms of labour, and will describe, in-depth, the assessments undertaken by the midwife during labour.

Students will examine the theories of pain in relation to labour and childbirth. Students will be able to recognise variations from the normal birthing process, and describe the appropriate interventions for common at risk situations during childbirth.

The impact of current birthing options for women from all backgrounds will be explored. Both 'simulated' and 'real' opportunities to develop skills and knowledge will be provided, to enable students to provide effective care to birthing women.

The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning directly into midwifery practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the comprehensive assessment and care of a woman, from all cultural backgrounds, and her baby, during the birth process;
  2. Interpret the philosophical, physiological, psychosocial, spiritual, cultural and environmental factors influencing the birth process;
  3. Discuss the midwife's scope of practice and collaboration with other members of the healthcare team, when working with women during childbirth;
  4. Describe common variations from normal that may arise during pregnancy, labour, birth and the postnatal period and the midwife's role in managing these
  5. Identify vulnerable populations within Australian society and examine the impact of the current birth options for refugees, asylum seekers, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women;
  6. Critique the implications of obstetric interventions and use of technology upon the woman and her family;
  7. Critically reflect on the professional health care partnership role when working with vulnerable women and their families, during childbirth;
  8. Recognise women's rights, values and cultural beliefs in creating an appropriate and culturally safe environment for women and their partners to birth; and
  9. Demonstrate beginning level competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Fieldwork

Students are required to participate in 160 hours clinical placement. They are also required to continue with their Continuity of Care relationships with women (~20 hours per woman) x 4.

Assessment

  • Assessment tasks Handbook entry description:
  • Written Assignment (2,500 words) (25%)
  • Written Exam (2 hours) (35%) (Hurdle)
  • Attendance at RANZCOG Fetal Surveillance Education Program (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Online quiz linked to Fetal Surveillance Education Program (10%)
  • Continuity of Care Case Reports (500 words x 2) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical Placement with Learning Tools and Skills Assessment (160 hours) (30%) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Students must pass clinical placement to pass the unit

Workload requirements

Lectures: 2 hour x 8 weeks = 16 hours

Tutorials: 2 hours x 8 weeks = 16 hours

Self directed study: 40 hours

Clinical: 160 hours

Continuity of Care clinical hours: 80 hours

Total: 312 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID2110 - Complementary therapies: An evidence based approach

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Helen Hall

Coordinator(s)

Dr Helen Hall

Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the broad range of therapies listed under the umbrella term of 'complementary and alternative medicine '(CAM). Students will have the opportunity to consider the underlying philosophy and reasons why the treatments have become increasingly popular in a contemporary health care setting. Using an evidence based approach, the benefits and risks of the major modalities will be considered. The concept of 'integrative medicine' and the role and responsibilities of health care professionals will also be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the history and philosophy of CAM
  2. Explore the reasons people integrate CAM into their health care
  3. Identify the advantages and challenges of an evidence based approach to CAM
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of the major CAM modalities
  5. Critically discuss the role of CAM in modern health care
  6. Describe the ethical, legal and professional issues when integrating CAM into midwifery/nursing practice.

Assessment

  • Written assignment (3,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Oral presentation with summary handout (Group activity) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Workshop participation (10%)

Workload requirements

Attendance at 4 x 1/2 day workshops, plus online activities and self-directed learning.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3000 - Theory and practice of complex midwifery

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gayle McLelland

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gayle McLelland

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Course 3562: MID2102; Courses 3953 or 4514: MID1002 or MID2000, and either MID2105 or MID2010

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 3562 or 3953 or 4514.

Synopsis

This theory and practice unit introduces students to the complexities of childbearing and emergency birthing challenges that women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. The focus is on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to midwifery and obstetric management of these challenges. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Examine the role of the midwife and collaborative practice in the context of challenges and deviations from normal and interventions during the childbearing period;
  2. Discuss the pathophysiology, diagnosis and, evidence for the management of common obstetric and medical conditions that affect maternity care;
  3. Develop and implement plans for collaborative care for women experiencing complex challenges in childbearing within a multidisciplinary health care team and the woman;
  4. Discuss and critique screening tests, technologies and interventions during pregnancy, labour and birth;
  5. Identify and propose patient management appropriate to a range of emergency situations in pregnancy, birth and the post-partum period;
  6. Identify and manage selected obstetric emergencies in a simulated setting;
  7. Discuss the effects of complex physical health problems during pregnancy, labour, birth and after childbirth;
  8. Discuss grief situations and develop strategies to support women and their families following pregnancy loss;
  9. Document the ongoing relationship with the women and families that the midwifery student observed in a way that reflects their own involvement and actions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 160 hours.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Multimedia presentation and peer assessment with 1,000 words brochure (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • 2 x Continuity of care reports (500 words each) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Emergency clinical skills competency assessment (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placement with clinical assessment 80 hours (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)

Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)

Online Guided Learning Activities - 2 hours per week (24hours)

Clinical placement - 2 days per week (16 hours) for 10 weeks (160 hours)

Student directed study - 80 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3103 - Childbearing obstacles

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Janet Jones

Coordinator(s)

Ms Janet Jones

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

MID2004, and MID2006 or MID2105.

Co-requisites

MID3104Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to childbearing and emergency birthing obstacles that women may experience. Midwifery and obstetric management of childbearing obstacles will be explored. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. evaluate collaborative practice within challenges, disturbances and interventions during childbearing
  2. examine screening tests and innovative technologies available to women during pregnancy
  3. examine the pathophysiology, diagnosis, evidence for care and expected outcomes associated with selected challenges in pregnancy
  4. discuss the causes, identification, effects and management of disturbances in the rhythms of labour and birth
  5. identify interventions in pregnancy, labour and birth and their management from the perspective of the midwife and health care team
  6. identify factors that indicate potential for maternal and/or unborn baby life threatening emergencies
  7. describe the management of a range of emergency situations in pregnancy, birth and the postpartum period
  8. describe the range of physical health problems women may experience following childbirth
  9. discuss grief situations related to women, men and the midwife following pregnancy loss
  10. demonstrate beginning level midwifery competency based upon the ANMAC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Assessment

  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Guided study activitiy (1,000 words) (20%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3104 - Navigating childbearing challenges

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Janet Jones

Coordinator(s)

Ms Janet Jones

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Two units in MID2004, MID2006 or MID2105.

Synopsis

This practice unit complements the theory unit Childbearing obstacles and will focus on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to the obstacles women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. Emphasis is given to the recognition of problems and the collaborative and referral role of the midwife. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. apply appropriate knowledge in the care of a woman experiencing obstacles in childbearing;
  2. develop plans of care for women experiencing obstacles in childbearing;
  3. demonstrate understanding of specific conditions that affect pregnancy, labour and birth, and the first few weeks after birth;
  4. evaluate the implications of obstetric interventions in maternity care;
  5. critique the use of technology in maternity care;
  6. demonstrate beginning skills in the use of technology in midwifery and obstetric practice;
  7. demonstrate the ability to manage emergencies;
  8. demonstrate the ability to practice within a multidisciplinary team;
  9. facilitate woman's access to appropriate community resources;
  10. document the ongoing relationship with the women and families that the midwifery student follows through in a way that reflects their own involvement and actions and the rationale for these, as well as the families' actions and attitudes and responses to midwifery care; and
  11. demonstrate midwifery competency based on the selected ACMI Competency Standards.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 160 hours.

Assessment

  • Reflective exercise (1,500 - 2,000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Creative project and presentation (30%)
  • Emergency skill assessment - OSCEs x 2 (Note: this is a hurdle requirement)
  • Associated class test (30%)
  • OSCE (Pass / Fail) (Must be passed in order to pass the unit)

Workload requirements

Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)

Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)

Clinical placement - 160 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3105 - Women's health: Women's business

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kay McCauley

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kay McCauley

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

MID1001,MID2004, MID2006, MID2102; either MID2000 or both MID1002 and MID1003

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Midwifery, Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic).

Synopsis

Through introduction of the broader womens health context, the unit explores the primary and collaborative role of the midwife working with women experiencing common women's health problems and their responses to these experiences. Students will be introduced to the physical and psychological aspects associated with selected womens health problems. The issue of women's experience of 'what is happening to me' and 'woman's sense of self' will be explored. The focus will be on fostering a positive self-image for women through facilitating participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care and optimising wellness.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the essential components to be considered when performing a comprehensive women's health assessment;
  2. Discuss the principles of primary health care in the promotion of health and wellness with diverse groups of women experiencing treatment for a range of women's health problems;
  3. Discuss common health problems women may experience throughout various life stages;
  4. Describe physical and psychological aspects associated with selected women's health problems; identify the range of responses a woman may experience when confronted with a body altering health problem;
  5. Explore strategies to promote women's participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care;
  6. Relate reflective practice and the implementation of evidence-informed care to quality care in midwifery practice; and demonstrate beginning level midwifery competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Assessment

  • Online quiz (10%)
  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Examination (60%) (Hurdle) (2 hours)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3110 - Professional midwifery practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gayle McLelland

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gayle McLelland

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MID3000.

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically meaningful final preparation for transition to practice as a competent beginning level midwife. The unit provides students with the opportunity to explore in detail a range of midwifery and medically led models of care and the midwifery leadership necessary to promote the profession, providing childbearing women with choice in the care they receive. Students are provided with the opportunity to explore contemporary midwifery practice, regulatory and professional issues and identify evidence informed midwifery practices.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Reflect critically upon the role that women-centred care and midwifery led models of care play in the Australian maternity care context;
  2. Appraise contemporary and evidence-based midwifery practice;
  3. Discuss challenges of autonomous practice and midwifery leadership;
  4. Demonstrate skill in ethical decision making in the identification of appropriate solutions to complex midwifery issues;
  5. Demonstrate proficiency in the implementation of planned midwifery care; and
  6. Demonstrate midwifery competency based on the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 160 hours.

Assessment

  • Essay (3,000 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Case study (3,000 words) (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placement with clinical assessment (160 hours) (Pass / Fail)
  • Clinical portfolio with all minimum requirements completed (Pass / Fail)

Students must pass the clinical assessment to pass the unit. Students must submit the clinical portfolio for audit in order to be course completed.

Workload requirements

This is a flexible unit with a number of compulsory on campus workshops.

One four hour orientation session and three four hour compulsory on-campus workshops: 16 hours

Self-directed learning: 60 hours

Clinical placement: 160 hours

Total: 316 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID3202 - Supporting the newborn infant

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

TBA (Peninsula)
Ms Janet Jones (Gippsland)

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

MID2004, MID2105 OR Must have passed MID2010.

Prohibitions

MID2107, MID2108, MID2109.

Synopsis

This unit will use evidence-based theory to prepare students with the knowledge and skills to assess the newborn infant and initiate appropriate nursing interventions under the guidance of a paediatrician on the postnatal ward or in a Special Care Nursery (SCN).

Anatomy and physiology relating to the newborn infant and common neonatal conditions will be explored. Human lactation and nutritional choices for healthy babies on the postnatal ward, and sick and preterm babies in SCN will be addressed.

Students will develop an understanding of multidisciplinary care and collaborative practice in the management of sick newborn infants.

Socio-cultural elements surrounding the care of newborns and their families will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically examine the social-cultural context in the provision of care to babies and their families in Australia and globally.
  2. Describe normal anatomical and physiological changes during transition from intra-uterine to extra-uterine life, to enable recognition of deviations from normal health
  3. Outline fetal, maternal and intrapartum risk factors associated with maladaptive transition to extra-uterine life and describe appropriate midwifery management
  4. Review the physiology of lactation, outlining strategies to promote and protect breast feeding, including the nutritional adaptions that may be required for preterm and sick infants.
  5. Outline the circumstances and neonatal conditions that may necessitate admission of a baby to a SCN.
  6. Demonstrate the knowledge and skills required to resuscitate and stabilise a newborn infant.
  7. Identify the role and rights of parents in decision-making for their newborn in association with the multidisciplinary SCN team.
  8. List strategies designed to deliver culturally appropriate care for vulnerable families in SCN, including refugees, asylum seekers and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders.
  9. Employ reflective practice strategies to inform implementation of evidence-based holistic care for women, babies and their families, enabling appropriate clinical decision making.
  10. Demonstrate midwifery competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 160 hours.

Assessment

  • Essay (3,000 words) (25%),
  • Exam (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle);
  • Clinical Placement Special Care Nursery (80 hours) (15%) (Hurdle);
  • Clinical Placement Post Natal (80 hours) (15%) (Hurdle);
  • Continuity of care clinical report x 2 (500 words each) (Hurdle).

All students must complete a PIPER NeoResus First Response Program (Hurdle);

Workload requirements

Lectures, Tutorials, Laboratories: 54 hours

Clinical: 160 hours

Individual Study: 98 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


MID4001 - Preparation for practice (midwifery)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Bethany Carr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Bethany Carr

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MID2010

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the interplay between the socio-political issues that pervade the clinical arena of midwifery and population health consideration. These include for example how economic and class factors impact on vulnerable populations who are pregnant or giving birth. It facilitates the student to a greater understanding of vulnerability in childbearing women. The unit also includes issues such as violence within the family, child abuse, sexual assault drug abuse and associated pathologies. The special needs of Indigenous women and their families will be addressed. Additionally, the birthing needs of refugees and asylum seekers and their families will be explored. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify common vulnerabilities within society and how these impact on childbearing women;
  2. Interpret the incidence, prevalence and clinical relevance of population health information presented in health research publications;
  3. Develop a range of problem solving, decision-making and time management strategies that enhance the organisation of clinical midwifery care to vulnerable groups of childbearing women;
  4. Incorporate and evaluate ethically and culturally relevant midwifery interventions for vulnerable women across the birthing journey including cultural identity and racism;
  5. Critically reflect on their own actions in the professional partnership role with vulnerable women and on the nature of midwifery practice in relation to clients' health situations;
  6. Develop strategies of leadership, management, teamwork and interdisciplinary collaboration in the provision of quality midwifery care when being with vulnerable women, and
  7. Demonstrate beginning level competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 80 hours.

Assessment

  • Poster: abstract and presentation (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Reflective essay (2,000 words) (35%)
  • Critical analysis (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Clinical practice (Clinical hurdles) (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

Lectures 2 hours/week and tutes 2 hours/week x 6 weeks (12 hours lectures, 12 hours tutes) and clinical placement 80 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NEH4001 - Preparing for interprofessional practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BEH2032 and NUR3002.

Synopsis

This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to interprofessional practice as a multi-skilled health professional. The unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to enhance their appreciation of health professionals' roles and teamwork skills. Specific clinical contexts of learning will be acute care emergencies, mental health emergencies and disaster management.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to engage in multi-skilled interprofessional roles in multidisciplinary team environments
  2. Appraise the contribution of leadership, management, teamwork and interdisciplinary collaboration in the provision of quality emergency care
  3. Engage in appropriate interactions within the multidisciplinary health care team that promote and support patient participation and autonomy
  4. Analyse a range of problem solving and time management strategies that enhance the organization of clinical workload whilst engaged in interprofessional practice
  5. Incorporate and evaluate culturally relevant and age specific interventions for clients across the lifespan
  6. Apply the principles of adult learning to identify their specific learning needs
  7. Reflect critically on their own actions and on the nature of interprofessional practice in relation to the management of clients' health situations; practice with increasing independence at a beginning registered nurse level in accordance with the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) competencies.

Fieldwork

1. Four week nursing clinical placement in a hospital emergency department.2. Approximately 120 hours paramedic clinical placements in a range of paramedic settings.

Assessment

  • Written assignment (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Reflective assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
  • Nursing clinical assessment (Pass / Fail)
  • Paramedic clinical skills logbook (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

Lectures and laboratory sessions throughout the semester. This unit involves two clinical placements:

  1. Four week nursing clinical placement in a hospital emergency department
  2. Approximately 120 hours paramedic clinical placements in a range of paramedic settings.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NEH4012 - Interprofessional practice in community and hospital settings

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BEH2032 and NEH4001.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3892 and BEH3032.

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the student's ability to provide health care in community based emergency health and hospital settings. It builds on the model of clinical competence and the context of clinical practice commenced in previous years of this course. It provides context to support the clinical theory unit concurrently undertaken in this semester, BEH3032. Supervised clinical experience is undertaken in ambulance and community based health settings. Hospital experience involves critical care areas, operating theatre, and emergency department.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Reflect and critically review their own clinical experience and arrange suitable learning experiences in response to the varying clinical placement opportunities;
  2. Develop clinical, professional and leadership capabilities as a beginning health care provider by integrating reflection on placement experience with theoretical knowledge;
  3. Communicate effectively to other members of the health care team and contribute to team functioning through knowledge of group dynamics and professional roles;
  4. Apply a duty of care within the prevailing legal and ethical frameworks of community based emergency health and hospital settings;
  5. Explain and apply protocols for providing advanced life support under supervision;
  6. Demonstrate a culturally sensitive and patient-centred approach to the management of patients and family experiencing acute illness or injury.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: approximately 120 hours in a range of paramedic and hospital settings.

Assessment

  • Reflective practice assignment (55%) (hurdle)
  • Inter-professional case reviews (45%) (hurdle)
  • Clinical practice portfolio (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

Lectures and laboratory sessions through the semester. Clinical Placement: approximately 120 hours in a range of paramedic and hospital settings.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1001 - Professional and scholarly communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Katrina Recoche

Coordinator(s)

Ms Katrina Recoche (Peninsula)
Heather Buttigieg (Clayton)

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514.

Synopsis

This introductory unit will introduce the student to the ANMC competency domain of collaborative and therapeutic practice. Content in this unit will compliment theory and skills taught in other units in semester one of the course. Students will be provided the opportunity to explore important professional aspects of being a nurse or midwife and the significance of fitness for practice. Students will:

  • describe the basic psychological process of human behaviour;
  • demonstrate effective communication with individuals and groups and other members of the healthcare team;
  • discuss how evidence is translated into clinical practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply, at a beginning level, critical thinking and reflection in the development of self as an independent learner and a future health professional.
  2. Demonstrate knowledge of psychological processes related to development, conflict, stress and attitudes.
  3. Describe modes of therapeutic communication employed by healthcare professionals including key issues, barriers and strategies that must be considered in each focussed on person-centredness.
  4. Explain the modes of professional communication within professional relationships focussed on fitness for practice.
  5. Discuss the importance of evidence-based practice in the provision of safe, effective, holistic health care.
  6. Explore differing models for translation of evidence to practice.

Assessment

  • Online quiz (10%)
  • Tutorial participation (10%)
  • Writing task (35%)
  • Examination (45%)

Workload requirements

  • Lectures one hour per week
  • Tutorial one hour per week
  • Guided self-directed learning two (2) hour per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1010 - Foundations of nursing and midwifery practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Monica O'Halloran

Coordinator(s)

Ms Monica O'Halloran (Peninsula)

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4514.

Prohibitions

NUR1101.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the beginning knowledge and skills of the

professional registered nurse. Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia (NMBA) Registered nurse standards for practice are utilised as a framework to guide students in relation to person-centred care, patient safety, cultural and contextual competence and developing practice.

This unit includes the theoretical and practical foundations of clinical practice and processes in the clinical environment. In this unit you learn how to individualise care and undertake core clinical skills that are fundamental in the care of individuals and groups. It is here you begin to explore the art and science that underpins the practice of a professional registered nurse.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the concepts of health using a person-centred approach.
  2. Acquire the knowledge and principles underpinning health assessment, including the collection and recording of data, within varied contexts of care.
  3. Develop an evidence-based approach to the performance of select care skills in simulated and clinical environments while demonstrating an ability to maintain patient safety.
  4. Identify and evaluate the health needs of individuals and populations.
  5. Identify and discuss the biomedical, psychological, cultural and social aspects of healthcare.
  6. Apply professional behaviours and communication guided by the ANMC competency standards for professional practice.

Assessment

  • Written examination (2,000 words) (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical skills examination (1,000 words) (20%) (Hurdle)
  • Health assessment and documentation (2,000 words) (35%)
  • Mandatory requirements for clinical placement (1,000 words) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

To pass this unit the student must pass the written examination, clinical skills examination and complete the mandatory requirements for clinical placement.

Workload requirements

1 x Two (2) hour lecture per week, 1 x Two (2) hour clinical learning environment session per week and eight (8) hours student directed learning per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1013 - Indigenous health for nursing and midwifery practice

0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Cath Wilson

Coordinator(s)

Ms Cath Wilson (Clayton)
Ms Amy Corlass (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M2006 & M3007

Synopsis

This unit has been developed through a partnership between the School of Nursing and Midwifery and the Gukwonderuk Indigenous Engagement Unit (GIEU).

Delivery of effective, high standard health services to Indigenous people is one of the enduring challenges facing a variety of organisations and providers.

This unit is designed for novice learners and strengthens practical skills required for implementing Indigenous equity in healthcare.

It allows students to reflect on their current understandings of Indigenous Australian peoples, equity and diversity and build further knowledge and skills.

Learning objective from the novice level of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Curriculum Framework have been utilised in the design of the curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Advocacy: Describe advocacy for equitable outcomes and social justice in regard to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health
  2. Reflection: Describe how one's own culture and dominant cultural paradigms influence perceptions of and interactions with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  3. Respect: Recognise Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples' ways of knowing, being and doing in the context of history, culture and diversity
  4. Communication: Recognise culturally appropriate, safe and sensitive communication that facilitates trust and builds respectful relationships with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples.
  5. Safety and Quality: Describe evidence and strengths based best practice approaches in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health care.

Assessment

  • Online forum discussion participation (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Attendance and participation in Masterclasses (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

  • On-campus: Students will attend a 4 hour Masterclass other teacher directed activities such as a field work trip
  • On-line: Students will have 2 hours of on-line work per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1102 - Health assessment in clinical practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Monica O'Halloran

Coordinator(s)

Ms Monica O'Halloran (Peninsula)

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

NUR1010Not offered in 2018 or NUR1101.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514.

Synopsis

This unit examines fundamental knowledge and skills in preparation for the care of individuals. Emphasis is placed on systematic health assessment and the development and evaluation of appropriate person-centred care, incorporating the legal and ethical dimensions of care. The clinical practise experience undertaken in this unit is an integral component of the development of the nurse/midwife and concentrates on the practical application of theoretical principles explored in this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Accurately perform comprehensive health and physical assessment skills in simulated and clinical practice environments;
  2. Plan, implement and evaluate nursing care using a person-centred approach cognisant of each individual's autonomy, self - esteem and dignity;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to integrate scientific knowledge with nursing practice;
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the fundamental principles of medication management related to patient safety;
  5. Demonstrate professional and personal accountability as a novice practitioner when providing nursing care.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement two (2) weeks, (80 hours).

Assessment

  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (40%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (MCQ/EMQ/SAQ) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical skills examination (20%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placement (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Medication calculation and mastery test (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Students must pass the clinical placement, clinical skills assessments, Medication calculation and mastery test and exam hurdle to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

Lectures:

  • two (2) hours per week

Laboratory:

  • two (2) hours per week

Guided self-directed learning:

  • one (1) hour per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1105 - Foundations of leadership and professional practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kay McCauley

Coordinator(s)

TBA (Peninsula)
Ms Cath Wilson (Clayton)

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing or Diploma of Tertiary Studies.

Synopsis

Leadership is fundamental to the nature of nursing and midwifery; in the formation of safe practice, interdisciplinary relationships, education, research and health care delivery. In this unit, nursing leadership is explored by examining the historical nature of leadership in nursing/midwifery. The social construct of leadership will be investigated in the context of interpersonal organisational health care relationships and clinical practice. A major feature of the unit is an exploration of the professional values and ethics that form the basis of decision making in health care systems and nursing/midwifery practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify the contexts in which health care is provided in Australia including primary care, acute care, sub acute care, maternity care and supportive care;
  2. Discuss the philosophical and ethical values that underpin nursing/midwifery as a profession, and health care;
  3. Describe the attributes and roles of leaders and leaders in nursing/midwifery;
  4. Conceptualise the relationship between nursing/midwifery, leadership and teamwork;
  5. Explain the principles underpinning standards and codes of practice related to the nursing and midwifery profession and the health professional - client relationship;
  6. Explore the application of ethical theories to issues in everyday life and health care;
  7. Discuss the role of community, culture and religion in influencing health care practice; and
  8. Debate the values underpinning difference pertaining to gender, cultural and disability.

Assessment

  • Tutorial attendance and participation (10%)
  • Student-led discussion (50%)
  • Final examination (2 hours) (40%)

Workload requirements

Lectures:

  • two (2) hours per week

Tutorials:

  • two (2) hours per fortnight

Guided self-directed learning:

  • one (1) hour per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1110 - Communication and scholarship in nursing and midwifery

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Heather Buttigieg

Coordinator(s)

Ms Heather Buttigieg (Clayton)
Ms Katrina Recoche (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M2006 and M3007

Synopsis

This unit introduces learners to the process of self-reflection, clinical communication, questioning and critical thinking in preparation for problem recognition, problem solving and maintaining personal well-being.

Research, academic writing skills and knowledge of evidence-based professional practice equip the learner as a scholar and a nurse/midwife.

The concepts of person-centredness (nursing) and woman-centredness (midwifery) are explored from the perspective of self, examining personal values, sets of beliefs, cultural perspectives, attitudes toward others, and factors that influence health across the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, student will:

  1. Identify the factors that influence health across the lifespan;
  2. Apply at a beginning level, critical thinking and reflection for effective person-centred care, particularly in relation to vulnerable populations including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples;
  3. Demonstrate therapeutic and clinical communication skills in oral, written and electronic formats;
  4. Demonstrate academic writing and database searching skills;
  5. Demonstrate beginning level research skills and discuss the importance of evidence-based practice in the provision of effective health care;
  6. Identify personal wellbeing strategies.

Assessment

  • Online Quiz (MCQ) (10%)
  • Written Assignment (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Immersive Simulation Participation (30 minutes) (hurdle)
  • Reflective Piece (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Clinical Communication Skills Assessment (20%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures /active learning: 1 hour per week

Tutorials: 2 hours per week

sSimulation: 1 hour per week

Guided online pre or post-learning modules: 2 hours per week

Self-directed Learning: 6 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1111 - Global health and cultural competence in nursing and midwifery practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Patricia Schwerdtle

Coordinator(s)

Ms Roz Williamson (Clayton)
Ms Patricia Schwerdtle (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in M2006 Bachelor of Nursing or M3007 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery (Hons).

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the concepts of health and illness as they relate to health indicators for vulnerable groups, and local and global healthcare. The influence of the social determinants of health will be explored as they impact on the health and personal wellbeing of individuals.

This unit enables the student to develop a conceptual understanding of health and illness, global and population health, environmental impacts on the health of people, health promotion and health screening.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Identify population health indicators particularly as they relate to vulnerable groups including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people;
  2. Describe the social determinants of health including environmental determinants and the impact of climate change on global health;
  3. Discuss the role of the nurse/midwife in mitigation and adaptation;
  4. Identify personally held values, beliefs and cultural orientation;
  5. Discuss the characteristics of a culturally competent health care workforce and health care system;
  6. Describe the role that health promotion and population screening play as preventative measures within health care systems locally and globally.

Assessment

  • Written Assignment (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Group synopsis (1,000 words) + Group presentation (10 min) (25%)
  • Written Examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures 1 hour/week

Tutorials/active learning 2 hours/week

Guided pre-learning 2-3 hours/week

Self-directed learning 6 hours/week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1112 - Fundamental skills and knowledge for nursing and midwifery practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Mr James Bonnamy

Coordinator(s)

Ms Verity Mak (Clayton)
Mr James Bonnamy (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure and function of the human body together with pharmacological concepts to inform the development of key nursing and midwifery practice concepts.

Knowledge of the structure and function of the human body will enable students to undertake and interpret findings of a systematic health assessment of the physiological and psychosocial aspects of a person and relate these to factors that affect health across the lifespan.

Students will apply their knowledge of cells and tissues, the nervous, cardiovascular and respiratory systems to fundamental nursing and midwifery skills in a simulated clinical environment.

The unit also provides students with the opportunity to investigate the evidence for essential nursing and midwifery skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the normal structure and function of body systems including basic biochemistry and homeostasis as they affect health across the lifespan;
  2. Describe the normal structure and function of cells and tissues, and the associated nursing and midwifery practice considerations;
  3. Describe the normal structure and function of the central and peripheral nervous systems, the cardiovascular and respiratory systems as they pertain to a systematic health assessment;
  4. Identify and apply the principles of accountable documentation in the recording of systematic health assessment data;
  5. Outline the principles of pharmacology, pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics necessary for safe medication administration;
  6. Apply knowledge of the nervous, cardiovascular and respiratory systems in the measurement and documentation of vital signs and undertaking an ECG;
  7. Outline the supporting evidence for fundamental nursing and midwifery skills.
  8. Demonstrate satisfactory performance of fundamental nursing and midwifery skills including assessment of vital signs.

Assessment

  • Written Examination (3 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical Skills Assessment (Vital Signs) (30 minutes) (10%) (Hurdle)
  • Mid-Semester Test (Bioscience) (60 minutes) (10%)
  • Moodle Lessons & Online Quizzes (5,000 words) (20%)
  • Written Assessment (Health History) (2,000 words) (20%)

Hurdle requirement:

Students must attend all workshops, clinical learning environment sessions, tutorials and practical sessions. Minimum attendance (with supporting documentation) is 80% otherwise a fail grade will be awarded for the unit. Attendance at lectures is not compulsory.

Students must submit a police check, working with children check, immunisation compliance forms and evidence of serology to pass the unit and be allocated a clinical placement.

Workload requirements

Lectures: 4 hours per week

Workshops: 1 hour per week

Clinical Learning Environment Session: 1 hour per week

Tutorials: 1.5 hours per week

Practical Sessions: 2 hours per fortnight

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1113 - Law, ethics and leadership in nursing and midwifery

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Chanika Perera

Coordinator(s)

Ms Alison Hansen (Clatyon)
Ms Chanika Perera (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M2006 or M3007 or 4514

Synopsis

This unit focuses in developing knowledge related to evidence-based professional practice shared in nursing and midwifery. The importance of leadership in healthcare and the role of leaders for the provision of safe and effective person-centered care (nursing) or woman-centered care (midwifery) will be explored.

Issues of privacy, confidentiality and respect for others will be tested in simulated healthcare environments.

Students will also be introduced to the standards of practice for nurses, midwives and mental health that regulate the professional roles and responsibilities as they pertain to the Australian healthcare system.

Emphasis is placed on the legal and ethical requirements that underpin practice as registered nurses and midwives, including Australian Nursing & Midwifery Accreditation Council (ANMAC), Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA), and the concept of 'fitness to practice'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain how leadership theories and leader attributes influence teamwork in nursing and midwifery practice.
  2. Explore the ethical theories and principles that are relevant in healthcare practice
  3. Justify the ethical approaches nurses and midwives need to consider when caring for patients and their families.
  4. Identify the legal concepts that apply to the delivery of nursing and midwifery practice.
  5. Discuss how nurses and midwives comply with the Australian laws in the healthcare setting.
  6. Explain how the NMBA (Nursing & Midwifery Board of Australia) standards and codes for practice underpin the expected behaviour and attitudes of nursing and midwifery practice.

Assessment

  • Written assessment (2000 words) (30%)
  • Ethical theories and principles in health care (group work) (30%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures 1 hour/week

Tutorials/active learning 2 hours/week

Guided pre-learning 2-3 hours/week

Self-directed learning 6 hours/week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1114 - Fundamental skills and knowledge for nursing and midwifery practice 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Robyn Fairhall

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kamini Pillay (Clayton)
Dr Robyn Fairhall (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1112

Co-requisites

M2006 or M3007

Synopsis

This unit builds upon NUR1112 and introduces students to the pathophysiological changes that can impact human health and the working of the human body across the lifespan.

Students will be expected to use their knowledge of the structure and function of the healthy body to study the pathophysiological and psychosocial changes associated with various body systems. The safe pharmacological management of patients with conditions and illnesses associated with these systems is a key focus of this unit.

The unit provides students with the opportunity to question the evidence for fundamental nursing interventions and demonstrate a systematic and holistic approach to assessment and interpretation of findings.

In a preclinical simulated environment, students will practice patient assessment related to the conditions and illnesses of designated body systems, safe parenteral injection of medications, management of fluids and electrolytes (including IV), venepuncture, IDC insertion and management, wound management, stoma care and pressure injury surveillance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the normal structure and function of body systems as they affect health across the lifespan, including how the lymphoid system responds to microbes and infection;
  2. Identify the normal structure and function of the musculoskeletal system and the nursing/midwifery practice considerations related to associated musculoskeletal conditions.
  3. Outline the normal structure and function of the endocrine system and the associated nursing/midwifery practice considerations in the management of related disease processes;
  4. Outline the normal structure and function of the digestive system, metabolism and associated nursing/midwifery practice considerations related to minor gastrointestinal conditions;
  5. Describe the normal structure and function of the urinary system and fluid balance, electrolyte balance and the nursing/midwifery practice considerations involving urinary tract conditions;
  6. Identify the components of the reproductive system and their functions;
  7. Plan and implement fundamental nursing care to meet the needs of patients with common and important illnesses including renal, gastrointestinal and endocrine conditions;
  8. Demonstrate safe, evidenced based clinical practice integrating theoretical principles and procedural skills;
  9. Demonstrate safe, evidenced based principles of medication management related to patient safety.

Assessment

  • Written Exam (3 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Medication Calculation Examination (30 minutes) (5%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical skills Assessment (Safe Administration of Medication) (30 minutes) (10%) (Hurdle)
  • Moodle lessons & Online Quizzes (10%)
  • Musculoskeletal Anatomy Test (40 minutes) (15%)
  • Clinical Placement (80 hours) (20%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

  • Lectures: 4 hours per week
  • Workshops: 1 hour per week
  • Clinical Learning Environment Session: 1 hour per week
  • Tutorials: 1.5 hours per week
  • Practical Sessions: 2 hours per fortnight
  • Clinical Placement: 80 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1202 - Legal issues and concepts

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Coordinator(s)

TBA (Clayton)
Ms Lorraine Walker (Peninsula)

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 2552 Diploma of Tertiary Studies or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery.

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to introduce nursing and midwifery students to the legal system including the processes and institutions that impact on professional practice. Students will identify the law as it relates to the delivery of health services including professional standards and regulation, complaint mechanisms and relevant legal forums including the coroner's court. Students will be encouraged to explore the health professional's relationship and obligations owed to patients, patient families and professional colleagues in the various health care environments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge and relevance of common law and statute law pertinent to health professional practice;
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of the legal implications of actions taken in professional practice;
  3. Analyse the legal implications of the health care professional relationship with clients, their families and other health care providers;
  4. Identify strategies, which may provide assistance in resolving legal issues that arise in the various domains of the health professional;
  5. Discuss the legal obligations of registered nursing and midwifery practitioners in the health care environment; and
  6. Critically reflect on own values about health illness, dying and death affects professional responses and interactions with others.

Assessment

  • Online quiz (10%)
  • 10 x Worksheets (10%)
  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (35%)
  • Exam (45%)

Workload requirements

Lectures/workshops two (2) hours per week, Tutorial one (1) hour per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR1205 - Population and socio-cultural health research

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Kaori Shimoinaba

Coordinator(s)

Kaori Shimoinaba

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 3892 or 4514.

Synopsis

This unit aims to explore the connection between the science of public health and health outcomes of a diverse range of individuals and populations. Current research evidence incorporating epidemiology and the social determinants of health will be introduced. The unit will focus on vulnerable populations, infectious disease, population screening, health care systems, health promotion, global health and climate change, equipping students with cultural competence and rudimentary knowledge and skills in population health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss the impact of population health demographics on health outcomes, with a focus on vulnerable groups;
  2. Interpret the incidence, prevalence and clinical relevance of population health information presented in health research publications;
  3. Describe the social determinants of health and discuss their impact on the health of diverse population groups and their utilisation of clinical services;
  4. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of cultural sensitivity, cultural safety and cultural competence as explained in the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) guidelines; and
  5. Apply the principles of 'person-centeredness', leadership and cultural competence to achieve optimal health outcomes across a range of population groups and diverse clinical settings.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (20 minutes) and written synopsis (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Online quiz (20 minutes) (10%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (60%)

Workload requirements

Lectures: Two (2) hours per week

Tutorials: One (1) hour per week

Guided learning activities: Two (2) hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2005 - Introduction to maternity and paediatric nursing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Amy Corlass

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ensieh Fooladi (Clayton)
Amy Corlass (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)

Co-requisites

Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing Practice.

Synopsis

This elective unit provides students with an introduction to maternity and paediatric nursing.

Students will explore the roles and responsibilities of the nurse in supporting care of women and their families throughout the childbearing process. Emphasis is on normal pregnancy and postpartum care of mother and baby.

Students will be introduced to concepts related to paediatric nursing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss roles and responsibilities of health professionals in the care of childbearing women, neonates and children
  2. Describe the physiological and emotional changes that occur in pregnancy and the postpartum period
  3. Outline key aspects of the assessment and care of the woman and baby during the antenatal, perinatal and postnatal periods
  4. Discuss the principles of assessment and care of neonates and paediatrics
  5. Describe the responses of children and families to illness, and the importance of family-centred care
  6. Demonstrate communication, teamwork, and presentation skills in the delivery of a presentation regarding maternity or paediatric care.

Assessment

  • Group assignment team charter (Hurdle)
  • Group YouTube presentation (20%)
  • Group pamphlet with summary and references (1,000 words) (15%)
  • Peer assessment (20%)
  • Written exam (2 hours) (45%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Four (4) hours lecture/tutorial/laboratory.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2007 - Introduction to palliative care

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kaori Shimoinaba

Coordinator(s)

Ms Katrina Recoche

Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

An important component of our health system is the services provided for those living with terminal illness. The health needs of these individuals are diverse and often change over time. An interdisciplinary approach will be used to engage students in building fundamental knowledge and skill for the provision of palliative care in any setting. This unit aims to develop the abilities of health professionals and other graduates to care for persons with life limiting illness, by improving awareness of the principles and values underpinning palliative care, communication, clinical assessment and interventions and optimizing function in palliative care and coping with dying and bereavement. This unit is a prerequisite for NUR3007 'Clinical experience in the palliative approach'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Communicate effectively in the context of individual responses to loss and grief, existential challenges, uncertainty and changing goals of care;
  2. Appreciate and respect to the diverse human and clinical responses of each individual throughout their illness trajectory;
  3. Understand the principles of assessment and management of clinical and supportive care needs; and
  4. Reflect and evaluate their own professional and personal experiences and their cumulative impact on self and others.

Assessment

  • Comprehensive case study (40%) (hurdle)
  • Essay (40%) (hurdle)
  • Tutorial participation (20%)

Workload requirements

Fortnightly 2 hour Workshops or simulations are offered throughout the semester, supported by weekly student-led tutorials and postings; online guided learning (6 hours per week) and 6 hours of self-directed activities per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2106 - Integrated nursing practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Danny Hills

Coordinator(s)

Dr Robyn Fairhall (Peninsula)
Ms Loretta Garvey (Clayton)

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BMA1901, BMA1912 and NUR1102Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Prohibitions

NUR2002.

Synopsis

This unit introduces concepts of medical and surgical nursing and pharmacology, across the lifespan.

A case based approach is used to facilitate the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review.

Systems studied include respiratory, cardiovascular, renal and endocrine.

The topics of pain management, wound assessment and clinical assessment skills introduced in year one will be further developed as each system is studied.

Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills.

The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of pathophysiological changes associated with respiratory, cardiovascular, renal and endocrine dysfunction, and their application to the nursing care of patients in practice settings;
  2. Describe the underpinning principles of pharmacology, therapeutic drug administration and monitoring as they relate to the patient;
  3. List / describe possible implications associated with drug administration, including drug interactions and side effects in the use of drugs across the life-span;
  4. Describe the legal and professional nursing requirements associated with the safe use of medications, including administration, storage and handling;
  5. Assess, plan, implement and evaluate culturally relevant and age specific nursing interventions for patients requiring medical and/or surgical care;
  6. Identify ethical issues relevant to the nursing care of patients requiring medical and/or surgical care;
  7. Demonstrate safe clinical practice in an acute and/or primary care setting based on the integration of theoretical principles and practical skills;
  8. Provide person-centred care according to relevant nursing care principles for patients, under the direct supervision of registered nursing staff and the clinical teacher;
  9. Reflect and evaluate self-performance related to knowledge, skills and nursing care delivered.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: Three (3) weeks (120 hours).

Assessment

  • Medication Calculation Test (1 hour) (100% Mastery ) (Hurdle)
  • Oral Group Assignment (20 minutes) (30%)
  • Two online Quizzes (20 minutes per quiz) (10%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical Placement - 3 weeks duration (120 hours)
    1. Attendance & Performance Evaluation (20%) (Hurdle)
    2. Clinical Skills competencies (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

On campus learning (master classes, clinical learning environment and workshops): 40 hours.

Online and self-directed activities: 80 hours Clinical placement three (3) weeks off campus (120 hours).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2107 - Person centred mental health care

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Eddie Robinson

Coordinator(s)

Mr Charanjit Singh

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1102Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for the student to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health. Students will be expected to assess people with mental health problems and to identify, prioritise and implement appropriate evidence based interventions and management strategies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. discuss concepts of mental health and mental illness
  2. describe services available for consumers with mental illness
  3. identify the impact of stigma on consumers and their carers
  4. identify and respond to consumer specific issues such as culture, age and gender to optimise therapeutic communication
  5. describe and discuss Mental Status Examination (MSE) and risk assessments conducted with clients who are experiencing disturbances in thought, mood, behaviour and perception
  6. discuss the utilisation of the legal and ethical issues related to the care of clients when admitted under the Victorian Mental Health Act (2014)
  7. describe the aetiological factors, epidemiology and clinical manifestations of a range of disorders including affective disorders, eating disorders, anxiety disorders, psychosis, child and adolescent issues and cognititive issues in the elderly client
  8. describe a range of therapeutic modalities utilised in the care and treatment of people with mental health issues and disorders.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • 5 x Online quizzes (10%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (60%) (Hurdle x 1 attempt permitted)
  • 80% Attendance at tutorials (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures:

  • two hours per week

Tutorials:

  • two hours per week (with a minimum of 80% attendance requirement)

Guided learning activities:

  • one hour per week

Online quizzes:

  • one hour per week

Self-directed learning:

  • six hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2203 - Health promotion

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker

Coordinator(s)

Dr Louisa Lam

Not offered in 2018

Prohibitions

HSC1072.

Synopsis

This unit introduces nursing students and other professionals to the key principles, philosophies and frameworks that guide health promotion practice in Australia and internationally. Students will examine concepts and theories of health promotion and the primary health care sector, including medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health care. Health promotion is underpinned by a philosophy of health for all; therefore concepts such as partnership development, community participation, health equity, social justice, capacity building and advocacy are described to empower nurses and other professionals with the means to plan, implement and evaluate health promotion practice across all sectors of the Australian health care system. By the end of this unit, students will have examined and described these key concepts of health promotion in relation to the Australian context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss and critically reflect on key principles, philosophies and frameworks that underpin health promotion practice and activity;
  2. Compare and contrast primary care, primary health care, medical, behavioural, and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion and discuss their strengths and limitations;
  3. Analyse the concepts of partnership development, community participation, health equity and inequity, social justice, capacity building and advocacy in relation to the nurses' role in empowering and enabling individuals, families and communities;
  4. Recognise the importance of effective communication strategies to include examining health literacy in the context of health promotion;
  5. Outline the different types of evidence that guides health care and sources of evidence that can assist nurses in planning health promotion;
  6. Critically reflect on the importance of appropriate planning, implementation and evaluation to ensure sustainability when engaging in health promotion activity;
  7. Recognise the contribution of health policy development to health promotion and the role of nursing in ongoing developments in health policy;
  8. Discuss ethical challenges that are presented by health promotion.

Assessment

  • Health promotion program plan synopsis (1000 words) and group presentation (10 minutes) (40%)
  • Workbook and Tutorial participation (20%)
  • Examination (MCQ/SAQ/EMQ) (2 hours) (40%)

Workload requirements

This is a flexible unit with compulsory on campus tutorial sessions.

8 x 2 hour workshops: 16 hours

Online guided learning activities: 20 hours

Self-directed learning: 120 hours

Total: 156 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2204 - Working with families across the lifespan

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit introduces the concept of working with families from a strengths-based framework. The concept of family strengths has been studied for several decades and describes a family that functions optimally in support of the individual members. When nurses and other professionals use a family strengths theoretical framework in their daily practice, they contribute to providing health care that focuses on the whole rather than only the individual and begin to support families when accessing health care. A healthy family may be stronger in one area than another, and strengths may overlap with each other. It is well known that the family environment may have a positive or a negative effect on individuals in the family, depending on the family's values, beliefs, and ability to manage change. The composition and structure of contemporary families are wide-ranging, and include families from varying cultures, with composition including single and extended families, and families at differing socioeconomic levels. This unit aims to bridge the gap in theoretical content related to family care across the lifespan so that nurses and other professionals can explore the factors that shape their capacity to develop caring relationships with individuals, families, groups, populations, and communities.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Compare and contrast strengths, supports, protective factors and vulnerabilities within differing families
  2. Discuss the impact of contemporary issues on the health and wellbeing of the family in the context of multicultural families and communities living in Australia
  3. Explore how a strengths-based approach to working with families is developed and defined within the nursing context and the broader health care system
  4. Critically appraise the concept of building trusting relationship with individuals, families and communities to facilitate health and wellbeing
  5. Describe the nurses' and other professionals role and responsibilities when working with at risk families
  6. Discuss the role of the health professional in promoting health and wellbeing within families across the life span.

Assessment

  • Simulation based learning (1,000 words) (30%)
  • Written assignment (3,000 words) (40%)
  • Group assignment (3,000 words) (30%)

Workload requirements

This is a flexible unit with compulsory on campus simulation based tutorial sessions. Two hour lecture per week (Podcast): 24 hours, One hour tutorial / simulation based learning activities per week: 12 hours, Self-directed learning: 120 hours.

Total: 156 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2206 - Integrated nursing practice 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Danny Hills

Coordinator(s)

Ms Angela Bradley (Clayton)
Dr Robyn Fairhall (Peninsula)

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BMA1912, NUR2106Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Prohibitions

NUR2004.

Synopsis

Using a lifespan approach this unit builds on semester one learning in NUR2106Not offered in 2018 and further explores the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review.

There will be an emphasis on the general paediatric population and commonly presenting conditions that relate specifically to this group.

Other systems that will be studied include musculoskeletal, gastroenterological, haematological, neurological and vascular conditions.

Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills.

The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a second year level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of pathophysiological changes associated with gastrointestinal, musculoskeletal, vascular, neurological and haematological dysfunction and their application to the nursing care of patients in medical/surgical contexts;
  2. Recognise paediatric health issues relating to the respiratory and gastrointestinal systems, incorporating specific health assessment techniques;
  3. Describe underpinning principles of pharmacology, therapeutic drug administration and monitoring as they relate to the patient;
  4. Discuss possible implications associated with drug administration, including calculations for administering drugs to paediatric patients;
  5. Describe the legal and professional nursing requirements associated with safe use of medications including administration, storage and handling;
  6. Analyse problems associated with drug administration, including drug interactions and the use of drugs across the life-span;
  7. Plan culturally relevant and age specific nursing interventions for acutely ill patients across the lifespan;
  8. Critically discuss ethical issues relevant to the nursing care of patients requiring medical/surgical care;
  9. Demonstrate safe, evidenced based clinical practice in an acute care setting based on integration of theoretical principles and practical skills;
  10. Provide person-centred care according to relevant nursing care principles for patients, under the supervision of registered nursing staff and the clinical teacher;
  11. Conduct and document comprehensive assessments of patient needs utilising an appropriate assessment tool; and
  12. Reflect and evaluate self-performance in terms of the delivery of quality nursing care.

Fieldwork

Three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 120 hours in total).

Assessment

  • Five online Quizzes (20 minutes per quiz) (10%)
  • Written assignment - paired clinical case study assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40% - Hurdle)
  • Clinical Placement - 3 weeks duration (120 hours)
    1. Attendance & Performance Evaluation (20 % - Hurdle)
    2. Clinical Skills competencies (Pass/Fail - Hurdle)
  • Medication Calculation Test (1 hour) (100% Mastery - Hurdle)
  • Laboratory attendance (Hurdle) (100% attendance)

Workload requirements

On campus learning (master classes, clinical learning environment and workshops): 40 hours

Online and self-directed activities: 80 hours

Three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 120 hours in total).

See also Unit timetable information: http://www.monash.edu/timetables

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2207 - Mental health clinical practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Karen Harder

Coordinator(s)

Mr Eddie Robinson (Clayton)
Ms Karen Harder (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2107.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Synopsis

This Mental Health Nursing unit draws upon student's prior theoretical knowledge, skills and attitudes from NUR2107. This unit will focus upon professional issues including self care, clinical supervision; utilising evidence based nursing interventions and preparation for clinical practice. This unit has a 4 week clinical component, where students will apply evidence based nursing care and interventions with mentally ill consumers and their carers.

Theoretical principles and standards of practice are derived from the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse, the ACMHN Standards of Practice for Australian Mental Health Nurses, current evidenced based care and associated legislation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify the importance of emotional self care and reflective practice;
  2. utilize therapeutic approaches when collaborating with carers and clients;
  3. utilize knowledge of clinical manifestations and associated treatments with clients and carers to provide coordinated and effective care;
  4. identify and respond to the client's cultural and gender specific issues that affect the provision of safe mental health nursing care;
  5. conduct and document Mental Status Examinations (MSE) and risk assessments of clients who have disturbances in mood, thought, behavior and perception;
  6. demonstrate and apply knowledge of the Victorian Mental Health Act (2014) as amended;
  7. demonstrate professional behaviours, accountability, ethical decision making and satisfactory knowledge base for safe and coordinated practice in the mental health setting;
  8. recognize the importance of research in the role of the multidisciplinary team in the interdependent delivery of care; and
  9. practice in accordance with the ANMC Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: Three (3) weeks (120 hours).

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (35%)
  • One online MH nursing quiz (10%) (Complete prior to clinical)
  • Examination (2 hours) (55%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical practice (Pass / Fail) (Satisfactory completion of clinical practice is required to pass this unit)

Workload requirements

Workshops: 2 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Guided work (clinically case based scenarios): 1 hour per week x 5 weeks

Online quiz: 1 hour

Self directed readings: 1 hour per week x 5 weeks

Clinical placement (mental health): 3 weeks (120 hours)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2223 - Safety in healthcare contexts

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Danny Hills

Coordinator(s)

Dr Danny Hills (Clayton)
Ms Nelly Foley (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed NUR1113 or NUR1105Not offered in 2018 and NUR1202Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

M2006 or 0727

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the essential requirements of the registered nurse to understand patient safety. Building foundational knowledge and skills to improve patient safety will assist in preparing the student to practice safely across a range of healthcare contexts.

It is now well acknowledged that healthcare can cause harm. This unit introduces this concept and the developing complexities of healthcare contexts.

As one of the most at risk populations in the Australian healthcare system, students will examine the particular needs of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people.

This unit is divided into three modules.

Module 1 will introduce the concepts of patient safety and clinical risk.

Module 2 will introduce the student to frequently used quality improvement methodologies and some of the tools utilised in healthcare settings.

Module 3 will reintroduce the professional standards of nursing. Building on skills and knowledge from first year, this module examines the key concepts of scope of practice, professional accountability and delegation.

The ongoing use of the clinical reasoning cycle will encourage critical thinking among students and build an understanding of what it is to think like a nurse, in order to develop skills in patient safety.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Explain how clinical risk, near misses, errors and risk assessment and incident monitoring promote a culture of patient safety
  2. Analyse and apply risk-management principles to identify, assess and report potential risk in the healthcare context
  3. Using the principles of quality improvement describe the methods and tools used to measure patient safety
  4. Analyse the components of governance within healthcare contexts in relation to patient safety
  5. Examine the complexity of the healthcare and safety risks for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people;
  6. Examine how the nursing practice decision making framework determines the scope of practice of a registered nurse

Assessment

  • Invigilated online quiz (20%)
  • Written assignment (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Group case study (2,500 words) (45%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

This is a flexible unit with compulsory on-campus workshop sessions.

Six x 1 hour online lectures and activities: 6 hours

Online guided learning activities: 20 hours

Self-directed learning: 12 hours

Guided learning activities: Students will engage in a weekly 2-hour student-centred workshop, designed to explore and apply the key concepts of patient safety in healthcare.

Students must attend 80% of weekly workshops.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2225 - Mental health nursing practice contexts

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ian Munro

Coordinator(s)

Mr Eddie Robinson (Clayton)
Dr Ian Munro (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1114, NUR1113

Co-requisites

M2006 and M3007

Synopsis

This unit builds on the Mental Health Act examined in NUR1113 and related content in NUR1112, examines mental health problems and the role of the nurse or midwife working with individuals experiencing mental health issues.

Students will examine mental health conditions across the lifespan.

This unit will provide the opportunity for students to develop therapeutic skills and professional attitudes, necessary for recovery and maintenance of optimal mental health.

Case based learning will enable students to develop knowledge, and skills required for working with a range of consumers experiencing mental health conditions including; psychosis, mood disorders (depression, bipolar) and anxiety disorders from acute care admission to ongoing primary healthcare management.

Students will be introduced to the mental status examination and expected to critique the evidence for a range of interventions.

Emphasis on clinical placement is on the student's development of advocacy skills, professional accountability, management of risks, critical reflection and decision making in the mental health care setting.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Apply legal and ethical frameworks when planning and delivering mental health nursing care under the Mental Health Act 2014 Victoria.
  2. Identify appropriate services available for clients and carers in which to facilitate optimal mental health care, while acknowledging barriers to receiving care, such as stigma, cultural and gender related issues.
  3. Employ clinical and critical decision-making skills to identify, analyse and resolve problems in the mental health practice environment.
  4. Conduct and document fundamental interview and related assessments of patients who have disturbances in mood, thought, behaviour and perception.
  5. Apply knowledge of appropriate therapeutic drugs prescribed for mental health conditions and important associated administration aspects.
  6. Demonstrate under supervision, the care of people across the lifespan with mental health disorders.

Fieldwork

Mental Health Clinical Placement (120 hours) (Hurdle) 100% attendance required, unless medical certificate provided

Assessment

  • Poster (800 words - Part A) (10%)
  • Written Assignment (2,000 words - Part B) (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical Practicum: Part A (120 hours) and Part B (Clinical tasks) (30%) (Hurdle) (100% attendance unless a medical certificate provided)
  • Immersive simulated patient activities & tutorial attendance (80% minimum attendance required) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

On campus contact hours

2hrs Lectures /active learning

2hrs Simulation activities (80% attendance requirement Hurdle)

2hrs Tutorials (80% attendance requirement Hurdle)

Off campus hours per week

6 hours self-directed learning

120 hrs Mental Health Clinical Placement (100% attendance Hurdle, unless a medical certificate is provided)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2226 - Nursing practice contexts 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Katie Piper

Coordinator(s)

Ms Josie Tighe (Clayton)
Ms Katie Piper (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Prerequisite NUR1114 OR (BMA1912 and NUR1102Not offered in 2018)

Co-requisites

M2006 or M3007 or 0727 or 4514

Synopsis

In NUR1112 and NUR1114 students were introduced to the principles of human anatomy and physiology In this unit students will broaden their knowledge in regards to human pathophysiology and pharmacology with a particular emphasis upon cardiac, respiratory, renal, musculoskeletal and endocrine disease processes. Students will also learn appropriate evidence based nursing interventions for these disease processes.

Unit content will be delivered using case based learning that promotes the integration of professional behaviours, accountability and sound ethical and legal decision making necessary for safe practice and the delivery of person-centred care.

Students will be guided in the critique of evidence for nursing interventions required when caring for those presenting with a range of medical conditions within each body system examined, and demonstrate a person-centred approach to planning care delivery.

Whilst on clinical placement students will demonstrate, under supervision, a person-centred approach to both the planning and delivery of safe and professional nursing management of patients who may require pre and post-surgical care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate professional behaviours, accountability, ethical and legal decision making and a satisfactory knowledge base for safe and coordinated practice in various health settings.
  2. Apply knowledge of pathophysiology associated with conditions of the cardiac, respiratory, respiratory, musculoskeletal, renal and endocrine system to the safe delivery of patient-centred nursing care.
  3. Discuss and apply pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and pharmacotherapeutic approaches of relevant medications to a range of diseases and conditions, with consideration of the balance of efficacy and effectiveness.
  4. Use a systematic and person centred approach for patient assessment and management, integrating anatomical, physiological, and psychosocial factors.
  5. Apply legal and professional principles to the safe preparation and administration of medications, including administration, storage and handling in a range of settings.
  6. Demonstrate assessment, preparation, and post-operative care of a surgical patient.
  7. Assess, plan, implement and evaluate culturally relevant and age specific nursing interventions for patients requiring medical and/or surgical care.
  8. Demonstrate skill development in clinical reasoning by identifying patient problems, implementing interventions, evaluating outcomes and reflecting on learning.

Fieldwork

Clinical Placement 120 hours

Assessment

  • Written exam (2 hours) (30%) (hurdle)
  • Virtual simulation case study (10%) (hurdle)
  • Weekly online quizzes (10%)
  • Group iSAP patient management plan (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Patient management plan (15%)
  • Clinical placement (120 hours) (15%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lecture Space: 1.5 hour per week

Workshops: 2 hours per week

Clinical learning environment activities/ simulation: 2 hours per week

Students must attend 80% of all scheduled tutorials and clinical learning environment activities, and 100% of all scheduled clinical placement, unless a medical certificate is provided

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Clinical Placement: 120 Hours

Guided learning activities: preparation 12 hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2227 - Primary health care and health promotion in nursing and midwifery contexts

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Kerry Hampton

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kerry Hampton (Clayton)
Dr Kaori Shimoinaba (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1013, NUR1111, NUR1113

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled in M2006 & M3007

Synopsis

This unit builds on the content covered in NUR1110, NUR1111, NUR1113 related to society, population health and illness, the Australian healthcare system and personal and professional development. Students are introduced to the key philosophies and frameworks that guide the delivery of sustainable primary healthcare in Australian and global context.

Students will examine the health of populations, families and individuals as they relate to health priorities, disease prevention, and continuity of care.

Primary health care in Australia and internationally is aimed at reducing the incidence of preventable diseases, and includes an emphasis on nursing and midwifery interventions which promote well-being and self-reliance for client groups.

Case based learning will enable students to critique evidence related to the provision of primary health nursing and midwifery care.

The concept of primary health care and health promotion, underpinned by a philosophy of 'health for all' will be explored involving: partnership development, community participation, health equity, social justice, capacity building and advocacy necessary to plan, implement and evaluate health promotion practice across all sectors. Simulated practice activities will feature skill development in working as part of an integrated interdisciplinary team, including carers, family, and unregulated workers.

This unit explores the role of nurses and midwives in primary health care and health promotion and enables students to understand and act on the factors that cause poor health, and those that create and sustain good health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Analyse the key philosophies and frameworks of primary healthcare and health promotion applied in the context of Nursing and Midwifery.
  2. Conceptualise the biomedical, behavioural, and socio-environmental approaches to health and health care, and apply these to planning and evaluating sustainable health promotion programs
  3. Analyse the concepts of partnership development, community participation, health equity, social justice and capacity building when working with vulnerable populations in primary health care including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. Recognise the role of health literacy and behaviour change in improving health outcomes for various populations including, regional, rural and remote settings
  5. Analyse health policy and the ethics of primary health care in relation to the role of the nurse and midwife
  6. Explore contemporary challenges and future trends in primary healthcare including refugee health, planetary health and the changing healthcare sector

Assessment

  • Group presentation and health promotion program plan (20 minutes and 1,500 words) (35%)
  • iSAP written task (1,850 words) (35%)
  • Essay (1,500 words) (30%)

Workload requirements

On Campus

1 hour interactive lecture per week x 6 weeks

2 hour workshop per week (active learning) x 6 weeks

Teacher Directed Activities

4 hours Guided Learning Activities (E-Books: 'Prepare, Explore, Apply') per week x 6 weeks

10 hours SDL per week x 12 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2228 - Nursing practice contexts 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Josie Tighe

Coordinator(s)

Ms Josie Tighe (Clayton)
Ms Monica O'Halloran (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2226

Co-requisites

M2006 or M3007 or 0727 or 4514

Synopsis

This unit builds on the content covered in NUR2226, Nursing practice contexts 1.

Students will be introduced to the pathophysiology, pharmacology and evidence based nursing management for health consumers presenting with: neurological, gastrointestinal, hepatic, vascular and haematological conditions. In addition, the assessment and management of paediatrics, family centred care and care of gender specific health issues will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Use a systematic and person centred approach for patient assessment and management, integrating anatomical, physiological, and psychosocial factors.
  2. Apply knowledge of pathophysiology associated with disease states across the life span.
  3. Apply knowledge of pharmacotherapeutics to the nursing management of medications for patients across the lifespan.
  4. Apply clinical judgement to the administration of medications for patients across the lifespan.
  5. Demonstrate skill development in clinical reasoning by identifying patient problems, implementing interventions, evaluating outcomes and reflecting on learning
  6. Plan, implement and evaluate culturally relevant and age specific nursing interventions, for patients.
  7. Identify organisational factors which impact on patient care and participate in quality improvement processes.
  8. Explain how the advances in evidence and technology guide appropriate patient management.
  9. Demonstrate integration of nursing theory in the provision of safe and professional practice in a range of clinical nursing settings.

Fieldwork

120 hours of clinical placement

Assessment

  • Written Exam (2 hours) (30%) (Hurdle)
  • Online quizzes (10%)
  • ISAP (2,500 words) (25%)
  • Clinical Skills Assessment (10%) (Hurdle)
  • Completion of pre-learning activities (10%)
  • Clinical Placement (120 hours) (15%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

On Campus

Lecture space; 1.5 hours per week

Workshops; 2 hours per week

Clinical learning environment activities/simulation; 2 hours per week

Off Campus

Clinical placement; 120 hours

Guided learning activities; preparation 11 hours per week.

Students must attend 80% of all scheduled workshops and clinical learning environment activities, and 100% of all scheduled clinical placement, unless a medical certificate is provided.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2229 - Nursing practice contexts 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Katrina Recoche

Coordinator(s)

Ms Judith Clayton (Clayton)
Ms Katrina Recoche (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in M2006 or M3007

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the management of pain, oncology, palliative and end of life care, decision-making and psychosocial considerations.

Use of case based learning and the clinical reasoning cycle will enable learners to reflect on their own values about health, illness, dying and death. Students will explore a person-centred approach to pain, cancer, palliative and end of life care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critically reflect on key principles, philosophies and approaches that underpin the care of patients requiring acute or persistent pain management, oncology, palliative and end of life care;
  2. Critically examine the role of nursing as part of the interprofessional team in pain management, oncology, palliative and end of life care;
  3. Outline the pathophysiology related to pain, oncology and palliative conditions.
  4. Describe the use of pharmacological and evidence-based complementary therapy options for management in pain, oncology, palliative and end of life care treatment and the common effects experienced by patients receiving related therapies.
  5. Discuss the mental health considerations when providing care for individuals experiencing pain and receiving oncology treatment, palliative or end of life care
  6. Apply knowledge of legal and ethical considerations to advanced care planning, advocacy and guardianship.

Assessment

  • ISAP Written Assignment (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Reflective assignment (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Workshop, simulation and clinical learning environment activities & attendance (Hurdle 80% minimum attendance required for scheduled classes)

Workload requirements

On campus contact hours

2hrs Lectures/active learning

1hr Simulation activities (80% attendance requirement Hurdle)

2hrs Tutorials (80% attendance requirement Hurdle)

Off campus hours per week:

6 hours self-directed learning

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2445 - Clinical assessment in nursing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

NUR1102Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 0727.

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide registered nurses with a comprehensive foundation for the assessment of clients' health status in order to determine and deliver competent nursing care based upon the goals of health restoration, maintenance and promotion.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. analyse health assessment data using a problem solving approach in order to develop an appropriate plan for client care;
  2. relate the concept of holistic health to nursing health assessment and nursing practice;
  3. identify communication skills that will enhance the nurse/client therapeutic relationship;
  4. discuss the importance of using a practical framework for delivering appropriate client care;
  5. completely assess and record a client's health history; and
  6. perform and document a systematic physical assessment.

Assessment

  • Assignment 1 (25%)
  • Assignment 2 (25%)
  • Exam (50%)

Workload requirements

  • One (1) hour of lecture per week
  • Two (2) hours of tutorial per week
  • Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR2447 - Clinical concepts

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lorraine Walker (Clayton)
Ms Lorraine Walker (Peninsula)

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in M2006 or 0727

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to develop in students an understanding of the basic principles of pain and wound care management as they relate to nursing, as responsible and appropriate nursing intervention is frequently a determinant of the overall success of therapy. The need for the nurse to develop a broad knowledge base of wound and pain management and therapeutic regimes is considered an essential element of professional clinical practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explore the physiological aspects that influence wound healing;
  2. demonstrate the ability to undertake a comprehensive wound assessment, and to discuss wound characteristics and their relationship to type of dressing product selected;
  3. identify the principles of infection control relating to wound care;
  4. discuss the impact of appropriate wound assessment and provision of comprehensive wound management in the health care setting;
  5. examine the physiological and psychological effects of chronic and acute pain;
  6. analyse and develop a framework for the assessment of pain, disability and physical function, including the use of appropriate tools;
  7. identify current therapeutic and complementary measures to manage pain in the health care setting; and
  8. discuss social and cultural influences on pain and disability and he educational needs of clients in relation to the provision of evidence-based pain management.

Assessment

  • Module one: Case study (25%) (1,500 words)
  • Module two: Case study (25%) (1,500 words)
  • Examination (50%) (2 hours)

Workload requirements

Two (2) hours of workshop per week (80% mandatory attendance)

Two (2) hours of directed online material per week

Eight (8) hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3001 - Evidence based health care

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Susan Lee

Coordinator(s)

Maya Ebrahimi (Clayton)
Dr Susan Lee (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1102Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Prohibitions

BEH2021.

Synopsis

This unit introduces the student to the concept of evidence based practice and its application to health care. The evidence based practice model will be presented as the framework to encourage students to reflect on the current evidence base of contemporary clinical practices. The unit will introduce the student to the principles underpinning qualitative and quantitative research approaches, the research process and methodology and the ethical issues of undertaking research. Students will explore the different levels of evidence through reviewing research reports on topical issues of practice within healthcare delivery.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. discuss the concept of evidence based practice and its application to clinical practice;
  2. discuss the different forms of knowledge acquisition in nursing and midwifery;
  3. describe the philosophical underpinnings of qualitative and quantitative research;
  4. demonstrate a knowledge of the key aspects within the research process;
  5. discuss the ethical principles underpinning research process; and
  6. assess the quality of evidence derived from nursing and midwifery research literature.

Assessment

  • Active Learning Engagement (10%)
  • Online Quiz (10%)
  • Essay - evidence to support clinical practice (35%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

This unit will consist of:

Two (2) hours lectures per week, supplemented by a minimum of four (4) online podcasts for the remaining weeks of the semester, Two (2) hours tutorials per week.

NB: Tutorials are compulsory for students not attending clinical placement; students required to attend clinical placement must attend a minimum seven (7) tutorials per semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3002 - Integrated nursing practice 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Tamsin Jones

Coordinator(s)

Ms Tamsin Jones (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2002 or NUR2106Not offered in 2018, NUR2004 or NUR2206Not offered in 2018, NUR2104 or NUR2207.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 3892, 4514

Synopsis

This clinical practice unit provides an introduction to the management of clients with complex and or life threatening health problems across the lifespan with a particular focus on the acute care needs of the ageing individual. A case based approach will be utilized to facilitate the integration of advance health assessment skills, evidenced based practice and application of ethical principles in the management of complex nursing situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate in-depth knowledge of a range of complex health problems experienced by clients throughout the lifespan;
  2. describe the nursing application of diagnostic, therapeutic and preventative techniques associated with caring for a person with a complex body system health breakdown;
  3. employ clinical and critical decision making skills to identify, analyse and resolve problems in the practice environment;
  4. demonstrate the ability to apply time management and problem solving skills in the safe delivery of patient care;
  5. evaluate the clinical application of evidence based research and the ethical principles in the safe management of complex health care issues;
  6. develop and implement patient centred care interventions that encompass patient's complex health, cultural, ethical and developmental needs;
  7. reflect critically on the role of the multidisciplinary team in provision of safe patient care;
  8. practice with increasing independence in accordance with the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council Competencies for Registered nurse, code of ethics and code of professional conduct for nurses.

Fieldwork

Clinical Placement three (3) weeks (120 hours).

Assessment

  • Written assignment (2000 words) (30%)
  • Examination 2 hours (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Online case scenario (10%)
  • Clinical Placement: A -Performance Assessment: B - Placement Hours (20%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Workload requirements

  • On campus learning (lectures, clinical learning environment and workshops): 32 hours
  • Guided work one (1) hour per week
  • Three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 120 hours in total).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3003 - Education for clinical practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Cliff Connell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kerry Hampton (Clayton)
Mr Cliff Connell (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR1101 or NUR1010Not offered in 2018; and NUR1203 or NUR1102Not offered in 2018.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Synopsis

Education is a key part of the work of health care professionals through provision of patient, peer and student teaching. Understanding teaching and learning theories and approaches is fundamental to delivering effective teaching. This unit aims to introduce students to teaching and learning for clinical practice. It will explore theory underpinning teaching and learning as well as provide opportunities for skills development in planning and delivering teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Evaluate contexts where education is provided in clinical practice and the factors that impact on effective teaching and learning
  2. Critique relevant educational theories and their relationship to teaching and learning practices
  3. Choose and justify approaches for planning, evaluating and assessing teaching and learning.
  4. Evaluate the role of education in health promotion
  5. Apply the principles of team dynamics and group processes in an interprofessional workshop
  6. Conduct a peer teaching session and reflect upon their own perspectives on teaching and learning.

Assessment

  • Peer teaching preparation and lesson plan (2,500 words) (45%)
  • Essay (2,500 words) (45%)
  • Teaching practical - reflective lesson plan annotation (1,000 words) (10%)

Hurdle requirement:

Interprofessional workshop (full day)

Attendance at 80% of all scheduled unit tutorials is required to pass this unit unless documentary evidence (such as a medical certificate, relevant death notice, etc.) is provided.

Workload requirements

  • Two (2) hours of lecture per week
  • One (1) hour of tutorial per week
  • Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week
  • Plus hurdle requirements.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3004 - Preparing for practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kelli Innes

Coordinator(s)

Ms Noelleen Kiprillis (Clayton)
Ms Kelli Innes (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2002 or NUR2106Not offered in 2018, NUR2004 or NUR2206Not offered in 2018, NUR2104 or NUR2107, and NUR3002 or NUR3022

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Synopsis

This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to practice as a professional nurse. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs. In preparing for practice the unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership, teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. apply the principles of adult learning to identify their specific learning needs;
  2. evaluate the contribution of leadership, management, teamwork and interdisciplinary collaboration in the provision of quality nursing care;
  3. analyse a range of problem solving and time management strategies that enhance the organization of clinical workload;
  4. incorporate, and evaluate culturally and ethically relevant and age specific nursing interventions for clients across the lifespan;
  5. reflect critically, on their own actions, professional role development and on the nature of nursing practice in relation to the management of clients' health situations;
  6. demonstrate the ability to apply time management and problem solving skills in the delivery of client care; and
  7. practice with increasing independence at a beginning registered nurse level in accordance with the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMAC) competencies.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: Four (4) weeks (160 hours).

Assessment

  • Learning project (3,000 words) (30%)
  • Written assignment (3,000 words) (30%)
  • Clinical Placement: A - Performance Assessment: B - Placement Hours (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Two (2) hours of lecture per week, Two (2) hours of tutorial fortnightly, Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week, Four (4) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 160 hours in total).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3005 - Chronic illness management in primary care

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Maya Ebrahimi Zanjani

Coordinator(s)

Mrs Maya Ebrahimi Zanjani (Clayton)
Ms Nelly Foley (Peninsula)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2002 or NUR2106Not offered in 2018, NUR2004 or NUR2206Not offered in 2018, NUR2104 or NUR2107.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses 0727 or 4514.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on multi-disciplinary care and models of care delivery with an emphasis on ageing, chronic and life limiting illness. With the evolving role of the nurse as primary care providers it introduces the student to the issues facing older people and will include healthy ageing, the ageing process, polypharmacy, lifestyle issues, advanced health assessment related to people with complex health needs and legal and ethical issues associated with aging, chronic illness and palliative care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. discuss perspectives, and the physical, psychological and social aspects of ageing in the context of health and illness in older people in our community
  2. describe the impact of ageing and chronic illness on clients, families and carers and apply this to discharge planning bridging the transition from acute care to primary care and palliative care
  3. analyse the legal and ethical issues that arise from changes to cognition, chronic and life limiting illness such as challenges to autonomy, protection of patients, quality of life and euthanasia
  4. differentiate the roles of nurses working in multidisciplinary teams, who care for people with chronic and/or life limiting illness in different health care environments
  5. utilise holistic health assessment skills to assess the complex health needs of older adults and people with chronic and life limiting illness in relation to physical, psychosocial and spiritual needs
  6. demonstrate and evaluate a range of evidenced based interventions that support the person experiencing complex care needs associated with living with a chronic illness
  7. identify the primary care resources for people with issues related to ageing, chronic and life limiting illness in the community
  8. utilise health promotion, supportive and palliative approaches to care for people with chronic and life limiting illness in a range of health care settings.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: Two (2) weeks (80 hours).

Assessment

  • iSAP Case Study (2,250 words) (35%)
  • Essay (3,000 words) (45%) (Hurdle)
  • Two week Clinical Practicum Appraisal (20%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Two (2) hours of lecture per week, Two (2) hours of tutorial, Four (4) hours guided study per week, Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3009 - Transition to professional practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Joanne Porter

Coordinator(s)

Dr Joanne Porter

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

NUR3002 or NUR3106Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

This unit addresses issues associated with transition to rural nursing practice and prepares students for the expanded generalist role that characterises rural nursing practice. Concerned with preparing students for a satisfying and sustainable rural nursing career, the unit requires students to explore opportunities for continuing education, professional affiliation and engagement and career advancement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Educational Objectives:

  1. develop a career path plan;
  2. evaluate the contribution of leadership, management, teamwork and interdisciplinary collaboration in facilitating case management and optimal health outcomes;
  3. evaluate a range of strategies to effectively manage challenging and critical incidents commonly associated with the Division 1RN role;
  4. critically analyse the importance of professional affiliation and life-long learning in advancing health outcomes;
  5. apply the principles of adult learning to identify your specific learning needs;
  6. reflect critically on your own actions, professional role development and on the nature of nursing practice;

    Clinical Objectives:

  7. apply problem solving and time management strategies to effectively organize clinical workloads;
  8. manage clinical problems appropriately;
  9. practise with increasing independence demonstrating AN&MC competencies;
  10. demonstrate safe evidence-based practice in the clinical setting.

Assessment

  • Assignment (3,000 words) (50%)
  • Clinical learning contract (20%)
  • Clinical report (reflective) (30%)

Workload requirements

3 hour lecture per week, 2 hour tutorial per week, 2 hours on-line activities per week for 4 weeks. A total of 124 hours of Student directed learning.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3022 - Integrated nursing practice 4

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Tamsin Jones

Coordinator(s)

Chris Scott

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR2206Not offered in 2018, NUR2207.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 0727 or 4506.

Prohibitions

NUR3002 and NUR3006.

Synopsis

This clinical practice unit introduces students to the nursing management of patients with complex and/or life threatening problems across the lifespan.

A case based approach will support the integration of advanced health assessment skills, evidence based practice and application of ethical principles in the management of complex nursing situations. This unit will focus on the translation of knowledge involving the management of the deteriorating patient.

Pathophysiology, pharmacology and evidence based healthcare will be critically examined concurrently as each complex health care situation is examined.

This approach will complement the clinical experience that students will undertake during the unit. In simulated and actual clinical settings, students will apply diagnostic, therapeutic and preventative techniques associated with caring for a person with a complex body system health breakdown in a range of settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge and concepts of biological, pathophysiological, psychological and social sciences to patients with complex and/or life threatening illness throughout the life span.
  2. Acquire in-depth knowledge on complex health problems experienced by patients throughout the lifespan in a range of settings.
  3. Identify and implement response systems for the deteriorating patient in the clinical setting.
  4. Explain appropriate therapeutic medications in the context of drug actions, indications, dosage, interactions and reactions in the patient with complex and/or life threatening illness.
  5. Identify, analyse and resolve clinical concerns in the patient with complex and/or life threatening illness.
  6. Develop and implement patient centred care appropriate to the needs and wishes of the patient and their family/carer, regardless of race, age, gender, sexual preference, physical or mental state or other diverse needs.
  7. Critically reflect on the values, attitudes and communication required by nurses when caring for patients and families/carers with diverse needs; complex and/or life threatening illness or the deteriorating patient.
  8. Undertake complex nursing activities in a range of health settings and apply appropriate principles of prioritising and time management according to the clinical setting.
  9. Critically reflect on decisions and judgements made to demonstrate accountability for evidence informed patient care.
  10. Practice with increasing independence in accordance with the Australian and Midwifery Council National competency standards for the registered nurse, Codes of ethics and Code of professional conduct for nurses.

Fieldwork

Clinical Placement three (3) weeks (120 hours)

Assessment

  • Written assignment (3000 words) 30%
  • Examination 3 hours (40 %) (Hurdle)
  • Online case scenario (10%)
  • Clinical Placement: A -Performance Assessment: B - Placement Hours (20%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

On campus learning (lectures, clinical learning environment and workshops): 54 hours

Online & self-directed activities: 114 hours

Clinical placement: 3 weeks (120 hours)

Total: 248

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3106 - Introduction to high acuity nursing

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Karen Missen

Coordinator(s)

Ms Karen Missen

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

NUR2002, NUR2004, NUR2104.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 4514.

Synopsis

This unit will incorporate an introduction to high acuity nursing of severely ill patients. Using a systematic approach to patient assessment, students will develop skills in caring for patients with, altered circulation, multi-organ failure, shock states and trauma. The focus will be on high acuity care and include other specialist areas of nursing practice such as critical care, perioperative, coronary care, acute medical surgical, emergency nursing and paediatric nursing with an emphasis of caring for patients across the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Educational Objectives:

  1. Demonstrate in-depth knowledge of a range of complex health problems experienced by clients throughout the lifespan;
  2. Explore and evaluate the clinical application of nursing research and theoretical literature to acute and high acuity care;
  3. Incorporate culturally relevant, age specific, nursing therapeutics to address problems experienced by seriously ill clients;
  4. Review an appropriate disaster management plan, building upon existing knowledge of disaster management;
  5. Apply a systematic approach to patient assessment and implementation of management strategies in team-based simulation environment;

    Clinical Objectives:

  6. Apply pathophysiological principles to the care of clients with serious and life threatening illness;
  7. Apply clinical reasoning to selected pathophysiological and psychosocial nursing phenomena;
  8. Demonstrate safe clinical practice based on current theoretical and pharmacological knowledge.

Assessment

  • Essay exploring the management of a high acuity patient (3,000 words) (30%)
  • Written examination (3 hours) (60%)
  • Online activities (10%)
  • Clinical assessment (Pass / Fail)

Hurdle:

  • Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
  • Students must obtain a pass grade in the examination in order to obtain an overall pass grade for this unit.

Workload requirements

7 hours a week (lectures, tutorials, labs) plus 160 hours clinical. Guided Learning: One (1) hour per week for self directed reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR3204 - Integrated community care

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Catherine Wilkin

Coordinator(s)

Ms Catherine Wilkin

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

NUR2002, NUR2004.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on an integrated structure for health and wellbeing in the community using the continuum from birth to end of life. This unit will provide opportunities for students to develop fundamental knowledge, incorporate primary health care theories and concepts. This process will expand their burgeoning skills and attitudes relevant to the prevention, restoration and maintenance of optimal health and wellbeing, specific to a range of community settings. Students will be supported to explore and develop knowledge significant to the family and health care needs so the individual and/or family become central to their management of optimal health. The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning into care and begin the transition to graduate practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. analyse the concepts of primary health care and population health;
  2. demonstrate knowledge of contemporary rural and remote community needs;
  3. assess factors that predispose, enable, or reinforce behaviours contributing to health risks;
  4. describe the roles and functions of the members of the multidisciplinary primary health care team;
  5. analyse ethical issues which pertain to primary health care;
  6. apply a range of therapeutic interventions to meet the physical, psychosocial and spiritual needs of patients/clients in the community;
  7. communicate effectively with people who are experiencing complex health issues;
  8. demonstrate cultural sensitivity and deep respectful listening to all rural and remote community members;
  9. provide evidence based interventions and resources that support the person and their family experiencing complex care needs;
  10. practice in accordance with ANMC Competencies for the Registered Nurse and other professional standards.

Assessment

  • Critique of a journal article (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Literature review (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Written assignment: Journal article format (3,000 - 4,000 words) (50%)
  • Clinical practice assessment (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

Lectures: 4 hours x 4 weeks = 16 hours; Tutorials: 2 hours x 4 weeks = 8 hours;

Clinical: 160 hours; Individual Study: 128 hours.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR4401 - Clinical honours thesis 1: Applied research methods and skills

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Students enrolling in NUR4401 must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (M3704) or Graduate Diploma of Health and Science Research (M5021)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to encounter a challenging research environment through the interaction of philosophical paradigms and extension of theoretical knowledge and acquisitions of skills to facilitate the undertaking of a research project. The unit will build upon knowledge gained in core undergraduate research units. Students will be allocated a research supervisor to begin formulating research questions and methodology for subsequent study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. evaluate and utilise appropriate philosophical foundations of research;
  2. distinguish and critique quantitative and qualitative methodologies;
  3. develop and utilise research skills in the following areas:
    • advanced online searching;
    • documentation management;
    • data collection methods and analysis; and
  4. begin formulating research question and proposed study.

Assessment

  • Written assessment (3,500 - 4,000 words) (60%)
  • Oral presentation (40%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR4402 - Clinical honours thesis 2: Framing a research proposal

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Students enrolling in NUR4402 must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (M3704) or Graduate Diploma of Health and Science Research (M5021)

Synopsis

The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop an appropriate hypothesis or research question and derive an appropriate research design showing regard to the practical problems of conducting research in in nursing or midwifery settings. Ethical issues in research are also considered. Students will develop their own research proposal and seek ethical approval to conduct their study under the supervision of an academic staff member.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify a research topic that addresses a significant nursing or midwifery issue;
  2. develop a research problem, question or hypothesis;
  3. formulate and present a research plan;
  4. describe the theoretical basis behind the topic and research design;
  5. develop and present a research proposal, including a literature review;
  6. identify issues related to the conduct of the proposed research;
  7. participate in research seminars and workshops;
  8. apply to ethics committees for research approval as necessary; and
  9. demonstrate a collaborative and critical approach to research.

Assessment

  • Research proposal (3,500 - 4,000 words) (Hurdle)
  • Oral presentation (15 minutes) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR4403 - Clinical honours thesis 3: Conducting a research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR4401, NUR4402.

Co-requisites

Students enrolling in NUR4403 must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (1249 or M3704) or Graduate Diploma of Health and Science Research (M5021)

Synopsis

The unit provides students with the opportunity to implement the research proposal developed in NUR4402. Students will further develop a literature review, finalise ethical approval for their research, and collect, organise and manage the data for the study. With their research supervisors, students will explore a range of issues that can arise during the research process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. generate a critical review of the literature and theoretical frameworks relevant to their field of study;
  2. accurately collect, manage and secure data for research activities;
  3. demonstrate an awareness of ethical and privacy issues as they apply to their research proposal;
  4. work collaboratively with a research supervisor to achieve research milestones (e.g. submission of ethics proposal);
  5. finalise the ethics approval process for the project;
  6. respond appropriately to the realities of research project issues including identification of a research site (or sites) and recruitment of participants;
  7. conduct a pilot study (if appropriate) to anticipate and address practical problems that may arise in the course of data collection;
  8. undertake data collection both accurately and ethically;
  9. discuss issues arising during the research process;
  10. demonstrate effective progress towards research plan;
  11. write to an academic standard by incorporating existing research findings and supervisor feedback; and
  12. present research findings in a seminar context.

Assessment

  • Research report (3,500 - 4,000 words) (Hurdle)
  • Oral presentation (15 minutes) (Hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUR4404 - Clinical honours thesis 4: Analysing and reporting research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Nursing and Midwifery

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Gulzar Malik

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUR4401, NUR4402, NUR4403. (NUR4403 will be a co-requisite for full time students)

Co-requisites

Students enrolling in NUR4404 must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) (1249 or M3704) or Graduate Diploma of Health and Science Research (M5021)

Synopsis

The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop appropriate research knowledge and skills as they, with the assistance of a supervisor, analyse and interpret the data collected in Clinical Honours Thesis III. Following this, the research will be written in the form of a literature review and article suitable for publication, and be presented at a research seminar. The clinical/midwifery practice in this unit will allow the student to exit the program at the level of an advanced novice practitioner.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Conduct appropriate data analysis and interpretation;
  2. Generate a report on the project, demonstrating critical analysis and discussion of findings in the context of prior research showing due regard to relevant stylistic conventions;
  3. Present research findings in a seminar context;
  4. Demonstrate an ability to manage data collection and analysis;
  5. Work collaboratively with a research supervisor to achieve research milestones;
  6. Write to an appropriate academic standard by incorporating existing research findings and supervisor feedback;
  7. Respond appropriately to realities of research project issues (e.g. ethical and practical issues surrounding confidentiality, data management etc.);
  8. Analyse and present data in a clear, concise and systematic manner;
  9. Identify strengths and limitations in their research design;
  10. Suggest directions for future research in their specialist area; and
  11. Address practicalities of research project management.

Assessment

Submission of a portfolio consisting of

  • a literature review (5,000 words) and at least one academic paper suitable for publication (5,000 words)

Or

  • Dissertation (10,000 words).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1001 - Personal and professional perspectives in nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Coordinator(s)

Ms Janeane Dart

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

NUT1101 and must be enrolled in courses M2001

Synopsis

In this unit, students' transition into the tertiary setting will be supported and the roles, responsibilities and expectations of students as healthcare profession students will be outlined. They will be engaged via adult learning teaching and learning principles in this unit as they begin to develop their professional identity. This unit will commence students on the pathway to becoming experts in food (knowledge and application) and culturally competent, self aware healthcare professionals.

Food and culture will provide the core content for students to apply, integrate and develop/extend personal and professional attributes and competencies, communication and interpersonal skills. Enhanced cultural awareness for students will be a key outcome of this unit and this will be contextualized as students learn about food/food ingredients, eating patterns, why we eat what we eat and the Australian food supply system. Interprofessional learning opportunities with other healthcare profession students will help strengthen the learning in this unit. Students will be introduced to reflective practice and commence a professional portfolio.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop effective communication skills including constructive feedback to peers, reflective writing and self awareness.
  2. Describe the diverse work roles for nutrition practice and the professional attitudes and behaviours required to meet workplace expectations.
  3. Collaborate in effective teams respecting diversity of opinions and approaches to tasks.
  4. Identify key determinants of culture and recognise the potential influence of culture on health behaviour, beliefs and choices.
  5. Investigate the foods, food ingredients, historical influences and varied cultural eating patterns found in Australia.
  6. Develop a perspective on issues of social equity and justice, demonstrating an awareness of self in relation to diverse and vulnerable populations and as a future nutrition professional.

Assessment

  • Assignments (Group oral presentation - 10 minutes & Individual essay - 2,000 words (50%)
  • Professional portfolio - 10 x Weekly tasks (300 words each) (50%)

Workload requirements

12 hours per week including contact hours and private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1002 - Evaluating the evidence: Nutrition and population health

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Claire Palermo

Coordinator(s)

Zoe Davidson

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1010.

Co-requisites

NUT1102 and must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to epidemiology and biostatistics as the core of population health and nutrition research and practice. This will include consideration of basic statistics, study design, quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry and ethical issues related to research and population health interventions. Emphasis is placed on a population view of health, nutrition and disease and the social determinants of health and the application of epidemiology and statistics in assessment of disease in population and the effects of nutrition interventions. An introduction to the concepts and approaches to working in population health and nutrition will also be explored

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Interpret the demographics of the Australian population including Indigenous, minority and disadvantaged groups, their nutrition and health issues.
  2. Explore the health and nutrition needs of priority population groups in Australia.
  3. Evaluate a socio-ecological approach to improving health.
  4. Search the scientific literature related to common questions on nutrition and health.
  5. Evaluate the scientific literature, including study designs, related to nutrition and health and communicate findings.
  6. Design quality research questions on nutrition and health.
  7. Identify and apply quantitative statistical analysis using methods common to nutrition research and interpret statistical results.
  8. Describe basic methods of qualitative data collection and analysis.

Assessment

  • Analysis of Indigenous program/policy (20%)
  • Critical analysis of a scientific paper (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Analytical essay (2,500 words) (20%)
  • Exams (40%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

8 hours contact per week plus 16 hours self directed study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1010 - Human nutrition: An introduction to nutrients

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jorja Collins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001.

Prohibitions

NUT1011.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on basic concepts in human nutrition. It will introduce the concepts of energy balance and body composition and outline the process of digestion. It will describe the role and function of macro and micronutrients essential for human health, their history of discovery, and relevance for the health of populations and individuals. The dietary recommendations for optimal nutrition for the Australian population will be compared with recommendations in other countries. The unit will include the clinical signs and symptoms of specific nutrient deficiency and excess, as well as nutrient interactions and their significance. Methods of nutrition assessment will be explored focussing on methods used to assess food intake, data analysis using qualitative and quantitative methods; and comparison of this data to recommended dietary intakes for optimal health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the process of digestion and absorption of macro and micronutrients and discriminate between their respective role(s) in the human body.
  2. Identify foods sources of particular nutrients, and recognise the clinical signs and symptoms of particular nutrient deficiencies and excesses, and explain the reason for their development.
  3. Describe basic dietary assessment techniques and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of different methods of assessing food intake when evaluating nutritional status.
  4. Explain how food composition data is obtained and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of this data in diet evaluation.
  5. State current nutritional recommendations for the general population and apply them to evaluate the adequacy of diets.
  6. Recognise the effects that nutrients may have on the absorption and utilization of other nutrients.

Assessment

  • Online Quiz (10%)
  • Assignments (40%) (hurdle)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week of scheduled class / online contact plus 6 hours self-study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1011 - Human nutrition: An introduction to nutrients

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Coordinator(s)

Dr Elizabeth Barber

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Online)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (Online)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on basic concepts in human nutrition. It will introduce the concepts of energy balance and body composition and outline the process of digestion. It will describe the role and function of macro and micronutrients essential for human health, their history of discovery, and relevance for the health of populations and individuals.

The dietary recommendations for optimal nutrition for the Australian population will be compared with recommendations in other countries. The unit will include the clinical signs and symptoms of specific nutrient deficiency and excess, as well as nutrient interactions and their significance.

Methods of nutrition assessment will be explored focussing on methods used to assess food intake, data analysis using qualitative and quantitative methods; and comparison of this data to recommended dietary intakes for optimal health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the process of digestion and absorption of macro and micronutrients and discriminate between their respective role(s) in the human body.
  2. Identify foodsources of particular nutrients, and recognise the clinical signs and symptoms of particular nutrient deficiencies and excesses, and explain the reason for their development.
  3. Describe basic dietary assessment techniques and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of different methods of assessing food intake when evaluating nutritional status.
  4. Explain how food composition data is obtained and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of this data in diet evaluation.
  5. State current nutritional recommendations for the general population and apply them to evaluate the adequacy of diets.
  6. Recognise the effects that nutrients may have on the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients.

Assessment

  • Online Quiz (10%)
  • Assignments (40%) (hurdle)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1101 - Science foundations

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Coordinator(s)

Dr Aimee Dordevic

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

NUT1001 or NUT1010. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition Science or Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics (Honours).

Synopsis

This unit focuses on developing fundamental scientific knowledge as the basis for nutrition science. This unit introduces you to the chemistry of organic molecules expanding to incorporate the biochemical pathways relevant to nutrient metabolism.

Protein, fat, carbohydrate and alcohol metabolism are covered in detail laying the foundation for a detailed understanding of energy metabolism in humans.

The unit concludes with the introduction of other molecules of life (DNA and RNA) and describes the processes of genetic inheritance, mitosis, meiosis and gene transcription and the importance of gene nutrient interactions in human health. Student centered teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content.

Students' participation as adult learners will be encouraged through the curricula with emphasis on the development of basic scientific communication skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate foundation knowledge of basic sciences to include chemistry, molecular biology, and biochemistry relevant to human nutrition and dietetics
  2. Describe the chemistry of atoms and molecules
  3. Explain how atoms and molecules interact in chemical reactions and calculate chemical equations (stoichiometry)
  4. Describe the chemical and biochemical aspects of biological molecules
  5. Classify the main features of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells (including membranes, organelles and enzymes), and correlate their structures with biological functions
  6. Explain the aspects of cellular macronutrient and alcohol metabolism in terms of dietary input and energy release.
  7. Explain mechanisms of genetic inheritance and the factors that govern the flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein
  8. Demonstrate basic knowledge and skill in laboratory experimentation and in the reporting and collation of experimental data

Assessment

  • 5 x laboratory practicals (500 words each) (20%)
  • Scientific poster - group presentation (10%)
  • Mid Semester Examination (20%)
  • Final examination (3 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

11 hours contact per week plus 13 hours self directed study.

3 x 2 hours lectures, 1 x 2 hours tutorial and 1 x 3 hours practical.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1102 - Food science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Coordinator(s)

Dr Elizabeth Barber

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1010 and NUT1101.

Co-requisites

BND1002 and must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

The unit will introduce food science particularly the chemistry of food components in their raw and cooked state. It will introduce food preparation and cooking skills, sensory evaluation of food, food processing, production, packaging and storage. Methods of analysing food for nutrient and non-nutrient content will be examined. Teaching will be based on interactive lectures with explicit learning objectives. These will be supplemented by tutorials to support student learning and by kitchen and laboratory practical sessions for the acquisition of basic skills in food selection, storage, preparation, cooking and food analysis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the chemistry of macronutrients, micronutrients and non-nutrients in food.
  2. Describe the impact of the processing, production, packaging and storage of food on the nutrient and non-nutritive components of food and relate this chemistry to food taste, texture and palatability.
  3. Describe and demonstrate the principles of safe food handling.
  4. Compare and contrast Australian and International food composition data including the varying methods used to analyse nutrient content of foods and apply these data to calculate the nutrient intake of healthy individuals.
  5. Demonstrate food preparation and food analysis techniques.

Assessment

  • 6 x Laboratory & kitchen practical reports (approx. 500 words each) (50%)
  • Attendance (80% of practical sessions) (Hurdle)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours contact per week plus 6 hours self directed study.

Weekly contact hours = 3 x 1 hours lectures, 1 x 1 hours tutorial and equivalent of 1 x 2 hours practical.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT1103 - Human biology for nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Maxine Bonham
Dr Ben Seyer

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1101

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001

Synopsis

This unit takes a scientific approach to growth and development of the human body with an emphasis on a case based learning approach to knowledge application. Specifically this unit covers basic anatomy and physiology of the human body and goes on to explore the functions of individual cell types and their role in diversification into tissues and major organs.

The major organ systems under examination include the nervous, muscular, skeletal, respiratory, biliary and renal system. Special attention will be directed to those systems where nutrition has a significant impact including cardiovascular, biliary and immune system. Student centred teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content.

Practical and analytical skills will be developed through a series of laboratory classes

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and function of cells and their diversification into tissues and major organ systems.
  2. Explain the human anatomical and physiological functions of major organ systems and their relationship with nutrition science
  3. Discuss the process of homeostasis, whereby physiological systems are regulated to maintain a relatively constant internal environment for maintenance of health
  4. Explain the physiology of body systems
  5. Perform laboratory techniques integral to the study of nutrition science and analyse and interpret results in consultation with research literature.

Assessment

  • 4 x Practical laboratory reports (500 words each) (30%)
  • Group case study presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Final examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

3 x 1 hour lectures

1 x 1 hour weekly tutorial

1 x 3 hour practical on 4 occasions over the 12 week semester

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT2001 - Health across the lifespan

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Evelyn Volders

Coordinator(s)

Ms Evelyn Volders

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1001, NUT1010, NUT1101 and NUT1102.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in courses M2001, 4530 or 3956.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on health behaviours, growth and development, physical activity and nutritional requirements for groups across the lifespan from infancy to old age. It will focus on normal nutrition, physiology, physical activity and growth and development for lifespan groups and vulnerable groups. The unit will draw on principles from psychology that will allow students to understand how health beliefs, illness and other factors impact on actions. Concepts of health education and promotion will enhance students' knowledge and ability to communicate nutrition messages effectively to groups. The unit will incorporate elements of personal and professional development such as cultural competency, social justice, translation of technical information into practical advice about food and eating, communication skills, reflection and teamwork.

This unit will focus on Theme 3 (Nutrition fundamentals in Health and Disease) and Theme 2 (Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition) and Theme 2 objectives but will also include aspects of Theme 1 (Personal development and professional practice) and Theme 4 (Food: from Science to Systems) with an integrated assessment task and Theme 4 (From Science to System).

Site visits to care settings such as child care and/or aged care will enhance the learning experience and provide an applied real life context to theory.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss and apply links between growth and development and health (including nutrition) and human behaviour across the lifespan;
  2. Develop skills in integrating knowledge into practice consistent with best available evidence in nutritional needs and health education of groups;
  3. Discuss how psychological, cultural, personal, economic and social factors influence health behaviours;
  4. Discuss physical activity guidelines, evidence and recommendations across the lifespan;
  5. Relate the theoretical basis of health education and health promotion to practice;
  6. Plan, implement and evaluate a group education session;
  7. Present an innovative approach to nutrition education for groups;
  8. Apply the knowledge of health education, nutrition and human behaviour to describe, develop and evaluate education resource material;
  9. Extend communication skills in a safe environment considering social, physical and cultural factors;
  10. Practice professional attitudes and behaviours including reflection, self evaluation and team work.

Fieldwork

Students will be expected to complete a child care and an aged care centre visit to fulfill the requirements for this unit.

Assessment

  • Exam (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Menu planning for groups (1,500 words) (15%)
  • Group education assignment and presentations (25%)
  • Professional portfolio development (2,000 words) (20%)

Workload requirements

4 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus.

2 x 2 hours practical sessions/tutorials on campus.

12 hours self study and assessment related work are recommended per week in addition.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT2002 - Applied research methods in nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tracy McCaffrey

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nicole Kellow

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1002, NUT1010, NUT1101 and NUT2001.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

This unit will focus on developing students as researchers. It builds on knowledge and skills developed in Year 1 on the role of evidence in nutrition science, statistics, epidemiology and research methods.It will embrace the concepts and application of systematic literature review and quantitative and qualitative data related to nutrition. Students will be supported to apply and practice these research skills in a safe classroom environment and via hypothetical models while applying real and relevant data collection and analysis tools to current, pertinent and important research questions in nutrition. The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically appraise scientific literature and research methods;
  2. Conduct a hypothetical research study relating to a nutrition issue;
  3. Apply methods of qualitative and quantitative data collection, analysis and communication in controlled environment;
  4. Develop and implement a systematic review protocol for a nutrition related research question;
  5. Synthesise and communicate findings from scientific literature in the field of nutrition.

Assessment

  • Group systematic literature review (4,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Individual scientific report (4,000 - 5,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Assessment task ethics forms (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

3 hours contact per week lectures/tutorials/teaching sessions on campus.

9 hours self study and assessment related work.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT2102 - Food: Science, composition and skills

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tracy McCaffrey

Coordinator(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1010, NUT1101 and NUT1102.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

This unit provides a strong foundation in supporting students to become experts in the area of food - from the cellular scientific makeup and composition to food microbiology, food regulations and standards coupled with skill based acquisition, exploring the diversity of food and eating practices with an application to nutrition and dietetic practice.

Theme 4 (Food from Science to Systems) is the key theme explored in this unit with integration from Theme 1 (Personal Development and Professional Practice) as students extend their skills in cultural competency and communication and the scientific underpinnings from Theme 3 (Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease).

In this unit, students will acquire food preparation skills; become familiar with Australia's diverse foods and modify recipes and menus to meet specific nutritional goals.

Students will gain an appreciation of micro-organisms and the important role they play in food production and in food-borne disease; becoming proficient in risk assessment and safe food handling practices.

They will discuss the regulatory system set up in Australia to control food safety, food labelling and food content and gain experience in evaluating the role of science and politics within the regulatory decision-making process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify foods macronutrient and micronutrient composition from the main food groups and cultures found in Australia and evaluate the impact of globalisation on Australia's food supply.
  2. Demonstrate a basic competence in cooking.
  3. Develop and apply skills in recipe modification to meet specific nutritional goals.
  4. Describe the diversity of microorganisms and discuss their relationships in the context of food, nutrition, health and disease.
  5. Exhibit laboratory skills required to culture and identify micro-organisms.
  6. Describe the role of the Commonwealth and State governments in Australia in formulating, implementing and enforcing modern food law, including international standards.
  7. Explain the format and content of the Australian Food Standards Code including the FSANZ processes required to ensure a safe Australian food supply.
  8. Outline the fundamental principles of toxicology and risk assessment and their application to the setting of standards and the monitoring and surveillance of a safe food supply.
  9. Critically evaluate regulations relating to food labelling, food composition and food-related claims in Australia and assess compliance across the food supply.
  10. Describe the process of HACCP (Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points) in food production and supply and be able to design a HACCP plan.
  11. Develop and apply written and oral communication skills with peers in a supportive environment.

Assessment

  • Food portfolio (30%)
  • Assignments (30%)
  • Exams (40%) (3 hours) (Hurdle)

Hurdle: End of semester exam - MCQ, short answer and essay-style questions.

Workload requirements

24 hours/week including contact hours and private study.

3 x 2 hours lectures/week; one 2 hours practical class or demonstration per week; one 4 hours practical class per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT2103 - Integrated science systems

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Aimee Dordevic
Dr Julia Choate

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1010, NUT1101, NUT1102, NUT1103 & NUT2001

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001

Synopsis

The unit takes a systems approach to understanding the human body and integrates knowledge from human biology, anatomy, physiology and basic cell biology to achieve an understanding of bodily functions. It will give you an understanding of the detailed workings of vital body systems, acting separately and together to ensure the integrated function of the body as a whole. There will be a particular focus on the immune system in this unit and the area of pharmacology will be introduced owing to interactions with nutrition and physiological processes. This unit complements the unit NUT2104 (Nutritional Biochemistry)

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appraise the structure and function of the gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, respiratory, circadian, immune, urinary, skeletal and muscular systems to nutrition, health and disease
  2. Describe the organisation of the human nervous system and differentiate between the roles of the peripheral and central nervous system in normal physiological functioning.
  3. Explain the physiological and biochemical processes associated with the digestion and metabolism of food
  4. Explain neuroendocrine control within the body
  5. Discuss the role of innate and acquired immunity in health and disease.
  6. Describe the pharmacokinetics of common drugs, their distribution and metabolism in the body and their interaction with nutrients
  7. Evaluate the integration of physiological systems and processes within significant nutrition issues relating to health and disease.
  8. Interpret physiological data generated in the laboratory and demonstrate skills in the reporting of laboratory experiments

Assessment

  • 5 x laboratory practicals (20%)
  • Critical essay (3,000 words) (20%)
  • Mid-semester examination (90 minutes) (20%)
  • Final examination (3 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

24 hours a week

4 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus

1 x 3 hours practical on campus

13 hours self study and assessment

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT2104 - Nutritional biochemistry

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Maxine Bonham
Dr Nirma Samarawickrema

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed NUT1010, NUT1101, and NUT1102

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M2001

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide an in depth understanding of the metabolism of macro and micronutrients and of the role of nutrition in influencing cell growth, cancer development, blood formation and gene function.

Emphasis will be on clinical relevance, the integration of biochemical pathways and how this is modulated by dietary change, and on techniques used to assess both normal dietary requirements and nutrient deficiencies.

Students will be introduced to biochemical mechanisms of energy expenditure and storage, including metabolic adaptation to periods of fasting or food intake.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the combined role of macronutrients and micronutrients in maintaining health and the prevention of disease.
  2. Explain carbohydrate, protein and lipid metabolism in the context of the fed and fasting state, hyperglycaemia and alcohol consumption.
  3. Critique the role of micronutrients in the maintenance of blood health, bone health, as an antioxidant and in excitable nerve cells.
  4. Describe the nutritional influences on cell growth, differentiation, programmed cell death and the development of the cancerous cell.
  5. Demonstrate problem based learning skills and the ability to communicate and apply scientific knowledge in relation to nutrition-related scenarios.
  6. Apply the main biochemical, clinical and physical measures for assessing and interpreting the signs and symptoms of nutrient inadequacy and/or deficiency.

Assessment

  • 3 x Laboratory practicals (500 words each) (20%)
  • Group case study presentation (20 mins) and wiki resource (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Final examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 x 1 hour lectures

2 x 1 hour tutorial every week,

1 x 3 hour practical on 2 occasions

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3001 - Evidence based nutrition

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT2001, NUT2002, NUT2102 and NUT2103.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for students to work with an academic supervisor to conduct a focused research project in the broad area of human nutrition. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Nutrition and Dietetics. During this unit you will have the opportunity to utilise and apply knowledge and intellectual, practical and other skills acquired throughout your studies to enable you to undertake your research project. A major output of this unit is the final project report.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Apply appropriate research methods in order to carry out scientific research and recognise the significance and relevance of the data and results obtained.
  2. Integrate knowledge in the identification, description, analysis and solution of a research problem in the field of human nutrition.
  3. Articulate clear research aims, methods and rationale.
  4. Show appropriate skills in applying methods and techniques relevant to your chosen project.
  5. Show initiative and independence, and manage your time and resources effectively to complete a project within allocated time scales.
  6. Utilise relevant information sources for the planning, conduct and writing up of a project.
  7. Maintain accurate, accessible records of data collection, decisions made and their rationale in a reflective workbook.
  8. Utilise suitable software packages for data manipulation and the preparation of typewritten documents.
  9. Evaluate the experimental approach adopted and recognise its strengths and limitations, and compare and integrate your project findings with findings from previous work reported in the literature or elsewhere.
  10. Prepare a structured, coherent project submission, via a series of drafts that are subject to repeated improvement and updating.
  11. Engage in critical discussion of the conduct of your project and the significance of its findings in an oral defence (three minute thesis).

Assessment

  • Oral presentation (10%)
  • Submission of thesis or systematic review:
    • Project proposal 20%
    • Scientific paper 50%

    Total: 70% (Hurdle)

  • Reflective workbook or laboratory notebook (10%)
  • Supervisor report (10%)

Workload requirements

24 hours per week of project work and private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3002 - Nutrition, activity and health in chronic diseases

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nicole Kellow

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed all units in NUT2001, NUT2002, NUT2102 and NUT2103;

OR must have passed NUT1011 and two from BCH2022, BMS2021, BMS2031, HSC1101, HSC1102, PHY2032 or PHY2042.

Master of Dietetics students are exempt from pre-requisites.

Synopsis

Diet and disease is an integrated study of the role of diet in the causation and treatment of chronic diseases that are endemic in westernised societies. This unit builds upon the scientific concept of disease aetiology explored in Integrated Science Systems (BND2103) and the critical interpretation of scientific literature and research skills developed in years 1 and 2. Learners will explore the epidemiology of the major nutrition related diseases, their causal pathways and population based recommendation for prevention. The rationale for the application of dietary modifications for patients with specific disease states and the means of evaluating dietary treatment is explored. Nutrition related emerging issues in disease aetiology and management are also explored and the emphasis on the important role of genetic susceptibility in nutrition science is continued.

Student centered teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content. Students' participation as adult learners will be encouraged through the curricula with emphasis on extending their scientific communication skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Assess the role, benefits and limitations of diet, activity and lifestyle in aetiology, prevention and management of chronic diseases;
  2. Evaluate the efficacy of population-based interventions to manage chronic diseases.
  3. Appraise the functional role of nutraceuticals in disease management and prevention;
  4. Apply epidemiology, medical and nutritional principles in the nutritional assessment and management of chronic lifestyle related diseases conditions;
  5. Discuss emerging trends in diet related disease risk and treatment approaches;
  6. Synthesise the scientific evidence using an evidence based approach.

Assessment

  • Scientific Essay (2,000-2,500 words) (30%)
  • Development of Evidence-based Resource (A4 page - double-sided) & user-guide (750 words) (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures: 3-4 hours/week, Tutorials: 1 hour/week, SDL: 10 hours/week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3003 - Exercise physiology and sports nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ricardo Costa

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT2103; OR

NUT1011 and two units from BCH2022, BMS2021, BMS2031, HSC1101, HSC1102, PHY2032 or PHY2042.

Synopsis

This unit is focused on students' developing knowledge, skills, and competencies to critically evaluate current developments in sport and exercise nutrition, targeting both health and sports performance outcomes in a variety of populations. The scientific disciplines of exercise physiology, biochemistry and immunology will be emphasised as students critically evaluate the underlying evidence supporting benchmark nutritional guidelines and recommendations given to individuals/groups partaking in exercise. Laboratory sessions will provide practical experience of various anthropometrical, nutritional and hydration assessment techniques; alongside applying knowledge of area specific theories into practice through a kitchen laboratory session. Particular reference to the roles and responsibilities of the sport and exercise nutrition expert when working in multi-disciplinary teams will be emphasised.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate the role of macro- and micro-nutrients in human energy transfer systems active during different types of exercise, and recognise the nutritional implications;
  2. Appraise the effect exercise and the environment have on various body systems and body composition;
  3. Evaluate nutritional and hydration assessment techniques in sport and exercise;
  4. Assess nutritional, hydration and exercise requirements for active individuals performing at different sporting activities and levels and develop appropriate exercise and nutrition regimes;
  5. Critically appraise the evidence base to justify food, fluid, supplement and other management strategies for improving sport and exercise performance.

Assessment

  • Critical Essay (2500 words) 40%
  • Laboratory Practical Reports (3 x 500 words) 20%
  • Case Study (1000 words) 20%
  • Oral Presentation (20 minutes) 20%

Workload requirements

12 x 2 hour per week lectures/tutorials on campus, 12 x 2 hour per week seminars on campus (delivered twice, seminar groups A and B), 3 x 3 hour practical sessions (physiology, hydration, kitchen lab) - (delivered twice, seminar groups A and B).

36 hours self-study and formative/summative assessment related work.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3004 - Nutrition controversies

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kate Huggins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT2001 and NUT2002; OR HSC1101, HSC1102 and NUT1011; OR Must have passed NUT1011 and two units BCH2022, BMS2021, BMS2031, HSC1101, HSC1102, PHY2032 or PHY2042.

Synopsis

Nutrition controversies will focus on developing student's fundamental scientific knowledge and critical reasoning skills in the area of nutritional science. Building from earlier units that taught principles relating to evaluation of evidence and advanced research methodologies combined with a solid background in physiology, immunology and biochemistry this unit will link diet and disease outcomes using available evidence.

This unit will enable nutritionists to develop an appreciation for the controversial and unresolved nature of the reported associations between dietary factors and disease processes by providing the opportunity for in-depth, critical evaluation of the underpinning evidence and identification of unresolved questions and/or alternative opinions. Examples of current nutritional controversies will be drawn from topics studied across the range of other units on the course and students allocated to two topics.

Teaching activities in this unit will have an emphasis on student centered enquiry supported by a series of student-led seminars and discussions and a written synthesis of assigned topics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Detail the scientific background and current consensus of opinion in a selected area of controversial research in human nutrition.
  2. Identify the major sources of nutritional literature in a systemic way in order to collect information in a selected topic.
  3. Critically evaluate scientific evidence underpinning a selected area of research in human nutrition.
  4. Discuss scientific literature and draw reasoned conclusions.
  5. Formulate an opinion based on a critical review of the existing evidence for a specific topic in topics related to human nutrition.
  6. Engage in critical discussions on the nutritional controversies assigned.
  7. Competently communicate scientific knowledge and understanding in oral and written formats.

Assessment

  • Critical report 1 and 2 (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Oral presentation 1 and 2 (40%)

Workload requirements

Seminars: 2 hours/week, Tutorials: 1 hour/week, SDL: 10 hours/week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3005 - Nutrition assessment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tracy McCaffrey

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection priority for students taking Bachelor of Nutrition Science.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed all of NUT2001, NUT2102 and NUT2103; or Must have passed all of HSC1101, HSC1102 and NUT1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition Science or Bachelor of Health Science.

Synopsis

Monitoring and evaluation are essential components of determining nutritional status both at the individual and population level. Therefore the interpretation of information from dietary, laboratory, anthropometric and clinical studies is central to the work of nutrition science students. In this unit, students will examine the methodological applications and limitations surrounding dietary assessment, body composition and biochemical tests. Students will be enabled to critically employ research skills when analysing nutrition related data by identifying appropriate methods, in terms of precision, validity and reproducibility for assessing dietary intake, body composition and nutritional status using biochemical tests. Students will be exposed to a number of anthropometric and dietary intake methods, as well as nutrition screening tools routinely used in both the clinical and research settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate techniques used to assess food consumption at national, household and individual levels.
  2. Utilise a variety of nutritional assessment methods (anthropometry, biochemistry and diet) to determine precision, reproducibility and validity.
  3. Evaluate nutritional status by interpreting relevant biochemical and pathology tests.
  4. Critically appraise the techniques used to estimate nutritional requirements of population subgroups.
  5. Utilise nutrition screening tools to determine nutritional status of population subgroups.
  6. Employ effective qualitative and quantitative research skills in analysing nutrition-related data.

Assessment

  • Report 1: Nutritional assessment (3,000 word equivalent, 50%); (hurdle)
  • Report 2: Body composition & anthropometric measures (2,000 word equivalent, 30%);
  • Mid-semester exam (1.5 hrs, 20%);
  • Nutritional Assessment Reflection (Formative);
  • Lab test summary (Formative)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 6 hours per week of interactive lectures and workshops + 6 hours self-directed learning and completion of assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3006 - Food sustainability systems

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Liza Barbour

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection priority for students taking Bachelor of Nutrition Science.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed both NUT1002 and NUT2102 or all three of HSC1101, HSC1102 and NUT1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition Science or Bachelor of Health Science.

Synopsis

This unit aims to explore the sustainability of the food supply and its impact on health. Students will learn about the components of the food supply system (from paddock to plate) and the factors, including economic, social, political and environmental that drive and influence the food system. Students will compare and contrast the agricultural, retail and consumption differences between an industrial and a local food system. Exposure to several programs and initiatives which aim to mitigate the environmental effects of food production and create a more sustainable food supply with support learning. The impact of environmental challenges, such as climate change, drought and salinity, and the impact of national policy decisions on the food system will be explored. Students will be exposed to the views of the food industry, economists and public health experts on food sustainability and explore their own food intake patterns and its impact on the environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the Australian food system and critically evaluate the influences on this system.
  2. Compare and contrast social, economic and environmental differences between an industrial and local food system.
  3. Evaluate the impact of population and individual nutrition and health messages on the food supply.
  4. Describe the impact of food waste and discuss strategies to minimise food waste in food service and household settings.
  5. Evaluate the political, economic, health and environmental drivers impacting on the international food system.
  6. Explore opportunities for beneficial social, environmental and nutritional change to the Australian food supply.

Assessment

  • Exam (Multiple choice and short answer) (2 hours) (30%)
  • Individual food eco-friendly food challenge (1,000 words) and resource (500 words) (30%)
  • Local food system audit (3,000 words) (40%)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 4 hours per week of interactive lectures and workshops + 8 hours self-directed learning and completion of assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3007 - Work placement

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tracy McCaffrey

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is based on submission of an expression of interest addressing key criteria required for work placement.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)

Prerequisites

NUT2001, NUT2002, NUT2102 and NUT2103.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition Science.

Notes

Expression of Interest requirements are available on the Department Moodle Page.

Allocation to placements where possible will be based on student preferences. Companies have the right to interview students or delegate responsibility to the Department.

The Department reserves the right to make the final decision.

Synopsis

This unit allows students to undertake a work placement within their degree discipline for 12 weeks. The work placement will provide students with the opportunity to gain practical experience in real-life settings. Students will undertake approved projects for an employer, which will contribute to the organisation and facilitate the development of work place skills and application of knowledge to a practical situation. Students will develop understanding and skills relevant to job planning, time management and the requirements of working with others in a position of responsibility. To receive academic credit, students must complete the work tasks assigned to them as part of their placement. They must also complete a series of academic assessment tasks under the joint supervision of a representative of the sponsor and an academic from the Faculty.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Accept responsibility for and manage, implement and evaluate their personal and professional development and show a commitment to life-long learning.
  2. Demonstrates insight and makes plans for continuous professional development in collaboration with peers and mentors to advance learning in Nutrition Science.
  3. Use negotiation, teamwork and conflict resolution skills to promote best practice.
  4. Critically evaluate relevant scientific evidence, communicate and apply findings to practice.
  5. Create solutions which match and solve problems identified in professional setting.
  6. Adopt effective project management, team work and communication skills and work effectively within the placement organisation.
  7. Adopt a questioning and critical approach in all aspects of project work.
  8. Organise, establish and document data, process and communication on a nutrition science issue into written reports and oral presentations to acceptable professional standards.

Fieldwork

Placement component: 3 days a week for 11 weeks to be split between a number of work placement sites. Travel requirements: Domestic travel to some work placement sites may be required (dependent on placement site).

Assessment

  • Project proposal (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Project report (1,500 words) (50%)
  • Project presentation (10 minutes) with reflective account (1,000 words) (20%)
  • Supervisor report (Ungraded) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

3 days (22.8 hours) per week (weeks 2-12) on work placement.

Notional hours of effort of the work placements is equivalent to at least 6 credit points.

8 hours classroom teaching (4 x 2hr sessions) total. Full day project presentations end of semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3008 - Biochemistry, genetics and molecular nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Maxine Bonham

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chiara Murgia

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT2103, and NUT2002 or equivalent

Or

BMS1062 and BMS2021

Or

MCB2011

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to enable students to explore the molecular mechanisms by which nutrients and other food components affect metabolism and cell function.

The unit focuses on the biochemical role of essential nutrients in metabolism, their role in the aetiology of major chronic diseases with postulated nutritional involvement in disease mechanisms.

This unit will reinforce the concepts of nutritional genomics and epigenetics by presenting relevant examples from recent scientific literature and provide students with the competence to interrogate on-line gene databases to answer real life questions.

Special attention will be placed on translating this knowledge into practice and on its limitations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course it is expected that you will be able to:

  1. Explain the biochemical roles of the essential nutrients in metabolism
  2. Explain the role of nutrients and other food components in the modulation of gene expression on a global scale (Nutrigenomics and Epigenetics)
  3. Evauate the interaction between food components and genetic factors that influence biochemical pathways and health and susceptibility to disease (Nutrigenetics and Epigenetics).
  4. Illustrate how genomics-aided developments can improve the nutritional quality of foods
  5. Integrate and generate biochemical and nutritional science knowledge in professional context such as personalised nutrition

Assessment

  • Practical class worksheet (30%)
  • Wiki page (10%)
  • Mid-semester exam (1.5 hours) (20%)
  • Final examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 hours face-to-face/online/week

2 hours computer workshops/week

2 hours teacher - directed learning/week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT3082 - Public health nutrition

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Claire Palermo

Coordinator(s)

Liza Barber

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT1010, NUT1002 and NUT1102. Master of Dietetics students are exempt from pre-requisites.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M2001.

Synopsis

This unit will review the concepts and approaches of population health in the context of nutrition. The content will explore current public health nutrition practice issues related to priority issues such as obesity, food security and the food supply. A systems based, health promotion framework to addressing priority nutrition issues will be discussed and current public health nutrition practice will be evaluated. Students will explore the political foundations of public health policy in Australia including the impact of public health policies and will develop skills in policy analysis and public health advocacy. This unit will provide students with the foundations knowledge in preparation for the development of skills of the practice of public health nutrition. The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and influences on population health and nutrition coupled with partial integration of content from Theme 4: Food: from science to systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the current key public health nutrition priorities and issues in Australia and the policy frameworks that support these.
  2. Appraise the political, environmental, social and economic influences on public health nutrition goals and practice.
  3. Explore opportunities for beneficial social, environmental and nutritional change to the Australian food supply.
  4. Evaluate how public health policy may influence food consumption and nutrition status.
  5. Apply a socio-ecological, systems based approach to understanding and managing population nutrition issues.
  6. Employ best practice frameworks and approaches for planning, implementation and evaluation of these issues in the development of nutrition interventions.
  7. Explain the use of and process of public health advocacy and apply the advocacy framework to a current public health nutrition issue.

Assessment

  • Advocacy discussion paper (Individual) (1500 words) (30%)
  • Policy analysis (Group) - Written assignment (3,000 words) (20%) and Oral presentation (15 minutes) (20%)
  • Exam (Individual) (2 hours) (30%)

Workload requirements

Week 1 - 4 x 6 hours workshops, Weeks 2 to 9 - 3 hours per week (interactive classes and tutorials) ^ hours self-directed study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT4111 - Research skills

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Helen Truby

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kate Huggins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

A weekly course over 12 weeks on research skills including: study design, use of relevant databases, statistical analysis software, how to search and summarise the scientific literature, best practice in data presentation, qualitative and quantitative data analysis and skills in evidenced based review and critical analysis of scientific writing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explain different study designs and major methodologies used for quantitative and qualitative research, and interpret data drawn from the scientific literature relating to nutrition;
  2. explain the procedure of how to perform a comprehensive evidenced-based systematic literature review;
  3. display competency in the use of relevant databases, spreadsheets and statistical analysis software;
  4. explain the issues covered in making a submission to an ethics committee for approval of research projects; and
  5. communicate through a range of modes including: scientific discussions, oral presentation and written work.

Assessment

Assessment from NUT4111 will contribute to 15% to the final mark for Bachelor of Nutrition (Honours) degree comprising:

  • Critique of a scientific paper & ethical review - Quantitative method (2,500 words) (45%)
  • Critique of a scientific paper & ethical review - Qualitative methods (2,500 words (45%)
  • MCQ (1 hour) (10%)

Workload requirements

Lecture/tutorials: 2 hours per week; assignments and self-directed learning: 8 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT4121 - Honours research project 1

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Helen Truby

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kate Huggins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor for the Nutrition and Dietetics unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. This unit will include the components of literature review and description of methods. Students will present their research proposal in a seminar format.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. gain experience in undertaking an evidenced-based review of the scientific literature in their discipline;
  2. discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the proposed study design for their research project;
  3. describe the methodology required for their research project and summarise the logistical process involved in data collection;
  4. outline the main statistical methods that will be used in their research project and demonstrate competency in using the software programs required for these analyses; and
  5. demonstrate a high level of competency in oral communication skills to a specialist scientific audience.

Assessment

Assessment from NUT4121 will contribute 20% to the final mark for Bachelor of Nutrition (Honours) comprising:

  • Evidenced-based literature review (100%)*
  • Oral research proposal
  • Draft methods chapter

*Note that full quantitative assessment of this task will be undertaken at the end of Semester 2 in conjunction with Thesis examination.

Workload requirements

Research project related work: 36 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


NUT4122 - Honours research project 2

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Nutrition, Dietetics and Food

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Helen Truby

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kate Huggins

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

NUT4111, NUT4121.

Synopsis

Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor from the Nutrition and Dietetic unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. This unit will include data collection and analysis and Thesis preparation. Students will present their research results in a seminar format.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. execute and analyse a research project, or analyse a set of studies;
  2. proficiently use computer based data manipulation, analysis, presentation and word processing;
  3. write up scientific work in a report suitable for publication;
  4. demonstrate well developed communication skills in both oral and written presentation to specialist scientific audience; and
  5. demonstrate a range of technical skills related to the research process appropriate for their project.

Assessment

Assessment from NUT4122 will contribute to 65% to the final mark for Bachelor of Nutrition (Honours) comprising:

  • Written thesis (Not more than 20,000 words) (100%)
  • Oral thesis presentation (formative)

Workload requirements

Research project related work: 42 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC1011 - Professional issues

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown
Mr Luke Robinson

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Notes

  • You are required to provide evidence of completing a Standard First Aid course;
  • You are required to provide evidence of compliance with FMNHS immunization policy requirements to Student Services;
  • You are required to provide evidence of Working with Children approval to Student Services;
  • You are required to provide evidence of Fit to Work / Police Check to Student Services.

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the skills necessary to describe the role of an occupational therapist as distinct from other health professionals. Students will learn to demonstrate appropriate professional behaviour and beginner's competency with specific early clinical skills. The unit will support students to develop an awareness of the legal, cultural and ethical issues of practice, and begin to understand and articulate some of the challenges faced by clients/consumers of health services.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. describe ethical and legal issues pertinent to a practicing occupational therapist;
  2. demonstrate effective communication and interview skills for practice;

    Theme 2: Population Society and Health

  3. consider concepts of disability and appreciate the impact of disability upon the individual;

    Theme 4: Applied Practice

  4. develop competent pre-clinical skills in client handling, equipment use and prescription, and the correct use of mobility techniques;
  5. examine safety and basic infection control issues in the workplace;
  6. apply task and activity analysis to the occupational therapy practice context.

Assessment

Assessment

  • Disability experience reflective assignment (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Team building video assignment (in collaboration with physiotherapy students) (20%)
  • Professional Issues Essay (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Class tests x 2 (2 x 1 hour) (20% each x 2 = 40%)

Hurdle requirements:

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Completion of disability experience (e.g., visual impairment, limited mobility) (2 hours).
  • Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private study: 8 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC1012 - Occupational science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lisa Murphy
Dr Alana Hewitt

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC1011.

Synopsis

Students will learn about the principles and mechanisms underlying the relationship between persons, their environments and occupations; and how it relates to human health and wellbeing. The concept of occupation will be described, and how people shape and are shaped by their engagement in occupation and their environmental context. Students will engage in experiential exercises to support their learning of concepts, including participation in a community-based volunteering experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe and explain classifications of human occupation, and how the interaction of person-environment-occupation relates to health and wellbeing.
  2. Examine issues relevant to a health professional as well as reflect upon work completed as a team after participation in a community-based volunteering experience.
  3. Identify data collection methods, collect and analyse data on the occupational performance of self and others.
  4. Locate, retrieve and use resources to identify the relationship between persons, their environments and occupations.
  5. Locate, retrieve and use resources relevant to occupational science and identify key issues and concepts for practice.
  6. Demonstrate effective presentation skills in written, visual and verbal modes.

Assessment

  • Group Oral presentation (20 minutes) (30%)
  • Written essay (2,000 words) (35%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (35%)

Hurdle requirements

Participation in community-based volunteering experience.

Workload requirements

Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private study: 4 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC1021 - Psychology for occupational therapy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

PSY1011.

Synopsis

This unit explores psychological theory and research relevant to the practice of occupational therapy, including psychological perspectives on stress, illness, and functioning. Grounded in a biopsychosocial model of health and wellbeing, this introductory unit provides students with an overview of the major psychological approaches e.g. psychodynamic, developmental, cognitive, social psychology, etc., and examines how each provides insight into the challenges and issues experienced by individuals, carers, families and communities. This unit also introduces students to the methods of inquiry and assumptions of theory associated with the science of psychology. The relevance of the discipline of psychology to occupational therapy thinking and practice is emphasised.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and discuss key psychological theories, concepts, and perspectives applicable to a biopsychosocial model of health and wellbeing;
  2. Identify and discuss the differences among the various psychological approaches (i.e. psychodynamic, developmental cognitive, behavioural, social, personality, etc.), and how each is related to occupational therapy thinking and practice;
  3. Articulate the relevance of psychology to practice including the role of biopsychosocial forces in shaping more approaches to daily life
  4. Explain how psychological theory and research can be applied to issues such as stress, illness, and functioning;
  5. Critically evaluate information obtained from research, the broader community and the media; and
  6. Identify, evaluate and integrate psychological knowledge in the preparation of assessment tasks set, including the correct use of APA 6th edition referencing.

Assessment

5 x In-class tests (4% each) (20%)

Essay (2,500 words) (35%)

Examination (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC1022 - Foundations of occupational therapy practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Synopsis

The unit introduces student to the historical origins of the use of occupation as theory and the theory of core elements of occupational therapy intervention. Current theoretical concepts and models underpinning occupational therapy practice will be explored along with the occupational therapy problem solving and clinical reasoning process. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will learn the problem solving strategies that will support their learning in occupational therapy intervention units elsewhere in the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Describe the principles of client-centred occupational therapy practice;
  2. Explain the key skills that contribute to critical appraisal, critical reasoning and critical thinking skills in scenario/case-based learning;

    Theme 3: Fundamental knowledge for the Health Sciences

  3. Explain the clinical reasoning processes used in occupational therapy;
  4. Describe how different health models and occupational therapy intervention methods may be applied to occupational therapy practice;
  5. Identify how key theoretical models of human occupation (e.g., MOHO, PEO, CMOP-E, OTPF-III) relate to client-centred occupational therapy;

    Theme 5: Research

  6. Locate, retrieve and use resources that inform understanding about health and occupational issues.

Assessment

Formative assessment

Completion of review quizzes in tutorial sessions.

Individual presentation for peer and tutor feedback on a scenario-based learning case

Summative assessment

  • Critique of an occupational therapy assessment (2,000 words) (30%) Occupational model case analysis essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • 4 x Invigilated class tests (30 minutes each) (10% each) (40%) (hurdle)

Additional hurdle requirements

80% attendance at scheduled unit tutorials

Workload requirements

Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week,

Private Study: 4 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC1032 - Development across the lifespan

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Dr Aislinn Lalor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Development across the lifespan examines how individuals change and develop as they age - from infancy to old age. This unit explores the psychological and occupational processes inherent in development, and in doing so examines the progressive cognitive, emotional, behavioural, psychosocial and occupational changes that occur with age. A broad range of topics are covered by this unit, including: motor skill and other psycho-physiological developmental processes, problem solving, language acquisition, abstract thought, identity development and formation, and relationships.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Articulate and contrast contemporary developmental lifespan concepts, theories and research;
  2. Identify and discuss the physical, cognitive, emotional, behavioural, social and occupational aspects of development across the lifespan, and the influence on development of external factors;
  3. Analyse observations and critique these in relation to developmental theories about typical childhood occupations;
  4. Explain challenges common to adolescence and other lifespan transition points;
  5. Explain the changes that can occur in early, middle, and older adulthood and consider how these changes affect individuals' cognitive, emotional and occupational functioning and psychosocial wellbeing; and,
  6. Identify and describe types of research frameworks and approaches applied in contemporary developmental lifespan research.

Assessment

  • Written report (1,500 words) (35%)
  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Final examination (2 hours) (35%)

Workload requirements

6 hours of teacher directed study per week, including 2 hours of seminars, 2 hours of tutorials, and 2 hours of online interactive content.

6 hours of self-directed study per week.

Total per week = 12 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC2012 - Foundation clinical sciences for occupational therapy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Eli Chu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Andrew Neil Davies

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMA1902

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in M3001

Must be taken concurrently with OCC2014

Synopsis

This unit builds on foundation anatomy and physiology units BMA1901 and BMA1902 and aims to provide students with an understanding of functional anatomy and pathophysiology to inform the practice of Occupational Therapy.

The unit provides advanced study of functional musculoskeletal anatomy, functional brain and spinal cord anatomy.

The unit includes an introduction to neurochemistry and pharmacology and the pathophysiology of cerebrovascular accidents and traumatic brain, spinal and nerve injury.

The function of the central nervous system is studied in relation to cognition and behaviour, including age-related changes, memory, altered states such as sleep, and the neurobiology of mental illness, in particular, autism and schizophrenia.

Students will learn through lectures and workshops with an emphasis on case-cased learning.

Assessment includes a written and practical exam, peer-review and quizzes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the musculoskeletal anatomy related to movement and apply anatomical principles to determine function and common pathology
  2. Explain the functions and structure of the nervous system in relation to cognition, affect, memory formation and motor control.
  3. Discuss the pathophysiology and clinical consequences of stroke and traumatic brain, spinal and nerve injury;
  4. Evaluate the basic neurochemistry, use and action of different classes of psychoactive drugs and explain the potential issues relating to occupational therapy.
  5. Explain the mechanisms and consequences of mental/psychosocial, physical and social capacities of humans across the lifespan.
  6. Evaluate body functions, body structures and related clinical conditions and the applications to occupational performance challenges for clients of occupational therapy.

Assessment

  • Online quizzes (10%)
  • Group Presentations (30%)
  • Practical Examination (1 hour) (25%)
  • Written Examination (2 hours) (35%)

Hurdle: Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit

Workload requirements

4 hours per week contact time plus 4 to 8 hours private study.

Lectures: 2 hours

Workshop: 2 hours

Private study: reviewing material including online resources; preparing class presentation.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC2013 - Introduction to occupational therapy professional practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Dr Eli Chu

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC1012, OCC1021, OCC1032, OCC1022, BMA1902

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Taken concurrently or post completion of:

Synopsis

This unit will prepare students for fieldwork education and includes clinical reasoning in relation to the practice activities they engage in and observe.

Students will apply theoretical knowledge to the practice environment, learn to gather relevant client information, demonstrate client-centred practice principles, and demonstrate basic documentation skills (including progress notes and intervention goals and objectives).

Self-management skills and communication skills with clients and co-workers will be developed in a professional setting and students will reflect and be provided with feedback within both academic and clinical contexts.

Students will also gain experience in critiquing assessment tools that occupational therapists use in a practice context as well as gain skills in clinical documentation needed for practice settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe and apply the principles of client-centred practice, the clinical reasoning process and key theoretical models of human occupation related to the occupational therapy practice settings.
  2. Explain the role and contribution of different health professionals within a team
  3. Use self-reflection practices and constructive feedback to modify behaviour
  4. Select, administer, appraise and critique assessment tools and assessment methods used in occupational therapy practice
  5. Demonstrate proficient information gathering and professional documentation skills related to occupational therapy practice in clinical settings
  6. Demonstrate respectful and professional behaviour in both academic and clinical environments including health care team members, consumers, carers, fieldwork supervisors, and academic staff

Fieldwork

Each student enrols in this unit will need to attend a 5 days per week for 3 weeks (total 15 days) fieldwork placement in a clinical setting.

Assessment

  • Review and comparison of two clinical assessment tools (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Clinical/fieldwork workbook (3,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Report writing assignment (1,000 words) (30%)

Additional hurdle requirements:

  • Attendance of 80% of seminar, practicums, workshops is required to pass the unit.
  • Submission of completed "Human Library" activity worksheets.
  • Attendance of two simulation workshops.
  • Completion of 15 days fieldwork placement as evaluated through the Student
  • Placement Evaluation From revised (SPER-F).
  • Completion and submission of SPEF-R, time sheet and Student review of Placement for the fieldwork placement.

Workload requirements

6 hours of teacher directed learning including 3.5 hours of scheduled classes, and 6 hours of self-directed study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC2014 - Occupational performance, capabilities and components

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Eli Chu

Coordinator(s)

Aislinn Lalor
Lisa Murphy

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC1012, OCC1021, OCC1032, OCC1022, BMA1902

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001

Must be taken concurrently with OCC2012

Synopsis

The unit uses an integrated scenario/case-based learning approach.

Students are introduced to mechanisms and consequences of problems related to mental, sensory, cardiovascular, respiratory, neurological and biomechanical capacities that underpin occupational engagement and occupational performance.

Students integrate this knowledge into occupational therapy and related theories/models of practice.

They develop clinical questions, and acquire knowledge and skills from the process of describing and evaluating occupational performance, and assessing occupational engagement/performance. Students will explore different contexts in which participation in occupation takes place.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Apply critical appraisal, critical reasoning and critical thinking skills to occupational therapy scenario-based learning
  2. Clearly articulate to clients the specialist contribution of occupational therapy to health service intervention
  3. Describe occupational justice issues in the allocation and distribution of resources within services
  4. Recognise the rights of consumers and carers and integrate their lived experience of health needs into service planning and delivery
  5. Apply key theoretical models of human occupation to client-centred occupational therapy assessment, and goal setting
  6. Appraise occupational therapy assessment tools and apply them in clinical contexts to evaluate occupational performance and occupational engagement
  7. Describe and apply the principles of occupational analysis and grading and adaptation of occupations to a therapy situation
  8. Locate, retrieve and use resources to inform decision making about health and occupational issues.

Assessment

  • Scenario-based occupational analysis assessment (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Practice skill test (ROM/MMT) (10 minutes) (10%) (hurdle)
  • 2 x 10 minute case scenario oral presentations (10% total)
  • Written in-semester examination (2 hours) (30%)
  • Written/oral examination (2 hours) (30%)
  • 2 x self-evaluations of group participation (hurdle)
  • Attendance at 80% of tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars (hurdle)

Workload requirements

On campus: Total 12 hours scheduled per week. This includes:

  • 6 hours Scenario Based Learning (SBL) tutorials
  • 2 hours lecture/on-line
  • 4 hours practicum.

Off campus: 12 hours self-directed study per week. This time will involve research and preparation required for SBLs, pre-readings and tasks for practicum and SBLs.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC2020 - Enabling occupation: Performance challenges 1A

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Dr Eli Chu

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

(OCC2012, OCC2013 and OCC2014) OR (OCC2011)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Synopsis

This is the first unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises integrated case based learning with some time spent in facilities to consolidate application of knowledge into practice. Students will begin to describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for clients with problems related to capacities to engage in activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation), and evidence-based practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the Canadian Model of Occupational Performance and Engagement (CMOP-E) and the Canadian Practice Process Framework (CPPF) to typical occupational therapy practice scenarios addressing different areas of practice;
  2. Apply and explain typical occupational therapy theories, intervention strategies, methods and modalities used with clients of occupational therapy;
  3. Describe common musculoskeletal, medical, surgical, neurological, mental and psychosocial disease processes relevant to clients of occupational therapy in the context of their occupational sequelae;
  4. Design technical drawings of home modifications, evaluate these relative to clients' needs and communicate recommendations to home modification;
  5. Construct an orthosis using the principles of orthotic fabrication and justify design, manufacture and application of a specific orthosis;
  6. Select, measure, prescribe and use appropriate assistive equipment to create recommendations for increased occupational participation and performance in typical client scenarios;
  7. Integrate evidence-based practice with a client-centred approach to recommend relevant occupational therapy intervention strategies and services;
  8. Write relevant, concise and comprehensive reports and substantiate both written and oral reports with information from assessments, observations and interviews;
  9. Define and describe search strategies to identify the principles of evidence based practice and use the best available evidence for typical occupational therapy scenarios.

Fieldwork

45 hour volunteering community based experience.

Assessment

  • Critically evaluate splint (5%)
  • Technical drawing of home environment (12.5%)
  • Office/workplace assessment assignment (1,500 words) (10%)
  • 2 x Exam (1 hour each) (Short answer and MCQ) (40%)
  • Written exam (1 hour) and oral exam (30 minutes) (30%)
  • Peer assessor in oral examination (2.5%)

Hurdle

Attendance at 80% of scenario-based tutorials, seminars, workshops, practical skills classes (including IPE week), seminars, and community based experience hours.

The manufacture of splints as directed

  • Completion of two self-evaluations of participation in scenario-based learning groups.
  • Completion of evaluation of group process for each scenario-based learning case covered.
  • Completion of reflection assignment on community based experiences to a satisfactory standard.
  • Submission of a time sheet documenting hours at the community based clinical experience.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC2022 - Skills for evidence based practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown
Dr Alana Hewitt

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate the usefulness, relevance and quality of research evidence related to occupational therapy professional practice. Components of evidence-based practice will be introduced related to occupational therapy. Quantitative and qualitative research methodology approaches that underpin evidence-based practice will also be introduced. You will be guided through the process of how to ask clinically relevant questions, search for evidence, and critically appraise published research studies. The Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) for both quantitative and qualitative studies will be used to evaluate the relevant evidence. The process used to complete a critically appraised paper (CAP) will also be introduced. This will provide the foundation for you to integrate clinically relevant evidence into your daily professional practice as well as providing you with the skills required for analysing the issues dealt with in the scenario-based learning context used in OCC2020, OCC3030, and OCC3052.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise the relevance of research in occupational therapy practice;
  2. Explain the role of theory in occupational therapy research;
  3. Describe and apply knowledge of quantitative and qualitative research paradigms relevant to occupational therapy practice;
  4. Evaluate and apply general measurement concepts: levels of measurement, reliability, validity;
  5. Apply basic parametric and non-parametric statistics;
  6. Describe, apply and evaluate qualitative research methodologies and methods;
  7. Discuss ethical issues and practices related to research;
  8. Apply and implement skills related to gathering and interpreting evidence from empirical literature to support professional and clinical practice;
  9. Apply and integrate principles outlined in the Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) related to quantitative studies and qualitative studies to critique evidence.

Assessment

Summative tasks:

  • Data base search strategy for one research question using a variety of data bases (20%)
  • Quantitative and Qualitative MOTRECF Proforma to appraise a research article (3,000 words) (40%)
  • Short answer test #1 (1 hour) (15%)
  • Short answer test #2 (1 hour) (15%)
  • Evidence-based practice video (10%)

Hurdle tasks:

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
  • Critically appraise components of quantitative research articles using the MOTRECF format.
  • Critically appraise components of qualitative research articles using the MOTRECF format.
  • Completion of review test questions in tutorial sessions & online.

Workload requirements

Lecture component: 3 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 3 hours per week, Private study: 4 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3000 - Enabling occupation: Fieldwork experience 1B

0 points, SCA Band 2, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

So Sin Sim

Coordinator(s)

Karen Dixon
Dr Mong-Lin Yu

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

(OCC2020, OCC2012, OCC2013 and OCC2014) OR (OCC2011 and OCC2020)

Co-requisites

OCC3031.

Synopsis

Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours) must complete fieldwork placements to satisfy the professional requirements that a sufficient period of supervised practice be completed prior to graduation and application for registration issued by the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency. This 6 week fieldwork placement unit plays an important part in consolidating student application of professional knowledge, attitudes and skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Take responsibility for own attitudes and behaviour, as demonstrated by acknowledging prejudices, limitations, and lack of knowledge, and commitment to change and growth as a result of professional development, and reflective learning.
  2. Demonstrate skills in self-assessment and be able to act on feedback received, as well as provide constructive feedback to others in a practice situation.
  3. Apply to practice the occupational therapy theories on the relationship between the person, the environment (physical, social, institutional and cultural) and occupation as the basis for occupational therapy practice.
  4. Synthesise the complex interacting factors that contribute to notions of culture and cultural relationships, health and illness and multicultural diversity to professional practice and citizenship.
  5. Describe, critique and apply best evidence available for occupational therapy individual and group intervention strategies, methods and modalities used with clients of occupational therapy presenting with occupational performance challenges.
  6. Demonstrate integrated professional reasoning (involving the threshold concepts of purposeful and meaningful occupation, client-centred/family centred practice, occupational therapy theory and practice, identity as an occupational therapist, and thinking critically, reasoning and reflecting) in the development and implementation of occupationally relevant intervention strategies.
  7. Write relevant, concise and comprehensive reports and substantiate both written and oral reports with information from assessments, observations and interviews.
  8. Communicate and work collaboratively with clients and all staff, including other members of the team, and be able to refer appropriately to optimise client health care.
  9. Maintain the legal, ethical and professional standards and emergency procedures set by the facility, Monash University and OT Australia code of ethics.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 6 weeks.

Assessment

Hurdle:

  • Satisfactory completion and submission of signed time sheet from 6 week (or equivalent hours) fieldwork placement.
  • Completion and submission of the Student Review of Placement form.
  • Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork component as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form Revised (SPEF-R).
  • Completion and submission of the learning contract.
  • Completion and submission of the reflective statement.

Workload requirements

6 weeks of clinical placement.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3031 - Enabling occupation: Performance challenges 1B

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Ms So Sin Sim
Dr Primrose Lentin

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC2011 and OCC2020.

Co-requisites

OCC3000.

Synopsis

This is the second unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises 10 weeks of integrated scenario-based learning. In this unit, students further describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for individual and groups of clients who are restricted in their ability to engage activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation) and evidence-based practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. take responsibility for own attitudes and behaviour, as demonstrated by acknowledging prejudices, limitations, and lack of knowledge, and commitment to change and growth as a result of professional development, and reflective learning;
  2. further develop skills in self-assessment and the provision of constructive feedback to others;
  3. function effectively as a member of a small learning group;
  4. understand further the relationship between the person, the environment (physical social, institutional and cultural) and occupation as the basis for occupational therapy practice;
  5. further appreciate the complex and interacting factors that contribute to notions of culture and cultural relationships, health and illness and multicultural diversity to professional practice and citizenship;
  6. describe and apply the Canadian Practice Process Framework to typical occupational therapy practice scenarios and clinical practice;
  7. describe and critique best evidence available for typical occupational therapy intervention strategies, methods and modalities used with clients of occupational therapy presenting with physical, mental/psychosocial, cognitive, social, and other related occupational performance challenges;
  8. describe types and processes of traumatic stress reaction and application of strategies for processing of traumatic stress responses and models of critical stress debriefing;
  9. demonstrate clinical reasoning and client-centred/family-centred approach to the development and implementation of occupationally relevant intervention strategies;
  10. describe further common medical, surgical, neurological, musculoskeletal, psychosocial and developmental conditions that can present in clients of occupational therapy and their occupational sequela;
  11. write relevant, concise and comprehensive reports and substantiate both written and oral reports with information form assessments, observations and interviews';
  12. effectively communicate with other members of the team and refer appropriately;
  13. maintain the legal, ethical and professional standards and emergency procedures set by the clinical facility, Monash University, and OT AUSTRALIA code of ethics; and
  14. seek out and apply the principles of evidence-based practice and using best evidence available for practice related to clients of occupational therapy.

Assessment

  • Completion of five Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) critical reviews for participation in class discussion (15%)
  • Presentation of one MOTRECF critical review for presentation and evaluation (10%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%)
  • Oral examination including one hour written exam (20 minutes) (30%)
  • Discussant of two peer presentations in oral examination (5%)

Hurdle

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Completion of two self-evaluations of participation in scenario-based learning groups.
  • Completion of evaluation of group process for each scenario-based learning case covered.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3041 - Skills for evidence based practice 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

So Sin Sim

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown
Dr Alana Hewitt

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC2022.

Synopsis

This unit gives students an advanced overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate research evidence. Students will be introduced to qualitative and quantitative methodologies related to conducting and evaluating survey questionnaire based research (quantitative research methodology) and semi-structured interviews (qualitative methodology).

This will provide the foundational skills to integrate clinically relevant evidence into daily professional practice.

Components of evidence-based practice in occupational therapy will be introduced and practised. Students will also be introduced to methods of presenting evidence, generating research questions, selecting and implementing appropriate mixed methods survey designs, completing data collection, analysis, interpretation and reporting of results.

Specifically, students will learn the fundamentals of conducting mixed methods quantitative and qualitative survey research. This knowledge will enable students to be evidence-based practitioners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. locate and synthesise relevant evidence using a variety of formal and informal methods (e.g. health science databases, Internet) in order to develop a researchable clinical intervention research question;
  2. select, appraise and design questionnaires/scales used to gather data;
  3. apply comprehensive knowledge of survey research methodology;
  4. apply knowledge of qualitative research methodology and the ability to design and conduct qualitative data gathering methods such as focus group or semi-structured interviews;
  5. analyse data using quantitative and qualitative methods;
  6. analyse and discuss knowledge of ethical issues related to conducting research in professional practice.

Assessment

Summative tasks:

  • Quantitative and qualitative survey report: Literature review, synthesis and critique (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Quantitative and qualitative survey report: Results and discussion (2,000 words) (40%)
  • Short answer test #1 (1 hour) (20%)
  • Short answer test #2 (1 hour) (20%)

Hurdle tasks:

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Development and analysis of mixed-methods survey
  • Completion of review questions (online and tutorial)

Workload requirements

Lecture component: 2 hours per week, Tutorial/Practicum component: 2 hours per week, Private study: 4 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3052 - Enabling occupation 2: Performance challenges in population health

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Dr Nikos Thomacos
So Sin Sim

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3031.

Synopsis

In this unit, students begin to shift their view beyond the occupational challenges facing individuals, to consider the ways in which the occupations and health and wellbeing of populations may be impacted by social, political and organisational factors.

Students apply a population-level conceptualisation and occupation to case-based scenarios in which advanced clinical reasoning and intervention skills are required to best respond to the needs and wishes of populations experiencing complex health and social problems.

The cases chosen highlight the multiple approaches that are appropriate in successfully delivering population-level occupational interventions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply an occupational perspective to facilitate health and well-being at a population level;
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international trends, opportunities and challenges relevant to the delivery of population health-focused programs and practice.
  3. Describe and evaluate the influence of environmental factors, where environment includes: government policy, agencies, and services, and the associated funding systems available to prevent ill health and promote health and wellbeing in populations;
  4. Discuss and apply the principles of working with populations (e.g. consumer rights, advocacy, engagement, etc.);
  5. Discuss and critique the role of occupational therapists in population-level service planning, delivery, and evaluation;
  6. Demonstrate critical appraisal, reasoning and thinking skills in the delivery of a number of verbal presentations as well as a report;
  7. Identify, critique and apply population health and occupation-related resources.
  8. Work effectively in a collaborative environment as part of a team to address and respond to a series of scenario-based learning case studies.
  9. Extend and consolidate communication-related skills in a safe environment considering social, physical and cultural factors.

Assessment

  • 2 x class presentations (15 minutes each) (10%)
  • Contemporary health and social issue presentation (25 minutes) (15%)
  • Critical analysis (4,000 words) (30%)
  • Written and oral examination (2.5 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Twenty-four hours of scheduled classes and self-directed study per week, which includes an average of eleven hours of seminar and scenario-based learning per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3061 - Health promotion in occupational therapy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

So Sin Sim

Coordinator(s)

Ms Karen Richards
Dr Belinda Lewis

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC1081, IPE1011 or equivalent units.

Synopsis

This unit examines the key theory, frameworks and practical approaches used in contemporary health promotion to address health inequalities, prevent illness and injury, and promote health and wellbeing. Students examine a range of health promotion strategies, their strengths, limitations, evidence-base and application in clinical care and community settings for occupational therapy. Through a focus on empowerment, participation and capacity-building, students develop skills for working with individuals, community networks, new technologies and the mass media to facilitate health promotion action. This unit covers planning and evaluation of health information and behavioural interventions, health education for empowerment, community engagement, social marketing, professional communication and advocacy for healthy public policy. Students critically analyse the challenges and opportunities for integrating health promotion into occupational therapy practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the values, principles and charters that guide health promotion practice, and discuss examples of their application in Australia and international contexts.
  2. Critically analyse the challenges and opportunities for integrating health promotion into contemporary practice in occupational therapy and related professions.
  3. Analyse and evaluate a range of health promotion strategies (health information, social marketing, education for empowerment, advocacy and activism), including their theory, evidence-base, strengths and limitations, for the purpose of applying them to a selected health issue.
  4. Develop an integrated, multi-strategy health promotion program focused on a selected issue, population group, and setting.
  5. Apply community engagement, capacity-building and participatory approaches to community profiling, planning and evaluation in order to improve the quality and sustainability of health promotion.
  6. Develop communication materials, utilising digital technologies, that demonstrate capacity for working with a range of media and communities to influence decision-makers and healthy public policy.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Evidence review and preliminary program plan (4,000 words) (group submission) (30%)
  • Group presentation (15 minutes per group) (10%)
  • Final health promotion program plan (2,500 words) (30%)

Hurdle

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Submission of three components of health promotion plan (400 words max) which are later integrated into the final program plan.

Workload requirements

12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3062 - Participation community practice 1: Development

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

So Sin Sim

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lisa Knightbridge

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3031 and OCC3041.

Co-requisites

OCC3052. Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Synopsis

Drawing from theoretical material in OCC3052 Enabling Occupation II, students will work in collaboration with an agency to address a specific need while completing this participatory practice placement. Students will be allocated a project from an issue identified by the agency. Tthe first phase of project management begins with contacting the agency then collaborating with agency members to "scope" an organisationally useful, and occupationally relevant project or program. Students will function as project managers and will be required to liaise with a variety of stakeholders and to develop a project proposal that meets the needs and aims of the agency.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Take responsibility for own attitudes and behaviour, by acknowledging prejudices, limitations, and lack of knowledge, and commitment to change and growth as a result of professional development, and reflective learning;
  2. Adopt an ethical and socially responsible approach to practice and practice based enquiry;
  3. Interact with consumers and carers in a fieldwork practice setting acknowledging their rights and using strategies to integrate their lived experience of health issues into service planning and delivery;
  4. Apply theoretical understanding of primary care, health promotion and population health in a practice setting;
  5. Describe the stages of program management;
  6. Undertake a needs analysis by scoping an organizationally useful and occupationally relevant project or program;
  7. Apply program management skills and function as a project manager and liaise with an organization to define a project;
  8. Share power in relationships with service providers, community leaders, consumers and carers, as demonstrated by the development of a partnership approach to service development and provision;
  9. Consult with service providers, community leaders, consumers and carers about their rights, service choices, and options;
  10. Share resources in a mutual educational process to facilitate decision making and advocacy about service choices, and options;
  11. Develop strategies to empower service providers, community leaders, consumers and carers to determine and set priorities for change; and
  12. Use findings of assessments/needs analyses to develop programs using best available evidence.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork placement: 22 days.

Assessment

  • Preliminary project proposal (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Project proposal (5,000 words) (60%)
  • Oral project presentation (30 minutes) (20%)

Hurdle:

  • Attendance at 80% of placement and on-campus tutorial sessions including meetings with supervisors.
  • Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement as assessed through fieldwork timesheets, time use diary, Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) and completion of reflective practice journal.
  • Submission of three project update reports.

Workload requirements

Fieldwork project placement in external agencies for the equivalent of 15 hours a week for 11 weeks/ 165 hours for the semester; 6-8 hours/week of private study; a total of 15 hours of on-campus workshops; and 6 supervision meetings with allocated Monash University fieldwork supervisor.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC3072 - Occupational therapy honours research project 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ellie Fossey

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Helen Bourke-Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMA1901, BMA1902, IPE1011, OCC1011, OCC1012, OCC1022, OCC1021, OCC1032, OCC2011, OCC2020, OCC2022.

Co-requisites

OCC3052.

Synopsis

The Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours) research project program has been designed to enable students to effectively integrate research knowledge and skill with occupational therapy practice knowledge and skill. The program incorporates advanced education in qualitative and quantitative research methodologies through the development and completion of a research project. The research project undertaken will require students to formulate a research aim and/or question/s, complete a literature review, design an appropriate methodology to answer the research question/s, complete an ethics application, and gather and analyse the required data, discuss the results in relation to pertinent literature and professional practice, and develop conclusions and recommendations. The Honours program has been structured to enable students to understand research in the context of the issues of interest of concern in a specific organisation or service area. They will also develop an understanding of how the research project applies to the wider community. Hence each occupational therapy Honours project has a 'host' organisation which has a fieldwork responsibility. The student works in collaboration with the host organisation, the Monash university academic supervisor/s and other stakeholders.

In OCC3072 students will spend up to two days per week in the organisation to develop the research proposal as well as engage in fieldwork activities. In OCC4091, students will spend a further up to two days per week in the organisation where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Synthesise and critically appraise a view of the nature and meaning of occupation, the occupational nature of human beings and the theories and basic principles related to enabling occupation and occupational performance.
  2. Describe different research methodological approaches used in health sciences and occupational therapy research and be skilled at accessing, critically appraising and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice.
  3. Demonstrate the ability to be reflective, think critically, learn independently and be innovative in their approach to the research project.
  4. Possess appropriate oral, written and information technology skills, including the ability to present a coherent argument, negotiate effectively and manage conflict.
  5. Describe and demonstrate knowledge and understand functioning of qualitative and quantitative research designs and methods relevant to occupational therapy practice and community development.
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of basic statistics and measurement concepts: levels of measurement, reliability, validity, normative data; as well as basic qualitative concepts of rigor, trustworthiness, authenticity and transferability.
  7. Demonstrate ability to critique and integrate relevant research literature and theoretical material related to the research topic.
  8. Demonstrate ability to design a research project suitable for honours level and to write a research project proposal which includes a literature review, research aim and/or question/s and appropriate qualitative and/or quantitative methodology.
  9. Demonstrate ability to complete an ethics proposal suitable for submission to an ethics committee.
  10. Demonstrate ability to present, critique, evaluate and discuss critique research issues in a public forum.
  11. Demonstrate the ability to complete a written dissertation of 10-12,000 words for quantitative studies and up to 15,000 words for qualitative, including literature review and background information, methodology, results/findings, discussion, evaluation, recommendations and conclusions (OCC4091).

Fieldwork

Fieldwork placement: 22 days.

Assessment

Presentation of research proposal (20 minutes presentation), completion of research proposal (5,000 words) and draft research ethics application and critique (3,000 words) (100%)

Hurdle

  • Attendance at 80% of placement and weekly honours seminars.
  • Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement.
  • Submission of fortnightly project reports.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4051 - Contemporary advances in occupational therapy practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Ms Annette Peart
Ms Lisa Knightbridge

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC2020

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001

Synopsis

This unit examines how to advance contemporary occupational therapy practice through innovation, change, and leadership within evolving health and social care environments. Key topics include client-directed care/consumer-directed care, innovation, leadership and entrepreneurship, responding to complexity, managing change, product and service development, and on-going development of a professional identity.

Guest speakers will present on and examine topics such as identifying and developing new product and/or service opportunities, ethical practice, and funding systems and models. Students will consider application of this knowledge to their own areas of future practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Analyse contextual, systemic and environmental factors that impact and drive contemporary occupational therapy practice.
  2. Appraise and apply the features of effective and successful leaders, entrepreneurs and innovators relevant to contemporary occupational therapy practice.
  3. Generate innovative development and marketing strategies appropriate for occupational therapists
  4. Apply and evaluate change management strategies in the context of self, professional practice, environments, and systems.
  5. Analyse and appraise aspects of client-directed care/consumer-directed care in the context of innovation, change, and leadership in contemporary health and social care environments.

Assessment

  • Factors impacting professional practice essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Case analysis of leadership and change management principles (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Marketing strategy group presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Evidence brief about consumer-driven care / client-centred practice (1,000 words) (20%)

Hurdle: Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit

Workload requirements

12 hours of study per week consisting of 2 hours of lectures and 2 hours of seminar / tutorial sessions on campus plus an additional 8 hours of self-directed study will be required to complete learning tasks, undertake research and to complete assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4071 - Participatory community practice 2: Implementation

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lisa Knightbridge

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3052 and either OCC3062 or OCC3072.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Prohibitions

OCC4091.

Synopsis

Students will develop skills in project implementation and work within a community partnership model to address a community/population health based issue for the collaborating agency. The student will apply and further develop the knowledge, skills and expertise necessary for them to implement, evaluate and report on a community orientated project. It is expected that the student will act as the project manager whilst also communicating, negotiating and collaborating with agency staff and other relevant stakeholders.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Articulate ethical and legal issues pertinent to project work;
  2. Articulate funding systems and submission processes in health care;
  3. Apply change management processes and systems theory in a community partnership project;
  4. Develop, implement, evaluate and disseminate information concerning a project that has occupational relevance to a community or population;
  5. Implement, undertake, deliver or operationalise a project according to stated goals and objectives detailed in a project proposal;
  6. Communicate effectively with stakeholders and facilitate stakeholder commitment;
  7. Identify and apply approaches that may be adopted to address population based health issues and apply the principles of enabling occupation to a population/community;
  8. Maintain the professional standards and emergency procedures set by the clinical facility, Monash University and by Occupational Therapy Australia code of ethics;
  9. Report and disseminate information pertaining to community partnership projects using effective verbal and written communication;
  10. Manage project information and timelines.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork placement: 22 days.

Assessment

  • Written project progress report: Part A (750 words) (10%)
  • Written project progress report: Part B (750 words) (10%)
  • Oral poster presentation (20%)
  • Project report detailing process, findings and recommendations (5,000 words minimum with 7,500 words limit) (60%)

Hurdle

  • Attendance at 80% of workshops (including online lectures and tutorials), supervisory meetings and fieldwork placement hours, unless a medical certificate is provided.
  • Satisfactory completion of placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) and 165 hours of fieldwork placement.
  • Completion of two individual reflective journal summary reports and time use diary.
  • Presentation of amended project report to agency if required.

Workload requirements

Fieldwork project placement in external agencies for the equivalent of 15 hours a week for 11 weeks/ 165 hours for the semester; 6-8 hours/week of private study; a total of 15 hours of on-campus workshops; and 6 supervision meetings with allocated Monash University fieldwork supervisor.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4081 - Transition to practice 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Lisa Knightbridge

Coordinator(s)

Ms Annette Peart

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3031, OCC3052.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3001.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the skills required for professional self-management appropriate for entry-level occupational therapists. Guest speakers from the occupational therapy profession will discuss topics such as career progression, medico-legal aspects of practice, professional association and registration requirements. Strategies for identifying and documenting learning needs in readiness for a final fieldwork placement will be covered. Students will also critique professional competencies and set objectives for professional development. The unit also includes content on career planning and recruitment processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Examine their capacity to practice with regard to the OT Australia Minimum Competency Standards for New Graduate Occupational Therapists;
  2. Identify a range of professional support strategies that can be used to enhance professional practice;
  3. Create a professional development plan for their final year fieldwork placement;
  4. Apply critical reflection skills, including giving effective feedback;
  5. Critique current professional issues that influence occupational therapy practice.

Assessment

  • Learning contract (2,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Critical analysis (2,500 words) (45%) (hurdle)
  • Peer evaluation of critical analysis (750 words) (15%)

Additional hurdle tasks:

Attendance at 80% of seminars (unless a medical certificate is provided) is required to pass this unit.

Workload requirements

12 hours of study per week consisting of 2 hours of lectures and 4 hours of seminar sessions on campus. An additional 6 hours of private study will be required to complete learning tasks, undertake research and to complete assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4082 - Advanced professional practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Lisa Knightbridge

Coordinator(s)

Karen Dixon
Dr Mong-Lin Yu

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC4071.

Co-requisites

OCC4071 or OCC4091. Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.

Synopsis

The unit comprises 9 weeks of fieldwork placement followed by on campus debriefing tutorials. The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop, integrate and enhance their practice skills to reach an entry level of competence in occupational therapy prior to graduation. By the end of the fieldwork placement students will be managing a caseload of clients independently. A learning contract developed in OCC4081 will be used to guide fieldwork learning. A portfolio assessment will be used to encourage reflection, a self-directed approach to learning and to provide a record of professional competencies as these are developing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate autonomous and competent application of all stages of the occupational therapy process to the level expected of a new graduate in occupational therapy as outlined in the Australian Minimum Competency Standards for New Graduate Occupational Therapists (ACSOT);
  2. Apply professional attitudes and behaviours, and effective time and workload management strategies to occupational therapy practice;
  3. Document personal and professional learning using a portfolio in preparation for professional accreditation;
  4. Devise strategies to overcome service delivery constraints to provide effective occupational therapy intervention for clients in a fieldwork agency;
  5. Collaborate, co-operate and communicate with other health professionals and health service providers to deliver effective and efficient practice;
  6. Select and critique occupational therapy interventions on the basis of best available evidence;
  7. Design and implement strategies for critical self-reflection, evaluation and improvement of own professional development;
  8. Develop strategies to provide effective occupational therapy service considering the broad political, legal and industrial issues in the workplace, profession and client group;
  9. Plan, implement and evaluate an occupational therapy service;
  10. Critique an organization's key performance indicators and service delivery for continuous improvement and meeting the regulatory standards.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 9 weeks (45 days).

Assessment

  • Reflective statement (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Written portfolio (8,000 words) (45%)
  • Oral portfolio exam (20 minutes) (30%)

Hurdle requirement:

  • 80% attendance at tutorials, seminars and practical skills classes.
  • Satisfactory completion of fieldwork placement as assessed through the Student + Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ungraded).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4091 - Occupational therapy honours research project 2

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Ellie Fossey

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Helen Bourke-Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3072.

Synopsis

For OCC4091, students will continue to spend up to two days per week in the organisation or service area where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented. This will involve students undertaking a research project, collecting data, analysing data, writing up results and contextualising the results in relation to pertinent literature and the professional practice context. This will provide the context for students to apply and consolidate advanced research methodology. Students will also continue fieldwork activities during this time.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Synthesise and critically appraise a view of the nature and meaning of occupation, the occupational nature of human beings and the theories and basic principles related to enabling occupation and occupational performance.
  2. Describe different research methodological approaches used in health sciences and occupational therapy research and be skilled at accessing, critically appraising and applying the best available evidence to their everyday practice.
  3. Demonstrate the ability to be reflective, think critically, learn independently and be innovative in their approach to the research project.
  4. Possess appropriate oral, written and information technology skills, including the ability to present a coherent argument, negotiate effectively and manage conflict.
  5. Describe and demonstrate knowledge and understanding of qualitative and quantitative research designs and methods relevant to occupational therapy practice and community development.
  6. Demonstrate an understanding of basic statistics and measurement concepts: levels of measurement, reliability, validity, normative data; as well as basic qualitative concepts of rigour, trustworthiness, authenticity and transferability.
  7. Demonstrate ability to critique and integrate relevant research literature and theoretical material related to the research topic.
  8. Demonstrate ability to design a research project suitable for honours level and to write a research project proposal which include a literature review, research aim and/or question/s and appropriate qualitative and/or quantitative methodology.
  9. Demonstrate ability to complete an ethics proposal suitable for submission to an ethics committee.
  10. Demonstrate ability to present, critique, evaluate and discuss critique research issues in a public forum.
  11. Demonstrate the ability to complete a written dissertation of 10-12,000 words for quantitative studies and up to 15,000 words for qualitative, including literature review and background information, methodology, results/findings, discussion, evaluation, recommendations and conclusions (OCC4091).

Fieldwork

Two days fieldwork off campus for 12 weeks from last week of January to commence within 4 weeks before semester 1 teaching week commences.

Assessment

Research thesis (10,000 to 12,000 words for quantitative studies and up to 15,000 words for qualitative) (100%)

Hurdle

  • Attendance at 80% of unit tutorials, practical skills sessions and seminars is required to pass this unit.
  • Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement.
  • Submission of fortnightly project reports.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4092 - Transition to practice 2

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Lisa Knightbridge

Coordinator(s)

Annette Peart
Luke Robinson

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

OCC3062 or OCC3072 AND OCC4081.

Co-requisites

OCC4071 or OCC4091. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.

Synopsis

This unit will enable students to consider their own role within health and human service organisations, and apply and critique contemporary practice knowledge in areas such as leadership and management, team functioning and governance.

The Unit will conclude with a conference that includes presentations of research and project work from occupational therapy and physiotherapy students.

Students will complete a range of on-line tasks while completing their fieldwork placement as part of the unit OCC4082

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Critique professional issues arising from contemporary practice as a result of organisational and team management, finance, and partnering with consumers;
  2. Plan, participate in and present research/project findings at a professional conference;
  3. Demonstrate effective presentation skills in written, visual and verbal modes;
  4. Create an original scenario that highlights evidence-based occupational therapy intervention/s for a client or group in the context of a client's total service provision from an agency or organisation;
  5. Demonstrate ability to reflect on own role within health and human service systems;
  6. Critique own performance within an organisation or agency (e.g. self-management, own role and contribution in the team);
  7. Identify areas for own continuing learning and professional development to support transition to practice.
  8. Apply critical reflection skills, including providing effective feedback to peers

Assessment

  • Six video-conference forums (40%) (hurdle)
  • Conference abstract (10%)
  • Scenario-based learning case study (3,000 words) (30%) (hurdle)
  • Conference presentation (20 minutes) (20%)

Hurdle: Attend minimum 80% of online activities, on-campus seminars and student conference

Workload requirements

Students are on fieldwork for 9 weeks with online tasks threaded through from week 1.

After the mid semester break, they are back on campus from week 10, with the 4th year interprofessional conference in week 12.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4121 - Adaptive and assistive technology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme.

Synopsis

Assistive technology promotes greater independence for people with disabilities by enabling them to perform tasks that they otherwise would have great difficulty or not be able to accomplish. This unit will involve problem solving and clinical reasoning to help the students to develop into competent assistive technology professionals and providers. The course will consist of information relating to social and political aspects of people with disability and technology. The areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access will be studied in detail. Students will choose one area for their first assignment, and will attend 2 separate clinics each of 4 hours duration to observe clinical practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe a range of clinical conditions for which various assistive technologies are applicable;
  2. Evaluate barriers and enhancers created by using assistive and adaptive technologies for disabled people;
  3. Integrate the social and political aspects of disability with reference to assistive and adaptive technologies;
  4. Develop and describe appropriate assistive technology provision for clients with specific conditions, supported with sound clinical reasoning;
  5. Demonstrate skill at assessing, applying for funding and prescribing a range of Assistive Technology Devices for clients in everyday practice;
  6. Critically discuss the implementation of the principles of adaptive and assistive technology in the areas of: Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication, Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access;
  7. Display specialist information in one of the areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication, Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access;
  8. Demonstrate professional competence in searching and summarising (verbally and in writing) the scientific literature on a specific topic related to assistive technology.

Assessment

  • Attendance at 100% unless a medical certificate is provided.
  • Presentation at a seminar (20 minutes)
  • 1 x 1,000 words and 1 x 3,000 words essays
  • Written content examination (1 hour)+

Workload requirements

40 hours attendance in lectures/practica (block mode), 4 hours clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hours seminar attendance.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4131 - Assessment of children: Methods, policy, ethics and issues

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Ted Brown

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme.

Synopsis

This unit will provide an exploration of the issues related to the assessment of children (ethical, legal, professional, educational, clinical). The unit will start by introducing the reasons, uses, and purposes of assessment. Specific methods (e.g., observation, objective performance, parent-report) related to the assessment of children will be reviewed. Particular attention will be paid to issues related to family-centred practice and assessing children in naturalistic environments. Different contexts (e.g., clinic, community, school, home) where assessment is completed, issues related to the assessment of children at different age levels / developmental levels and the evaluation of children with special needs will be discussed. Ethical, policy and legal issues related to the assessment of children will be presented and critiqued. Specific types of assessment tools, scales, and instruments appropriate for use with children will be presented and reviewed. This will provide a broad base of knowledge and skills for occupational therapy students wishing to work with children and families in clinical, educational, home, and community settings.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the characteristics, types, and methods of assessment best suited for use with children and their families;
  2. Develop and describe assessment approaches appropriate for children at different developmental levels and for children with special needs;
  3. Describe the assessment approaches that best fit with naturalistic assessment and family-centred practice;
  4. Demonstrate knowledge of ethical, policy, and legal issues related to the assessment of children;
  5. Demonstrate knowledge of assessment tools, scales, and instruments used to evaluate the skills, interests, roles, and abilities of children;
  6. Demonstrate competence in searching, describing, summarising, and presenting (verbally and in writing) the evidence from research literature on a specific topic related to child assessment.

Assessment

  • Participation during class and tutorial group discussions (10%)
  • Critique and scoping review of an instrument, tool or scale used to assess children (2,500 words) (40%)
  • Mock assessment report of school-age child & professional reflection (3,000 words) (50%)
  • Achieving a minimum grade of 50% on the AT4, failure to achieve a grade of 50% or more on AT4 may result in failing the unit (Hurdle)
  • 80% attendance requirements for all tutorials, seminars and practical skills sessions, unless a medical certificate is provided (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

Four hours per week contact time (lectures and tutorials) and 8 hours per week private study (reading, literature review, practicing skills, assignments, and other self-directed learning activities).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


OCC4141 - Occupational therapy for children with a disability and their families

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Occupational Therapy

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Suzanne Wakefield

Coordinator(s)

Ms Suzanne Wakefield

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Complete first year of occupational therapy degree.

Synopsis

This course is about occupational therapy for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions will be reviewed. The impact of accommodating the significant needs of a child with a disability in a family will be described and the impact on family member's and occupational therapy service delivery will be explored in depth. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Compare the WHO ICF, Social model of disability, the premises of the United Nations Charter on the rights of the child and occupational therapy practice for students with neurodevelopmental disability.
  2. Evaluate the impact of culture and environmental influences on the capabilities and participation of children with neurodevelopmental disability.
  3. Accurately describe the most common causes and co-existing conditions that occur with a diagnosis that results in developmental and functional challenges.
  4. Design an occupational therapy program that is appropriate for a specific child, from the perspective of one of the major approaches that facilitates the participation of children with neurodevelopment disabilities in daily life.
  5. Evaluate impairments of body structure and function in children with developmental and functional challenges.
  6. Evaluate a child with a motor challenge who has limitations in self care, leisure and play skills and preschool or school related productive occupations.
  7. Select appropriate occupational therapy intervention to improve a child's capabilities in childhood occupations.
  8. Develop learner centred goals and explain the occupational therapy management options for improving the child's participation in home, school and community life.
  9. Demonstrate creation of family centred occupational therapy goals and home programs, including professional report writing skills appropriate to the needs of parents.
  10. Critique evidence based practice approaches to occupational therapy children with neurodevelopment disability.

Assessment

  • Presentation at a seminar (30 minutes) (20%) and submission of a summary (1,000 words) (10%)
  • Active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals, and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks) (70%)
  • 80% Attendance requirements unless a medical certificate is provided.

Workload requirements

3 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR1011 - The contemporary paramedic

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Coordinator(s)

Mr Simon Sawyer

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Course code M2011

Prohibitions

EPP1011

Synopsis

This unit examines the current and evolving role of the paramedic and explores

how prehospital medicine is practiced in Australia.

The importance of sound physical and mental preparedness for the role of a paramedic will be emphasised. Students will learn essential self-care strategies, and have an understanding of the challenges of working within a highly dynamic field and having to deal with adverse and often potentially dangerous situations.

Appropriate and professional communication will be addressed with a specific focus on the theoretical and practical aspects of health communication.

Students will be introduced to the standard approach to patient assessment, including the patient centred interview, measurement of key vital signs, and the use of key pieces of equipment used in patient assessment and treatment.

Paramedic clinical practice will be contextualised through supervised clinical experience with a community non-emergency transport

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the context with which prehospital medicine is practiced in Australia;
  2. Recognise the importance of reflection, wellbeing and self-care for paramedics;
  3. Identify and use professional language and behaviours appropriate for a paramedic and develop an awareness of commonly used medical terminology;
  4. Identify models of communication and explain the barriers to effective communication and how these can impact on patient care;
  5. Demonstrate a standardised clinical approach to the paramedic assessment of ambulance patients;
  6. Demonstrate the safe and appropriate use of common medical assessment equipment used by paramedics.

Fieldwork

Community Placement x 4 (32 hours)

Assessment

  • Self-reflection plan/essay (1,000 words + Poster plan) (30%)
  • Mid-Semester Exam MCQ (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Practical skills exam (20%) (Hurdle - Pass 4 out of 5 stations)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Community placement (32 hours, Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR1012 - Foundations of paramedic practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Coordinator(s)

Mr Simon Sawyer

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PAR1011

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M2011

Prohibitions

EPP1012, BEH1011

Synopsis

This unit expands upon the assessment of patients from PAR1011 and moves forward to examine the treatment and management of low acuity, conscious patients.

The legal context for paramedic practice is discussed, including the medico-legal concepts of professionalism and ethics, and essential legal aspects of paramedic care, such as consent and negligence.

Essential clinical and assessment skills will be further developed by initiating treatment of low acuity patients with pain and fractures. Students will learn to safely deliver medications and apply basic management procedures. These skills will be developed in the clinical laboratory and simulation settings.

Paramedic clinical practice will be contextualised through supervised clinical experience with a non-emergency ambulance service.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe concepts of medical professionalism and ethics and identify key legal aspects of paramedic care;
  2. Manage low acuity patients presenting with pain, fractures or hypoxia;
  3. Describe the characteristics of effective clinical decision making;
  4. Implement a safe and effective approach to manual handling for both practitioner and patient;
  5. Successfully implement a full standard clinical approach to the assessment and treatment of ambulance patients.

Fieldwork

4 x Clinical Placements (Paramedic) (32 hours)

Assessment

  • Ethics case studies (equivalent 2,500 words) (30%)
  • Practical skills & scenario exam (30%) (Hurdle)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • 4 x Community Placement (32 hours) (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises, and 6 hours per week of self-directed study

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2011 - Paramedic advanced life support

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PAR1012, BMA1012

Co-requisites

Course code M2011

Prohibitions

BEH1102 & EPP2011

Synopsis

This unit builds on the foundation of the paramedic clinician and expands on the patient assessment skills developed in clinical concepts 1.

This unit's primary focus is on the recognition and management of the unconscious and cardiac arrest patient.

Students will gain an understanding of the major causes of an altered conscious state and develop the skills required to safely and effectively manage a patient in cardiac arrest.

In the practical setting students will practice advanced airway management, drug administration and defibrillation.

In addition, this unit encourages students to explore the concept of evidence based practice and gain a deeper understanding of the evolution of practice in relation to resuscitation.

Paramedic clinical practice will be contextualised through supervised clinical experience with an emergency ambulance service.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the standard clinical approach and patient centred interview techniques;
  2. Identify the role research evidence plays in informing paramedic protocols and practice;
  3. Describe the causes of altered consciousness, and describe and demonstrate the effective management of these patients;
  4. Perform safe and effective practice in relation to drug administration, defibrillation and manual handling of patients;
  5. Explain the concept of perfusion and the shock process and the implications of this in the out of hospital setting;
  6. Identify and demonstrate the management of safe and effective resuscitation techniques including ventilation, external cardiac compressions and defibrillation.

Assessment

  • In semester quizzes x 2 (1 hour each) (20%)
  • Clinical portfolio (40%) (hurdle)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • End of semester practical assessment (pass/fail) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2012 - Paramedic management of respiratory conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Mr Rob Sanders

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed unit codes PAR2011, PAR2021, PAR2031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.

The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening respiratory-related clinical problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathology and clinical manifestations of acute and chronic respiratory conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice.
  2. Locate and evaluate evidence that informs paramedic management used to care for patients with respiratory conditions.
  3. Systematically assess a patient experiencing a respiratory emergency and associate the assessment with respiratory disease pathology.
  4. Demonstrate the planning and implementation of care for a patient experiencing a respiratory emergency and accurately document and communicate the care provided.
  5. Identify drugs commonly used by advanced life support paramedics for the management of respiratory conditions. Discuss their actions and evaluate the appropriateness of their use in differing circumstances during a respiratory emergency.
  6. Discuss the diagnostic reasoning, clinical problem solving and clinical decision making processes that influence the care of patients with respiratory conditions in order to evaluate and justify management decisions and identify threats to patient safety.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
  • iSAP case scenario (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Case simulation assessment (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online learning, tutorials and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2020 - Foundation paramedic clinical practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Prof Brett Williams

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed PAR1012, BMA1012

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This unit will see students transition along the continuum from observer to practitioner in clinical emergency out-of-hospital settings and hospital settings with placements at agencies relevant to year two units of study. Through these placements students will have the opportunity to practice and develop their clinical and communication skills in the assessment and management of patients whilst under the supervision of approved and experienced practitioners.

This unit will build on a model of paramedic clinical competence developed in prerequisite units, and will provide the context to support the development of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient focused care. It will also emphasis self-care and reflection of self and others that will challenge the student to consider all aspects of paramedic practice.

Finally, weekly tutorials/workshops will provide students an opportunity to discuss and examine societal issues such as drug/alcohol abuse, homelessness, mental health and family violence and how these intersect and impact patient health and well-being. They will also participate in regular clinical placement debriefing sessions and explore how prejudices can impact their behaviour and patient care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Apply foundation clinical and communication skills in the assessment and management of patients under supervision.
  2. Explore the concept of patient focused care and the biopsychosocial determinants of health.
  3. Develop reflective practices in order to identify strength and weaknesses in practice.
  4. Explore issues such as drug/alcohol abuse, homelessness, mental health and family violence and how these intersect and impact patient health and well-being.
  5. Complete a mental health first aid course.
  6. Complete an intimate partner violence course.
  7. Recognise and examine how personal prejudices and those of others, can impact patient care and outcomes.
  8. Identify issues associated with self-care and examine and implement strategies to ensure this is prioritised.
  9. Conduct themselves in a professional and respectful manner as members of a health care team with other health care providers, emergency workers, bystanders and patients.

Fieldwork

Paramedic clinical placement (14 shifts; 140 hours)Hospital clinical placements (8 shifts; 64 hours)

Assessment

  • PACTS Intimate partner violence course (6 hours) (Pass/Fail)
  • Mental health first aid course (12 hours) (Pass/Fail)
  • Reflective case report (1000 words) (Pass/Fail)
  • Tutorial/workshop attendance; 80% attendance (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placements; 14 x Paramedic, 8 x Hospital (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)
  • Clinical placement log books (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

A pass grade must be achieved on all assessment tasks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2021 - Paramedic management of cardiovascular conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PAR1012, BMA1012

Co-requisites

Course code M2011

Prohibitions

EPP2022, BEH2131

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.

The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening cardiovascular problems across the lifespan. The unit will be both theory, and case based.

It will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.

This will be supported by a significant theoretical component including pathophysiology and ECG interpretation. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathophysiology, and clinical manifestations of acute and chronic cardiovascular conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice across the lifespan;
  2. Interpret electrocardiograms for a normal patient and those experiencing cardiovascular abnormalities including dysrhythmias and acute coronary syndromes;
  3. Systematically assess a patient experiencing a cardiovascular emergency and associate the assessment with cardiovascular disease pathology;
  4. Plan and implement appropriate and safe management for a patient experiencing a cardiovascular emergency and accurately document and communicate the care provided;
  5. Identify drugs commonly used by advanced life support paramedics for the management of cardiovascular conditions. Discuss their actions and evaluate the appropriateness of their use in differing circumstances during a cardiovascular emergency;
  6. Discuss the diagnostic reasoning, clinical problem solving and clinical decision making processes that determine the care of patients with cardiovascular conditions in order to evaluate and justify management.

Assessment

  • In semester test x 2 (1 hour each) (30%)
  • iSAP scenario (1,500 words) (30%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Practical scenario assessment (Pass/Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2022 - Paramedic management of trauma conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Mr Brian Haskins

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PAR2011, PAR2021, PAR2031

Co-requisites

Course code M2011

Prohibitions

EPP2042, BEH2022

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.

The unit addresses injury and injury prevention across the lifespan, with specific reference to commonly encountered acute and chronic musculoskeletal conditions, injury.

The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes developing the skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health and pathology related to injuries and commonly encountered in paramedic practice.
  2. Describe criteria used to identify major trauma and demonstrate the application of pre-hospital trauma triage guidelines.
  3. Identify and evaluate evidence that informs paramedic clinical practice guidelines used to care for patients with injury.
  4. Relate the pharmacology of drugs and fluids used by paramedics for the management of injury to drug indications and actions.
  5. Demonstrate the ability to integrate the theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to the assessment and management of patients with injury in real time simulation.
  6. Demonstrate clinical reasoning skills related to the management of trauma patients.

Assessment

  • Weekly short MCQ tests (10 minutes) (10%)
  • Mid-semester examination (25%)
  • Clinical portfolio (25%)
  • End of semester examination (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • End of semester practical scenario (Pass / Fail) (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2031 - Pharmacotherapy in paramedic practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PAR1012, BMA1012

Co-requisites

Course code M2011

Prohibitions

EPP2012

Synopsis

Paramedics encounter an abundance of pharmaceutical agents within their practice.

This unit is designed to assist students to develop foundational knowledge, skills and clinical judgements regarding pharmacotherapy within community-based emergency health.

The social, political, legal and ethical implications of drug use and abuse within the individual, family and community will also be examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the basic principles of pharmacology, drug administration and monitoring as they relate to paramedic practice;
  2. Identify routes of administration, absorption rates and safe work practices as they relate to paramedic practice;
  3. Demonstrate proficiency in calculation of drug dosages for administration of medications by paramedics by a variety of routes;
  4. Examine legal responsibilities associated with the administration and safe keeping of drugs within paramedic practice;
  5. Identify and explain the actions and side effects of common pharmaceutical agents encountered within the pre-hospital setting;
  6. Review and interpret the historical and current use of drugs used within paramedic practice.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester quiz (1 hour) (10%)
  • Drug calculations test (1 hour) (20%)
  • Pharmacotherapy Glossary (1,000 words) (30%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR2032 - Paramedic management of mental health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed PAR2031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course code M20021

Prohibitions

BEH2201

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician who is able to assess and care for patients with mental health problems in the community.

The unit addresses the epidemiology and history of mental health in Australia, and the features of care systems with particular emphasis on community based care.

Acute and chronic medical mental health problems commonly encountered by paramedics are investigated. The special needs of Indigenous persons and those from non-English speaking backgrounds are investigated.

The unit is case-based, integrating material from the five themes and the underpinning biomedical, social and clinical sciences, and including clinical skills, laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment and management clinical skills, and clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, pathology and clinical manifestations of mental illness commonly encountered in paramedic practice.
  2. Communicate effectively with people who are experiencing disturbances of thoughts, feelings and behaviour.
  3. Perform a mental status assessment as applied to paramedic practice.
  4. Comply with the Victorian Mental Health Act (2014) guidelines when carrying out a search and search procedure on patients with a mental health emergency
  5. Identify and apply therapeutic interventions and techniques appropriate to managing a mental health emergency in the community setting.
  6. Initiate appropriate care for patients with mental health issues, family members and carers in response to correctly identifying factors contributing to the situation.

Assessment

  • Mental status assessment (20%)
  • Pamphlet (20%)
  • Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Attendance (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online learning, tutorials and small group exercises.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3011 - Paramedic management of medical conditions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Brian Haskins

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Must have passed PAR2012, PAR2021, PAR2022, PAR2031

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit explores commonly encountered acute and chronic health emergencies, with a focus on pain management. Using a combination of case-based learning, clinical laboratory work and simulation, this unit will develop the essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision-making competencies in managing common health emergencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, population health, and pathology related to acute and chronic emergency medical conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice;
  2. Describe the clinical manifestations of the selected medical conditions commonly encountered in paramedic practice;
  3. Demonstrate the ability to integrate and apply theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to the assessment and management of patients with selected acute and chronic medical emergencies across the lifespan;
  4. Relate the pharmacology of drugs and fluids used by paramedics in the management of common medical conditions, including drug indications and actions.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester examination (1 hour) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (60%) (Hurdle)
  • Scenario-based clinical examination (30 minutes) (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures and simulation.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3012 - Community care and paramedic practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Goslin

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BEH3011, BEH2032

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

The unit establishes an extended scope of practice in the pre-hospital environment where the paramedic explores a range of diseases and conditions and deals with their consequences in out-of-hospital situations.

The content of the unit and the practical application of skills will prepare the paramedic for a potential extended care role within a variety of settings in communities and workplaces, locally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate a range of local and international disease aetiologies and epidemiologies that impact on a community setting and the role pre-hospital professionals play in addressing these diseases.
  2. Analyse and apply the practices of advanced prescribing, health promotion, health assessment, discharge planning and a range of treatment schedules using an evidence-based approach.
  3. Outline the clinical presentations, signs and symptoms and treatments associated with various ailments, diseases and conditions commonly encountered in the community practice settings including children and geriatrics.
  4. Recognise risk factors for disease or injury, while using appropriate screening tools to be able to triage patients to remain in their home, refer to general practice or other appropriate health services.
  5. Develop strategies targeted at leadership and education to inform change in models of paramedic practice to meet evolving community needs.

Assessment

  • 2 x Written Assignment (2,000 words each) (2 x 20%)
  • Individual Presentation (20%)
  • Final Examination (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hour per week), and self-directed study (6 hour per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3021 - Paramedic emergency management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Craig Taylor

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BEH3011

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This unit develops the role of the paramedic as a clinical leader in the community with the focus on major incidents and disasters. The unit explores disaster planning, response and recovery, and the roles and responsibilities of the paramedic when managing multiple patients or a complex setting, during a major health emergency or during a humanitarian disaster.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the roles and responsibilities of paramedics, emergency services and other health agencies in relation to a multi-casualty or major incident.
  2. Compare and contrast the management of major incident in a rural, remote or complex setting compared to the urban environment.
  3. Describe the broader requirements of paramedics, emergency services and other health agencies during disaster management, in particular the management of public health issues and logistics management.
  4. Analyse the contemporary structure of a major incident control system in the Australian context, and describe the role of the paramedic in major incidents and disasters, particularly compared to normal operations.
  5. Outline the role of the paramedic in emergency management planning and preparedness in local and international settings.
  6. Demonstrate effective logistical management, patient triage or participation in a response team during a simulated mass-casualty situation or major incident.

Assessment

  • Mass Casualty Written Assignment (3,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Mass Casualty Worksheet (1500 words) (20%)
  • Final Examination (40%) (hurdle)
  • Mass Casualty Simulation (Pass/Fail) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3031 - Paramedic management of maternal and neonatal health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Mr Matthew Stewart

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by developing knowledge and skills needed to care for birthing women and neonates in the community. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology, presentation and management of selected health conditions experienced by women during pregnancy, birth and following childbirth and recommend appropriate paramedic paramedic strategies;
  2. Describe models of care available in the maternity services;
  3. Identify and interpret the evidence supporting the paramedic care of pregnant and childbearing women and their babies;
  4. Outline and justify the level and type of paramedic care appropriate to the women during and immedaitely after childbirth emergencies in the community;
  5. Explain the processes of paramedic assessment of the newborn immediately after childbirth in both, uncomplicated and emergency situations, and select appropriate patient management discuss how cultural diversity can influence the care for pregnant women and consider approaches to paramedic care in a variety of situations.

Assessment

  • Online quiz assessment (10%)
  • Assignment (2,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • End of semester examination (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • 4 x Compulsory attendance at simulation (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week involving lectures, online tutorials, tutorial/practical simulations and clinical laboratories.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3032 - Paramedic management of acute conditions effecting special populations

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Cameron Gosling

Coordinator(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

BEH3011

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This is the final clinical unit for the paramedic undergraduate and brings together all the previous clinical units.

It consolidates all previous learning and expands student knowledge to include more advanced concepts.

The lectures and practical components of the unit are designed to challenge the student with more complexity. Advanced cardiology, paediatrics and other specialty situations such as hyperbaric emergencies are included.

This unit will also prepare for the transition of the undergraduate to graduate practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the combined knowledge of all previous clinical units to the critical care and specialty situation patients.
  2. At a graduate level, through scenario and simulation work, demonstrate an understanding of the presentation, assessment, and paramedic management of the selected critical care specialty conditions commonly encountered by paramedics.
  3. Evaluate the drugs commonly used by paramedics and apply their use to the management of selected critical care specialty conditions.
  4. Integrate the clinical approach at a graduate level, to demonstrate your high level of theoretical knowledge, and clinical skills, to assess and manage patients with selected critical care specialty conditions in 'real time' work simulation. This will involve using an extended range of skills including: clinical problem solving, clinical decision making, patient safety, communication and teamwork.
  5. Outline the structure of medical retrieval systems in Australia and the Asia-Pacific region and demonstrate the required clinical skills to participate in medical retrieval and/or inter-hospital transfers.
  6. Develop clinical preparedness for transition to employment as a graduate paramedic.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester Exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Complex Condition Assignment (3,500 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Final Examination (40%) (hurdle)
  • Practical Exam(Pass/Fail) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

A combination of lectures, tutorials, practicals and online activities (6 hours per week), and self-directed study (6 hours per week).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PAR3033 - Integrated clinical practice

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedic Practice

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Coordinator(s)

Ms Linda Ross

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Students in the single degree must have successful completed all clinical units within the second year of the degree. If completing the double degree then all clinical units leading to the final year of that degree.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course codes M20021 or M2011

Synopsis

This unit provides the student with the opportunity to integrate knowledge acquired in their study in the primary emergency health care environment. The various tasks allow for the development of advanced skills with a focus on the study of health care within the emergency and community-based primary health care environments to assist in the transition to the workplace.

The unit will review of the graduate attributes needed to be an effective practitioner within the area of primary health care. The unit will focus on the knowledge, skills and values needed to practice as a paramedic. Each student is encouraged to identify their personal strengths, develop effective teamwork, situational awareness and personal skills through a process of reflection and continual improvement. Students will then apply this learning through simulations and actual workplace placements to enhance their role-readiness.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically evaluate the standard paramedic clinical approach to the assessment and care of patients in the community, hospital or other related health setting;
  2. Analyse and appraise the communication techniques utilised to inform, instruct and empower patients to manage their care;
  3. Provide appropriate care for patients at an advanced level within the simulation environment and while under supervision in a range of authentic clinical settings;
  4. Demonstrate appropriate professional, inter-professional and teamwork behaviours within the community and primary health care settings;
  5. Work as an effective team member with fellow paramedics and other health care professionals to provide high level evidence-based patient care;
  6. Demonstrate a culturally sensitive approach to personal reactions and those of patients and their families or carers to acute or chronic illness and or injury;
  7. Critically reflect on performances in the clinical setting to identify the adequacy of personal judgements and the internal and external factors influencing clinical decision making and higher order thinking;
  8. Appraise the care given by peers within simulations and where possible within the authentic environments through public reflection to learn from these actions and inform future practice;
  9. Evaluate the experiences gained within the simulation environment through reflection and judge the influence these may have on future practice within the workplace.

Fieldwork

Throughout the study period each student will complete 32 placement days of eight to ten hours duration.

Assessment

  • 2 x Case studies (1,500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)
  • 2 x Case study presentations (30%)
  • 2 x Simulation self-critiques (1,000 words) (30%)
  • Clinical skills log book (Pass / Fail)

Workload requirements

The students will be required to complete thirty two clinical placement days and attend timetabled clinical practicum days.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH1101 - Introduction to qualitative research

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Not offered in 2018

Prohibitions

PHH4104.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to qualitative research methods and why, when and how they are used in health research. The unit will develop students' understanding of both the theoretical underpinnings of qualitative research and the practical skills in research design using qualitative methods. In developing these skills students will learn about sampling, qualitative data collection and qualitative data analysis techniques and mixed methods designs in the arenas of clinical health service delivery, public health and health policy. The cultural, ethical and political contexts within which research takes place will be discussed to highlight that research takes place in the real world, which both enables and constrains research design and practice.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Develop a researchable question requiring a qualitative research design.
  2. Discuss the options and constraints associated with different types of mixed methods research design.
  3. Select sampling strategies appropriate to answering a posed researchable question.
  4. Describe and appropriately use qualitative data collection methods in qualitative research.
  5. Describe and use the appropriate tools for analysis of qualitative data.
  6. Choose appropriate strategies for designing, implementing and evaluating qualitative research accounting for ethical and cultural sensitivities.

Assessment

  • Flipped tutorial activity (10%)
  • Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research design protocol (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Examination (MCQs and short answer questions) (2 hours) (40%) Hurdle

Hurdle requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials

80% participation in online tasks

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH1102 - Introduction to communicating health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Stavroula Zandes

Coordinator(s)

Ms Stavroula Zandes

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC2062Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

In this unit, students will be introduced to theory and practice to assist with constructing and communicating public health information to various audiences from individuals to larger groups and the general public.

Students will explore message development and delivery, and examine a range of contemporary public health case studies in addition to analysis of recent communication campaigns.

The unit will cover health communication skills with various audiences and include the development of interpersonal skills, visual and written materials.

Health literacy, social marketing, working with the mass media and online health communication will also be explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Distinguish different approaches to health communication.
  2. Define theoretical models of communication, social change and marketing in relation to health and their application in approaches to health promotion.
  3. Demonstrate oral and written presentation skills for a range of professional and lay audiences including low literate audiences.
  4. Identify key stages in designing a communication campaign and apply them to a selected health issue.
  5. Examine the role of the media in the construction of health issues.
  6. Evaluate the communication strategies adopted by a range of local and international health communication examples as well as a range of health communication materials (print-based, electronic and web-based).

Assessment

  • Reflective essay (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Individual Health Communication Poster (20%)
  • Written Report (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Team Oral Presentation (10 minutes) (20%)

Hurdle Requirement:

80% attendance at tutorials 80% participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

  1. 5 hour seminar, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH1104 - Global health: Opportunities and challenges

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Richards

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karen Richards

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1112

Synopsis

In this unit, we ask you to think about the vast and growing inequities in health that exist across the world and the challenges for people living in developing countries. We explore their underlying causes including: globalisation, transnational trade, tourism, rapid development, social and political transitions, climate change, violence and insecurity. Using research reports and field experience from practical projects, we examine the wider context for working in international settings as well as the issues faced by Indigenous peoples, migrants and refugees. We explore our responsibilities as 'global citizens' and we challenge you to think about ways you could make a difference.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify current and future global health challenges;
  2. Analyse the complex underlying causes of global health challenges;
  3. Provide an explanation of why there is growing inequity in the world and reflect on the responsibility of all to address this as "global citizens";
  4. Identify and critique initiatives to address global health challenges;
  5. Explain and critique the Sustainable Development Goals published by UN.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (30 minutes) (20%)
  • Online tasks (20%)
  • Class test (1 hour) (25%)
  • Assignment (2,100words) (35%)
  • Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at seminars

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2001 - Foundations of epidemiology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Dragan Ilic

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Dragan Ilic

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the applications of epidemiological concepts and methods to typical problems in population health and in the broader public health literature.

This will include consideration of fundamental ethical issues pertaining to the conduct of public health research and population health interventions.

Emphasis is placed on a population view of health and disease, social determinants of health, epidemiological principles, research study design and interpretation, and communication of evidence in practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Examine and explain how disease is measured in populations
  2. Assess the quality of evidence provided across epidemiological research designs
  3. Recognise and summarise issues of cultural context and ethical principles in epidemiological and health research
  4. Identify and apply core public health principles in health research
  5. Summarise and communicate evidence for professional audiences

Assessment

  • Media report analysis (1,200 words) (20%)
  • Critical appraisal (2100 words) (35%)
  • Online quiz (MCQ) (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Examination (MCQ/SAQ) (2 hours) (35%)

Hurdle Requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2002 - Foundations of biostatistics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Baki Billah

Coordinator(s)

Nassif Hossain

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC2141

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the basic principles and methods used in biostatistics as applied to public health and clinical research.

The key concepts covered include the technical qualifications necessary for analysing and interpreting data on a descriptive and bivariate level.

The unit will cover topics which include classification of health data, sampling methods;, study design, summarizing data using simple statistical methods and graphical presentation, sampling distributions, quantifying uncertainty in results from a sample, statistical distributions (normal and t-distribution), comparing two independent/paired groups using t-test (p-value) and confidence intervals, comparing more than two groups using Analysis of variance (ANOVA), non-parametric tests for comparing two or more groups when normality assumptions do not hold, assessing the association between an outcome and an exposure using the chi-squared test, and risk comparisons (RR & OR).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Examine and explain the importance of biostatistics in public health studies
  2. Classify data into appropriate measurement types.
  3. Present data using relevant tables, graphical displays, and summary statistics.
  4. Formulate and evaluate research hypotheses into a statistical context in public health studies.
  5. Accurately interpret statistical methods and results reported in health publications.
  6. Analyse data using the SPSS software package.

Assessment

  • Written report (1500 words, excluding data analysis output and tables) (25%)
  • Data analysis report (1800 words, excluding data analysis output and tables) (30%)
  • Online quiz (MCQ) (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Examination (MCQ/SAQ) (2 hours) (35%)

Hurdle Requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2003 - Culture, society and health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Kelly Allen

Coordinator(s)

Kelly Allen

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1200, PBH1104, BMS1042.

Prohibitions

ATS2717, HSC2022, PHH2022

Synopsis

This unit will explore how individual and population experiences of health are shaped by culture and society.

The unit draws on key sociological, anthropological, political and philosophical theories to reveal various relationships between health and the larger socio-cultural realities in which people live.

Students will be encouraged to foster skills in critical deconstruction of Western representations of culture to arrive at an appreciation of various 'ways of knowing,' including Indigenous scholarship. Examples will be drawn from healthcare and economic systems in Australia and overseas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply key principles of sociological and anthropological thought to the lived experience of individuals and populations
  2. Apply the themes associated with the sociological imagination to examine the social production, construction and organisation of health locally and globally
  3. Apply sociological theories as analytical tools to critically examine cultural, social, political and economic factors influencing health
  4. Critically examine and evaluate aspects of culture and society with which they are familiar (as well as historical representations) in order to extend their understanding of the socio-cultural structures, institutions and processes relevant to health globally.

Assessment

  • Individual journal (900 words) (15%)
  • Media analysis (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Group presentation - oral (15 minutes) (15%)
  • Individual essay (2,400 words) (40%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle:

80% attendance at tutorials

80% participation in weekly online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2004 - Health, law and ethics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Liz Bishop

Coordinator(s)

Dr Liz Bishop

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

PHH3001, HSC3001Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit considers health in the context of the Australian legal system, together with the ethical frameworks underpinning that context.

The unit commences with an introduction to the legal framework, covering common law, statute law and the legal responsibilities of health and social care professionals.

Students are also introduced to the ethical framework, through an examination of ethical theory, professional ethics, confidentiality, informed consent and relationships with patients. Consideration will also be given to the role of human rights in health.

The interrelationship between legal and ethical aspects of healthcare practice is explored through the use of case studies and discussion of topical issues.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students will:

  1. Explain the regulatory and legislative mechanisms of the Australian legal system in relation to healthcare practice
  2. Describe medical and professional ethics and different ethical perspectives as related to healthcare
  3. Relate the importance of law, human rights and ethics in professional practice
  4. Discuss the concepts of confidentiality, privacy, informed consent
  5. Examine topical issues in health from the perspectives of law, rights and ethics.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (15 minutes) (10%)
  • Written assignment (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Written assignment (3,600 words) (60%)

Hurdle Requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2005 - Health program planning

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Micaela Drieberg

Coordinator(s)

Micaela Drieberg

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

(HSC1200 or BMS1042) AND HSC2300

Prohibitions

HSC2051, PHH2051

Synopsis

In this unit, students will develop knowledge and skills for public health and health promotion program design and implementation.

These are core competencies for health promotion practice.

Students will develop skills in community needs assessment, determining priorities and defining target populations, and selecting an appropriate mix of strategies based on evidence and theory.

Strategies that take into account social and health inequalities will be examined. Students will consider key steps in implementation management and methods for building program sustainability.

The relationship between program planning and evaluation will be discussed, to provide students with a foundation for later studies concerning evaluation methods.

Case studies, group work and planning tools will be used to develop practical problem-solving skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the steps in planning a preventive health program;
  2. Identify data sources for needs assessment and community profiles;
  3. Develop a needs assessment incorporating elements of community profiling as the basis of an evidence-based program plan;
  4. Identify determinants of population health needs that can be changed by health promotion action;
  5. Write SMART project goals and objectives that are clearly linked to health determinants;
  6. Identify administrative and management issues that need to be addressed for successful program implementation.

Assessment

  • Health profile (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Individual oral presentation (5 minutes) (10%)
  • Intervention map (30%)
  • Project implementation plan (1,800 words) (30%)

Hurdle:

80% attendance at seminars.

80% participation in weekly online tasks

Workload requirements

Seminar 2.5 hours, 3.5 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2006 - Treatment and technologies

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Biswajit Banik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Biswajit Banik

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1101, BMA1011, BMS1011, PHH1101 AND One of the following units: HSC1102, BMA1012, BMS1021, PHH1102

Prohibitions

HSC2111, PHH2111

Synopsis

This unit explores the options for treatment and management of established health conditions at the individual level.

It provides an introduction to pharmacology and an overview of other interventions commonly employed to manage illness and improve health.

A case study approach will be used which looks at treatment options for key diseases (e.g. cancer).

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe the processes by which drugs act on, and are handled by, the human body.
  2. Explain the role of drugs in prevention and treatment of specific diseases.
  3. Explain the role of other therapeutic (non-drug) interventions in prevention and treatment of specific diseases.
  4. Describe how drugs and other treatments are developed, evaluated and regulated.
  5. Discuss the social context of drug use and abuse.
  6. Discuss the relationship between drug therapy and public health in local and global contexts.

Assessment

  • Tutorial participation (5%)
  • Class test (1 hour) (10%)
  • Oral presentation and written report (1,000 words) (15%)
  • Written assignment (1800 words) (30%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) Hurdle

Hurdle:

80% attendance at tutorials.

80% participation in weekly online tasks.

Workload requirements

3 hour seminar plus 9 hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2008 - Introduction to health policy and politics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Coordinator(s)

Dr Charles Livingstone

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

PHH3072, PBH1103, PBH2008

Synopsis

In this unit, students will examine the political foundations of health promotion and public health policies in Australia.

They will be introduced to health policy, policy development processes and theories that underpin them.

Interest groups and the challenges they pose to decision-making processes, will be discussed.

The social and political impacts of health policy will be introduced, as will the jurisdictional responsibilities held by different levels of government for health policies. Preliminary concepts of power, authority and influence will be discussed.

Students will learn fundamentals of the critical skills for policy analysis in the context of case studies of effective advocacy that have influenced health policy development in Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Discuss health policy as a key dynamic element of the determinants of health, with effects on the health of populations and societies.
  2. Distinguish the major structures, systems and institutions that contribute to the health policy environment with emphasis on health promotion and public health policy.
  3. Examine how different processes can be engaged to inform public health policy.
  4. Discuss types of health policy within the context of Australia's federal system.
  5. Explain the role of government and their agencies, non-government organisations (NGOs) and the community in the development and implementation of health policy.
  6. Distinguish between different types of stakeholder influence and involvement, and how these are used in policy development.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Critical analysis (900 words) (15%)
  • Case study (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Hurdle requirements:

80% attendance at tutorials and 80% participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial, 3 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH2107 - Public health and ethics short international program

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Basia Diug

Coordinator(s)

Mrs Evie Kendal
Dr Basia Diug

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

Must have completed:

HSC1101 and HSC1102

OR

BMA1011 and BMA1012

OR

HSC1200 and HSC1400

OR

BMS1042

OR

with permission.

Synopsis

This unit will grant credit to Monash students enrolling in the Yale University Interdisciplinary Center for Bioethics' 2-month intensive bioethics Summer program.

This is a unique program open to American and international undergraduate and postgraduate students, and to professionals working in health science, medicine and health law.

It focuses on the ethical requirements for research involving humans, animals and the environment

Participants will attend a series of morning lectures presented by Yale faculty staff and visiting scholars from around the world, surveying the field of medical, research and environmental ethics.

In addition, students will attend 6 intensive seminars on special topics such as care for the dying, bioethics and law, bioethics and media, literature, technology and ethics, public health ethics, and feminist approaches to bioethics.

Each interactive seminar will represent 12 hours of contact and an equivalent number of hours of private study.

Students will also attend a bioethics film/discussion series; participate in field trips to bioethics-related institutions; present a structured group debate; and present an original paper at a final in-house "mini-conference".

The aim of the program is to expose a diverse range of students to the various legal and ethical challenges facing health practice today.

For Monash students this program provides a valuable insight into other health care systems around the world, and how these differ to the Australian context.

The selection process will involve two stages. Students will complete the application process as per the Summer Institute's guidelines and first submit these documents to the Medical Education and Research Quality unit (MERQ) at SPHPM by the internal deadline.

MERQ will then create a shortlist of potential applicants taking into account academic history, achievement relative to opportunity, relevant work experience, career aspirations and responses to key selection criteria.

This shortlist will then be sent to the Summer Institute and the final selection will be made.

MERQ will liaise with Monash Abroad to ensure the selection process is fair and equitable and that students from a variety of faculties and year levels are considered.

Where appropriate consultation with student groups will assist in the decision-making process.

Students must have a minimum WAM of 70% at the time of application to be considered for entry to this unit.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Demonstrate competency with core ethical principles related to public health and medical research.
  2. Appraise and evaluate various philosophical approaches to issues of discrimination, privacy, autonomy and equality of opportunity as they relate to public health and medical research.
  3. Critically discuss, evaluate and interpret the ethical and legal issues arising from advances in medical science and biotechnology.
  4. Contribute to informed discussions on different international approaches to patient care and the legal and ethical duties of health professionals.
  5. Use case studies to defend a particular ethical judgment with regards to patient rights and resource allocation decisions.
  6. Engage and communicate with peers from a variety of academic and professional backgrounds to collaboratively develop ethical policies in health care.
  7. Critically engage with media representations of medical research, researchers and health professionals.
  8. Identify key differences across various national health care systems around the world.

Fieldwork

Students will need to travel to Connecticut, USA to attend the program. On campus accommodation is available. All site visits are organised by the Yale Bioethics Center and associated transport costs are included in the institute fees.

Assessment

  • 3 x Site visit short written reports (600 words each) (5% each) (15%)
  • Group debate (1,200 words) (10%)
  • Oral presentation individual component at Yale (10 mins) & group seminar component at Monash (30 mins) (20%)
  • Original research paper on a bioethical topic of the student's own choosing under the advice of their supervisor (6,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Seminar participation (5%)

Hurdle:

  • Attendance at all program events (maximum of 5 absences permitted without documented excuse).

Workload requirements

This 2-month intensive is taught on-site at Yale University. The program involves daily 2-hour lectures (total of 80 hours) and six 12-hour seminars (total of 72 hours). In addition there are a number of site visits (approx. 20 hours total) and optional discussion groups students can attend. Typical sites include the Hastings Center, Connecticut Hospice and Monsanto Corporation.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3001 - Public health and clinical research methods

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Kelly Allen

Coordinator(s)

Kelly Allen

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Either (PBH2001 and PBH2002) OR BMS1042

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with specific development of quantitative health and medical research methodology.

Students will choose a health research question of interest to them and design a research protocol for studying that particular question. Students will learn techniques for identifying evidence gaps, reviewing the literature and developing a quantitative research proposal.

Students will gain practical experience by defining a study population and sampling, data collection, data management, statistical analysis, ethics approval and practicalities such as timelines and funding of a research project.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Develop an answerable research question to address an evidence gap
  2. Critically appraise the strengths and limitations of different study designs
  3. Develop and select appropriate measures for use in clinical research
  4. Design and conduct epidemiological research in clinical settings
  5. Understand and address ethical and practical considerations in clinical research

Assessment

  • Group project (20%)
  • Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research project plan summary (500 words) (10%)
  • Research proposal (3,500 words) (45%) (hurdle)
  • 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

6 hours per week contact hours plus 6 hours per week private study. This includes a weekly one hour lecture and two hour tutorial.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3002 - Disease prevention and control

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Biswajit Banik

Coordinator(s)

Dr Biswajit Banik

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: BMS1042, PBH2001, NUT1002, PHH2141.

Prohibitions

PHH3041

Synopsis

This unit focuses on prevention and control of diseases. Topics include principles of infection, outbreaks, public health control measures, and current issues in disease prevention and control. Public health control measures discussed may include surveillance, modelling, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, infection control, vector control, screening and risk factor management.

These topics are illustrated using relevant examples of communicable diseases such as vaccine-preventable diseases (e.g. influenza); vector-borne diseases (e.g. malaria), food-borne diseases (e.g. salmonella) and sexually transmitted infections (e.g. HIV) and are compared with strategies to prevent and control non-communicable diseases. Epidemiological, social, and political perspectives are considered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Identify the distinguishing epidemiological features of infectious diseases.
  2. Explain how communicable infections are spread.
  3. Interpret epidemiological data on disease surveillance and disease outbreaks.
  4. Apply principles of communicable disease prevention to a range of scenarios, and identify which public health prevention and control strategies are appropriate for different diseases.
  5. Design and evaluate disease surveillance and control programs.
  6. Describe the role of social and political factors in disease prevention and control.
  7. Explore similarities and differences in prevention and control strategies for non communicable diseases and communicable diseases.

Assessment

  • 2 x Written assignments (Total of 2,000 words) (30%)
  • Group presentation (Oral) (15%)
  • Tutorial exercises (10%)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (45%) Hurdle

Hurdle: At least 80% attendance at tutorial classes.

Workload requirements

6 contact hours (3 hour seminar, 3 hours online) plus 6 hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3003 - Environmental determinants of health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ewan MacFarlane

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ewan MacFarlane

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1042, HSC2141, NUT1002, PHH2141, PBH2001

Prohibitions

HSC3102

Synopsis

This unit explores the role of environmental factors in human health, how environmental health hazards are identified and how the risks can be assessed and managed. This unit will cover chemical, biological and physical hazards and their potential health effects in a range of environmental contexts.

This unit will encourage students to critically evaluate environmental health information and its application in realistic situations.

In this unit students will explore practical examples of environmental health hazards to identify the human health risks present, ways to assess exposure and options and strategies for assessment and management of the health risks identified.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Describe the essential principles of hazard identification, risk assessment, risk management and risk communication.
  2. Demonstrate fluency with the basic concepts and terms used to describe chemical, physical and biological hazards.
  3. Describe basic principles of identifying common hazards and nominate ways to assess the risks presented.
  4. Nominate common interventions used to control environmental risks and the key personal, social and economic factors which may reduce the effectiveness or prevent control measures being successful.
  5. Critically evaluate environmental health research evidence and explain the limitations, relevance and application of the evidence to specific situations.

Assessment

  • Weekly online tasks (60%) (hurdle)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 hour lecture, 4 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3004 - Health program evaluation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Sarah Carmody

Coordinator(s)

Ms Sarah Carmody

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1100, NUT1002, BMS1042, PHH1061

AND

One of the following units: PBH2005, HSC2300, NUT2001, PHH2051, PHH2101.

Prohibitions

PHH3061

Synopsis

This unit will equip students with skills to undertake the evaluation of health promotion programs and policies using a range of methodologies. Levels of health program evaluation, including formative, process, impact, and outcome evaluation, will be examined. The range of qualitative and quantitative methods that are appropriate for different evaluation questions will be presented.

An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of health promotion and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to illustrate these issues.

Evaluation design and data collection options to strengthen knowledge of program impact will be explored.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Distinguish between levels of evaluation in health promotion and recognise how these are linked to program plans;

  2. Identify the range of quantitative and qualitative study designs that can be employed and discuss strengths and weaknesses of these for different strategies and contexts;
  3. Identify methods to measure indicators at all levels of evaluation;
  4. Develop survey questions and interview guides that demonstrate an understanding of measurement quality;
  5. Recognise different aspects of measurement reliability and validity and how these can be evaluated;
  6. Develop a comprehensive evaluation plan.

Assessment

  • Evaluation design exercise (template provided) (10%)
  • Project evaluation plan (template provided) (40%)
  • Presentation of data collection tools (20 min oral presentation + 30 min class activities) (20%)
  • Data collection instrument (2,000 words) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at seminars.

Workload requirements

Workload requirements include: 2.5 hour seminar, 3.5 hours of directed online student learning activities, plus 6 hours of self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3005 - Social and behavioural sciences in public health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Stav Zandes

Coordinator(s)

Stav Zandes

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

In this unit, students will be introduced to psychological, behavioural and social factors that are key determinants of a range of health outcomes. Students will examine a range of social and behavioural theories, principles of evidence-based practices and interventions that correlate with prevention and maintaining good health. Students will apply these principles to the development, onset, recovery and management of disease.

Students will explore the mind-body interactions of health and illness, psychosocial determinants of health, the significance of the sick role and patient behaviour and motivation. Behaviour will be examined from the view of the health professional's role (clinician-patient interactions), behavioural and psychosocial interventions (behaviour change strategies and techniques), and stress and illness management. Cultural and social issues, including responses to health care, chronic illness and death will also be analysed.

Students will be guided with an emphasis to understanding human behaviour through assessment based interventions that are patient-centered and holistic, as well as collaborative and values focused.

Throughout the unit, students will develop critical analysis skills, learning to review, assess and critically analyse a range of behaviour issues and behavioural interventions and practices, based on real world case studies of current and present-day health issues prevalent in Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the social and behavioural theories in relation to prevention, health, and their application to the development, onset, recovery and management of disease.
  2. Describe the psychosocial determinants of health, and the influence of these contributing factors to health and illness.
  3. Compare the behavioural and psychosocial interventions in relation to health and disease, and their application to real world scenarios.
  4. Critically analyse a range of behaviour issues, and assess behavioural interventions and practices that could be utilised.
  5. Recognise the cultural and social context of behaviour change, and their relevance to health care, chronic illness and death.
  6. Communicate the nature and application of behavioural and psychosocial interventions for both professional and lay audiences, including low literate audiences.

Assessment

  • Essay (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Oral group presentation (20 minutes) (20%)
  • Online quizzes (10%)
  • iSAP Case report (2,400 words) (40%)
  • 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

6 hours per week contact hours plus 6 hours per week private study. This includes a weekly one hour lecture and two hour tutorial.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3006 - Public health research practicum

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Ewan MacFarlane

Coordinator(s)

Dr Ewan MacFarlane

Quota applies

To be considered for entry to PBH3006 students must have attained an average of at least 65% across level 2 units. Entry is competitive and based on academic performance. Meeting the minimum entry requirement does not guarantee entry and final enrolment is at the discretion of the Unit Coordinator.

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC3131, PBH2001 or BMS1042

Prohibitions

PBH3008 & HSC3132 & HSC3082 & PHH3082

Notes

Students are required to attend induction sessions in the week prior to the start of semester.

Synopsis

This unit provides an opportunity for high achieving students to experience public health research in practice. Application forms for this unit can be obtained from med-sphpm-ug@monash.edu.

A strict quota applies and entry is based on academic performance.

Students will be placed with a current public health/epidemiological research project and will undertake specific tasks within the project as well as being exposed to the broader research environment.

The specific tasks undertaken will vary, but may include, for example, dealing with recruitment of study participants, data collection and management and analysis of findings.

Students will apply research skills acquired in years 1 and 2 of their degree, in areas such as dealing with bias and confounding, developing data collection tools, managing and analyzing data, and ethical practices in the research environment.

Students will prepare oral and written presentations relating to: their specific task/s; the research project with which they are working; and the research process more generally.

This unit is particularly designed for students who are considering a research career, via an Honours degree and postgraduate study.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills of research design, methodology and data analysis in the practice of public health/epidemiological research
  2. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the practical and methodological issues in conducting public health/epidemiological research
  3. Critically reflect on the skills required for good research practice, including professional, ethical and practical issues
  4. Present oral and written reports of research processes and research outcomes.

Assessment

  • First oral presentation (10 mins) (15%)
  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Final oral presentation (20 mins) (15%)
  • Final written report (3,000 words) (35%)
  • Supervisor's assessment, including attendance (15%)

Hurdle: Progress report checklist signed by both the student and supervisor.

Workload requirements

12 hours of on-site research work and private study per week. Students are also required to attend induction sessions in the week prior to the start of semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3007 - Health promotion practicum

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Micaela Drieberg

Coordinator(s)

Ms Micaela Drieberg

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. To be considered for entry to HSC3082 students must have attained an average of at least 65% across level 2 HSC units. Entry is competitive and based on academic performance.

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of HSC2062Not offered in 2018 or PBH1102 AND one of HSC3061 or PHH3061 or PBH3004

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Health Science or Bachelor of Public Health Science.

Prohibitions

PBH3006 and PBH3008

Notes

  • The first compulsory seminar will be held during Orientation week of semester 2.
  • Students are required to obtain a Police Records check and Working With Children check.

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to put into practice the theory that underpins the profession of health promotion by working in an agency which has promoting health as part of its core business. It will provide practical experience in preparation for embarking or enhancing a career in health promotion as well as opportunities to learn about career development, resume development and reflection on skills and capacities required by a graduate. Applying the knowledge gained through their course by working in agencies that undertake population-based health promotion issues will help students to better understand health determinants and behaviour in the community, and prepare them for the realities of the workplace.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills gained in health promotion units, in the practice of community-based health promotion.
  2. Demonstrate skills and knowledge in learning about career development.
  3. Demonstrate knowledge of health promotion theories in program design and/or delivery.
  4. Reflect on the professional attitudes and skills required of health professionals working in community settings.
  5. Critically assess a workplace environment.
  6. Critically reflect on personal strengths and weaknesses as a health professional, and skills and capacities necessary for graduate employment.

Fieldwork

Each student will undertake a health promotion placement at a relevant organisation. The placement is 100 hours in duration and students need to be able to committ at least one day a week to complete their placement by mid-November.

Assessment

  • Mid placement reflection report (1,200 words) (15%)
  • Final reflection report (3,000 words) (30%)
  • Career portfolio (40%) Hurdle
  • Mediated peer assessment activities (15%)

Workload requirements

144 hours including 100 hours of field placement, 12 hours of seminars, contact time of 1 hour online discussion group between weeks 5-12, and 2 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3008 - Case studies in global and public health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Richards

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karen Richards

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PBH1104 or HSC1200

Prohibitions

HSC3002Not offered in 2018, HSC3082, PBH3007, PBH3006, HSC3132

Synopsis

This unit will utilise a 'case study' approach to build on students' previous learning about global health. The intent of this unit is not only to further students' awareness of global health issues, but also to encourage critical thinking about the underlying causes and the efficacy of current global health programs and approaches. It aims to equip students to work in the area of global health both in Australia and abroad.

Students will learn about the main global health principles and frameworks including the sustainable development goals. They will analyse case studies of programs addressing some of the current global health challenges such as climate change, conflict, communicable and non-communicable diseases, non-intentional injuries, mental health, drugs and alcohol.

Students will increase their cultural capability in addressing Aboriginal health issues and learn about a 'strengths based approach'.

Case studies demonstrating successes and failures in addressing global health challenges will be analysed to demonstrate the complexity of health improvement in low- and middle-income countries.

Students will learn about the use of appropriate technology, being culturally sensitive and participatory approaches.

This module will also expose students to the various careers available to graduates with a health sciences background.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the current and future threats to global health and their underlying causes
  2. Discuss the interaction of the environment and health including climate change, conflict and natural disasters
  3. Demonstrate increased cultural capability in relation to Aboriginal health and how to apply a 'strengths based' approach to Aboriginal health issues
  4. Assess public health programs addressing health issues at a national and global level including the program's capacity to address health inequities and the appropriateness of design
  5. Critique key global strategies and frameworks including the sustainable development goals, the Ottawa charter and the global framework for tobacco control

Assessment

  • Online weekly quiz (20%)
  • Group presentation (15%)
  • iSAP case study analysis (1,800 words) (30%)
  • Research assignment (2,100 words) (35%)

Workload requirements

On-campus: 3 hours per week in a seminar, 3 hours online activities, 6 hours private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3009 - Chronic disease epidemiology and control

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Danijela Gasevic

Coordinator(s)

Danijela Gasevic

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PBH2001 OR BMS1042 OR PBH3002

Synopsis

This unit will extend on foundation knowledge in epidemiology and disease prevention. It will focus on the burden of chronic disease, examining both the Australian context and global perspectives.

Students will apply techniques for measuring the burden of disease, examine risk factors for chronic disease and explore the impact of the determinants of health on chronic disease. Evidence-based approaches to disease prevention and control will be presented.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the epidemiology and burden of chronic disease
  2. Evaluate methods used to measure the impact of chronic disease
  3. Appraise risk pathways associated with important chronic diseases
  4. Examine the impact of determinants of health in chronic disease
  5. Evaluate strategies for the public health control of chronic diseases

Assessment

  • Online quizzes (10%)
  • Group project (15%)
  • Written report (2,100 words) (35%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

6 hours per week contact hours (including 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 3 hours online activities) plus 6 hours per week private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3010 - Health data management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Jessica Lockery

Coordinator(s)

Jessica Lockery

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to develop skills in data management and analysis. Skills in data management, linkage, quality assurance and analytics will be developed throughout the program. Students will be guided through data management from project inception to data set completion.

Practical skills will be developed through the completion of weekly data management tasks for a hypothetical study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Develop a data management workflow
  2. Appraise the processes of data linkage
  3. Construct interim data reports
  4. Implement strategies for monitoring data quality
  5. Compile a data set handbook

Assessment

  • Online activities (10%)
  • Data report (45%) (hurdle)
  • Portfolio (45%) (hurdle)
  • 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks.

Workload requirements

6 hours per week contact hours (including 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 3 hours online activity) plus 6 hours per week private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3011 - Advanced biostatistics for public health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Baki Billah

Coordinator(s)

Dr Baki Billah

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMS1042 or PBH2002

Synopsis

This unit builds on earlier coursework units in data, critical thinking, epidemiology, and introductory biostatistics and research methods.

Its focus is to provide a unified framework of statistical modelling used in a variety of health science research and practical applications, including analysis of data from questionnaires, randomised and non-randomised comparative studies, and purely observational data.

It emphasises the link between clearly defined research questions to be investigated and the formulation and execution of appropriate statistical procedures, together with their interpretation in scientific lay language.

The statistical methods that will be covered are: ANOVA, correlation and linear regression analysis, logistic regression analysis and sample size calculation. The lectures will be supplemented with weekly case studies in the tutorials/computer labs drawn from a variety of areas of epidemiology, public and global health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the benefits of statistical modelling to answer research questions in the health sciences
  2. Recognise an appropriate statistical method to suit a particular substantive problem
  3. Formulate and communicate a statistical analysis plan
  4. Use statistical modelling procedures appropriate for survey, experimental, and observational data using the SPSS software
  5. Interpret and present the results of statistical analyses in written and oral form
  6. Critically appraise the use of statistical methodology in the health sciences literature

Assessment

  • Data analysis report (15%)
  • Case study (30%)
  • Online quiz (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials and participation in online tasks (Activity Discussion)

Workload requirements

6 hours per week contact hours (including 1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 3 hours online activity) plus 6 hours per week private study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PBH3012 - Translating research into practice

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Public Health and Preventive Medicine

Chief examiner(s)

Kelly Allen

Coordinator(s)

Kelly Allen

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Either (PBH2001 and PBH2002) OR BMS1042

Synopsis

This unit will examine the process of transferring high quality research evidence into practice.

It will explore systematic review and guideline development. Students will learn how to assess the quality and interpret the results of these valuable sources of evidence.

Students will examine barriers and enablers in knowledge translation, and undertake in evidence-based methods utilised in research translation and dissemination strategies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the evidence-practice gap
  2. Describe the knowledge translation cycle
  3. Understand and analyse systematic review and guideline development methods
  4. Develop and implement a public health evaluation plan
  5. Design strategies for assessing barriers and enablers to translating research into practice

Assessment

  • Group project (10%)
  • Critical appraisal (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Health evaluation (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Written examination (1.5 hours) (30%)

Workload requirements

6 contact hours (3 hour seminar, 3 hours online) plus 6 hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1052 - Health care systems: Global and local

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Nwamaka Nwogwugwu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1052.

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to health care systems (local and global), including key features and principles as well as the role of policy, politics, ideologies, resources and funding in their design and operation. The unit also utilizes relevant current events to generate discussion and debate around policy approaches to specific issues and the politics of health and social care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Recognise key features of health and social care systems.
  2. Identify key principles and processes underpinning the design of health and social care systems.
  3. Describe the roles of health professionals in the health system.
  4. Explain the role of key factors influencing the design and operation of health and social care systems (including politics, ideologies, resources and funding).
  5. Compare health systems with regard to structure, performance, and context.
  6. Work effectively in a group to plan and complete tasks collaboratively.

Assessment

  • Individual presentation (10 minutes) (15%)
  • Group presentation (15 minutes) (20%)
  • Written assignment (2,500 words) (40%)
  • Quizzes x 3 (in-class) (multiple choice) (25%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 hours per week (2 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial) PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1061 - Data, evidence and critical thinking in health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. Samson Muyanga

Coordinator(s)

Dr Juliana Kagura

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1061.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the skills necessary to locate, critique the usefulness and quality of, and summarise evidence to provide them with a solid foundation for an evidence-based approach to optimising health and well-being at a population level. Students are guided through skills in searching for and locating evidence. They are introduced to different research methodologies and ways of analysing data to understand various research paradigms. This information is used to critique the available literature. Students will be introduced to both qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection and analysis; basic descriptive statistics; measurement concepts; and synthesis and reporting of data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe different sources of evidence in health (e.g. newspaper articles, Internet sites, journal publications, etc.).
  2. Retrieve and evaluate health information from diverse sources in order to inform and improve the practice of public health.
  3. Describe quantitative and qualitative techniques for data collection and basic analysis for reporting data.
  4. Recognise issues of cultural context and ethical principles in data collection and interpretation.
  5. Summarise and interpret health information.
  6. Demonstrate the ability to communicate evidence for health professional audiences.

Assessment

  • Evidence ranking and summary (750 words) (20%)
  • Online quiz: Quantitative data test (20 minutes) (5%)
  • Online quiz: Qualitative data test (20 minutes) (5%)
  • Project proposal (Group presentation) (Oral) (20 minutes) (30%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 hours per week - 2 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1081 - Foundations of public health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. Samson Muyanga

Coordinator(s)

Mrs Nwamaka Nwogwugwu

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1081.

Synopsis

This unit provides foundation knowledge in public health that begins with its historical underpinnings and leads to examination of the principles, practices and values of contemporary public health. Examples will be used to illustrate the importance of inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary systems thinking for the success of public health programs and policy. You will learn to critically analyse the determinants and burdens of disparate rates of illness and disease from the perspectives of health inequalities and vulnerable populations to understand public health priorities, and the core roles and functions of public health systems and programs. The learnings from this unit can be applied to public health issues and systems in any country.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss the principles underpinning public health and examine public health values from different paradigms;
  2. Describe the history and evolution of public health and discuss how they have impacted on the health of the populations;
  3. Discuss a range of behavioural, social and cultural, environmental and political determinants that create health and cause ill-health and inequalities;
  4. Identify a range of public health interventions and appraise their strengths and limitations;
  5. Discuss the critical relationship between human rights and public health, and identify the critical ethical considerations for public health practice;
  6. Examine the inter-sectoral and interdisciplinary systems that comprise good public health and implications for the workforce.

Assessment

  • Quizzes x 2 (in-class) (10 minutes reading time and 20 minutes completion time per quiz) (20%)
  • Group presentation (oral) (15 minutes) (15%)
  • Essay (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials. Completion of all assessment tasks.

Workload requirements

Lecture 2 hours and Tutorial 2 hours per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1101 - Biological bases of health and disease 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr. Samson Muyanga

Coordinator(s)

Dr. Richard Chawana

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1101.

Synopsis

The unit examines the biological determinants of the major non-communicable diseases that are common global causes of death and disability. Students will be encouraged to integrate knowledge of physiological factors, genetic factors and lifestyle choices to explain health and disease; and to appreciate that knowledge of the biological determinants of disease can be applied to the prevention and control of disease. Case studies will provide the opportunity to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss ways in which under-nutrition and over-nutrition contribute to the global burden of disease;
  2. Explain the basics of human genetics with reference to examples of human diseases that are caused by chromosomal, single gene or polygenic defects;
  3. Describe the structure of human cells and their functions in adaptive and non-adaptive responses to harmful environmental stimuli;
  4. Explain the biological basis of cardiovascular disease and its important risk factors that contribute to the high global prevalence of heart attack and stroke;
  5. Apply knowledge of the digestive tract, genetics, and dietary factors to explain the nature and occurrence of colorectal cancer;
  6. Explain how the function of gas exchange can be disrupted in obstructive respiratory disease and the health consequences in chronic conditions; and
  7. Explain the biological bases of selected global health problems and discuss possible approaches towards their prevention and control.

Assessment

  • Online quizzes x 2 (25 minutes each) (10%)
  • Mid-semester test (50 minutes) (15%)
  • Oral case presentation x 4 (group work) (10 minutes each) (30%)
  • Written examination (2 hours) (45%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week (1 lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours) PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1102 - Biological bases of health and disease 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Nwamaka Nwogwugwu

Coordinator(s)

Dr. Richard Chawana

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1102.

Synopsis

The fundamental concepts introduced previously in 'Biological Bases of Health and Disease 1' will be developed further with a particular focus on health and disease across the life span and communicable disease. The unit covers the biological and microbial determinants of diseases that are common global causes of death and disability. Case studies will provide the opportunity for students to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify the biological factors that determine maternal and child health outcomes;
  2. Apply knowledge of the immune system to evaluate national and world immunisation programs;
  3. Discuss the changing demographics in world population and the increased global burden of disease caused by mental health problems;
  4. Compare the methods of transmission of communicable disease using appropriate examples of infections of global importance;
  5. Discuss the role of environmental factors in the spread on communicable disease;
  6. Discuss newly emerging and re-emerging communicable diseases and the challenges in controlling communicable disease in remote areas of Australia and in developing countries;
  7. Explain the biological bases of selected global health problems and possible approaches towards their prevention and control.

Assessment

  • Written examination (2 hours) (45%)
  • Mid-semester class test (50 minutes) (15%)
  • Online quizzes x 2 (25 minutes each) (10%)
  • Oral case presentation x 3 (Group work) (10 minutes each) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week (1 lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours) PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH1112 - Global health: Opportunities and challenges

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Nwamaka Nwogwugwu

Coordinator(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC1112.

Synopsis

In this unit, we ask you to think about the vast and growing inequities in health that exist across the world and the challenges for people living in developing countries. We explore their underlying causes including: globalisation, transnational trade, tourism, rapid development, social and political transitions, climate change, violence and insecurity. Using research reports and case studies, we examine the wider context for working in international settings as well as the issues faced by Indigenous peoples, migrants and refugees. We explore our responsibilities as 'global citizens' and we challenge you to think about ways you could make a difference.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the place of health and its determinants in a globalising world;
  2. Compare and contrast initiatives to address global health challenges;
  3. Identify opportunities for action and design relevant approaches to global health challenges;
  4. Identify future global health challenges and their determinants;
  5. Analyse the determinants of global health;
  6. Critically reflect on contemporary debates regarding globalization and health.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (30%)
  • Class test (1 hour) (30%)
  • Assignment (3,000 words) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 hours per week (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial) PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2022 - Culture, society and health

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1081, HSC1112, PHH1081, PHH1112.

Prohibitions

HSC2022, PBH2003

Synopsis

This unit will explore how individual and population experiences of health are shaped by culture and society. The unit draws on key sociological and anthropological theories and concepts to reveal explanations for health in respect of larger socio-cultural realities and political processes. Students will be encouraged to foster skills in critical deconstruction of Western representations of culture to arrive at an appreciation of various 'ways of knowing', including Indigenous scholarship. There will be a focus on global health and in particular, Indigenous people, place, culture and health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply key principles of sociological and anthropological thought to the lived experience of individuals and populations.
  2. Apply the themes associated with the sociological imagination to examine the social production, construction and organisation of health locally and globally.
  3. Apply sociological theories as analytical tools to critically examine cultural, social, political and economic factors influencing health.
  4. Critically examine and evaluate aspects of culture and society with which they are familiar (as well as historical representations) in order to extend their understanding of the socio-cultural structures, institutions and processes relevant to health globally.

Assessment

  • Individual journal (1,200 words) (15%)
  • Individual analysis (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Group presentation (15 minutes) (15%)
  • Individual essay (2,000 words) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 hours contact time per week (1 hour lecture 2 hour tutorial / workshop) PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2051 - Health program planning

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC1081 or PHH1081.

Prohibitions

HSC2051, PBH2005

Synopsis

In this unit, students will develop knowledge and skills for public health and health promotion program design and implementation. These are core competencies for health promotion practice. Students will develop skills in community needs assessment, determining priorities and defining target populations, and selecting an appropriate mix of strategies based on evidence and theory. Strategies that take into account social and health inequalities will be examined. Students will consider key steps in implementation management and methods for building program sustainability. Case studies, group work, planning tools and evaluations of health promotion programs will be used to develop practical problem-solving skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. describe the steps in planning a preventive health program;
  2. identify data sources for needs assessment and community profiles;
  3. develop a needs assessment incorporating elements of community profiling as the basis of an evidence-based program plan;
  4. use published literature and formative research to identify determinants of population health needs that can be changed by health promotion action;
  5. write SMART project goals and objectives that are clearly linked to health determinants;
  6. apply a range of theories and evidence to select strategies that will meet project objectives;
  7. identify administrative and management issues that need to be addressed for successful program implementation;
  8. select approaches that maximise the potential for program sustainability;
  9. describe the links between project planning and evaluation and the key steps in evaluation planning.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (10 minutes) (15%)
  • Participation in seminars (10%)
  • Report (2,000 words) (15%)
  • Intervention plan (4 page template) (40%)
  • Project implementation plan (2,000 words) (20%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2101 - Health promotion: Global and local

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units HSC1081, HSC1112, PHH1081 or PHH1112.

Prohibitions

HSC2101.

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the key principles and frameworks that guide health promotion and disease prevention internationally and locally. Students will examine concepts and theories that underpin health promotion and the primary care, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches used in this field. Important dimensions of practice, including partnerships, participation, multi-level action, capacity building and evidence-based practice will be explored. The areas of health promotion action that will be examined will encompass policy development for health, creating supportive environments, health education strategies, health communication techniques at the group and population level, and advocacy. The application of these to health challenges in diverse cultural and economic contexts will be explored. By the completion of the Unit, students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of health promotion's key concepts, values and methods, and the criteria by which the quality of practice can be judged.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. discuss and critically reflect on principles, concepts and frameworks that underpin health promotion;
  2. compare primary care, behavioural, and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion and discuss their strengths and limitations;
  3. describe the role of empowerment in health improvement and the scope for community participation in health promotion;
  4. identify the attributes of effective partnerships for health promotion;
  5. identify the different types of evidence that can guide health and sources of evidence that can assist in strategy selection;
  6. critically reflect on the uses of health education, community organisation, communication and social marketing strategies to achieve individual, social, and policy changes;
  7. discuss the contribution of policy development to health promotion;
  8. describe the key domains of capacity building and the use of capacity building in health promotion;
  9. discuss ethical challenges that are presented by health promotion.

Assessment

  • Class test (1 hour) (10%)
  • Report (2,000 words) (30%)
  • In-class presentation (15 minutes) (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2111 - Treatments and technologies

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Coordinator(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

(HSC1101 or PHH1101) and (HSC1102 or PHH1102).

Prohibitions

HSC2111, PBH2006

Synopsis

This unit explores the options for treatment and management of established health conditions at the individual level. It provides an introduction to pharmacology and an overview of other interventions commonly employed to manage illness and improve health. A case study approach will be used which looks at treatment options for key diseases (e.g., cancer).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the processes by which drugs act on, and are handled by, the human body.
  2. Explain the role of drugs in prevention and treatment of specific diseases.
  3. Explain the role of other therapeutic (non-drug) interventions in prevention and treatment of specific diseases.
  4. Describe how drugs and other treatments are developed, evaluated and regulated.
  5. Discuss the social context of drug use and abuse.
  6. Discuss the relationship between drug therapy and public health in local and global contexts.

Assessment

  • Tutorial participation (5%)
  • Class test (1 hour) (10%)
  • Oral presentation (15 minutes) & written report (1,000 words) (15%)
  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week (2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial) PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2141 - Analysing patterns of health and disease

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC1061 or PHH1061.

Prohibitions

HSC2141.

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to epidemiological and statistical concepts necessary for understanding patterns of health and disease in populations. It extends the overview provided in PHH1061, reviewing how health and disease are measured, and how patterns of health and disease in populations are investigated. Students are introduced to different study designs, analysing and interpreting health data and the concepts of bias and confounding. Case studies include local, national and global examples of epidemiological research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically analyse the strengths and weaknesses of different epidemiological study designs.
  2. Critically appraise the popular and biomedical literature on population health.
  3. Identify fundamental ethical considerations that underpin health research.
  4. Identify the importance of statistical methods in the design, analysis and presentation of the results of research studies in health and biomedicine, and in reports of health related matters in general.
  5. Explain basic statistical methods and when to apply them.
  6. Interpret statistical results presented in the biomedical literature and other media, and convey the interpretation in simple language.
  7. Identify different approaches to the nature of 'evidence' in public health and the implications of such approaches for the measurement of health and well-being of indigenous and other population groups.

Assessment

  • 2 x In-class tests (45 minutes each) (10% each) (20%)
  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (15%)
  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Group presentation (15 minutes) (15%)
  • Written exam (2 hours) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH2142 - Research methods in the health sciences

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

Professor Peter Nyasulu

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC1061 or PHH1061.

Prohibitions

HSC2142.

Synopsis

This unit builds on the introduction to research methods provided in PHH1061. In that unit students' learning was focused on appraising evidence produced by other researchers, and on describing and comparing study designs. In this unit, we extend this learning by enabling students to develop skills in designing and conducting their own research projects. The unit will cover: developing answerable research questions, matching research questions with study designs, collecting and analysing study data, managing research projects, and applications of quantitative, qualitative and combined approaches. The cultural, ethical and political contexts within which research takes place will also be discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop researchable questions by completing a literature review to determine gaps in current knowledge.
  2. Develop and prepare a viable research protocol (which includes detailing the chosen research design, sampling and recruitment procedures, data collection and analysis strategies and a rationale for choices made in each of these arenas).
  3. Explain different types of research design and how to choose the most appropriate design to answer explanatory and exploratory research questions.
  4. Design effective research instruments (questionnaires, interview schedules, focus group schedules).
  5. Recognise and outline ethical dilemmas associated with planning and executing morally responsible, culturally sensitive research.

Assessment

  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Tutorial participation and/or other preparation for classes and contribution to class discussions (15%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3001 - Health, law and ethics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

HSC3001Not offered in 2018, PBH2004

Synopsis

This unit deals with two primary aspects of professional practice in the health and social care system, namely the legal and ethical principles that govern the operation of the system and the behaviour of individuals within it. The unit commences with an introduction to the legal framework, covering common law, statute law and the legal responsibilities of health and social care professionals. Students are then introduced to the ethical framework, through an examination of ethical theory, professional ethics, confidentiality, informed consent and relationships with patients. The complex interrelationship between legal and ethical aspects of healthcare practice is explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of the legal framework pertinent to healthcare practice;
  2. explain why the study of health law is an essential aspect of professional practice;
  3. discuss issues related to justice in the healthcare system;
  4. describe medical and professional ethics and different ethical perspectives as related to healthcare; and
  5. discuss the importance of confidentiality and informed consent.

Assessment

  • Written assignment: Response to 10 short answer questions (2,500 words) (Hurdle) (50%)
  • Written assignment: Major paper chosen from one of three provided topics (2,500 words) (Hurdle) (50%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

2 hour seminar per week PLUS 10 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3002 - Health for all in a global world

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Once of the following units: HSC1112, HSC1081, PHH1112, or PHH1081.

Prohibitions

HSC3002Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

This unit will build on students' previous learning about global health, through examination of the 'health for all' agenda and associated approaches to meeting the challenges of health inequities. The intent of this unit is not only to further students' awareness of global health issues, but also to encourage critical thinking about the efficacy of global health programs and the ethics of delivering aid. Central to the unit will be the question of why there is often a failure to provide a total community approach to health issues.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically analyse the approaches and outcomes of various programs, actors and agencies in global health according to ethical and culturally appropriate development and aid delivery.
  2. Explain using evidence from secondary sources, the positive and negative aspects of different approaches to global health programs in terms of equity and inequity.
  3. Apply principles of health-for-all and its expression in project design and evaluation to address global health challenges.
  4. Analyse programs for health issues at national and international levels for their capacity to address health inequities.
  5. Critically analyse donors' positions and activity within global health contexts.
  6. Explain the current and future threats to global health with reference to various social, economic, environmental and political causes.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Project plan (1,000 words) (20%)
  • Project proposal (3,000 words) (Hurdle) (50%)

Hurdle:

  • 80% attendance at tutorials
  • Formative assessment task: Twitter report (800 words)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3011 - Contemporary health challenges

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1081, HSC2022, PBH2003, PHH1081 or PHH2022.

Prohibitions

HSC3011Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

The unit explores global and local health challenges that are at the forefront of the health sector. Students will critically examine the construction of contemporary health challenges including: the implications of global inequalities in health and health problems arising from war and terrorism and political violence such as the refugee crisis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. discuss in depth some key contemporary health challenges demonstrating awareness of multiple perspectives, including the ways in which different health professions approach the issues and exploring how integrated approaches to addressing the issues may be mounted across disciplines;
  2. demonstrate understanding of key global determinants of health;
  3. consider the common and specific factors involved in the construction of various contemporary health challenges as being of 'high priority', particularly in the context of the role that evidence and other factors, including the media, play in this process;
  4. demonstrate understanding of the complex interplay of political, economic, legal and socio-cultural frameworks in shaping contemporary health challenges and how they are responded to;
  5. identify and discuss the implications of ideology, values and power bases in determining our understanding (and prioritising) of contemporary public health challenges;
  6. explore specific case studies of contemporary health challenges (global or local) and critically reflect on current strategies and approaches to responding to them.

Assessment

  • Written outline of research topic (500 words) (15%)
  • Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research essay (3,000 words) (50%)
  • Class participation (10%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at seminars.

Workload requirements

4 hour seminar per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3041 - Disease prevention and control

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Coordinator(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC2141 or PHH2141.

Prohibitions

HSC3041.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on prevention and control of communicable diseases and non-communicable diseases. Topics include principles of infection, outbreaks, public health control measures such as tobacco smoking, obesity, hypertension and current issues in disease prevention and control. Public health control measures discussed may include surveillance, modelling, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, infection control, vector control, screening and risk factor management. These topics are illustrated using relevant examples of communicable diseases such as vaccine-preventable diseases (e.g. influenza); vector-borne diseases (e.g., malaria), food-borne diseases (e.g., salmonella) and sexually transmitted infections (e.g. Syphilis). Epidemiological, social, and political perspectives are also discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify the distinguishing epidemiological features of infectious diseases.
  2. Explain how communicable infections are spread.
  3. Interpret epidemiological data on disease surveillance and disease outbreaks.
  4. Apply principles of communicable disease prevention to a range of scenarios, and identify which public health prevention and control strategies are appropriate for different diseases.
  5. Design and evaluate disease surveillance and control programs.
  6. Describe the role of social and political factors in disease prevention and control.
  7. Explore similarities and differences in prevention and control strategies for non-communicable diseases and communicable diseases.

Assessment

  • Participation / tutorial exercises & presentation (5-10 minutes) (10%)
  • Written assignment (500 words) (10%)
  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (15%)
  • Written assignment (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Final exam (2 hours) (45%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week PLUS 9 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3061 - Health program evaluation

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Jackie Witthuhn

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

One of the following units: HSC1061 or PHH1061

AND

One of the following units: HSC2051, PBH2005, HSC2101, PHH2051, or PHH2101.

Prohibitions

HSC3061 or PBH3004.

Synopsis

This unit will equip students with skills to undertake the evaluation of health promotion programs, partnerships and policies using a range of methodologies. Levels of health program evaluation, including formative, process, impact, and outcome evaluation, will be examined. The range of qualitative and quantitative methods that are appropriate for different evaluation questions will be presented. An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of health promotion and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to illustrate these issues. Evaluation design and data collection options to strengthen knowledge of program impact will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. distinguish between levels of evaluation in health promotion and recognise how these are linked to program plans;
  2. select quantitative designs that are appropriate for different evaluation questions;
  3. identify the range of qualitative study designs that can be employed and the strengths and weaknesses of these for different strategies and contexts;
  4. identify methods to measure indicators at all levels of evaluation;
  5. develop survey questions and interview guides that demonstrate an understanding of measurement quality;
  6. recognise different aspects of measurement reliability and validity and how these can be evaluated;
  7. develop a comprehensive evaluation plan.

Assessment

  • Evaluation design exercise (10%)
  • Project evaluation plan (40%)
  • Oral presentation (20 minutes) & class activities (30 minutes) (20%)
  • Data collection instrument (2,000 words) (30%)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

4 contact hours per week PLUS 8 hours of private study hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3072 - Health policy and politics

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Samson Muyanga

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC1052 or PHH1052.

Prohibitions

HSC3072Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

In this unit, students will examine the political foundations of health promotion and public health policies in South Africa or any other country, different types of health policy, policy development processes and theories that underpin them. Interest groups and the challenges they pose to decision-making processes will be discussed. The social and political impacts of health policy will be explored, as well as the jurisdictional responsibilities held by different levels of government for health policies. Concepts of power, authority and influence will be discussed. Students will learn critical skills for policy analysis in the context of case studies of effective advocacy that have influenced policy change in South Africa or any other country.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of health policy as a key dynamic element of the determinants of health, with effects on the health of populations and societies;
  2. identify the structures, systems and institutions that contribute to the South African or any country's health policy environment with emphasis on health promotion and public health policy;
  3. critically engage with a range of public policy issues and policy processes;
  4. discuss types of health policy within the context of jurisdictions which hold responsibility for them;
  5. explain the role of government and their agencies, NGOs and the community in the development and implementation of health policy;
  6. distinguish types of power and how they are used by interest groups and individuals in policy development; and
  7. use policy analysis skills to critique existing policy using a case study approach.

Assessment

  • Group presentation (20 minutes) (25%)
  • Individual case study essay (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Research essay (2,500 words) (50%) (Hurdle)

Hurdle: 80% attendance at tutorials.

Workload requirements

3 contact hours per week Plus 9 hours private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH3082 - Health promotion practicum

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

TBA

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC3061 or PHH3061 or PBH3004.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 4502.

Prohibitions

HSC3082.

Synopsis

This unit will assist students to put into practice the theory that underpins the profession of health promotion by working in an agency which has promoting health as part of its core business. It will provide practical experience in preparation for embarking or enhancing a career in health promotion as well as opportunities to learn about career development, resume development and reflection on skills and capacities required by a graduate. Applying the knowledge gained through their course by working in agencies that undertake population-based health promotion issues will help students to better understand health determinants and behaviour in the community, and prepare them for the realities of the workplace.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills gained in health promotion units, in the practice of community-based health promotion;
  2. Demonstrate skills and knowledge in learning about career development;
  3. Demonstrate knowledge of health promotion theories in program design and/or delivery;
  4. Reflect on the professional attitudes and skills required of health professionals working in community settings;
  5. Critically assess a workplace environment;
  6. Critically reflect on personal strengths and weaknesses as a health professional, and skills and capacities necessary for graduate employment.

Assessment

  • Half-way practicum reflection report (750 words) (20%)
  • Career portfolio (40%)
  • Final reflection report (2,000 - 2,500 words) (40%)

Hurdle:

  • 80% attendance at seminars
  • Online Moodle discussions
  • Evidence of successful completion of placement.

Workload requirements

144 hours including 100 hours of field placement, 12 hours of seminars, contact time of 1 hour online discussion groups between weeks 5-12 and 2 hours of private study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH4101 - Public health research proposal

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Juliana Kagura

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of the 144 credit point, three year Bachelor of Public Health degree or equivalent.

Co-requisites

PHH4102.

Prohibitions

HSC4001.

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in the quantitative and qualitative research methods that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research, including the analysis, interpretation and reporting of data from such research. The unit introduces students to the theoretical, methodological and ethical issues underpinning contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides direction and guidance in identifying a meaningful research question and in developing the skills and knowledge needed to design and write a research proposal. It reintroduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques needed both to undertake the study and to write a research report.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Produce a research report to meet the standard required at honours level by developing an outline and plan of a research process suitable for the research project;
  2. Critique the outline and plan for a research project;
  3. Explain the characteristics of research questions and formulate a research question relevant to the research project;
  4. Demonstrate a good understanding of the range of quantitative and qualitative research frameworks utilised in public health and health science research. In doing so:
    • Identify the research frameworks used in a range of research projects;
    • Select the most suitable research framework/methodology for given examples of research projects; and justify the research framework/methodology chosen for the research project;
  5. Link research paradigms or methods to research questions;
  6. Demonstrate a good understanding of data analysis methods associated with the various research frameworks. In doing so:
    • Identify the most appropriate data analysis methods for different research frameworks;
    • Select the most suitable data analysis methods for the research project; and,
    • Justify the data analysis methods chosen for the research project;
  7. Identify future research activities in which they would be interested to participate.

Fieldwork

Students may be allocated to visit a community site on a fieldwork to learn methods of community entry and how to conduct research fieldwork in different communities. This will be a supervised fieldwork visit done with the lecturer/researcher.

Assessment

  • Class test (20%)
  • Class presentation (20%)
  • Methodology chapter (60%)

Workload requirements

Seminar and/or online learning activity (3 hours).

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

  • Pre-lecture & self-directed learning activity (3 hours)
  • Post-lecture discussion question (1 hour)
  • Unit assessment / assignment (4 hours).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH4102 - Contemporary and global public health issues

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Nwamaka Nwogwugwu

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of the 144 credit point, three year Bachelor of Public Health degree or equivalent.

Co-requisites

PHH4101.

Prohibitions

HSC4011.

Synopsis

This unit aims for students to develop critical and analytic skills as applied to contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of public health and health science from a global context. Seminars will focus on topics such as current public health thinking and practice and global dimensions of local health, as well as on skills in evidence appraisal and systematic searching. Students will be active learners through the presentation of two seminars to the class during the semester, and will lead the discussion that follows. Students will provide a written review of a topic that is related to their specific research project that demonstrates advanced theoretical understanding of the issues and research relating to that topic.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss contemporary global public health issues.
  2. Analyse the relationship of health policy matters to public health.
  3. Develop a systematic search strategy on a specific topic based on a research question, encompassing the development of inclusion-exclusion criteria, a search strategy and table summaries of selected studies.
  4. Critically review the scientific literature relative to a defined research question.
  5. Prepare a report on a public health issue using critical analysis.
  6. Mobilise quantitative and qualitative research skills to analyse public health issues.

Assessment

  • Assignment (20%)
  • Class presentation (20%)
  • Report on a contemporary public health issue (60%)

Workload requirements

Seminar and/or online learning activity (3 hours).

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

  • Self-directed learning activity (3 hours)
  • Preparation of research report (1 hour)
  • Unit assessment / assignment / presentation / report (4 hours).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PHH4201 - Public health research report

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

South Africa School of Health Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Natasha Khamisa

Coordinator(s)

Dr Juliana Kagura

Unit guides

Offered

South Africa

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

HSC4101, HSC4102.

Co-requisites

PHH4101 and PHH4102.

Prohibitions

HSC4002.

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in writing a research report in public health. The unit introduces students to the skills preparing an introduction, literature review, choice of research methods, findings and discussion of these findings, conclusions and recommendations. It provides direction and guidance in identifying a meaningful research question and in developing the skills and knowledge needed to design and write a research report using reputable referencing techniques. It reintroduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques needed both to undertake the study and to write a public health research report.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Produce a research report to meet the standard required at honours level;
  2. Develop an outline and plan of a research process suitable for the research project;
  3. Formulate an introduction that clearly explains the structure and purpose of the study;
  4. Justify a choice of quantitative and/or qualitative research methods used in the study:
    • Describe the study design used
    • Describe methods of data collection used
    • Describe data analysis approach used
    • Describe measures used to protect research subjects
  5. Demonstrate skills in data analysis and reporting on findings;
  6. Link research findings with literature review in a discussion section;
  7. Draw conclusions and make recommendations from the study.

Fieldwork

Students may be allocated to visit a community site on a fieldwork to learn methods of community entry and how to conduct research fieldwork in different communities. This will be a supervised fieldwork visit done with the lecturer/researcher.

Assessment

  • Assignment (20%)
  • Class presentation (20%)
  • Research report (60%)

Workload requirements

Seminar and/or online learning activity (3 hours).

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

  • Self-directed learning activity (6 hours) - data collection, analysis
  • Preparation of research report (5 hour)
  • Unit assessment / assignment (6 hours).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PMH1011 - Mental health in the community

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Swati Mujumdar

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christopher Siva (Australia)
Dr Karim Bettache (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Each day individuals encounter challenges that impact on their own and others' mental health and wellbeing. These include biological, psychological, and social factors, as well as behaviours such as binge drinking and inappropriate drug use, which can affect both individual health and have wider impact on the community. This unit will employ diverse teaching and learning methods to examine the history of asylums, the move towards deinstitutionalisation, and other advancements in psychological theory and practice that have promoted a push towards community-based mental health care delivery. Students will gain an understanding of the most prevalent mental health issues within the community, including depression, anxiety, drug and alcohol misuse, eating disorders, personality disorders, and psychosis. Common lifespan and developmental challenges for children, adolescents, young adults, and older adults will be discussed.

Students will gain an appreciation of how the mental health system works within Australia, the types of community-based organisations, services, and resources available to individuals experiencing a mental health issue, and the barriers that interfere with mental health promotion and recovery from an episode of illness. In undertaking the unit, students will gain familiarity with real life problems faced by people who struggle with mental health difficulties, skills in critical thinking relevant to mental health and wellbeing, and the capacity to analyse responses to particular social and mental health problems.

The unit will provide students with knowledge to enable them to participate in the multidisciplinary workforce that address these issues in local, state, and federal government departments, as well as in NGOs, small community-based organisations, and other setting where psychologists work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the most common mental health issues impacting individuals within the community and organisations, services, and resources that may assist recovery;
  2. Appreciate the biological, psychological, and social factors that influence the development of mental health issues, help-seeking behaviours, and recovery;
  3. Critique different approaches to mental health policy and promotion designed to assist recovery;
  4. Demonstrate a capacity for critical thinking in relation to topical social problems; and,
  5. Describe the challenges involved at interpersonal, community, and policy levels in ensuring good mental health.

Assessment

  • Lab class presentation (10%)
  • Weekly online pre-lecture quiz (10%) (Assessed on an ongoing basis throughout the semester)
  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Examination (50%)

Hurdle:

Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

Lecture attendance: 2 hours per week;

Tutorial attendance: 2 hours per fortnight;

Preparation: 5 hours background reading/preparation for lectures, tutorials, and assessment tasks.

Attendance at labs/tutorials is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PMH3110 - Psychology impact internship

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Trevor Chong

Coordinator(s)

Dr James Coxon

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Summer semester A 2018 (Flexible)

Prerequisites

Students who have attained at least a distinction (70%) average, completed 48 credit points, and PSY2061 and PSY2071.

Please note, some internships may require one of the following: Working With Children's Check (WWCC), Police Check, immunisations/vaccinations.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course M3005.

Synopsis

This elective unit will involve students being placed as interns within host partner organisations, to demonstrate the broad range of opportunities that are available to psychology graduates, and diverse settings in which psychological knowledge may be applied. Students will complete either a unique research project or work experience-based project jointly defined by the host partner organisation and the unit coordinator.

The five potential streams students may be allocated to include:

  • Industry Settings (e.g. biotechnology organisations)
  • Clinical Settings (e.g. psychology clinics)
  • Research Settings (e.g. MICCN laboratories)
  • Health & Community Settings (e.g. non-for-profit organisations)
  • Global Settings (e.g. international mental health placements).

The main component of the unit involves students undertaking a minimum of 72 hours equivalent of placement in order to complete their in-semester assessments.

The remaining 72 hours will be spent on reflection, self-directed learning and maintenance of assessments, spread across the semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain how core concepts and theories of Psychology relate to a variety of professional settings, in particular the setting to which the student is assigned
  2. Critically evaluate their own actions, leadership skills, and professional development since commencing their internship
  3. Explore how to effectively collaborate with co-workers and supervisors in a professional setting
  4. Communicate clearly and effectively the professional expectations of their assigned organisation, and the benefits and challenges of working in a professional environment
  5. Engage in peer discussion regarding appropriate conduct when dealing with core professional issues
  6. Exercise critical thinking and professional judgement within new workplace environments

Assessment

During the internship, students are required to complete:

  • Reflective assessment (3,500 words) (60%) (hurdle)
  • Mid-internship oral presentation (15 minutes) (30%)
  • Non-invigilated discussion forum (10%)

This unit is pass grade only.

Hurdle requirement: All students must attend the Pre-Internship Induction and complete the attendance log book ensuring the minimum total hours exceeds the minimum requirement for the unit.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload to achieve the learning outcomes for this unit is 144 hours per semester.

It is expected that 72 hours minimum will be spent in an internship with an assigned organisation.

The remaining time will be spent on within-semester assessments and self-directed learning, concurrent with internships.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY1011 - Psychology 1A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Swati Mujumdar

Coordinator(s)

Dr Christopher Siva (Australia)
Dr Goh Pei Hwa (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (Flexible)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (Off-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

APY1910, ATS1359, ATS1840, AZA1020, PSS1711, PSS1712.

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to the discipline of psychology as a behavioural science.

The key topics explored in this unit include personality, the biological bases of behaviour, sensation and perception, an introduction to theories of learning and development, introduction to the historical origins of the discipline, and cross cultural psychology. Consultation classes enhance students' understanding of the lecture material and provide training in research techniques.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify key historical and philosophical developments which have resulted in the modern discipline of psychology;
  2. Identify and describe key concepts underlying biological, developmental and cross-cultural psychology, sensation and perception, personality and learning;
  3. Apply the knowledge and concepts of biological, developmental and cross-cultural psychology, sensation and perception, personality and learning to assessable quizzes and critical thinking assignment;
  4. Outline the need for an objective understanding of human behaviour;
  5. Prepare written technical and scientific documentations and present key findings.

Assessment

  • Article matrix (Part A) (10%)
  • Oral presentation (10 minutes) (Part B) (10%)
  • Critical review (1,500 words) (Part C) (20%)
  • 5 x Online quizzes (10%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

  • 5 hours per week
  • 1x1 hour online preparatory videos per week
  • 1x2 hour Lectorial per week
  • 1x2 hour consultation (tutorial) per week
  • Plus 7 hours of self-directed study per week.

Flexible mode students are not required to attend lectures. Lecture content is available in the form of videos embedded in online workbooks. Online tutorial classes are on offer during the day or in the evening.

The flexible mode offers students the ability to attend online tutorial classes each week (i.e., virtual classes in real-time), instead of attending physical tutorial classes on-campus. Online classes are available during the day or in the evening. Students who elect the flexible mode will have access to online workbooks for each topic of the unit-these workbooks are equivalent to the on-campus lectures and will include narrative and videos (i.e., no requirement to attend lectures on-campus if studying in flexible mode).

On-campus students are required to attend weekly lectures and tutorials on-campus. Activities and supplementary readings / videos will be made available through the pre-class lesson on Moodle. All students in this unit, regardless of mode of study, undertake the same exam, in-semester quizzes, and the same prescribed textbooks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

(Applicable to Summer offering only)

Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week

Participation in (live) online lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly

Online lectorials are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY1022 - Psychology 1B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sean Cain

Coordinator(s)

Dr Swati Mujumdar (Australia)
Dr Alexandre Schaefer (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Flexible)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • October intake 2018 (On-campus)

Prohibitions

APY1910, ATS1359, ATS1840, AZA1020, PSS1711, PSS1712.

Synopsis

Psychology is a scientific discipline which spans a diverse range of areas. This unit introduces you to a small selection of areas, including:

  • Social psychology: how other people and the social environment influence how we think and behave - e.g., conformity, aggression, stereotypes and prejudice.
  • Cognitive psychology: the exploration of internal mental processes - e.g., the fallible nature of memory, how it works and is influenced by others.
  • Abnormal psychology: what happens when our thoughts, feelings, or behaviour cause distress, and interfere with our ability to function - e.g., depression, anxiety, and schizophrenia.

You will also examine how psychologists acquire further knowledge and test their understanding of the way in which individuals think, feel, and behave. This will involve an introduction to research methodology (e.g., research design, descriptive statistics, and inferential statistics).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify and appreciate key influences on social behaviour;
  2. Identify key types and components of memory, and appreciate the limitations of memory;
  3. Recognize and distinguish between the basic features, causes, and treatment of schizophrenia, mood, and anxiety disorders;
  4. Apply and communicate (both orally and in written form) research methods principles to evaluate data, past research studies, and to plan future research; and
  5. Demonstrate (through written and oral communication) skills in critical thinking.

Assessment

  • 12 x Invigilated Online quizzes (15%)
  • Research Proposal Plan Part A (10%)
  • Research Proposal Part B (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week

Attendance at lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly

Consultations: 1 x 2 hours for 8 weeks

Flexible mode students are not required to attend lectures. Lecture content is available in the form of videos embedded in online workbooks. Online tutorial classes are on offer during the day or in the evening.

The flexible mode offers students the ability to attend online tutorial classes each week (i.e., virtual classes in real-time), instead of attending physical tutorial classes on-campus. Online classes are available during the day or in the evening. Students who elect the flexible mode will have access to online workbooks for each topic of the unit-these workbooks are equivalent to the on-campus lectures and will include narrative and videos (i.e., no requirement to attend lectures on-campus if studying in flexible mode).

On-campus students are required to attend weekly lectures and tutorials on-campus. Activities and supplementary readings / videos will be made available through the pre-class lesson on Moodle. All students in this unit, regardless of mode of study, undertake the same exam, in-semester quizzes, and the same prescribed textbooks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week

Participation in (live) online lectorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly

Online lectorials are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY2031 - Developmental and biological psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr James Coxon

Coordinator(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Dr Vanlal Thanzami (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

Prerequisites

PSY1011, PSY1022.

Co-requisites

PSY2051Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

Continuation of first-year psychology topics: developmental psychology and biological psychology. Developmental psychology encompasses physical, cognitive, and social-emotional changes across the life span and how these are shaped by macrosystems such as culture, and microsystems such as peers and the family. Biological psychology includes states of consciousness, mental disorders and addiction, mechanisms and disorders of learning and memory, and the regulation of emotional and motivated states. The laboratory program complements the lectures, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. learn how human behaviour, both simple and complex, is underpinned by physiological and neural processes;
  2. acquire an understanding of the interplay between local and distal, and familial and cultural, factors in determining the course of development from birth through to old age; and
  3. develop more advanced skills in report writing.

Assessment

  • Examination (Multiple-choice) (2 hours) (45%)
  • Biological lab report (2,000 words) (20%)
  • 7 x Online assessments (25%)
  • Oral presentation (10 mins) (10%)

Workload requirements

Attendance at labs, tutorials or weekend schools is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Participation in (live) online lab classes: 1 x 2 hour bi-weekly.

Online lab classes are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lab classes and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online lab classes is required in order to complete associated assessments. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY2042 - Personality and social psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anne-Marie Ternes

Coordinator(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Dr Karim Bettache (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011 and PSY1022.

Synopsis

This unit explores key concepts in social psychology and personality theory, including the history and philosophy of, and evidence for, competing theories. Personality theories that are covered include: 1) psychodynamic theories of Freud and Jung; 2) phenomenological theories of Kelly and Rogers; 3) Eysenck's trait approach; 4) Costa and McCrae's five factor model; and, 5) Bandura's social learning theory. Social psychology concepts that will be covered include: 1) social cognition and influence; 2) social identity and attribution; 3) group dynamics and intergroup behaviour; 4) attitude and attitude change; and, 5) attraction and aggression. In each case, these theories will be applied and critiqued in light of contemporary evidence. Lectures and laboratory classes will help students to apply psychological concepts, and gain an understanding of how personality and social psychology influences individual and interpersonal behaviour.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically evaluate, compare, and explain the origins and underlying assumptions of the personality theories of Freud, Jung, Eysenck, Costa and McCrae, Bandura, Kelly, and Rogers;
  2. Summarise, critically analyse, and evaluate the major theoretical and research approaches within the field of social psychology;
  3. Compare and contrast historical and current theory on social processes, and relate these to both individual factors and interpersonal relationships;
  4. Apply social psychology theories to a range of contemporary social questions, including belonging, identity, attraction, aggression, conflict and negotiation; and;
  5. Examine the practical applications and experimental procedures associated with the above social psychology and personality theories.

Assessment

  • Examination (MCQ) (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)
  • Laboratory assignment (2,500 words) (35%)
  • Class presentation (3 minutes) (20%)

In accordance with Faculty assessment policy, students must achieve at least 45% on the exam to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Lecture attendance: 2 hours per week;

Lab attendance: 2 hours per fortnight;

Discussion forum activity: 2 hours per fortnight (alternating with lab attendance)

Preparation: 8 hours background reading/preparation for lectures, tutorials, and assessment tasks per week.

Attendance at labs/tutorials is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Tutorials are online for off-campus students.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY2051 - Research design and analysis

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr James Coxon

Coordinator(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Jasmine Loo (Malaysia)

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

PSY1011, PSY1022.

Prohibitions

COG1112.

Synopsis

This unit covers at a more advanced level topics in research design and analysis presented in first-year psychology. The topics comprise experimental design and applied methodology. Experimental design and analysis includes hypothesis testing, t-tests, analysis of variance, and post-hoc tests. Applied methodology includes correlation, chi-square, non-parametric tests and observational, archival and single subject designs. The laboratory program complements the lecture series, and provides further training in research techniques, analysis, oral presentations and teamwork. Attendance at weekend schools is required for all off-campus students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. acquire conceptual and practical skills in designing and analysing psychological research;
  2. acquire an understanding of the appropriate application of a variety of statistical tests; and
  3. develop skills in the use of statistical software.

Assessment

  • RDA assignment (1,000 words) (20%)
  • RDA assignment (1,500 words) (20%)
  • 5 x Graded online lecture quizzes (10%)
  • Examination (MCQ) (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures for this unit are online only via MULO. Attendance at labs, tutorials or weekend schools is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Attendance at the Weekend School (WESch) classes is required in order to successfully complete the in class activities and related assessments tasks. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY2061 - Biological psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Julie Stout

Coordinator(s)

Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Associate Professor Alexandre Schaefer (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011 and PSY1022.

Prohibitions

PSY2031,PSY2051Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit explores how human behaviour, both simple and complex, is underpinned by physiological and neural processes. Students will be introduced to the basic principles of neuroscience, including neuron structure and function, neurotransmission, and functional neuroanatomy. These will be examined within the broader framework of functional systems (e.g. sensation, perception, and memory), and will be used to facilitate an understanding of the neurobiological basis of psychological function and dysfunction. The integration of a quantitative methods module into this unit will provide students with an understanding of, and practical experience with, the application of statistical analysis techniques used to address research questions in Biological Psychology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the structure and function of the brain and nervous system.
  2. Examine and determine how the range of human thoughts, feelings, and behaviours are underpinned by physiological and neural processes.
  3. Evaluate and contrast the range of research methods used to investigate brain behaviour relationships.
  4. Apply their knowledge of the biological basis of behaviour through in-depth study of specific topic areas, such as memory, attention and action control.
  5. Apply quantitative methods to evaluate research hypotheses in Biological Psychology.

Assessment

  • Examination (2 hours) (45%)
  • Lab report (2,000 words) (25%)
  • 3 x Data analysis exercises (30 minutes each) (Secure online delivery) (30%)

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture each week, three 2 hour seminars (weeks 1, 3 and 5), and one 2 hour laboratory bi-weekly. Attendance at labs, tutorials or weekend schools is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

One 2 hour lecture each week (available via MULO), and participation in (live) online lab classes: one 2 hour class bi-weekly.

Online lab classes are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lab classes and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online lab classes is required in order to complete associated assessments. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.

For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each lab, 3 hours of lecture/lab attendance, and 58 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY2071 - Developmental psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Megan Spencer-Smith

Coordinator(s)

Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Dr Vanlal Thanzami (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011, PSY1022.

Co-requisites

PSY2061

Prohibitions

PSY2031, PSY2051Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit explores cognitive and behavioural development across the lifespan, including both typical and atypical development. Students will be introduced to the basic principles of development across infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood, such as critical periods for skill development and the link between early and later development. Factors influencing development will be examined within the framework of major theories of development to understand the contribution of genetic, biological, neurological, cognitive and environmental factors. The integration of a quantitative methods module into this unit will provide students with an understanding of, and practical experience with, the application of statistical analysis techniques used to address research questions in Developmental Psychology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the contribution of certain factors to development across the lifespan, such as genetic, biological, neurological, cognitive and environmental factors.
  2. Evaluate theories of development.
  3. Describe the different methodologies for studying development and discuss strengths and limitations of these methods for addressing questions about development.
  4. Apply knowledge of development across the lifespan through in-depth study of specific topic areas such as neurodevelopmental disorders.
  5. Apply quantitative methods to evaluate research hypotheses in Developmental Psychology.

Assessment

  • Examination (2 hours) (45%)
  • Raise a virtual child on an interactive website (5%)
  • Developmental assessment report based on raising a virtual child (500 words) (10%)
  • Lab report (1,500 words) (25%)
  • 3 x Data analysis exercises (Secure online delivery) (30 minutes each) (5% each) (15%)

Workload requirements

One 2-hour lecture each week, three 2-hour seminars, and six 2-hour laboratory classes during semester. Attendance at labs and seminars is recommended in order to successfully complete data analysis exercises and lab related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

One 2 hour lecture each week (available via MULO), and participation in (live) online lab classes: six 2-hour classes during semester.

Online lab classes are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lab classes and tutorials.

These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online lab classes is required in order to complete associated assessments. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.

For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each lab, 3 hours of lecture/lab attendance, and 58 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY2112 - Organisational psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Tam Cai Lian

Coordinator(s)

Dr Adriana Ortega

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points of any degree.

Synopsis

The central theme of this unit is applied psychology focused at the individual, group and organisational levels. At the individual level the use of vocational assessment inventories to determine career choice and selection will be examined. Theories of leadership, power, motivation, job satisfaction, morale and the processes involved in training personnel will be examined at the group level. At the organisational level topics include systems theory, organisational culture, conflict and change. Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is required for all off-campus students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the key concepts and terms adopted and investigated by organisational psychologists; and
  2. appreciate the practical application of organisation psychology principles in the workplace.

Assessment

  • Class participation assignments (10%)
  • Administration and interpretation of a vocational assessment inventory (VPI) (20%)
  • 'Key OB Concepts' PowerPoint report (20%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (50%)

Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit

Workload requirements

Two hour lecture per week, plus six 2 hour workshops in the semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3032 - Abnormal psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chris Siva (Australia)
Dr VanlalThanzami (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2031 or PSY2061.

Synopsis

This unit covers all important aspects of abnormal behaviour: historical influences, theory, assessment, specific psychopathologies, treatment methods, and legal issues. Both the scientific and professional aspects of abnormal psychology are presented. Efforts will be made to give students the broadest possible view of abnormal behaviour by studying different theoretical perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. relate their knowledge of personality, biological processes and human development to abnormal behaviour;
  2. contrast historical and current major theoretical perspectives of abnormal behaviour;
  3. attain insight into the way the theoretical perspective adopted by a clinician can influence the manner of explaining how a psychological disorder develops and how it is treated;
  4. demonstrate familiarity with methods of assessing psychological disorders and the main systems of classifying disorders;
  5. discuss the advantages and disadvantages of classifying abnormal behaviour;
  6. describe the major types of psychological disorders and the major therapeutic approaches to abnormal behaviour; and
  7. attain an advanced level of skill in critical evaluation of previous research and psychological report writing.

Assessment

  • Research report (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Examination (55%) (2 hours)
  • Online case report quizzes (10%)
  • Reflective commentary on clinical application series topic (500 words) (10%)

Workload requirements

Attendance at Laboratory classes, and Research and Application Lectures, is required in order to successfully complete the assessment associated with attendance.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Tutorials are online for off-campus students.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3041 - Psychological testing, theories of ability and ethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Tijana Mihaljcic

Coordinator(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Dr Vanlal Thanzami (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2051Not offered in 2018 or PSY2061 and PSY2071.

Synopsis

This unit introduces the principles and processes of test development and concepts of test reliability and validity. Some widely used standardised psychology tests will be described. The unit also covers theories of ability and how our thinking about human abilities is influenced by our cultural framework. Other major themes include methods for establishing the relative influence of heredity and environment on human intelligence, and the role of psychological testing in clinical practice, educational settings, and corporate organisations. A basic knowledge of the ethical, legal and professional responsibilities of psychologists will be provided with the opportunity for students to apply the Code of Ethics to real life ethical scenarios.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the origins and social context in which psychometric testing developed;
  2. Apply practical and theoretical knowledge of the scale development and evaluation process including understanding the principles of reliability and validity.
  3. Critically evaluate the psychometric properties of psychological tests;
  4. Identify diverse applications of psychological assessment;
  5. Apply the relevant theories of intelligence and appreciate group differences in the testing process;
  6. Explain key ethical principles and identify potential ethical dilemmas and their possible solutions.

Assessment

  • Research report (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Ethics report (1,500 words) (15%)
  • Online case report quizzes (10%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Attendance at labs, tutorials or weekend schools is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3051 - Perception and cognitive psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Matthew Mundy

Coordinator(s)

Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Associate Professor Alexandre Schaefer (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2031 and PSY2051Not offered in 2018 or PSY2061.

Synopsis

The first half of this unit covers sensory, the first half of this unit covers sensory processes involved in vision, audition and speech perception. Coding mechanisms common to different modalities are emphasised to help students understand general mechanisms of sensory coding and perceptual processing. The second half encompasses the acquisition, organisation, and retrieval of knowledge and aims to cover cognitive psychology more generally. It includes emphasis on contemporary research techniques, cognitive architecture, attentional processes, models of learning and memory, mental imagery, language and higher-order thinking.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the most important applications of cognitive psychological research and theory
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the practical and theoretical skills underlying several major methods for conducting cognitive and perceptual psychological research
  3. explain the central problem faced by any perceptual system and be able to use this as a framework to think about the evolution of perceptual principles and current theories of perception
  4. summarise the broad principles of perception which apply to all modalities including neurophysiological mechanisms at the levels of receptors, pathways, and brain structures; top-down and bottom up processing, and feature detection, and the constructive nature of perception
  5. describe the sensory and perceptual processes specific to vision, audition and speech perception
  6. summarise and evaluate the major theoretical and research approaches within cognitive psychology
  7. review historical and current theory on basic cognitive processes, such as learning, memory and attention
  8. understand topics related to the application and manipulation of cognitive information, such as language, problem solving and decision making.

Assessment

  • 2 x Lab assignments (worth 20% each) (40%)
  • 1 x Class presentation (10%)
  • Examination (25% Perception; 25% Cognition) (2 hours) (50%)

Workload requirements

Attendance at online or on-campus laboratory classes is recommended in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Online lab classes are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lab classes and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.

Participation in online classes is required in order to successfully complete the related assessments. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3062 - Research methods and theory

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Joshua Wiley

Coordinator(s)

Jake Hoskin (Australia)
Dr Goh Pei Hwa (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Either any two of PSY2031, PSY2042 or PSY3041; OR PSY2061 and PSY2071 (Please note that PSY2051Not offered in 2018 is incompatible with PSY2061 and PSY2071)

Synopsis

In this unit, students will continue their training in research via three components. First, research design and analysis topics presented in first and second year will be explored at a more advanced theoretical level. The major focus of this component will be analysis of variance and multiple regression. Second, students will develop experience performing statistical analyses using a statistical software package. Finally, students will continue their training in research design and analysis by undertaking a group-based research project under the supervision of a member of staff.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the theory underlying analysis of variance and multiple regression (general linear models);

  2. Perform and interpret analysis of variance and multiple regression where conditions are appropriate forthese statistical analyses;
  3. Apply knowledge of the research process from the original idea to hypothesis testing, data collection and analysis/interpretation;
  4. Critically analyse a specific research area of psychology;
  5. Interpret and present empirical results in an academic style in the format of an empirical journal article.

Assessment

  • 6 x online quizzes (15 minutes each) (10%)
  • Draft research report (1,500 words) (15%)
  • Research report (3,000 words) (35%)
  • Exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

Lectures: 1 x 2 hour weekly.

Tutorials: 1 x 2 hour weekly.

Attendance at tutorials or weekend schools is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Tutorials are online for off-campus students.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3120 - Introduction to counselling

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Moira Junge

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shruti Mujumdar (Australia)
Dr Amanda Chong Sze Menn (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011 and PSY1022.

Synopsis

Central theme: introduction to counselling theory, interventions and research. Themes to be covered include theories of counselling, evaluation of counselling, research designs and interventions, ethical decision making in counselling psychology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify a variety of theoretical approaches to counselling including individual, group and systems approaches;
  2. describe techniques used by various theoretical approaches to counselling;
  3. recognise the influence of personal values and belief systems to the counselling process;
  4. identify ethical issues and ethical decision making in counselling; and
  5. conduct research in counselling psychology.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (25%)
  • Mock Counselling and Self Reflection Task (10 minute video and 750 words) (25%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

12 two hour lectures and 6 two hour labs

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3130 - Health psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Swati Mujumdar (Australia)

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shruti Mujumdar (Australia)
Dr Ting Sing Kiat (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011 and PSY1022; PSY2031 or PSY2061.

Synopsis

This unit will examine the range of psychological factors influencing people's health behaviour, their susceptibility and reactions to illness states and responses to medical treatment. Health psychology encompasses the application of psychological theories to the study of the maintenance and promotion of health, the prevention of illness and the dysfunction and the rehabilitation of those already disabled. This unit is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to evaluate the effects of psychological variables on health and illness behaviour, the prevention of illness and adjustment to illness and dysfunction.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explain the role of psychosocial variables in health and illness states, and deficiencies in the biomedical model;
  2. explain the importance of psychosocial factors in patient adjustments to illness and dysfunction, treatment and rehabilitation;
  3. indicate how they, as health psychologists, can function as an important member of the health care team; and
  4. design educative programs in health psychology.

Assessment

  • Literature review (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Report (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (50%) (hurdle)

Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

Attendance at tutorials is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

Attendance at lectures: 1 x 2 hour weekly

Tutorials: 6 x 2 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3150 - Contemporary social psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Vanlal Thanzami

Coordinator(s)

Dr Vanlal Thanzami

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2022, PSY2042.

Prohibitions

PSY3151.

Synopsis

This unit presents contemporary theories and methods in social psychology. A social cognitive perspective is used to examine issues such as evolutionary social psychology, self-concepts, attitudes, counterfactual thinking, self-deception and group behaviour. Particular emphasis is placed upon the application of social psychological theories to issues such as psychological health, social problems such as racism, political processes, advertising and health promotion.

Outcomes

On the completion of this unit students will:

  1. understand recent theoretical advances in social cognition research, and how these might contribute to addressing social problems;
  2. develop skills in the critical evaluation of social psychological theories, and the types of research designs that can be used to test social psychological hypothesis; and
  3. be able to apply these skills in developing an individual research topic.

Assessment

  • Multiple choice exam (2 hours) (60%)
  • Critical appraisal of current theoretical and research literature (2,000 words) (40%)

Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

One 2 hour lecture per week and one 2 hour tutorial per fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3180 - Human neuropsychology: Developmental and neurodegenerative disorders

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Anne-Marie Ternes

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chris Siva

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2031 or PSY2061.

Synopsis

This unit aims to familiarise students with the assumptions and principles upon which the hypotheses about brain-behaviour relationships are based in the discipline of clinical neuropsychology.

A considerable emphasis is also placed on providing a thorough understanding of underlying brain pathology in a range of neurodevelopmental disorders (eg autism and Tourette's syndrome) and neurodegenerative disorders (e.g. Parkinson's and Alzheimer's diseases), as well as their neuropsychological consequences.

Both developmental and neurodegenerative disorders will be covered in terms of prevalence, neuropsychological manifestations, neuropathology, assessment techniques and potential treatments. Key skills and techniques relevant to the practice of clinical neuropsychology will also be explored such as the assessment of cognitive functioning and the diagnosis of neuropsychological conditions.

Outcomes

On completing this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate the clinical and experimental approaches relevant to the study of neuropsychology.
  2. Identify the behavioural consequences of brain dysfunction resulting from neurodegenerative disease and neurodevelopmental disorders.
  3. Describe the underlying neuropathological consequences of neurodevelopment disorders, such as autism, dyslexia, Tourette's syndrome, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and obsessive compulsive disorder.
  4. Compare the normal aging process with the neuropathological consequences of degenerative disorders, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease and Alzheimer's disease.
  5. Carry out extensive literature searches to research particular topics relevant to clinical neuropsychology.
  6. Describe the techniques used in the practice of clinical neuropsychology such as the assessment of cognitive functioning, the use of neuropsychological tests, and the diagnosis of neuropsychological conditions.

Assessment

  • Examination (multiple choice) (50%) (hurdle)
  • Case study essay (1500 words) (25%)
  • Short answer lab assignments (up to 1000 words each) (2x 12.5%)

Hurdle Requirement: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

Attendance at labs or tutorials is required in order to successfully complete in-class activities and related assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3190 - Addiction studies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Swati Mujumdar

Coordinator(s)

Mr Jake Hoskin

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY1011 and PSY1022.

Synopsis

The unit gives students an overview of issues related to addictive behaviours. While the primary emphasis is on substance use, behavioural addictions such as gambling are also addressed. Students are introduced to problems in defining addiction and will be introduced to a range of theories which attempt to explain addictive behaviours. Issues relating to treatment of addictive behaviours will be introduced including prevention of addictive behaviours, assessment and various treatment options available. Students will be introduced to drug policy options in Australia and around the world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. discuss the complexities in defining addiction, and the many behaviours which may come under this heading;
  2. critique competing theories of addictive behaviour;
  3. critique competing policy options;
  4. discuss specific issues facing particular groups of substance users and situate these issues in a broader social context; and
  5. evaluate the evidence for various models for preventing and treating addictive behaviours.

Assessment

  • Literature review plan and summary (800 words) (20%)
  • Critical literature review (3,000 words) (45%) (hurdle)
  • Examination (2 hours) (35%)

Workload requirements

2 hour lecture each week and 2 hour seminar every second week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Psychology

Psychological science

Addiction studies

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3250 - Positive psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Golden

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karen Golden

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of first year in any degree (48 points) at Monash University.

Synopsis

Positive psychology focuses on promoting optimal human functioning. Theoretical perspectives will be examined to demonstrate the impact of positive conditions in achieving desirable outcomes. Information concerning the latest evidence-based interventions about what makes people happy and how happiness is defined and measured will be presented. The relevance of positive psychology in a range of contexts and across the life span will be explored. Numerous and varied learning approaches such as debates, case studies, role plays, watching videos, keeping journals and research activities will be undertaken. This unit will be based on evidence-based knowledge and practice and will also involve an experiential component to facilitate learning.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe various theories underpinning positive psychology;
  2. Demonstrate familiarity with positive psychology measures;
  3. Critically analyse current research in positive psychology;
  4. Practice various positive psychology interventions through assigned exercises;
  5. Discuss current issues in positive psychology.

Assessment

  • Written report (2,000-2,500 words) (40%)
  • Group presentation (20%)
  • Examination (40%)

Workload requirements

One 3 hour lecture/workshop per week, plus 4-5 hours prescribed reading per week and 4 hours of private study (e.g. completion of journal, experiential exercises, preparation of essay and group presentation).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PSY3270 - Neuroscience of cognition and behaviour

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Joanne Fielding

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Joanne Fielding

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

PSY2031.

Prohibitions

BNS3021, BNS3052, BNS3062.

Synopsis

The Neuroscience of Cognition and Behavior focuses on the neurobiological mechanisms responsible for human cognition and behavior, with a particular focus on understanding leading methodology and technologies employed in brain-behaviour relationships. By exploring brain-behaviour interactions through an in-depth examination of a selection of cognitive abilities and behaviours, this unit will guide students to establish an understanding of the mechanisms behind memory processes, sleep, perception and other fundamental human behaviours. Technologies utilized by neuroscientists, such as functional magnetic resonance imaging, electroencephalography, and eye tracking will be considered during the course of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have acquired an advanced understanding of:

  1. Issues underpinning the relationship between brain processes and cognition and behavior, including
    1. Perceptual processing
    2. Mechanisms affecting sleep and circadian rhythmicity
    3. Memory storage and retrieval
  2. Contemporary research and theoretical issues in key areas of neuroscience.
  3. The range of research tools and paradigms used within different domains of neuroscientific research including the characterisation of neurological disease.

Assessment

  • Poster (20%)
  • Online quizzes (20%)
  • Powerpoint presentation (10%)
  • Examination (50%)

Hurdle: Students must pass the examination to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour lectures each week and online workshops every fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY3280 - The neuronal basis of consciousness

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Nao Tsuchiya

Coordinator(s)

Dr Chris Siva

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PSY2031 or PSY2061.

Prohibitions

BNS3021, BNS3052, BNS3062.

Synopsis

The neuronal basis of consciousness focuses on the empirical neuroscientific studies of consciousness. In particular, we will focus on the neuronal correlates of visual consciousness. The unit will equip the students with necessary knowledge to think about the problem of consciousness from the neuroscientific point of views; anatomy and physiology of the primate visual system, the relationship between attention and consciousness, and decision-making and freewill and its modulation by neuromodulatory drugs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the theoretical issues for current debate on the neuronal basis of consciousness. In particular, students will be equipped with necessary knowledge of
    1. Neuroanatomy
    2. Basic working of the primate visual system
    3. Exemplar approaches to find neuronal correlates of consciousness
    4. Relationship between attention and consciousness
    5. Freewill and decision-making and its modulation by neuronmodulatory drugs.
  2. Critically evaluate the contribution of contemporary research findings and theories in key areas of neuroscience.
  3. Describe the use of a range of research tools and paradigms used within different domains of neuroscientific research.
  4. Design a creative and empirical idea to study certain aspects of consciousness. In the course of developing a new idea for experiments, initial proposal outline will be peer reviewed by other students and receive constructive feedback. This aligns with the faculty/university's objective of education in preparing students for professional scientists where peer review is a critical component in developing ideas.

Assessment

  • Presentation and participation at the discussion class (30%)
  • 1 x proposal outline and 3 evaluations of the initial proposal by peers (Hurdle)
  • Mock grant proposal (40%)
  • Examination (MCQ) (30%)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour lectures each week and one 2 hour workshop every fortnight.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY3310 - Introduction to computational neuroscience

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeroen Van Boxtel

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shruti Mujumdar

Not offered in 2018

Prerequisites

PSY2031 or PSY2061.

Synopsis

Computational neuroscience bridges several disciplines such as neuroscience, cognitive science, psychology, electrical engineering, computer science, mathematics, and physics.

This unit introduces several key concepts and techniques that are useful in understanding computational neuroscience and the applications to real experimental data.

The unit will focus on theoretical aspects of commonly encountered computational problems in cognitive neuroscience (e.g. Fourier analysis and graph theory), as well as practicing modelling skills on the computer.

These theoretical topics will be linked to common applications: e.g., EEG analysis, neuronal activity analysis, and brain connectivity analysis.

At the end of this unit, students will have a basic set of computational skills through hands on programming that will prepare them to perform work in the field of cognitive neuroscience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain core theoretical concepts in computational neuroscience, especially as they relate to cognitive neuroscience.
  2. Critically evaluate the contribution of contemporary research findings and theories in key areas of computational neuroscience.
  3. Evaluate the use of a range of computational tools and paradigms used within different domains of neuroscientific research.
  4. Translate a theoretical neuroscience question into a computational approach
  5. Code and perform an analysis of brain data

Assessment

  • Examination (MCQ) (2 hours) (35%)
  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • 5 x Computer projects (400 - 500 words each) (35%)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour lectures each week and one 2 hour workshop every fortnight.

For each week during the semester that students are not engaged in a workshop, students will be expected to independently complete the equivalent of 2 hours independent study that is linked to their workshop activities. Attendance is not monitored; students are assessed on their answers provided for each computer project.

For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each workshop and 4 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY3320 - Sleep and circadian rhythms

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Sean Cain

Coordinator(s)

Dr Shruti Mujumdar

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

48 credit points.

Synopsis

Sleep and circadian rhythms are fundamental for the maintenance of general health, performance and mood. This unit will give students an understanding of the neurobiological processes that control sleep and circadian rhythms, as well as the consequences of their dysfunction.

The unit will be comprised of lectures and in-person workshops. Each student will have the opportunity to attend 5 workshops over the course of the unit, with the final workshop focused on helping students complete their final assessment (attendance optional for the final workshop). The lectures will focus on both the functions of sleep and circadian rhythms and their neurobiological underpinnings in both health and disease states.

Topics that will be covered will include: sleep function and neurobiology, circadian function and neurobiology, impact of sleep and circadian dysfunction on mood and cognition, sleep and metabolism, sleep disorders, and sleep and circadian interventions for optimising health and safety.

At the end of the unit, students are expected to have an understanding of core concepts in the fields of sleep and circadian rhythms. This unit will provide students with a solid foundation in sleep and circadian rhythms research, a growing strength in Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of sleep and circadian rhythms research and its importance for optimal general health, cognitive function, and mood.
  2. Explain the neurobiological control of both sleep and circadian rhythms.
  3. Describe and contrast the major sleep disorders, their measurement and impact on health.
  4. Apply practical and theoretical skills underlying several major methods for conducting sleep and circadian research.
  5. Communicate findings of sleep and circadian rhythms to others through the conference-style presentation of research results.

Assessment

  • Examination (MCQ) (2 hours) (50%)
  • Poster (1,000 words) (25%)
  • Online quizzes (25%)

Workload requirements

One x 2 hour lectures each week.

For each week during the semester that students are not engaged in a workshop, students will be expected to independently complete the equivalent of 2 hours independent study that is linked to their workshop activities.

For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each workshop and 4 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4100 - Psychology honours: Research project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr James Coxon

Coordinator(s)

Dr James Coxon

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Co-requisites

PSY4000

Prohibitions

PSY4001, PSY4002, PSY4011, PSY4012, PSY4021, PSY4022.

Synopsis

The Honours year in psychology aims to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in the science and practice of psychology. The Honours program meets the requirements of the Australian Psychological Society for Associate Membership. In this unit, students undertake a supervised research project that aims to provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of an honours research thesis presented at the end of the year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their domain of research in psychology.
  2. Understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a research project.
  3. Execute and analyse the outcomes of a laboratory-based and/or field-based study.
  4. Be proficient in the use of computer-based analysis, data-base, presentation, word processing and data-base/internet search engine software.
  5. Write up scientific work in a potentially publishable way.
  6. Show communication skills in both oral and written presentations to both a specialist and non-specialist scientific audience.
  7. Have acquired a range of technical skills appropriate to their research area.
  8. Have the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project.
  9. Have the capability to pursue higher studies and learning in psychology.

Assessment

  • Research proposal (15%)
  • Honours research thesis (9,000 - 12,000 words) (70%)
  • Communication of results (Oral) (10%)
  • Graduate attribute assessment (5%)

Hurdle: Students must pass the thesis and attend three (3) of the MICCN (Monash Institute for Cognitive and Clinical Neurosciences) Distinguished Lectures to achieve a pass for this unit.

Workload requirements

Students are expected to commit 24 hours per week to activities relate to their research project. These will vary across the course of the unit in accordance with the progress of the research. Formal contact hours consist of regular meetings with the research supervisor(s) and series of six 2-3 hours seminars/workshops on generic skills required for conducting a research project of approximately 90 minutes duration. The majority of the student's time will be spent in the design and implementation of the research, data collection and analyses. The remainder of the time would be spent in library searches, reading and preparation of the honours research thesis and presentation material.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4110 - Psychology in society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karim Bettache

Coordinator(s)

Dr Karim Bettache

Unit guides

Offered

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for the third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4200, PSY4240, PSY4508.

Synopsis

This elective will examine selected, topical issues relating psychology to broader social, political and cultural issues. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will seek to locate existing psychological research in a contemporary social context, exploring emerging theoretical developments and reviewing existing controversies. The overarching goal will be to build greater understanding of the range of competing explanatory hypotheses that have emerged in response to key psychological issues in the extant literature. The role psychological research and theory plays in broader society will be reflected in the choice of topics and issues canvassed in this unit. The general areas from which the specific topics may be chosen will include: population health, chronic disease, indigenous health, forensic and behavioural science, substance use, medical anthropology and psychological theory.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically appraise the role of psychology in explaining a range of social, political and cultural issues.
  2. Review evidence and evaluate contentious theories.
  3. Evaluate important ideas in psychology and its role in broader social issues through group discussion.
  4. Develop skills in summarising and presenting ideas in both spoken and written form.

Assessment

  • Research symposium (20%)
  • Critical article review (1,000 words) (30%)
  • Essay (2,000 words) (50%)

Hurdle:

  • Students must pass the essay to achieve a pass for this unit.
  • Attendance at 75% of tutorials.

Workload requirements

2 hour lectures each week and 2 hour tutorials fortnightly.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4120 - Mental health and illness

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Sean Drummond

Coordinator(s)

Professor Sean Drummond

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4200.

Synopsis

This elective unit will examine some selected, topical issues in the field of mental health and illness. It will focus on the aspects of mental health and illness that integrate traditional clinical information (e.g., symptoms, prevalence, etiology, conceptual models, etc.), neuroscience, behavioural science, and evidence-based treatment options. The broad scope of mental health and illness will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: specific psychopathologies (e.g., depression, anxiety, addiction), trans diagnostic concerns in mental health (e.g., sleep, relationship factors), and mental health in operational settings. The unit aims for students to build an appreciation for the fact clinicians need to be informed by research ranging from basic neuroscience to clinical trials, and researchers need to be mindful of the translational potential of their work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss current and future research directions in mental health with peers and other professionals.
  2. Demonstrate understanding of how basic neuroscience, behavioral research, and clinical research inform and complement each other in the understanding of mental health issues through written and verbal communication.
  3. Formulate a review question, identify relevant literature and write a cohesive review article.
  4. Demonstrate basic skills in summarising and presenting research papers in spoken form, with the assistance visual aids.
  5. Describe how research in mental health can be translated into practice.

Assessment

  • Research symposium (Part A) (20%)
  • Mini Review (Part B) (20%)
  • Integrative Review (3,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • In class quizzes (10%)

Hurdles:

  • Students must pass the Integrative Review to achieve a pass for this unit.
  • Attendance at 75% of tutorials is required.

Workload requirements

2 hours lectures each week and 2 hours tutorials fortnightly.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4130 - Developmental psychology and clinical neuroscience

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr James Coxon

Coordinator(s)

Dr Tijana Mihaljcic

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4200, PSY4260, PSY4504.

Synopsis

This elective will examine some selected, topical issues regarding developmental psychology and psychiatry. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will focus on the aspects of developmental psychology and psychiatry that are controversial and/or for which there are currently competing explanatory hypotheses.

The broad scope of developmental psychology and psychiatry will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: neurodegenerative disorders, autism spectrum disorders, genetic disorders, and childhood trauma.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Describe and critique current research, and future research directions in developmental psychology, the biological bases of behaviour and cognition, and abnormal development;
  2. Review evidence and evaluate contentious theories in developmental psychology, and clinical neuroscience;
  3. Compare and contrast the strengths and weaknesses of treatment approaches in developmental psychology;
  4. Evaluate important ideas in psychology, and its role in broader developmental psychology and neuroscience through group discussion;
  5. Synthesise and present ideas in developmental psychology and clinical neuroscience in both spoken and written form;
  6. Critically analyse the current cognitive neuroscientific research in developmental psychology and neuroscience

Assessment

  • Research symposium (Part A) (20%)
  • Article Critique (Part B) (20%)
  • Integrative Review (3,000 words) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • In class quizzes (10%)

Hurdles:

  • Students must pass the Integrative Review to achieve a pass for this unit.
  • Attendance at 75% of tutorials is required.

Workload requirements

2 hours lectures each week and 2 hours tutorials fortnightly.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4210 - Statistics and research design for professional psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Katrina Simpson

Coordinator(s)

Dr Katrina Simpson (Australia)
Dr Shamsul Haque (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4200, PSY4502.

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding in statistical concepts to enable them to be informed in their chosen field. The unit begins with a review of univariate statistics and an introduction to the philosophy of research design and analysis. More advanced statistical techniques are then systematically introduced. There is a focus on the understanding of the issues that may arise around the choice of appropriate statistical technique and preparation of data, critiquing decisions made to assist in the interpretation of findings. The content will be set in a context of the needs of professional psychologists and researchers whose interests present unusual methodological demands, which in turn may influence choices in research approach and statistical technique.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe a range of methodological and philosophical principles in research design, analysis and interpretation.
  2. Describe, apply and evaluate research designs and analyses used by psychologists.
  3. Apply scientific research principles to data in practice.
  4. Critique data with a view to preparation, analysis and interpretation.
  5. Operate SPSS and AMOS packages to analyse data for analysis.
  6. Critique and record decisions made in the process of research examples distinguishing between fact and inference in sets of analyses.

Assessment

  • Assessment (MCQ) (10%)
  • Research Workbook (1500 words) (20%)
  • Essay (2500 words) (35%)
  • Exam (90 minutes) (35%)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week of lectures and 2 hours per fortnight for SPSS/AMOS training in labs. In addition, there will be 2 hours dedicated in the alternate fortnight with online instruction on the analytical technique delivered through the lecture. This will entail collaboration with other students and feedback provided through the lecturer. The expected undirected/private study to be completed by students will be approximately 8 hours a week. This will incorporate students recording weekly analyses in a prepared lab book, readings (text and supplementary material), preparation and cleaning of data for analysis for the upcoming tutorials, preparation and completion of the major assessment as well exams in Week 5 and the end of semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4220 - Ethical and professional issues in psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Primrose White

Coordinator(s)

Dr Primrose White (Clayton)
Dr Karen Golden (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4200, PSY4504.

Synopsis

This unit will focus on ethical, legal and professional issues related to psychological practice. Conceptual (eg theories and definitions) and practical issues (eg common ethical dilemmas and case study appraisals) will be addressed. Some of the issues to be addressed include: legislation governing psychologists, professional organisations, codes of professional conduct, and ethical issues raised by: conflicts of interest, children as clients, using psychological tests, and the provision of psychological services to a multi-cultural population, managing the suicidal client, the reporting of child abuse, and service delivery over the internet.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand the purpose of legislation relating to the practice of psychology and how to comply with such legislation, appreciate the role of ethics in maintaining the integrity and cohesiveness of the profession.
  2. Become familiar with the ethical principles to be adhered to in psychological practice.
  3. Understand the psychologist's responsibilities in relation to clients.
  4. Develop an appreciation of appropriate professional behaviour in a number of potentially complex situations.
  5. Develop decision making strategies to assist in the maintenance of ethical conduct.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Group presentation on ethical issues (20%)
  • Examination (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Attendance of 80% of lecture workshops (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 hour weekly lecture for 12 weeks. In addition, 10 hours per week of self-directed study. A further 2 x 2 hour voluntary tutorials scheduled over the course of the Semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PSY4270 - Psychological assessment and intervention

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Psychological Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bei Bei

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kelly Atkins (Australia)
Dr Karen Golden (Malaysia)

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Malaysia

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.

Prohibitions

PSY4503.

Synopsis

The unit will provide students with a theoretical and practical overview of individual differences, and how these may be assessed and treated using evidence-based approaches. The course of study will include the theoretical background to the development of classes of tests, detailed examination of a range of models of ability and other individual difference issues. Test evaluation methods and a review of recent trends in test development theory will also be covered. The unit will also cover the administration, scoring, and interpretation of a range of psychological tests and classification tools in various psychological settings. An overview of evidence-based interventions for common clinical disorders will also be discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe and discuss theoretical bases for undertaking psychological tests, and the place of psychological assessment in various settings of psychological practice.
  2. Select, administer, score, and interpret psychological assessments, including common psychiatric conditions, neurocognitive abilities, and personality traits.
  3. Integrate and summarise information obtained during psychological assessments in the form of a professional report.
  4. Describe and discuss limitations of psychological assessment tools and how they can be misused, and assess the ethical considerations of administering, interpreting, and reporting of test results.
  5. Appraise approaches to psychological intervention from the theoretical and empirical evidence bases.
  6. Integrate assessment and intervention knowledge and skills for behavioural changes and symptom improvements.

Assessment

  • Essay (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Report on psychological assessment (40%)
  • Closed book multiple-choice exam (2 hours) (30%)

Attendance at 75% of lectures is a hurdle requirement.

Workload requirements

Twelve 2 hour lectures (delivered weekly), and two 2 hour practical workshops.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PTY1011 - Physiotherapy 1

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Sophie Paynter

Coordinator(s)

Mr Michael Storr

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, M3002.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY1011 is an integrated unit based on the five themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.

  • Theme 1: Personal and professional development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes that assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health addresses broader society and population health issues.
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Sciences provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 4: Applied practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 5: Research focuses on the ability to locate, interpret and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Articulate the attributes that define a profession, and describe the roles and responsibilities of the health care team;
  2. Work collaboratively in interdisciplinary learning groups, and recognise the factors which determine effective teamwork;
  3. Identify the key ethical and legal principles that underpin health care policy and practice;
  4. Develop tertiary level skills in professional communication including report and record writing.

    Theme 2: Population, Society and Health

  5. Critique diverse definitions, concepts and interpretations of health and wellbeing, and how they apply to clinical settings;
  6. Compare and contrast biomedical and ecological models of health, and the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF), and describe their value in the clinical context;
  7. Review and critique the socio-cultural, economic, political and environmental determinants of health, and describe how these affect care provision or create inequalities in health care utilisation;
  8. Critique the philosophical and ideological dimensions of health, and examine their implications for health and social care practice.

    Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Sciences

  9. Apply knowledge of the anatomy, biomechanics and kinesiology of the lower limb to physiotherapy assessment and management;
  10. Describe the physiology of the musculoskeletal system;
  11. Describe the pathophysiological response to injury and disease of the musculoskeletal system, and relate this to appropriate physiotherapy management;
  12. Articulate and apply theories supporting the use of external cooling and superficial heating for the management of musculoskeletal conditions.

    Theme 4: Applied Practice

  13. Apply fundamental knowledge of health sciences to complete a physiotherapy assessment of the lower limb, including medico-legal documentation of findings;
  14. Apply fundamental knowledge of health sciences to determine and perform appropriate physiotherapy management, including monitoring its effectiveness and utilising re-assessment findings to modify practice;
  15. Maintain a safe and effective simulated workplace, and minimise risk to both therapist and client;
  16. Demonstrate ethical principles, respect and understanding of patient needs in communication with patients, care givers and the multidisciplinary team to a simulated clinical situation.

    Theme 5

  17. Explain the role different levels of evidence have in determining the evaluation of the effectiveness of health care;
  18. Determine the strengths and weaknesses of different study designs (both qualitative and quantitative), and explain the impact of bias on study outcomes;
  19. Describe the role of outcome measures in the assessment and monitoring of health outcomes;
  20. Create answerable clinical questions and design electronic searches to find the best evidence to answer the question.

Assessment

Assessment in PTY1011 will be both formative and summative.

Formative assessment tasks:

  • Online learning tasks
  • Skills Mastery Checklist
  • Reflective Portfolio (1,600 words)

Summative assessment tasks:

  • Anatomy Mid-Semester Assessment (2.5%)
  • Anatomy End-Semester Assessment (2.5%)
  • Physiology Lab Simulation Assessments (5%)
  • IPE Tutorial Preparation (5%)
  • CBL Learning and Performance (10%)
  • Written Assignment - Understanding Diversity in Beliefs About Health (2,000 words) (5%)
  • Written Report - Action to Address the Determinants of Health (2,500 words) (10%)
  • Video Assignment - Team Building (Group) (5%)
  • Research Activities (online) - (5%)
  • OSCE (15%)
  • Written Examination (3 hours) (35%)

Hurdle:

  • Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions and submission of a reflective portfolio.

Hurdle requirement professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.

Completion of Police Checks and Working with Children Checks in alignment with Course Requirements (http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/handbooks/courses/M3002.html).

NOTE: All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.

Workload requirements

Workload is 6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of seminars, 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY1022 - Physiotherapy 2

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Jo-Anne Corbett

Coordinator(s)

Jodie Dakic
Dr. Luke Perraton

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, M3002.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY1022 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.

  • Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes which assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health relates primarily to healthcare service delivery in the rural sector and behaviour change.
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 4: Applied practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 5: Research focuses on the ability to locate and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

Theme 1:

  1. Apply legal and ethical concepts to healthcare practice, clinical research and personal learning experiences;
  2. Demonstrate effective professional communication with clients and health care professionals in a simulated environment;
  3. Implement strategies to identify and manage risk for self and others, particularly in regards to issues that may influence fitness to practice

    Theme 2: Population, Society and Health

  4. Recognise the role of health promotion strategies that address musculoskeletal conditions;
  5. Review and critique community and personal determinants of health, and develop, implement and evaluate a program of health enhancement;
  6. Evaluate the social, economic and environmental determinants of health relative to the local community through participation in an interprofessional volunteer activity.

    Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Sciences

  7. Demonstrate knowledge of anatomy, biomechanics and kinesiology of the spine and upper limb;
  8. Describe the pathophysiology of common conditions affecting the spine and upper limb;
  9. Describe the pathophysiology of the peripheral nervous system;
  10. Explain mechanisms underlying neurological symptoms, including the perception of pain;

    Theme 4: Applied Practice

  11. Apply an appropriate physiotherapy assessment of conditions of the cervical and lumbar spine and the upper limb;
  12. Apply appropriate physiotherapy management to conditions of the cervical and lumbar spine and the upper limb;
  13. Plan and implement a group exercise class for a healthy population;
  14. Maintain a safe and effective workplace, and minimise risk to both therapist and client;
  15. Apply electrophysical agents in a safe and effective manner;
  16. Demonstrate reflection and self-evaluation in order to support development of communication and professional practice;

    Theme 5: Research

  17. Interpret the characteristics of data in order to perform appropriate statistical analysis and hypothesis testing - including the normal distribution, calculation of error around point estimates, the t and z statistic, and theeffect size index;
  18. Apply the appropriate use of statistical notation and interpret basic statistical terms;
  19. Execute basic statistical operations using software such as excel and GraphPad.

Assessment

All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.

Summative assessment tasks:

  • Anatomy Assessments (5%)
  • Physiology Assessments (5%)
  • Reflective Portfolio (1500 words) (5%)
  • CBL Learning and Performance (5%)
  • Research activities folder (10%)
  • Practical skills report (2,500 words) (20%)
  • Written Examination (30%)
  • OSCE (20%)

Formative assessment tasks:

  • Online learning tasks and videos

Hurdle requirements include:

  • Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions
  • Attendance, participation and reflective submission for the Inter-professional education experience
  • Completion of First Aid Level 2 Certification
  • Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
  • Submission of mandatory documentation (immunisation and first aid certificates) in alignment with Course Requirements (http://www.monash.edu.au/pubs/handbooks/courses/M3002.html).
  • 2nd Year OSCE attendance

All assessment tasks (hurdles) must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.

Workload requirements

Workload is 7.5 hours of lectures, 6.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions.Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY2031 - Physiotherapy 3

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Prue Morgan

Coordinator(s)

Dr Annemarie Lee

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M2003, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY2031 develops the 5 themes on which the 4 year curriculum is based.

  • Theme 1: Personal & Professional Development: explores effective communication with clients with cardiorespiratory conditions.
  • Theme 2: Population, Society & Health: explores issues relating to healthcare policy development and delivery.
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science: provides the biomedical and physiotherapy knowledge that underpins physiotherapy clinical practice.
  • Theme 4: Applied Practice: develops clinical skills integral to physiotherapy practice in the management of cardiorespiratory clients.
  • Theme 5: Research: explores knowledge and skills that relate to the ability to critically evaluate research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Acquire and utilise a range of strategies that enable effective communication with clients with cardiorespiratory illness;
  2. Identify the roles and responsibilities of the physiotherapist and other members of the health care team in the management of the client with acute and chronic cardiorespiratory illness;
  3. Recognise issues surrounding care and develop ethical and professional practice skills with respect to individual with cardiorespiratory illness.

    Theme 2: Population, Society and Health

  4. Identify the structures, systems and institutions of the Australian health policy environment, and discuss the role of evidence-based practice in setting policy agendas;
  5. Analyse a range of public policy issues so as to understand government process and political lobbying by organizations, individuals and communities;
  6. Explain local, federal and international health policy issues, including the role of agencies (government and non-government) on the development and implementation of health policy;
  7. Explore the policy cycle in the context of a National Health Priority Area; and develop physiotherapy specific interventions that address these priority areas.

    Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science

  8. Explain the anatomical structure and function of the cardiorespiratory system;
  9. Describe the pathology of cardiorespiratory related diseases;
  10. Explain the physiology of the cardiorespiratory system and physiological adaptations to exercise and pathology;
  11. Explain the principles of pharmacological management of cardiorespiratory disorders;
  12. Investigate and explain evidence based physiotherapy intervention relevant to the management of the cardiorespiratory client.

    Theme 4: Applied Practice

  13. Conduct a targeted physiotherapy assessment of the cardiorespiratory system;
  14. Demonstrate evidence based clinical reasoning, and develop a client-centered, prioritised problem list;
  15. Interpret clinical problem lists, and develop and prescribe appropriate management techniques for the cardiorespiratory client across the lifespan;
  16. Evaluate and reflect on treatment outcomes, and devise a plan for ongoing management (including goal setting and discharge planning);
  17. Maintain a safe and effective workplace, and minimise risk to both therapist and client.

    Theme 5: Research

  18. Develop a systematic review protocol following Cochrane guidelines and formulate a focussed question integrating knowledge from previous studies ;
  19. Demonstrate advanced skills in using Word and EndNote software in document construction, table formation and reference management;
  20. Calculate and interpret the following statistical concepts: absolute and relative risk reduction, odds ratios and risk ratios.

Assessment

All PTY2031 assessments (all are hurdle requirements):

  • Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practicals.
  • Written assignment (2,000 words) (15%)
  • 2 x Written examination (2 hours each) (30%)
  • OSCE (25%)
  • Research activities folder (15%)
  • Anatomy assessment Parts 1 and 2 (5%)
  • Physiology assessment Parts 1 and 2 (5%)
  • CBL learning and performance (5%)
  • Professional conduct (hurdle) Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

10 hours of lectures, 3 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions per week. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY2042 - Physiotherapy 4

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Annemarie Lee

Coordinator(s)

Prue Morgan
Ms Narelle Dalwood (co-unit coordinators)

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022, PTY2031.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY2042 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.

  • Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes which assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health investigates the evolution of health promotion, its inherent values and assumptions.
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 4: Applied Practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
  • Theme 5: Research focuses on the ability to locate and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development

  1. Identify the issues surrounding care and treatment of the patient with stable or progressive neurological disease;
  2. Demonstrate a range of strategies that enable effective communication with clients with stable or progressive neurological disease and their caregivers;
  3. Identify and explain the life-time burden imposed on people with chronic disability and their families;
  4. Distinguish and compare the roles and responsibilities of the physiotherapist and other members of the health care team in the management of the patient with stable or progressive neurological disease.

    Theme 2: Population, Society and Health

  5. Discuss and compare a range of health promotion theories of change ranging from an individual to population-wide focus;
  6. Summarise the medical, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches to health promotion;
  7. Devise strategies for integrating health promotion into a selected area of health and social care practice, and across a range of settings;
  8. Design and present a community-based health promotion program that addresses selected components of a health promotion model.

    Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science

  9. Explain the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of the neurological systems;
  10. Describe pathology and mechanisms of recovery of central and peripheral nervous system diseases;
  11. Describe the principles of intervention for neurological disorders;
  12. Identify the principles of motor skill acquisition across the lifespan.

    Theme 4: Applied Practice

  13. Conduct an interview and physical examination of the patient with neurological dysfunction;
  14. Identify, evaluate and demonstrate appropriate management techniques relevant to the neurological patient across the lifespan;
  15. Analyse factors contributing to abnormal function in the person with neurological impairments;
  16. Demonstrate appropriate manual handling and positioning of self and client at all times, utilising principles of risk minimisation.

    Theme 5: Research

  17. Perform a systematic review following Cochrane guidelines, including extracting relevant data from included studies and conducting appropriate data analysis to answer the review question;
  18. Demonstrate advanced skills in using Word and EndNote software in document construction, table formation and reference management;
  19. Conduct appropriate meta-analysis using RevMan software;
  20. Explain the utility of clinical practice guidelines, and the AGREE II approach to the evaluation of clinical practice guidelines.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 3 x 1/2 days totalling 9 hours.

Assessment

All PTY2042 assessments (all are hurdle requirements):

  • Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practicals.
  • Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
  • Health Promotion assignment (1,500 words + 10 minute presentation) (15%)
  • Anatomy assessment (5%)
  • Physiology assessment (5%)
  • 2 x Written examination (2 hours each) (30%)
  • OSCE (30%)
  • Research assignment - group work (4,500 words) (10%)
  • Research activities folder (5%)

Workload requirements

Workload is 6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of patient centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY3000 - Honours research proposal

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY2000.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3891, M3003.

Synopsis

The Honours Research Proposal unit extends research training provided to students in the BPT by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a focused research proposal (4,500 words), applying for and obtaining ethics approval and commencing data collection. Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the proposed research, prepare and submit an application for approval to the relevant ethics committees and present their research proposal to staff and students. The research proposal will contribute 15% to the final honours grade.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Develop a proposal for a planned research project with indirect consultation from an academic supervisor;
  2. Identify the key steps required to conduct the proposed research, and how each step must be executed to achieve the aim of the proposed project;
  3. Propose data analysis methods that are appropriate for analysis and interpretation of data collected during the course of the proposed research;
  4. Prepare and submit an application for approval to conduct the project to the relevant ethics committees;
  5. Perform a presentation of the key aspects of the research proposal to staff and students;
  6. Develop a clear project plan and timeline to enable successful completion of the research project.

Assessment

Hurdle:

  • Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
  • Minimum of 80% attendance at seminars, presentation of the research proposal (Formative assessment)
  • Submission of the written research proposal (4,500 words) (Summative assessment) (100%)

Workload requirements

Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Year 3 of the BPT when not on clinical placement. Students are expected to undertake approximately 6 hours per week of study to construct the research proposal, and prepare the presentation of the research proposal, apply for and obtain ethics approval, submit the research proposal for assessment (4,500 words) and commence data collection.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY3051 - Physiotherapy 5

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Liana Cope

Coordinator(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY2031, PTY2042.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY3051 continues to develop students' knowledge and skills in the five theme areas upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:

  • Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development;
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health;
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
  • Theme 4: Applied Practice; and
  • Theme 5: Research.

Case based learning remains the cornerstone for integration of the different themes within the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

THEME 1: Personal and Professional Development:

  1. Summarise the aims of palliative care and factors that impact on end of life issues;
  2. Explain how a physiotherapist can effectively contribute to health care teams working in the areas of palliative care, mental health, oncology, continence, women's health and amputee management;
  3. Modify communication in response to individuals, clients and families;

    THEME 2: Population, Society and Health:

  4. Identify how ethnicity and culture influence health, healthcare and illness;
  5. Identify how the key elements of the Australian health care system, including treatment frameworks by third party insurers, impact on physiotherapy practice;

    THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science:

  6. Apply knowledge of the endocrine, renal and reproductive systems and their common pathologies to physiotherapy management and patient care;
  7. Compare the belief structures behind mainstream and complementary therapies, and their efficacy in therapy;
  8. Explain the adaptation of human anatomy, posture and movement to workplace, leisure and aquatic environments, and apply these adaptations to patient conditions and patient care;
  9. Describe common mental health conditions and their impact upon patient management;
  10. Summarise the overarching principles of management for cancer, including therapeutic, surgical treatment options and physiotherapy management;
  11. Justify adaptations in musculoskeletal care across emergency, acute, and subacute environments;
  12. Categorise causes and presentation of intellectual impairment according to major groups and match these to appropriate assessment tools and health services and programs;

    THEME 4: Applied Practice:

  13. Apply physiotherapy management in specialised areas of practice, including patients presenting with complaints relating to oncology, women's health, amputees, chronic pain, and vestibular conditions;
  14. Verbalise sound clinical reasoning to justify modification of assessment and management skills reflecting patient-centred approaches;

    THEME 5: Research:

  15. Prepare a sound research project proposal and describe circumstances when ethics approval would be required; describe necessary the steps in securing ethics approval for research:
  16. Describe different approaches to qualitative research analysis; perform appropriate analysis of in depth interviews:
  17. Define and describe the steps required for an audit; describe the role of the Australian Council on Healthcare Standards:
  18. Explain the utility of clinical practice guidelines and describe the AGREE II approach to the evaluation of clinical practice guidelines

Assessment

All PTY3051 assessments (all are hurdle requirements):

  • 80% Attendance in case based learning (CBL) and practical classes
  • Written examination (30%) (3 hours)
  • Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (35%)
  • Clinical Scenario Assignment (2,500 words including video creation of simulated patient interactions) (20%)
  • Anatomy image exam (30 minutes) (10%)
  • Research Folio (5%)

Workload requirements

Approximately 20 hours per week contact time for the twelve weeks of semester. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY3162 - Physiotherapy 6A: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Coordinator(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022, PTY2031, PTY2042, PTY3051.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY3162 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders;
  3. Tailor knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes;
  4. Analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions;
  5. Apply an evidence-based practice to patient care;
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

All assessments are hurdle requirements

  • Minimum attendance requirement
  • Declaration of Learning Needs Discussion
  • Clinical log survey
  • Student self-evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice
  • Clinician evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice (100%)

Workload requirements

PTY3162 comprises five off-campus (clinical attachments) weeks. Students will spend 32 hours per week in their clinical attachment.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY3262 - Physiotherapy 6B: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Coordinator(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022, PTY2031, PTY2042, PTY3051.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY3262 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders;
  3. Tailor knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes;
  4. Analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions;
  5. Apply an evidence-based practice to patient care;
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

All assessments are hurdle requirements

  • Minimum attendance requirement
  • Declaration of Learning Needs Discussion
  • Clinical log survey
  • Student self-evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice
  • Clinician evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice (100%)

Workload requirements

PTY3262 comprises five off-campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 32 hours per week in their clinical attachment.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY3362 - Physiotherapy 6C: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Coordinator(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022, PTY2031, PTY2042, PTY3051.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY3362 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Clinical practice provides the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in acute, subacute and community settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders;
  3. Tailor knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes;
  4. Analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions;
  5. Apply an evidence-based practice to patient care;
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

All assessments are hurdle requirements

  • Minimum attendance requirement
  • Declaration of Learning Needs Discussion
  • Clinical log survey
  • Student self-evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice
  • Clinician evaluation using Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice (100%)

Workload requirements

PTY3262 comprises five off-campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 32 hours per week in their clinical attachment.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PTY3462 - Clinical placement

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Coordinator(s)

Mr Stephen Maloney

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY1011, PTY1022, PTY2031, PTY2042, PTY3051.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY3462 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and written activities provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a range of written assessment tasks during this unit as well as attending one post clinical campus-based week, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care issues in a range of settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop and practice skills of critical reflection on learning needs, clinical performance and patient care;
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written, verbal and electronic communication mediums;
  3. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  4. Analyse and evaluate a clinical practice guideline using the AGREE II.

Assessment

Formative and hurdle assessments:

Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff in order to pass the unit, and attend the clinical-debriefing session post-clinical placements.

Summative assessments:

  • Minimum attendance requirement
  • Clinical Practice Guideline Portfolio (60%)
  • Professional Practice Plan (40%)

Workload requirements

The campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL or other tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY3462 Unit Guide. The remainder of the unit content (written assessment tasks) will be completed in self directed learning time concurrent with clinical placements occurring in year 3.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4000 - Honours thesis

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must have passed PTY2000 and one of PTY3001 or PTY3000

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3891, M3003.

Synopsis

The 12 credit point Honours Thesis subject extends research opportunities provided to students in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy degree by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a comprehensive research report (10,000 - 12,000 words). Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the research, prepare and present their findings to staff and students and refine a report for assessment. The thesis will contribute 70% to the final honours grade.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Execute a research project in consultation with an academic supervisor;
  2. Develop, implement and document a focused research project;
  3. Apply appropriate analysis methods to data collected during the course of the research;
  4. Logically interpret results of data analysis;
  5. Communicate the key aspects of the research project to a scientific audience;
  6. Evaluate and synthesise the findings of the research project with the previously executed systematic review and existing literature;
  7. Prepare a written report of the research outcomes in a thesis;
  8. Determine and follow appropriate archiving procedures for all relevant documents arising from the conduct of research;
  9. Prepare a final report to the approving ethics committee describing completion of the project.

Assessment

Hurdle - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.

Presentation of the research findings to staff and students (hurdle requirement) and the completion of a thesis (10,000 - 12,000 words) (100%) (Summative assessment)

Workload requirements

Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Semesters One and Two when they are not on clinical placements. This subject runs for 12 weeks in each Semester (total 24 weeks).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4010 - Honours systematic review

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 4516.

Prohibitions

PTY2000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.

Synopsis

This unit guides the development of a 4,000 - 6,000 word systematic review of the literature. It also introduces quality assessment and critical appraisal of research reports included in the review. In doing this it serves the important role of enabling learning about best practice in research design, and the relationship between research design and the trustworthiness of research conclusions. As part of this unit, students also complete on-line modules that introduce basic concepts in data reporting and analysis. Students have the option to select modules that address the type of data analysis most frequently encountered in the literature they are reviewing. Students are also supported with individualized supervision to tailor reviews to the planned research undertaken as part of "Honours Research Proposal PTY4020". Reviews are prepared using a structure that facilitates publication of the work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify e journals, databases and learning support; search data bases using sophisticated search strategies
  2. ask focussed and answerable questions
  3. appraise and critically analyse research design of papers included in the review
  4. demonstrate ability to use EndNote to save and sort references and format review for assessment/publication
  5. classify measures of health using World health Organisation classification categories
  6. demonstrate ability to interpret and estimate parameters associated with parametric and non-parametric data and conduct basic statistical tests for differences between two sets of data using Prism or Stata data analysis software
  7. define reliability and validity and compute basic reliability statistics
  8. recognise, define and compute odds, risk, relative risk, absolute risk and parameters associated with diagnostic test accuracy (such as specificity, sensitivity, likelihood ratios)
  9. extract data from reports included in the review and conduct meta-analysis using RevMan software.
  10. collaborate with your supervisor in completing review stages to the required level of competence and according to pre-determined time-lines.

Assessment

  • Systematic review (Summative) (75%)
  • Weekly quizzes (Summative) (Hurdle) (25%)
  • Professional behaviour in communication (Written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

This 12 CP unit requires 24 contact and private study hours per week over 12 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PTY4020 - Honours research proposal

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Must be enrolled in course 4516. Must have completed or be enrolled in PTY4010.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 4516.

Prohibitions

PTY3000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.

Synopsis

This unit guides student in the development of a high quality research proposal that underpins the empirical work undertaken as an honours student. It is delivered via face to face meetings and online modules. Students have different research training needs, varying with the nature of the proposed project. Students complete a compulsory ethics module and seven of 13 optional modules that best to meet their specific research training needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of appropriate research design in the development of a high quality research proposal
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the principles of ethical research through the development and submission of an ethics application to conduct research
  3. determine, justify and apply data analysis methods appropriate for a research question.

Assessment

  • Research proposal (Summative) (Hurdle) (50%)
  • Weekly quizzes (Summative) (Hurdle) (50%)
  • Professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)
  • Ethics application (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

This 12 CP unit requires 24 contact and private study hours per week over 12 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PTY4030 - Honours thesis

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Coordinator(s)

Dr Dawson Kidgell

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 to First semester 2019 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY4010, PTY4020.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 4516.

Prohibitions

PTY4000 completed as part of the Bachelor of Physiotherapy (Hons) embedded honours programme.

Synopsis

This unit serves the important role of providing dedicated opportunities for students to document the research undertaken during their honours candidature. Students are supported through individualized supervision and the course coordinator to complete either a 10,000 - 12,000 word thesis or (at least 2) manuscripts in publication format.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Sustain collaboration with an academic supervisor
  2. Develop, implement and document a focused research project
  3. Apply appropriate analysis methods to data collected during the course of the research
  4. Logically interpret results of data analysis
  5. Present the research findings to staff and students and modify the report with consideration of feedback
  6. Prepare and submit the report of the research outcomes either in a 10,000-12,000 word thesis or in publication format
  7. Adhere to project timelines
  8. Archive all relevant documents arising from the conduct of research
  9. Write a final report to the approving ethics committee describing completion of the project.

Assessment

  • Thesis submission (Summative) (100%)
  • Presentation to peers (Hurdle)
  • Professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff (Hurdle)

Workload requirements

This 24 CP unit requires supervisor contact and private study totally 48 hours per week over 12 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


PTY4171 - Physiotherapy 7A: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mick Storr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kristin Lo
Mr Shane Pritchard

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY3051, PTY3162, PTY3262, PTY3362, PTY3462.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students.

Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY4171 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:

  • Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development;
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health;
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
  • Theme 4: Applied Practice; and
  • Theme 5: Research.

Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course.

Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit and complete self directed learning tasks, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, community or subacute patient care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate professional behavior in patient care, client rights, commitment to learning, teamwork, and legal and culturally sensitive practice.
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders.
  3. Tailor knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes.
  4. Analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions.
  5. Apply evidence-based practice in patient care.
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

  • Assessment of Physiotherapy practice (APP) (100%)

Hurdle Requirement:

  • Professional conduct used to encourage professional practice.
  • Attendance and participation to ensure adequate attendance at clinical placement.
  • Learning needs form for students to reflect on their learning needs and communicate these to the clinical placement supervisors.
  • Clinical log to enable tracking for Accreditation purposes.
  • Self assessment using APP and feedback conference. Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement to encourage students to achieve a new graduate standard across all components of the APP.
  • Achieve a pass in all summative assessments to ensure that students achieve an adequate outcomes on all summative tasks.

Note: Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.

Workload requirements

32 contact hours per week for 5 weeks

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4172 - Physiotherapy 7B: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mick Storr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kristin Lo
Mr Shane Pritchard

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY3051, PTY3162, PTY3262, PTY3362, PTY3462.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY4172 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:

  • Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development;
  • Theme 2: Population, Society and Health;
  • Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
  • Theme 4: Applied Practice; and
  • Theme 5: Research.

Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, subacute or community patient care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate professional behavior in patient care, client rights, commitment to learning, teamwork, and legal and culturally sensitive practice.
  2. Communicate appropriately and effectively across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders.
  3. Tailor knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes.
  4. Analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions.
  5. Apply evidence-based practice in patient care.
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

  • Assessment of Physiotherapy practice (APP) (100%)

Hurdle Requirement:

  • Professional conduct used to encourage professional practice.
  • Attendance and participation to ensure adequate attendance at clinical placement.
  • Learning needs form for students to reflect on their learning needs and communicate these to the clinical placement supervisors.
  • Clinical log to enable tracking for Accreditation purposes.
  • Self assessment using APP and feedback conference.

Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement to encourage students to achieve a new graduate standard across all components of the APP.

  • Achieve a pass in all summative assessments to ensure that students achieve an adequate outcomes on all summative tasks.

Note: Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements

Workload requirements

Contact hours are 32 hours per week for 5 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4281 - Physiotherapy 8A: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mick Storr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kristin Lo
Mr Shane Pritchard

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY3162, PTY3262, PTY3362, PTY3462.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

During this unit, students undertake a 5 week elective clinical placement.

This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in various health care consumers in a diverse range of health care related settings.

Students are expected to spend 32 hours per week during clinical education in a health service or elective placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours.

Additional study time will be required for completion of self-directed assessment tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Engage in critically reflective practice of learning needs, clinical performance, and patient care;
  2. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  3. Demonstrate appropriate and effective communication across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders;
  4. Integrate knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes;
  5. Apply an evidence-based approach to patient care;
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions;

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 5 weeks.

Assessment

Hurdle:

  • To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
  • Students will also be expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner towards staff and clinical educators (Professional conduct hurdle)
  • Achieve a pass in all summative tasks (Hurdle)
  • Attendance and participation in clinical education (Hurdle)

Summative and hurdle assessment:

  • Clinician evaluation using APP assessment tool (Hurdle and summative task) (100%)

Workload requirements

PTY4281 comprises five off-campus weeks in health service or elective placement facilities for education. Students are expected to spend 32 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities. Additional self directed study time is allocated in this unit for completion of self-directed assessment tasks including learning and reflection related to experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4282 - Physiotherapy 8B: Clinical

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mick Storr

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kristin Lo
Mr Shane Pritchard

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester A 2018 (On-campus)
  • Summer semester B 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY3162, PTY3262, PTY3362, PTY3462.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

During this unit, students undertake a clinical attachment of 2 weeks duration in the area of 'Lifespan / Community'.

This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care across the Lifespan / Community in a diverse range of health care related settings.

Students are expected to spend 32 hours per week during clinical education in health service or placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours.

Additional off-campus study time is allocated for completion of assignments and self-directed education tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Engage in critically reflective practice of learning needs, clinical performance, and patient care;
  2. Demonstrate professional behaviour in patient care and rights that is culturally sensitive and in accordance with legal requirements;
  3. Demonstrate appropriate and effective communication across written and verbal mediums, with clients, staff, and other health care stakeholders;
  4. Integrate knowledge and skills to effectively plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions;
  5. Apply an evidence-based practice approach to patient care;
  6. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions;

Fieldwork

Clinical placement: 32 hours per week x 2 weeks.

Assessment

Summative assessment:

  • Workplace behaviour (40%)
  • Client assessment and management (40%)
  • Online paediatric iSAP task (20%)

Hurdle:

  • Professional conduct - Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
  • Achieve a pass grade in all summative tasks, participation in clinical placement, and written assignments.
  • Paediatric preclinical online tutorial task.
  • To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.

Workload requirements

PTY4282 comprises six off-campus weeks in clinical placement facilities for education and self directed study tasks. Students are expected to spend 32 hours per week during the two weeks of 'Lifespan / Community' clinical education with additional self-directed study to complete learning and reflection related to their experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services. An additional four weeks off-campus study is allocated in this unit for completion of additional self-directed summative tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


PTY4283 - Physiotherapy 8C: Campus

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Physiotherapy

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Mick Storr

Coordinator(s)

Dr Sze-Ee Soh

Unit guides

Offered

Peninsula

  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

PTY3051, PTY3162, PTY3262, PTY3362, PTY3462.

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in course 3868, 3891, M3002, M3003.

Notes

Students must submit valid preclinical documentation, as listed in the course handbook, to Administration staff by the deadline specified and communicated to students. Failure to submit these mandatory documents may result in students being unable to complete the course.

Synopsis

PTY4283 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four-year curriculum is based.

This 24 credit point, year long unit includes 2 on-campus sections and contains the majority of the non-clinical assessment throughout the final year of the Physiotherapy program.

It extends students' integrated knowledge and skills into specialised areas of physiotherapy practice and includes wide-ranging content such as: Indigenous Health; preparation for graduation and entry into the workforce; the role of the clinical educator; professional issues and a reflection on personal and professional development.

Unique to PTY4283 is an Interprofessional Seminar series which will take place in the final week of Semester 2, Year 4 during which students will have the opportunity to listen to presentations from multiprofessional students and will participate in peer review of these sessions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Collaboratively design a clinically relevant research proposal.
  2. Apply evidence-based practice in patient care.
  3. Develop and deliver a research-themed verbal presentation addressing an area of need at a clinical site.
  4. Integrate knowledge and skills to effectively assess patient needs, including selection of relevant measures of health indicators and outcomes.
  5. Critically analyse risks and adverse events associated with client assessments and interventions.
  6. Examine complexities and justify clinical decision making associated with ethical and equitable health care delivery.
  7. Demonstrate and comply with standards of professional behaviour and communication with colleagues, clients, staff, and other stakeholders.
  8. Formulate culturally sensitive health professional-patient interactions, including ways of respectfully working with Indigenous healing and spiritual practitioners.
  9. Identify protocols and processes for referrals and for utilising support from Aboriginal Health Workers, other Indigenous health professionals, and other support resources.
  10. Detail and apply critical pre-employment information and processes relative to the entry-level graduate.
  11. Review roles and skills required for effective supervision and mentoring and identify personal strengths and learning challenges whilst on clinical placements.
  12. Apply fundamentals of evidence-based practice in order to effectively analyse and plan appropriate patient interactions, including patient-centred goal development, and the selection of appropriate interventions.
  13. Deliver a verbal presentation and provide constructive peer feedback in an inter-professional seminar setting.
  14. Meet entry level requirements for registration to practice as a Physiotherapist.

Assessment

Summative:

  • Research project proposal (3,000 words for 1 student; 3,500 words for 2 students; 4,000 words for 3 students; 4,500 words for 4 students) (20%)
  • Research skills seminar (10-15 minutes) (5%)
  • Research project poster (1000 words) (20%)
  • Critical analysis (3500 words) (20%)
  • Research project oral presentation (10-15 minutes) (5%)
  • Written examination (3 hours) (30%)

Formative / Hurdle:

  • Professional Conduct
  • Achieve a Pass Grade in all Summative Tasks
  • Attendance and Participation
  • Conference Abstract (300 words)

Workload requirements

PTY4283 comprises three campus based weeks and additional self directed learning time. On campus there will be approximately 17 hours per week contact teaching. A campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY4283 Unit Guide. Other written assessment tasks will be completed by students in self directed learning time.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


RAD1012 - Radiographic science and practice 2

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Mr John McInerney
Ms Ruth Druva

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD1021, RAD1031, RAD1061, RAD1082.

Synopsis

RAD1012 develops the scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational to the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development. Radiographic knowledge will be extended to enable examinations of the respiratory system, shoulder and pelvic girdles, the vertebral column, the bony thorax and plain abdomen to be safely performed. Building on earlier principles of professional practice, RAD1012 will introduce the science required for more advanced radiographic equipment operation. Radiation dosimetry and safety is also studied so that competent operation and performance measurement of diagnostic ionising radiation equipment may be executed. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Evaluate, using a detailed knowledge of the statutory regulations governing the use of ionising radiation, and describe how regulatory agencies demand the safe use of medical imaging ionising radiation equipment;
  2. Discuss the response of organ systems to ionising radiation exposure, how x-radiation is monitored and measured and how personal monitoring is used, recorded and reported to enable safe practices in radiation areas for patient, staff and the general public;
  3. Calculate the energy content of an x-ray beam, integral dose, dose-area product and define dose and equivalent dose when x-rays are absorbed by living tissue, using correct units;
  4. Employ the principles learnt about kV, mAs and geometry of the x-ray beam that impact upon the four image quality factors of optical density, contrast, image detail and distortion to describe the characteristics of a radiograph;
  5. Review the theoretical principles underpinning the operation of automatic exposure systems and computed radiography systems, and where appropriate apply this in the clinical setting;
  6. Describe and apply (within a professional standards and ethics context) theories of the psychosocial impact on human behaviour, communication and occupational health and safety of your working environment;
  7. Record and obtain information from individuals employing appropriate observation and interviewing skills, such that the information generated may be integrated with basic scientific theory and knowledge to provide quality levels of patient care;
  8. Recognise and adapt, in a professional manner, to the variety of social, cultural and ethical perspectives that may legitimately be encountered within clinical practice, to interpret a radiographic request form for the imaging examination and obtain a clinical history from a patient;
  9. Describe and justify the radiographic projections, body positions and the radiographic technique underpinning general radiographic examinations of the of the respiratory system, shoulder and pelvic girdles, the vertebral column, the bony thorax and plain abdomen;
  10. Position an adult patient, accounting for his/her clinical presentation, for the radiographic projections identified in the protocol, direct and align the central ray to an appropriate bony landmark, image receptor and ancillary equipment such as the bucky, grids and automatic exposure devices;
  11. Evaluate radiographs in terms of technical quality and positioning criteria and where necessary devise appropriate problem-solving strategies for less than optimal radiographic projections;
  12. Distinguish radiographic anatomical features and recognise associated common radiologic pathologies or traumatic appearances in terms of the clinical question being asked;
  13. In the light of the clinical problem, assess the appropriateness of supplementary projections, and where required position the patient for the required further images;
  14. Under supervision, safely conduct radiographic examinations of the respiratory system, pelvis, shoulder girdle, vertebral column, the bony thorax and plain abdomen of an adult patient.

Assessment

  • Written examination comprising two parts (3 hours) (35%)
  • Clinical Learning portfolio (35%)
  • 2 x Laboratory reports (500 words each) and 2 x laboratory reports (1,000 words) (10%)
  • Pre-placement Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) (40 mins) (10%)
  • 2 x Computer based radiographic image evaluation and methods tests (40 mins each) (10%)

Hurdle:

  • Pre-tutorial online tests (80 minutes total)
  • All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

4 x one hour lectures, 3 x one hour tutorials, 1 x two hour laboratory practical session, 10 hours clinical practice per week.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD1021 - Radiologic physics and radiation protection

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Marcus Kitchen

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging (Honours)

Synopsis

A review of fundamental physics of concepts relevant to radiographic imaging. Units of measurement. Mechanics and heat. Atomic structure and electromagnetic radiation. Electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism. X-rays and their production. X-ray emission and interactions between x-rays and matter. Attenuation of x-rays and filters. Detection of X-rays. X-ray image formation. Introduction to computer-based imaging in medicine. Principles of radioactivity and nuclear transformation. Introduction to radiation therapy principles. Foundation principles of radiation protection together with statutory requirements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the physical properties of atomic structure;
  2. Understand fundamental principles in mechanics and thermal physics that are relevant to the production and absorption of energy;
  3. Explain the physical laws of interaction of particles and waves, including the mechanisms for absorption and scattering of energy at the atomic level;
  4. Explain in quantitative terms the production of x-rays and the use of exposure factors that control x-ray intensity, penetration and dose;
  5. Use quantitative measures for the absorption of x-rays and to understand why and how x-ray absorption coefficients vary with energy and atomic number and relate these ideas to the sharp depiction of contrast changes in x-ray images of patients;
  6. Understand the effects of ionizing radiation on cellular matter and be able to explain the basic principles underlying radiation dose and radiation safety;
  7. Implement and evaluate appropriate radiation safety strategies and radiation protection measures in the context of diagnostic x-rays;
  8. Understand the fundamental principles of radiation therapy and the production and use of radiopharmaceutical products.

Assessment

  • Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
  • End-semester exam (2 hours) (50%) (Hurdle)
  • Laboratory experiments (20%)
  • Formal laboratory report (5%)
  • Assignment (5%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD1022 - Medical radiation science: Physical principles

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Strudwick

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Strudwick

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

MTH1010

Co-requisites

BMA1012 and HSC1400

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the scientific discipline of physics which is the foundation of the practice of radiography, radiation therapy and nuclear medicine technology.

The unit begins with an examination of the laws of physics, the units of measurement used within the discipline and the electromagnetic spectrum.

Students will learn about the physical properties of atomic structure and about the interaction of particles and waves including mechanisms for absorption and scattering of energy at the atomic level.

The unit will explain how x-rays, gamma rays and high frequency sound waves are captured as they interact with matter and describe the components of both diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy equipment designed for this purpose.

The unit will conclude with an examination of the effects of ionizing radiation at the cellular level and the methods used to calculate and record radiation dose to patients and radiation workers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Apply the laws of physics, units of measurement and dimensions to solve numerical problems relating to radiation science
  2. Explain the electric and magnetic properties of matter
  3. Describe the electromagnetic spectrum and electromagnetic waves
  4. Compare and contrast the components of modern x-ray and nuclear medicine diagnostic imaging equipment with that used to deliver a therapeutic dose of x-radiation.
  5. Describe how the interaction of x-rays and gamma rays with matter creates a detectable signal that can be captured to form a diagnostic image.
  6. Explain the effects of ionising radiation on cellular matter and the principles informing the calculation of radiation dose and its subsequent recording in relation to patients and radiation workers.

Assessment

  • 4 x laboratory practical reports (250 words each) (20%)
  • Mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
  • iSAP clinical action plan and reflective analysis (2,000 words) (30%)
  • End of semester exam (90 minutes) (30%)

Hurdle requirements

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials and lab sessions to foster a professional approach to attendance.
  2. Students must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial per week and a 2 hour laboratory session every 2 weeks and 2 hours of teacher - directed interaction with Moodle based tasks per week.

Students will be expected to engage in additional self-directed readings to facilitate the development of knowledge and understanding of the physical concepts covered in the unit.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD1031 - Radiologic biology 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Wendy MacLeod

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Entry to the BRadMedImag.

Co-requisites

RAD1021; RAD1061.

Synopsis

Students will learn the principles of human biology and genetics, and the chemical, cellular and tissue organization of the human body. In addition, they will develop an understanding of the gross anatomical structure of the appendicular skeleton together with their radiographic appearances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Connect how the biochemistry of molecules are integral in cellular functions
  2. Describe the physiological processes of cells, in particular membrane transport and genetic inheritance and group cells into 4 tissue types
  3. Relate anatomical terminology and osteology to the appendicular skeleton
  4. Discuss the soft tissues and bony structures that comprise the upper limb and how these structures enable the upper limb to function
  5. Discuss the soft tissues and bony structures that comprise the lower limb and how these structures enable the lower limb to function
  6. Recognise and describe the radiographic appearances of the upper and lower limbs and apply this knowledge to radiographic positioning for the upper and lower limbs

Assessment

  • Laboratory portfolio requiring team work activities (25%)
  • Image Recognition test (1 hour) (15%)
  • Mid-semester Exam (1 hour) (15%)
  • Written exam (2 hours) (45%)

Hurdle Requirement

  • A pass in all elements of assessment is required. Students must obtain at least 50 % of the available marks for each element of assessment to pass the unit.
  • 80% minimum attendance at practical and tutorial sessions

Hurdle:

  • Participation in anatomy practical
  • All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD1061 - Radiographic science and practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Mr John McInerney
Ms Ruth Druva

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Entry to the BRadMedImag.

Co-requisites

RAD1021; RAD1031.

Synopsis

This unit delivers the initial scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational in subsequent Radiographic Science and Practice units as the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development. The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform radiographic examinations of the limbs and chest and the fundamentals of professional practice to include the behavioural sciences, communication and legally and ethically correct working practices. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe and apply within a professional standards and ethics context theories of the psychosocial impact on human behaviour, communication and occupational health and safety of the working environment;
  2. Record and obtain information from individuals employing appropriate observation and interviewing skills, such that the information generated may be integrated with basic scientific theory and knowledge to provide quality levels of patient care;
  3. Recognise and adapt, in a professional manner, to the variety of social, cultural and ethical perspectives that may legitimately be encountered within clinical practice;
  4. Describe and justify the radiographic projections, body positions and the radiographic exposure factors underpinning general radiographic examinations of the elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, fingers and thumb, knee, tibia and fibula, ankle, calcaneum, foot, toes and chest of an adult ambulant patient;
  5. Evaluate the radiographic request form, obtain a clinical history from a patient, select appropriate radiographic protocols consisting of radiographic projections positioning techniques and exposure factors to produce high quality projection(s) that will aid the diagnostic process;
  6. Evaluate radiographs in terms of technical quality and positioning criteria and where necessary devise appropriate problem-solving strategies for less than optimal radiographic projections;
  7. Distinguish anatomical features on radiographic images and recognise common radiologic pathologies or traumatic appearances in terms of the clinical question being asked;
  8. In the light of the clinical problem, assess the appropriateness of supplementary projections, and where required position the patient for the required further images;
  9. Under supervision safely conduct radiographic examinations of the elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, fingers and thumb, knee, tibia and fibula, ankle, calcaneum, foot, toes and chest of an adult ambulant patient;
  10. Position an adult patient, accounting for his/her clinical presentation, for the radiographic projections identified in the protocol, direct and align the central ray to an appropriate bony landmark and image receptor.

Fieldwork

Clinical Placement: Two (2) weeks (80 hours)

Assessment

  • Written exam (3 hours) (50%)
  • Objective structured clinical exam (OSCE) (40 mins) (10%)
  • 2 x Radiographic image evaluation and methods tests (30 mins each) (15%)
  • Radiographic image critique case report (750 words) (5%)
  • Clinical learning portfolio (20%)

Hurdle:

  • Written assignment (750 words)
  • Pre-tutorial online tests (80 minutes total)

All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

3 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorials, 1 x two hour laboratory practical session, 3 hours clinical practice per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD1082 - Radiologic biology 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Wendy MacLeod

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD1021, RAD1031 and RAD1061.

Co-requisites

RAD1012.

Synopsis

Students will develop a sound understanding of the principles of pathology, and specifically that of the respiratory and osteoskeletal systems, along with their radiographic appearances. Students will also develop a sound understanding of the structural and functional relationships of the vertebral column and the bony thorax. They will be introduced to the nervous system and the innervation of muscles together with relevant radiographic anatomy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify fundamental principles of pathology and apply this knowledge to specific cases, in particular the musculoskeletal and respiratory systems;
  2. Evaluate the effect of environment and nutrition on the health of an individual or community;
  3. Describe the anatomy of the vertebral column, spinal cord and thoracic cage and thoracic contents;
  4. Identify normal and abnormal anatomy on radiographic images of the vertebral column & thorax abdomen and musculoskeletal system
  5. Describe the basic physiology of respiration and the nervous system;
  6. List major stages that occur in embryology and extrapolate how congenital abnormalities can occur

Assessment

  • Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Team assessment (15%)
  • Image Recognition exam (1 hour) (20%)
  • Written exam (2 hours) (45%) (hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2001 - Medical imaging science: Radiographic principles

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Ruth Druva

Coordinator(s)

Ms Ruth Druva

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M20024

Prohibitions

RAD1061

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide students with the requisite knowledge and understanding of the scientific and technological principles associated with the practice of diagnostic radiography.

Students will be introduced to radiographic terminology, image critique and analysis with a particular emphasis on the axial skeleton and musculoskeletal system, the thorax, abdomen and pelvis.

An introduction to the design of the modern radiologic suite and the role of medical imaging in radiation therapy will be provided.

In addition, an overview of the production of the X-ray image and the safety features related to the use of radiation in a radiographic environment will be studied.

Outcomes

At completion of this unit the unit will be able to

  1. Describe the design of the modern radiologic suite
  2. Describe the general characteristics of the modern X-ray system used in clinical practice, including scientific principles, and production of the digital image
  3. Identify the key features of the use of radiation, how it produces the image, and its safe use in diagnostic radiographic practice.
  4. Employ radiographic positioning skills and protocols to produce images of a representative section of the axial skeleton and musculoskeletal system, the thorax, abdomen and pelvis.
  5. Distinguish the anatomical features and recognise associated common radiographic pathologies of the axial skeleton and musculoskeletal system, the thorax, abdomen and pelvis.

Assessment

  • 4 x 500 word portfolio image critique
  • 45 minute invigilated image recognition and methods exam (15%)
  • 2 hour end of semester written exam (45%)
  • Paired task - iSAP clinical action plan (2000 words)& iSAP comparative report (500 words) (20%)

Hurdle Requirement:

  • 80% attendance at tutorials and lab sessions
  • Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit

Workload requirements

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 1 hour tutorial per week
  • 2 hour laboratory practical per week
  • 2 hours directed online activities with Moodle based tasks per week
  • 6 hours self-directed study per week

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2002 - Medical imaging anatomy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Ruth Druva

Coordinator(s)

Ms Ruth Druva

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

BMA1011 and BMA1012

Co-requisites

M20024 or M2013

Synopsis

This unit builds upon first year foundational knowledge of human anatomy. Students will apply this knowledge across a range of planar and sectional medical images.

The unit will teach students how to identify and recognise normal radiographic appearances including anatomical variants of the bony and soft tissue structures of the human body as demonstrated on digital radiographic images.

Through the use of computed tomography images (CT), magnetic resonance images (MRI) and digital subtraction angiographic (DSA) images students will learn how to recognise the anatomical representation and relationships of the bones, organs, blood vessels, nerves and muscles comprising the cranium, chest, abdomen, male and female pelvis, spine, limbs and girdles in multiple imaging planes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Differentiate between the bony and soft tissue elements and joints which comprise the upper and lower limbs and the associated process of ossification on a range of digital radiographic images
  2. Name and identify the anatomical and soft tissue structures comprising the thorax, vertebral column and abdomen on digital radiographic images
  3. Describe and differentiate the radiographic and sonographic representation of the organs comprising cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, endocrine, reproductive systems
  4. Compare and contrast CT, MR and DSA appearances of the main blood vessels of the body
  5. Name and identify the anatomy of the skull and central nervous system as seen on sectional computed tomography and magnetic resonance images
  6. Discriminate between the osseous, soft tissue components and important muscles of the chest, abdomen, pelvis, spine, and limbs on CT and MR images.

Assessment

  • 10 x weekly image recognition quizzes (10%)
  • 3 x computer based image analysis tests (40 minutes each) (60%)
  • Image portfolio and comparative analysis (2,500 words) (30%)

Hurdle requirements

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials sessions to foster a professional approach to attendance.
  2. Students must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit

Workload requirements

1 hour master class, 1 hour interactive tutorial per week, 1 hour interactive image analysis class and 3 hours of teacher - directed interaction with Moodle based tasks and an image data bank per week.

Students will be expected to engage in additional self-directed learning to facilitate the appropriate level of knowledge of the topics covered in the unit.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2003 - Medical imaging science: Nuclear medicine

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Strudwick

Coordinator(s)

Dr Mark Strudwick

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD1022

Co-requisites

Unit: RAD2004, RAD2001, RAD2007

Course: M2013 or M20024

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide students with the requisite knowledge and understanding of the scientific and technological principles associated with the practice underpinning Nuclear Medicine.

Students will explore the topics of radiopharmacy, nuclear medicine physics and instrumentation techniques and procedures and care of the patient in the nuclear medicine department. Students will also be introduced to the role of hybrid imaging in medical radiation practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe basic principles of radiation protection with regard to the use of unsealed sources justifying the need for a regulatory framework governing their use
  2. Explain the characteristics of radiopharmaceuticals used diagnostic imaging and for therapeutic purposes;
  3. Describe and explain physical principles and instrumentation used in nuclear medicine in the context of image acquisition, quality control and radiopharmaceutical administration techniques
  4. Evaluate the usefulness of nuclear medicine procedures/techniques in the context of specific patient diagnoses and communicate these findings to their peers
  5. Identify patient contra-indications to nuclear medicine procedures
  6. Describe hybrid imaging and discuss its application and advantages in medical radiation practice

Assessment

  • Paired powerpoint presentation (1,000 words) (20%)
  • Mid-semester test (1 hour) (25%)
  • iSAP clinical action plan and reflective analysis (2,000 words) (30%)
  • End of semester exam (90 minutes) (30%)

Hurdle requirement:

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour master class, 2 hours interactive tutorial per week, and 3 hours of teacher - directed interaction with Moodle based tasks per week.

Students will be expected to engage in additional self-directed learning to facilitate the appropriate level of knowledge of the topics covered in the unit.

In addition each student will have 2 x 1 hour tutorials in a hospital nuclear medicine department during the semester.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2004 - Pathophysiology for medical radiation science 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Andrew Davies

Coordinator(s)

Mr Andrew Davies

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RTS2101,RAD2005, RAD2002, M2013, M20024

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two which provide an introduction to the principles of pathology and extends foundational knowledge of human physiology developed in year one of the course.

The unit introduces students to the principles of pathology followed by an analysis of a range of common pathophysiological conditions affecting the musculo-skeletal and respiratory systems.

The unit will enable students to recognise common pathologies affecting the musculo-skeletal and respiratory systems as displayed on medical images.

Using their prior knowledge of human embryology, the unit will also include a consideration of a range of congenital disorders.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Discuss basic principles of pathology including cell response to stress, inflammation, infection neoplasia and multifocal disease as well as environmental and nutritional influences
  2. Describe important stages in embryonic development and correlate how disruptions in these processes can result in congenital abnormalities
  3. Apply principles of pathophysiology to the disease processes that occur in the musculo-skeletal system
  4. Apply principles of pathophysiology to the disease processes that occur in the respiratory system
  5. Identify pathologies of the musculo-skeletal and respiratory systems on a range of medical images

Assessment

  • Invigilated mid-semester test (1 hour) (20%)
  • iSAP case (2,000 words) (20%)
  • Group work poster presentation (20%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle requirement

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, and a 2 hour tutorial per week, 9 hours of self-directed interaction with Moodle based tasks, readings and activities per week and online support sessions.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2005 - Medical radiation science: Professional skills 1

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lori Boyd

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

RAD2004, RTS2101, RAD2002, M20024 or M2013

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two which provide an introduction to a range of concepts related to professional practice and patient care in the medical radiation sciences.

Students will be introduced to psychological theories related to human development and learning, behaviour and personality and they will explore these in the context of professional practice.

An introduction to socio-cultural perspectives of health will be considered, with a focus on caring for patients from both indigenous and other cultural backgrounds.

Patient care during Radiography, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Therapy procedures will be introduced together with the concept of interdisciplinary collaborative health care.

Students will also study the Australian health care system and its relationship to practice in the medical radiation sciences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe psychological theory relating to human development and learning, behaviour and personality
  2. Discuss socio-cultural issues related to health care delivery focussing on patients attending the radiology, radiation therapy and nuclear medicine departments.
  3. Identify issues in diagnosing, treating and preventing disease and illness in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander clients
  4. Discuss the importance of patient centred care in medical radiation practice
  5. Evaluate the barriers and enablers of effective Inter-disciplinary and collaborative care
  6. Discuss the Australian health care system and the regulation of health care practitioners

Assessment

  • Reflective paper (2,500 words) (35%)
  • iSAP case (1,500 words) (25%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle requirements

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, and a 2 hour tutorial per week, 9 hours of self-directed interaction with Moodle based tasks, readings and activities per week and online support sessions.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2006 - Pathophysiology for medical radiation science 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Andrew Davies

Coordinator(s)

Mr Andrew Davies

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD2004

Co-requisites

RAD2001, RAD2007, RAD2003, M20024 or M2013

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units designed to introduce students to the principles of pathophysiology and their relevance to the discipline of medical radiation science.

The unit builds upon the knowledge developed in the first semester unit pathophysiology unit and extends those principles to a consideration of altered disease affecting the haematological, central nervous, cardiovascular, endocrine, reproductive, renal and gastrointestinal tract systems.

The unit will enable students to recognise common pathologies affecting these body systems as visualised on a variety of medical images.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Relate knowledge of the normal gross and regional anatomy of the haematological, respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, reproductive, renal and gastrointestinal tract systems to understanding the impact of disease processes affecting these systems.
  2. Describe the key histological features of the haematological, respiratory, cardiovascular, endocrine, reproductive, renal and gastrointestinal tract systems.
  3. Apply knowledge of the principles of pathophysiology to the disease processes within the haematological, central nervous, cardiovascular, endocrine, reproductive, renal and gastrointestinal tract systems.
  4. Identify the radiographic representation of disease processes associated with the haematological, central nervous, cardiovascular, endocrine, reproductive, renal and gastrointestinal tract systems.
  5. Describe how pathological imaging is used in the radiation therapy context

Assessment

  • iSAP case (1,500 words) (15%)
  • 2 x invigilated online tests (1 hour each) (30%)
  • Group powerpoint presentation (15 mins) and supporting notes (1,000 words) (15%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle requirements

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, and a 2 hour tutorial per week, 9 hours of self-directed interaction with Moodle based tasks, readings and activities per week and online support sessions.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2007 - Medical radiation science: Professional skills 2

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Coordinator(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD2005

Co-requisites

Units: RAD2006, RAD2001, RAD2003

Course: M2013 or M20024

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units that teach concepts related to professional practice and patient care in the radiation sciences professions.

Students will critically analyse the concept of professional regulation and they will explore codes of conduct and professional guidelines health professionals.

This unit will also include an introduction to legal and ethical aspects related to working in the health professions, with a focus on medical radiations practice.

Communication and reflective practice will be explored and students will develop these skills and apply them in a simulated environment.

Occupational health and safety, manual handling and infection control will also be covered together with application of the skills in a simulated environment.

Students will build on their previously developed cultural competence and understanding of inter-professional practice with a focus on managing patients with different needs.

Students will undertake a clinical orientation in a radiation therapy centre during the semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the legal and ethical concepts related to health care practice, including professional regulation of medical radiation practitioners
  2. Describe occupational health and safety (and radiation safety) considerations in the context of the medical radiation practice professions and clinical environment
  3. Describe and apply communication theory, cultural competence and reflective practice theory
  4. Evaluate the challenges associated with managing patients with a range of different needs including the elderly, children, patients with physical disability or mental impairment.
  5. Analyse and reflect on inter-professional practice in the context of the medical radiation practice professions
  6. Demonstrate the key concepts of professional practice to a beginner level during clinical orientation placement

Fieldwork

2 days of clinical placement

Assessment

  • Clinical workbook and activities (2,000 words) (30%)
  • iSAP case (2,000 words) (30%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%)

Hurdle requirements

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. 100% attendance at the two day clinical orientation and successful completion of clinical orientation workbook and portfolio on pebble pad.
  3. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, and a 2 hour tutorial per week, 9 hours of self-directed interaction with Moodle based tasks, readings and activities per week and online support sessions.

2 Day clinical orientation to a radiation therapy centre

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2012 - Radiographic science and practice 4

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lori Boyd
Mr John McInerney

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Level 1 of BRadMedImag course, RAD2051 and RAD2061.

Co-requisites

RAD2092.

Synopsis

The unit develops a student's existing knowledge of digital imaging systems, evidence based practice and research principles required for practice within the healthcare workforce of the future. The unit includes digital image processing applied to medical imaging, patient care requirements for diagnostic imaging examinations including those using contrast media, evidence based practice in diagnostic imaging and the evaluation and application of research in diagnostic imaging.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply the scientific principles, technological characteristics and relevant applications of digital imaging systems;
  2. Explain the general applications of information technology in medical imaging and its relationship to digital based imaging systems;
  3. Implement a range of basic digital image processing routines in general or digital vascular imaging and discuss how the application of these tools enables quantitative and qualitative image analysis;
  4. Implement and evaluate quality assurance principles in digital imaging systems;
  5. Discuss the use of radiological and other medications and their administration, the control of infection, the administration of oxygen and barium, the maintenance of surgical asepsis and recognition of vital signs;
  6. Apply radiographic criteria and a problem-solving perspective to facial bone imaging and cerebral digital subtraction angiography;
  7. Apply evidence based practice to radiographic practice and identify how a range of research methods and the critique of reported research benefits medical radiation sciences;
  8. Critically apply ethical concepts, and knowledge of the Australian medico- legal framework to the practice of radiography while adhering to the Code of Conduct for Registered Health Practitioners promulgated by the Medical Radiation Practice Board of Australia;
  9. Critically evaluate the ethical and legal implications of research within medical radiation science;
  10. Identify personal learning goals in respect to the development of professional expertise and demonstrate an understanding of the multidisciplinary approach to the clinical management of patients in the intensive care units and accident and emergency situations;
  11. Modify and adapt basic radiographic methods, techniques and protection strategies for adult, elderly and paediatric patients undergoing general and mobile radiographic examinations of the abdomen, musculoskeletal and respiratory systems.

Assessment

  • Written examination - methods (2 hours) (20%)
  • Written examination - physics (1 hour) (15%)
  • Clinical learning portfolio (25%)
  • Group research article presentation (15 minutes) (5%)
  • 4 x Image processing laboratory reports (10%)
  • 2 x iSAP case (2,000 words each) (25%)

All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Workload 5 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorial, 1 x one hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours directed study using Moodle, 6 hours clinical studies.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2051 - Radiographic science and practice 3

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Ms Lori Boyd
Mr John McInerney

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Level 1 of BRadMedImag course.

Co-requisites

RAD2061.

Synopsis

The focus of this unit is upon mobile imaging, accident and emergency imaging, paediatrics, geriatrics and radiography of the skull including dental imaging. It also facilitates the ongoing development of broader general radiographic skills of the appendicular and axial skeleton. Additionally, the unit provides students with the essential elements of contrast and therapeutic imaging of the vascular, gastrointestinal, genito-urinary and hepato-biliary systems with the emphasis upon digital fluoroscopic systems and the professional role of the radiographer in managing these systems and implementing the procedures.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Explain the physical principles underpinning mobile x-ray systems and apply them in clinical situations to produce and evaluate images taken in the hospital wards and operating theatres;
  2. Explain the physical principles underpinning digital fluoroscopic imaging systems and the physics of fluid flow, image intensifiers and planar conventional tomography and apply them in clinical situations to produce and evaluate images of the vascular, gastrointestinal, urinary and hepatobiliary systems;
  3. Implement and evaluate appropriate quality control measures in relation to mobile x-ray systems and digital fluoroscopic imaging systems both fixed and mobile;
  4. Implement and evaluate appropriate radiation safety strategies and radiation protection measures in the context of mobile and fixed digital fluoroscopic examinations;
  5. Evaluate the effectiveness of exposure protocols for all general and contrast radiographic imaging in terms of image quality and radiation protection for patients;
  6. Describe and evaluate the efficacy of traditional radiographic methods to image the vascular, gastrointestinal, genito-urinary and hepato-biliary systems and skull and teeth;
  7. Distinguish between normal radiographic images of the musculo-skeletal system and abnormal radiographic images following injury to these body regions involving adults and paediatrics;
  8. Implement and evaluate appropriate general radiographic examinations for the musculoskeletal and respiratory systems and the abdomen on adult patients with supervision appropriate to an advanced beginner radiographer;
  9. Modify and adapt basic radiographic methods, techniques and protection strategies for patients in emergency situations, paediatric patients, geriatric patients and patients requiring mobile imaging examinations of the musculoskeletal system, chest and abdomen under direct supervision;
  10. Apply radiographic criteria and a problem-solving perspective to paediatric, mobile, skull and accident and emergency radiographic images.
  11. Evaluate radiographs/images of the gastrointestinal, urinary and hepatobiliary systems in terms of the condition of the patient, the clinical question, anatomy and image quality factors
  12. appraise the professional challenges posed by patients with special needs to provide effective and safe care to them while they undergo imaging examinations.

Assessment

  • Written Methodology examination (1.5 hours) (25%)
  • Written Physics examination (1.5 hours) (25%)
  • 2 x iSAP case studies (in-pairs) (1,000 words) (7.5% each - total 15%)
  • 4 x Imaging laboratory reports (10%)
  • Clinical learning portfolio (25%)

All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

3 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorials, 1 x one hour laboratory practical session, 1 hour directed study, 5 hours clinical studies.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2061 - Radiologic biology 3

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Wendy MacLeod

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Level 1 of BRadMedImag course.

Co-requisites

RAD2051.

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic understanding of the human body, its structure and the function of its organs in health and disease. The unit covers the cardiovascular system, respiratory system, renal system, haematopoietic system, gastrointestinal system, endocrine system and reproduction. The unit incorporates the anatomy, physiology, pathology and radiographic imaging techniques related to each system. An introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion and the adverse reactions to contrast media complements the body systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the anatomy & physiology of the haematological, respiratory, cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, reproductive, urinary and gastrointestinal systems and the significance for medical imaging examinations
  2. Discuss pathological processes associated with haematological, respiratory, cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, reproductive, urinary and gastrointestinal systems
  3. Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental concepts of pharmacology, pharmacokinetics and toxicology;
  4. Explain the general principles, risks, classification, structure and properties of radiographic contrast media;
  5. Describe the prevention, treatment and support for contrast media reactions; and the characteristics of other drugs used in the clinical setting, general and local anaesthesia and their implications for patient care during diagnostic imaging examinations;
  6. Identify and describe the radiographic representation of the organs comprising cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, endocrine, reproductive systems;
  7. Identify and describe the radiographic appearances of pathologies affecting the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, endocrine and reproductive systems;
  8. Identify and describe the angiographic representation of normal anatomy

Assessment

  • Written exam (3 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • 2 x Mid-semester tests (1 hour each) (25%)
  • Group assessment (15%)
  • Image recognition exam (1 hour) (20%)

Workload requirements

12 hr directed and 12 hr self-directed study.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD2092 - Radiologic biology 4 and sectional anatomy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michael Farrell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Level 1 of BRadMedImag course.

Co-requisites

RAD2061.

Synopsis

The focus of this unit is on the structure and function of the central nervous system and the pathological basis of disease and injury affecting this system. The anatomical representation and relationships of the bones, organs, blood vessels, nerves and muscles comprising the cranium, chest, abdomen, male and female pelvis, spine, limbs and girdles in multiple planes will be demonstrated through computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance images (MRI) and digital subtraction angiographic (DSA) imaging. Organization, structure and physiology of nervous tissue, the spinal cord and its nerves and the senses will provide students with a more in-depth understanding of the common disorders affecting the central nervous system including developmental malformations, neoplasia, demyelinating and degenerative disease processes, infective processes, cerebrovascular disease and traumatic brain injury. The unit is particularly designed to prepare students for their CT studies in year three of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the basic components, structure and function of the central nervous system including the special senses;
  2. Describe the anatomy of the skull, brain and associated structures;
  3. Describe important pathological processes affecting the central nervous system including the special senses;
  4. Distinguish between normal and abnormal pathophysiological processes affecting the central nervous system and its blood supply as they appear on CT, MR and DSA images;
  5. Name and identify the anatomy of the skull and central nervous system as seen on sectional computed tomography and magnetic resonance images;
  6. Compare and contrast the CT, MR and DSA appearances of the vascular supply of the head and neck;
  7. Discriminate between the osseous and soft tissue components, important muscles and blood vessels of the chest, abdomen, pelvis, spine, and limbs on CT and MR images.

Assessment

  • Exam (2 hours) 45%
  • Image computer test 1 (1 hour) 15%
  • Image computer test 2 (1.5 hours) 20%
  • Case study (1000 words) 15%
  • Philips Portal Exercises - 5%

Hurdle: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit

Workload requirements

4 x one hour lectures, 1 x one hour engagement with sectional anatomy learning tutorials, 1 x one hour tutorials including anatomy and pathology demonstration classes, up to 6 hours self-directed study in keeping with the credit point value of the unit.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3002 - Medical imaging science: Computed tomography and digital image processing

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Kristal Lee

Coordinator(s)

Ms Kristal Lee

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

RAD2001

Co-requisites

RTS4104

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide students with the requisite knowledge and understanding of the scientific and technological principles associated with the practice underpinning Computed Tomography (CT) imaging.

It introduces students to the associated instrumentation and protocols, positioning methods and radiation protection principles related to CT.

The unit will build on digital image processing introduced in RAD2001. The unit will introduce students to the variety of uses of CT in the diagnostic and therapeutic health environment.

Students will develop skills in relation to image critique and analysis with a particular emphasis on the axial skeleton and musculoskeletal system, the thorax, abdomen and pelvis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the scientific principles underpinning modern multi-slice computed tomographic scanners;
  2. Articulate the technological characteristics and the relevant applications of multi-slice computed tomography medical imaging systems;
  3. Apply a range of radiation protection measures applicable to CT in simulated situations;
  4. Critically evaluate basic clinical scanning protocols, digital image processing techniques and equipment, image display and reconstruction routines used in CT
  5. Describe and interpret positioning and methods employed in CT examinations of the head, chest, abdomen/pelvis, and spine.
  6. Identify the key anatomical and pathological appearances in CT images of the head, chest, abdomen/pelvis,

Assessment

  • Invigilated online test (1 hour) (20%)
  • 4 x portfolio (500 words each) (20%)
  • PowerPoint presentation (10 minutes) and reflection (500 words) (15%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (45%)

Hurdle Requirement

  1. 80% attendance at tutorials and lab sessions to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  2. Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

6 hours of directed activities including interaction with Moodle based tasks, reading and activities per week. 6 hours self-directed learning

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3004 - Neuroimaging for neuroscience research

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Mark Strudwick

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Michael Farrell

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit extends knowledge of the basic physical principles of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and addresses safety and the protocols and processing methods used to image brain structure and function.

The unit will introduce the student to neuroimaging techniques for application to neuroscience research. The purpose of the common sequences used to image brain structure and function will be covered and students will learn how to select the most appropriate imaging protocol for the common sequences from within an evidence - based framework.

The unit will enable students to recognise the benefits and limitations of neuroimaging approaches to the characterisation of brain structure and function in health and disease.

Students will be introduced to experimental paradigms and analysis approaches used in neuroimaging research. The unit will conclude with an examination of the application of quality assurance and quality control principles to MRI imaging of the brain and CNS.

Outcomes

At completion of this unit the unit will be able to:

  1. Apply principles of evidence-based health care practice to MRI imaging in the clinical context
  2. Explain the role played by the practitioner/researcher in the application of safety principles within the MRI suite.
  3. Describe a range of indications, participant presentations, participant preparation and positioning methods for MRI studies of the brain.
  4. Select the appropriate MRI protocol and post processing techniques for MRI studies of the brain structure and function from within an evidence-based framework.
  5. Use brain images to apply analytical theory and methods supporting the investigation of brain structure and function.
  6. Apply the principles of quality assurance and quality control to MRI imaging in the context of neuroimaging research.

Assessment

  • Secure online examination (45 minutes) (15%)
  • 1 x secure online image recognition and analysis examinations (45 minutes) (15%)
  • 2 x MRI case studies (1,500 words each) (40%)
  • Technical quality assurance and quality control report (1,000 words) (30%)

Workload requirements

On-campus - 6 hours per week of teacher directed studies (approximately 2 hours of lectures and 4 hours tutorials) and 6 hours of self-directed study for 12 weeks.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3042 - Medical imaging science and practice 2

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Matthew Dimmock
Ms Kristal Lee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course, RAD3051 and RAD3061.

Co-requisites

RAD3092.

Synopsis

This 3rd year Unit expands upon the knowledge, skills and judgment acquired in year's one and two of the Course through more in-depth study of five themes that are relevant to radiographic practice.

Theme 1: Sonographic Practice and Science

Sonographic anatomy and pathology of abdominal organs and related structures. Scanning techniques including Doppler ultrasound for the sonographic visualisation of abdominal organs and related structures. Ultrasound artefacts and the bio-effects and bio-hazards of diagnostic ultrasound.

Theme 2: Radiographic Practice

Ongoing development in general radiography examinations and professional communication to the level of competent practice. The application and impact of ethics, registration and legal principles to radiographic practice.

Theme 3: Breast Imaging

The scientific principles of breast imaging, instrumentation, positioning methods and radiation protection. Principles of breast ultrasound and localisation techniques.

Theme 4: Research and Dosimetric Techniques

Scientific principles of radiation dosimetry. Calculating the biological effects of ionising radiation. Applications of dosimetry in radiographic practice. Handling quantitative and qualitative data. Using statistical analyses to understand the relevance of data handling and research to radiographic practice.

Theme 5: MRI Practice

Contraindications for MRI, emergency situations and screening methods. MRI imaging sequences and methods for MRI examinations of the upper abdomen, pelvis and breast.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Perform and evaluate correct patient preparation and sonographic imaging methods employed in examinations of the upper abdomen.
  2. Identify and interpret normal structures, function and common pathological appearances in abdominal ultrasound images.
  3. Evaluate the function, application and potential pitfalls of ultrasound instrumentation used in abdominal ultrasound scanning.
  4. Analyse clinical best practice with respect to the safe operation of MRI imaging systems and patient preparation with respect to MRI.
  5. Justify the appropriate introductory MRI imaging sequences for given clinical indications across key body areas.
  6. Appraise advanced radiographic techniques and radiation protection strategies in professional practice.
  7. Analyse the biological effects of ultrasound and ionising radiation, radio-sensitivity of specific organ systems and describe the relevant theories of radiation damage and repair mechanisms.
  8. Evaluate data collection methodologies, perform basic statistical analyses, report on accuracy and precision of outcomes using p-value, t-tests, Pearson correlations and other appropriate quantifiers.
  9. Evaluate advances in instrumentation, quality assurance techniques, relevant protocols and methods employed in breast imaging including medical ultrasound.
  10. Apply the concepts of Monte-Carlo calculations, depth-dose curves, interaction cross-sections, tissue conversion tables and beam quality parameterisations to perform numerical dose calculations for a variety of radiographic imaging protocols.
  11. Evaluate mammographic technique and the psycho-social elements of breast imaging. Correlate each of these elements to comprehend best practice mammography.
  12. Identify personal learning goals with patient-focussed clinical decision making in general radiography including contrast, trauma, fluoroscopic, paediatric and mobile imaging with various patients, encompassing the broader healthcare team.
  13. Perform general radiographic examinations of adult patients at the level of competent student radiographer.
  14. Perform general radiographic examinations of paediatric and complex adult patients at the level of advanced beginner student radiographer.

Assessment

  • Ultrasound written examination (120 mins) (20%)
  • Mammography & dosimetry physics written examination (60 mins) (10%)
  • MRI online examination (45 mins) (5%)
  • MRI clinical case assignment delivered via the online iSAP program (integrating + Science with Practice) (1500 words) (10%)
  • Ultrasound skills assessment (20 mins) (5%)
  • Statistical analysis and reporting on-line test (60 mins) (10%)
  • Clinical learning portfolio (4000 words) (20%)
  • Clinical professionalism OSCE (60 mins) (10%)
  • Mammography methods case study assessment (60 mins) (10%)

A PASS IN ALL ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT IS REQUIRED. Students must obtain at least 50% of the available marks for each element of assessment to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

5 x one hour lectures, 2 x one hour tutorials, 1 x one and a half hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours directed study using Moodle.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3051 - Medical imaging science and practice 1

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Matthew Dimmock
Ms Kristal Lee

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course.

Co-requisites

RAD3061.

Synopsis

Computed tomography: scientific principles and operational modes. System components and image characteristics. Image reconstruction techniques, summation convolution back-projection. Fourier reconstruction and algebraic and iterative reconstruction methods. Helical/spiral and multislice CT systems. CT artefacts and quality assurance. Principles of CT dosimetry and radiation protection. Clinical CT examinations for the head, chest, abdomen and spine; CT sectional anatomy and imaging pathology. General radiography including contrast, trauma, paediatric and mobile imaging. Digital image processing, computer interfaces, medical image formats, the Dicom standard, image compression and the hospital Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the scientific principles underpinning computed tomography;
  2. Describe and represent the physical configuration of axial, helical and multislice CT systems;
  3. Explain and distinguish between the various data acquisition and image reconstruction processes used in CT and their characteristics;
  4. Identify common CT artefacts, explain their cause and suggest methods to correct for them;
  5. Apply radiation protection and dosimetry principles to the practice of CT;
  6. Describe the principles underpinning advanced digital image processing, image distribution, data transfer and storage options used in medical imaging (including the DICOM standard and PACS and RIS infrastructure).
  7. Explain the clinical rationale for the selection of CT scanning protocols, image display and reconstruction methods for CT examinations of the head, chest, abdomen and spine;
  8. Implement and evaluate positioning methods, scanning protocols, image display and reconstruction routines for CT examinations of the head, chest, abdomen and spine;
  9. Identify the CT appearances of the anatomical structures comprising the head, chest, abdomen and spine and distinguish between normal and abnormal structures as shown on CT;
  10. Distinguish between normal and abnormal anatomical and pathological structures as shown on CT images displayed in a variety of relevant formats including MPRs, MIPs, SSDs and volume renderings.
  11. Reach the level of competent student radiographer in general radiography including contrast, trauma, paediatric and mobile imaging;
  12. Apply evidence based inquiry principles developed in second year to an advanced radiographic practice clinical issue.
  13. Apply radiographic techniques and radiation protection strategies within an ethical and appropriate medico-legal framework in professional practice.
  14. Perform a range of CT scans at the level of Advanced Beginner.

Assessment

  • Written examination (3 hours) (35%)
  • CT post-clinical on-line test (1 hour) (5%)
  • CT image evaluation on-line test (1 hour) (5%)
  • CT Physics iSAP with calculations (1000 words)(5%)
  • CT Methods iSAP (2000 words)(10%)
  • Clinical Learning Portfolio (PebblePad)(25%)
  • Evidence based assignment (2000 words)(10%)
  • Law and ethics on-line test (1 hour)(5%)

Additional pre-clinical Hurdle assessment:

  • CT pre-clinical on-line test (1 hour)

A PASS IN ALL ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT IS REQUIRED. Students must obtain at least 50% of the available marks for each element of assessment to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

5 x 1 hour Lectures, 2 x 1 hour Tutorials, 5 hours Online (Moodle) study periods, 5 academic hours per week spent in clinical practice.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3061 - Medical imaging science (ultrasound)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Mr Paul Lombardo

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course.

Co-requisites

RAD3051. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging (Honours) or the Radiation Science stream of the Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Synopsis

This unit delivers theoretical and practical knowledge in abdominal ultrasound that also forms a foundation for subsequent ultrasound studies in RAD3042 and RAD4080. The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform an ultrasound examination of abdominal organs, including the physics of ultrasound and instrumentation, sonographic anatomy and pathophysiology, scanning principles and practice. Students will participate in the scanning of models under supervision to enable them to apply these principles and develop basic practical skills in a simulated clinical environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the function, application and potential pitfalls of ultrasound instrumentation used in abdominal ultrasound scanning, including B- mode, spectral Doppler and imaging artefacts.
  2. Discuss the likely bio-effects and bio-hazards of diagnostic ultrasound.
  3. Describe patient preparation and sonographic imaging methods employed in ultrasound examinations of the upper abdomen.
  4. Recognise and describe normal structures, function and common pathological appearances of abdominal structures in ultrasound images.
  5. Demonstrate the integration of theoretical knowledge of anatomy, physiology and ultrasound instrumentation in abdominal ultrasound scanning to a beginner sonographer level.

Assessment

  • Exam (3 hours) (60%)
  • Imaging essay (1,500 words) (15%)
  • iSAP case study (15%)
  • Ultrasound skills assessment (10%)

Hurdle:

  • 80% minimum attendance at practical sessions
  • Must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

Blended learning approach including a combination of online learning material, face-to-face lectures and practical sessions.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD3092 - Magnetic resonance imaging (physics and technology)

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Dr Imants Svalbe

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1 and 2 of BradMedImag, RAD3051 and RAD3061.

Co-requisites

RAD3042. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging (Honours) or the Radiation Science stream of the Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Synopsis

The physics of MRI is presented, with particular application to clinical diagnostic imaging. The unit covers the basic physics of magnetic dipoles and magnetic spin resonance, through to a detailed presentation of the basic gradient and spin echo sequences that are used in medical MRI scanners. The factors that determine the contrast and spatial resolution achievable in MRI are discussed. The FID signal sampling and image reconstruction methods are reviewed, as are the SNR and image artifacts that typically occur in MRI. Patient and MRI staff safety issues are presented. An overview of MRI imaging applications, such as spectroscopic and dynamic imaging is presented.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Present a comprehensive and critical description of the complementary nature of MRI relative to other imaging modalities
  2. Enumerate and be able to justify the physical design and operational requirements for a typical clinical MRI system
  3. Understand and explain the imaging parameters that define the contrast sensitivity in MRI
  4. Understand and explain the imaging parameters that define the SNR and spatial resolution of MRI
  5. Reconcile through a critical evaluation the advantages and disadvantages of gradient and spin echo recovery techniques
  6. List in detail and justify the reasons for precautions that are taken in MRI to assure staff and patient safety
  7. Explain use and development of the broader applications of MRI, including spectroscopic, dynamic and functional imaging
  8. Use problem solving skills to define appropriate strategies to meet the needs of clinical imaging through MRI techniques, and to recognize deficiencies in images, such as reconstruction artifacts, and be able to identify the cause of such problems.

Assessment

  • Exam (3 hours) (60%)
  • Assignments (2,500 words) (20%)
  • Mid-semester exam (1 hour) (20%)

Workload requirements

3 hours of lectures, 1 hour tutorial and 2 hours of Laboratory per week for a 12 week semester plus one week for revision.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD4000 - Radiography and medical imaging work experience

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

Ms Ruth Druva

Quota applies

Enrolment in Second semester to First semester (Day) offering is only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year (extended) 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BradMedImag.

Synopsis

Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging must complete the placement in order to satisfy the professional requirements that a period of supervised practice be completed prior to graduation and application for registration issued by the Medical Radiation Practice Board of Australia.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate competency as a radiography student across the domains of practice and be able to assume an independent role as a radiographer and modelling professionalism within the role.
  2. Synergise image appearances and health assessments using appropriate terminology and critically evaluate medical images with reference to the clinical presentation;
  3. Implement multislice CT imaging methods and protocols and related interventional procedures (CT and DSA) including dose reduction strategies in a problem-solving capacity across a diverse range of clinical settings and patients;
  4. Conduct pre-scanning screening of MRI patients and provide clear instructions of the procedure prior to performing MRI scans to the beginner stage of professional development, whilst being cognisant of safety issues including the use of contrast agents;
  5. Critically reflect upon advanced radiographic practice and identify on-going professional development needs especially in relation to CT and MRI scanning, and advanced radiographic patient management.

Assessment

  • General Radiography Portfolio (50%)
  • Professional Fitness to Practice Portfolio (40%)
  • Work based performance appraisal at weeks 12 and 24 (10%)
  • Advanced Clinical Workbook (Hurdle: PASS/ FAIL)
  • Hurdle: Must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit

Workload requirements

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units are different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD4070 - Research in medical imaging

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

A. Prof Michael Farrell
Ms Nabita Singh

Quota applies

Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings are only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.

Prohibitions

RAD4080.

Synopsis

Supervised participation in a research project in medical imaging. An in depth consideration of the moral and ethical issues surrounding research, sources of information, quantitative and qualitative research methods and current trends in research in medical imaging. Skills will be achieved in how to construct a research proposal and critically analyse the literature students on the basis of the student's selected research project. Students will collect and analyse data according to the requirements of their selected project. Further, students will write a research article according to journal guidelines and prepare an oral and poster presentation of their research project.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Present a comprehensive and critical description of the scientific research process;
  2. Present a comprehensive and critical evaluation of the scientific literature;
  3. Critically differentiate between a qualitative research design and a quantitative experimental design and justify the application of quantitative or qualitative research methodology within clinical medical imaging;
  4. Create a literature review based on a selected topic within medical imaging which reflects a critical awareness of the current ideas and methods of practice;
  5. Create a detailed research proposal based on a selected research topic within medical imaging which reflects a critical awareness of sound scientific approach including ethical responsibilities
  6. Demonstrate a critical awareness of the moral, ethical and legal responsibilities of scientific investigation and research conduct.
  7. Provide insights into the physical, psychological, social and economic ethical issues associated with a research scenario.
  8. Demonstrate ability to integrate research findings into the current evidence base practice related to medical imaging
  9. Collect and enter data related to the research project;
  10. Carry out simple statistical analyses using appropriate software
  11. Synthesise the findings of the collection and analysis phase of the project through the development of a written piece of scientific writing in the format of a peer reviewed journal article;
  12. Communicate the findings of the research project via a peer-reviewed oral presentation

Assessment

  • Literature review (5,000 words) (15%)
  • Research proposal (1,500 words) (10%)
  • Research ethics assignment (2,000 words) (10%)
  • Final report (5,000 words) (55%) (hurdle)
  • Oral presentation (10 mins + 5 mins question time) (10%)

Hurdle:

  • Research diary
  • All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit

Workload requirements

A blended learning approach comprising a combination of online, face-to-face and self-directed learning.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit may vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units may be different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD4080 - Selected topics in medical imaging

24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams

Coordinator(s)

A. Prof Michael Farrell
Ms Nabita Singh

Quota applies

Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings are only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (Online)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Online)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.

Prohibitions

RAD4070.

Synopsis

Element one provides students with the opportunity to undertake directed in depth study in one of the following specialities: medical ultrasound, advanced multislice CT, advanced paediatric imaging or MR imaging of the heart.

Element two builds upon the foundation established in earlier years of the course and examines in greater depth the scientific method and the various research designs available to clinicians seeking answers to health related questions. This element will equip students with the capacity to differentiate between quantitative and qualitative research methods, evaluate the veracity of research claims, understand current trends in research in medical imaging and their implications for evidence based health care.

Element three provides students with the opportunity to apply the knowledge developed in element two and complete a critical analysis of a specified topic either directly related to the speciality addressed in element one or to another broader aspect of modern medical imaging. Students will learn how to communicate effectively using written and oral communication through the creation of a written report and a formal oral presentation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific research process in light of an understanding of the moral, ethical and legal responsibilities;
  2. Critically differentiate between a qualitative and quantitative research design and justify their application within clinical medical imaging;
  3. Demonstrate the capacity to search the scientific literature to obtain related information, and critically review and communicate this literature;
  4. Describe and explain the philosophical and scientific concepts associated with the medical imaging topic chosen for in-depth study;
  5. Critically review the range of advanced procedural and or practical approaches which can be utilised in the clinical setting within the medical imaging topic chosen for in-depth study;
  6. Describe relevant professional and occupational health and safety standards which are associated with the medical imaging topic chosen for in-depth study;
  7. Analyse current and future trends associated with the medical imaging topic chosen for in-depth study.

Assessment

  • Literature review (5,000 words) (35%)
  • Written exam (3 hours) (25%)
  • Research ethics assignment (3,000 words) (10%)
  • Stream-specific assignment (3,000 words) (20%)
  • Oral presentation (10 mins + 5 mins question time) (10%)

Hurdle:

  • Ultrasound stream sepcific hurdle requirements
    1. Basic ultrasound principles test
    2. Ultrasound artefacts test
  • All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

6 x 2 hour Lectures; scheduled regular contact with the designated literature review supervisor; 6 x 2 hours engagement with on line coursework materials; 2 x 2 hour self directed writing periods. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RAD4160 - Advanced medical imaging

18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Michal Schneider

Coordinator(s)

Mrs Imelda Williams
Ms Ruth Druva

Quota applies

Enrolment in Semester 1 or Semester 2 offerings are only available to international students with permission of the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (Online)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Online)
  • Full year 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.

Synopsis

This is a core unit of year 4 designed to provide students completing the final year of the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging with knowledge and skills in advanced multislice computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging methods, radiographic image interpretation and advanced decision making with respect to imaging and the radiographic management of the patient. The unit comprises three elements namely multislice CT physics, CT methods and clinical practice, MRI methods and clinical practice and radiographic image interpretation principles and pattern recognition.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. comprehensively and critically describe the physical principles involved in multislice CT imaging including volume imaging, multimodal imaging and cardiac imaging;
  2. comprehensively and critically describe MSCT Methods and protocols and related interventional procedures including dose reduction strategies;
  3. comprehensively and critically describe pre-scanning screening of MRI patients whilst being cognisant of safety issues including the use of contrast agents;
  4. correlate the appropriate advanced MRI imaging sequence with the clinical indications to include a variety of body areas;
  5. recognise and describe the CT and MRI appearance of a range of anatomical structures and pathologies so the technical quality of clinical images may be evaluated;
  6. explain the use of quality assurance measures relevant to multislice CT and MRI;
  7. critically apply the knowledge of psychophysics of vision to patterns seen in radiographic images of the skeleton, chest and abdomen;
  8. exercise professional judgement in respect of providing an informed comment concerning radiographic images to propose further imaging or appropriate treatment management referral through the use of a radiographer opinion form;

Assessment

  • Written examination (CT imaging and CT methods) (2.5 hours) and computer-based image analysis (1 hour) (20%)
  • Written examination (MRI imaging and MRI methods) (2.5 hours) and computer-based image analysis (1 hour) (20%)
  • 2 x General radiography image interpretation examinations (90 minutes each) (20%)
  • iSap Image Interpretation Case report (1,500 words) (10%)
  • Evidence based psychophysics essay (1,500 words) (10%)
  • CT and MRI Clinical case reports (3,000 words) 20%

Workload requirements

The academic elements comprise a 4 hour workshop, 8 hours of lectures, a 12 hour distance education package. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact/directed hour. Clinical experience comprises: 4 extended periods of 20 hours of supervised and directed clinical practice in MSCT and MRI.

Please note: The teaching dates for this unit may vary from the standard teaching datesstandard teaching dates (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/dates/census) for this teaching period.

Unit discontinuation and penalty dates for these units may be different to other units taught in the same teaching period.

Please refer to the information available on the Faculty's non-standard teaching datesFaculty's non-standard teaching dates (http://www.med.monash.edu.au/enrolments/non-standard-dates.html) page to avoid academic and financial penaltiesacademic and financial penalties (http://www.monash.edu/enrolments/processes/change/add-or-discontinue-units#penalties).

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


RTS2001 - Professional practice in radiation therapy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Paul Lombardo

Coordinator(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

M20024

Prohibitions

RTS4102

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide students with the opportunity to explore the role of the radiation therapist and the role of the multidisciplinary team in radiation therapy.

Students will investigate what constitutes appropriate professional behaviour in the health care setting and they will become familiar with use of appropriate medical terminology.

Students will also investigate and demonstrate occupational health and safety, radiation safety, infection control and manual handling principles.

The unit will support students to develop an awareness of cultural and communication competence, and allow students to begin to understand and articulate some of the challenges faced by the diverse range of patients being treated in radiation therapy centres.

Cancer management strategies will be introduced to students and the concept of reflective practice will be introduced with a variety of models of reflection.

This unit introduces students to the clinical radiation therapy environment in the format of a short clinical orientation.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the specific needs of cancer patients and outline a range of cancer management strategies
  2. Describe and apply the principles of radiation safety, quality management, occupational health and safety and organisational policy related to radiation therapy practice.
  3. Describe the process of reflective practice and demonstrate critical reflection on experience
  4. Explain and apply communication principles and techniques related to radiation therapy practice.
  5. Determine the influence of socio-cultural factors on patient attitudes and responses to radiation therapy
  6. Evaluate the principles of multidisciplinary team working and apply these to radiation therapy and wider health care practice

Fieldwork

Two days of clinical orientation in a radiation therapy centre allocated by the Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences.

Assessment

  • iSAP clinical action plan (2000 words) and iSAP comparative report (500 words) (35%)
  • 3 x 30 minute online moodle quizzes (10%)
  • 2x 500 word reflective portfolio pivotal incident reports (10%)
  • 2 hour end of semester written exam (45%)

Hurdle requirement:

  • 80% attendance at tutorials
  • 100% attendance at clinical orientation days
  • Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit

Workload requirements

Three hours per week contact hours, plus nine hours per week private study. Students will attend a one hour lecture and a two hour tutorial weekly.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Radiation and medical imaging

Radiation sciences


RTS2101 - Fundamentals of cancer and its management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Coordinator(s)

Dr Caroline Wright

Quota applies

This unit is quota restricted. Selection is on a first-in, first enrolled basis.

Unit guides

Offered

Clayton

  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Course code: M20024 or M2013

and

Units: RAD2004, RAD2002, RAD2005

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to cancer and its management. It allows students to explore the cellular and molecular basis of cancer and how it spreads.

It also covers familial cancers and the principles associated with palliative and radical treatment intent.

The principles of patient centred interdisciplinary oncology are also discussed in the context of the cancer patient experience from diagnosis to treatment and follow up. A range of different cancer management strategies are investigated with a focus on radiation therapy modalities and patient care.

Students will begin to develop an understating of radiation planning and dosimetry and actively participate in optimising dosimetry. This unit will also include an introduction to information management in the radiation oncology environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Describe the principles related to cancer biology, the molecular basis of cancer, familial cancers, and the metastatic and systemic effects of cancer
  2. Differentiate between the radiation therapy modalities used to treat a range of malignant and non-malignant diagnoses.
  3. Discuss the processes of radiation therapy planning and dose optimisation for a range of diagnoses
  4. Explain cancer management strategies such a surgery, cytotoxic chemotherapy, hormone therapy in the context of specific diagnoses
  5. Discuss patient centred care and side effect management in radiation therapy patients
  6. Characterise the components of a radiation therapy information management system

Assessment

  • 3 x portfolio treatment plan development, analyses and reflections (500 words each) (20%)
  • 2 x online tests (30 minutes each) (10%)
  • Paired task: poster presentation and audio narration on cancer management (30%)
  • End of semester exam (2 hours) (40%) (hurdle)
  • 80% attendance at tutorials to foster a professional approach to attendance and to facilitate group work.
  • Students must pass each element of assessment to pass the unit, which means that students will have to put the same amount of effort into all assessments elements.

Workload requirements

1 hour lecture, and a 2 hour tutorial per week, 9 hours of self-directed interaction with Moodle based tasks, readings and activities per week and online support sessions.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Radiation and medical imaging

Radiation sciences


SRH3001 - Health and health care planning for communities

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

School of Rural Health

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Shane Bullock

Coordinator(s)

Dr Anton Isaacs

Unit guides

Offered

Moe

  • First semester 2018 (Online)

Peninsula

  • First semester 2018 (Online)

Prohibitions

SRH5000Not offered in 2018.

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the health of communities rather than that of individuals.

It begins with explorations of how a community is defined and how its characteristics influence its health. Students then learn how to measure the health of communities by accessing and using available health information.

The next step is for the student to apply what they have learnt by seeking to describe the health and the various health services available to a community of their choice.

In the final part of the unit, students will identify a major public health problem of the community they have chosen and explore the factors that contribute to it.

This unit therefore demonstrates a population based approach to health and health services.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the characteristics of different types of communities.
  2. Locate and review data sources to inform evidence based planning for health services.
  3. Analyse the characteristics of 'community' and describe the health advantages and risks associated with them.
  4. Examine the notion of 'Burden of Disease' (BoD) as it relates to different communities.
  5. Develop a community health services profile.
  6. Identify gaps in available health services and make recommendations based on health needs of the community.

Assessment

  • Community definitions (600 words) (10%)
  • Demographic Profile (1,400 words) (20%)
  • Health Profile (2,000 words) (35%)
  • Health services profile (2,000 words) (35%) (hurdle)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Primary health care


SWK1011 - Introduction to human services practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kerri Whittenbury

Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the human services profession, its history and contemporary context of its practice.

The profession's values and ethics and contemporary issues such as climate change, Indigenous issues, human rights, diversity, the role/reality of the welfare state and globalisation will be examined.

Particular attention will be given to various practice methods such as case work, research and policy development.

Students will also explore a variety of fields of practice such as child protection, aged care, drug and alcohol and mental health.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify the various methods and fields of Human Services practice
  2. Articulate the importance of research, policy and evaluation on practice
  3. Describe the historical and contemporary issues that influence Human Services practice
  4. Recognise the impact of self on practice
  5. Demonstrate how human services knowledge, values and ethics impact on the development of a human services practitioner identity.

Assessment

  • Task based Assignment (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Small group in-class presentation and summary (1,000 words) (30%)
  • Individual assignment (2,000 words) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

On-campus: lecture - 1 hour; tutorial/ workshop - 2 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours

Off-campus learning: Online and independent workbook based exercises - 3 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours. There is no residential component.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK2001 - Introduction to the Australian welfare state

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Coordinator(s)

Ms Jacinta Waugh

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the core aims, functions, and programs of the Australian welfare state, and the key role that social policy plays in human services practice.

Case studies will be used on a weekly basis to enable students to link theory to practice, and develop students' perspectives on potential policy solutions to social problems and the connections between the policy making process and their everyday service and practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Define the core aims, functions and programs of the Australian welfare state;
  2. Analyse the diverse roles that a variety of human service workers play in the welfare state;
  3. Distinguish the differing values and philosophies that influence social policies in a range of practice areas;
  4. Identify and evaluate the specific impact of the welfare state on some of our most disadvantaged groups.
  5. Identify and synthesise the impact of social and economic structures on welfare service users;
  6. Contrast and compare the different registration requirements and ethical mandates of professions within the welfare state.

Assessment

  • Report on an Interview (1000 words) (20%)
  • Essay (1500 words) (40%)
  • Critical essay (1500 words) (40%) (Hurdle)

+

Workload requirements

12 hours per week comprising 2 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial and 8 hours of online exercises and recommended reading.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK2110 - Social welfare and the law

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Professor Margaret Alston

Coordinator(s)

Dr Kerry Brydon

Not offered in 2018

Synopsis

This unit will broadly explore the legal mandate and legal processes through which policies in social welfare are implemented. It will also consider key legal dilemmas that impact on social welfare service delivery.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Outline the origins and purpose of the law, including human rights considerations, particularly as applicable to children and older people.
  2. Identify the values and principles that underpin the law including the nature of ethics and ethical practice, how these apply in practice and tensions that may arise.
  3. Identify the legal systems and terminology that may affect individuals and families with particular reference to the child welfare and aged care groups.
  4. Discuss how legal frameworks and welfare service delivery systems interact.

Assessment

  • Report of student attendance at a Court or Tribunal hearing (2,000 words) (45%)
  • Assignment (2,500 words) (55%)

Workload requirements

Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK2140 - Social welfare and practice with communities

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Bernadette Saunders

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Welfare or the Human Services stream of the Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Synopsis

The unit intends to help students develop knowledge and insight into the everyday activities of community work and the theoretical assumptions that underpin community work and how these relate, in particular, to the child welfare and aged care contexts.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Discuss the concept of community and community work, including that ways it may apply to child welfare and aged care contexts.
  2. Compare different models community work including community development, community organization, social action and social planning.
  3. Understand the value and ideological bases of community work, including that ways these may apply to child welfare and aged care contexts.
  4. Understand appropriate ethical behaviors and standards in community work.
  5. Critically analyze how different types of organizations influences community work with emphasis on child welfare and aged care settings.
  6. Understand the roles, strategies and skills central to community work.

Assessment

  • Interview of a community development worker or attendance at a community group meeting or forum (1,000 words) (40%)
  • Analysis of a contemporary community development project (3,500 words) (60%)

Workload requirements

Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK3080 - Planning for supervised professional practice placement 1

0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Shelley Turner

Coordinator(s)

Lauren Wills

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Work or Bachelor of Health Sciences (Human Services stream) - course codes 0004, 3426, 3447, 3870, 3965 and M20022

Synopsis

This unit is structured to assist students in Planning and preparing for Supervised Professional Practice 1 (first Placement).

The unit consists of 6 preplacement tutorial/briefings.

Students complete Faculty and Departmental compliance requirements in this unit in order to proceed to a supervised professional practice placement.

The unit is a prerequisite for SWK 3180

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Communicate and conduct yourself professionally through participation in tutorials and briefings.
  2. Identify and differentiate between the roles and responsibilities of those involved in supervised professional practice placement - the university, the student, and the host organisation by participating in tutorial/briefing activities
  3. Transmit knowledge of the service system within Australia with particular reference to Medicare and Centrelink.
  4. Analyse and evaluate the importance of supervision when undertaking supervised professional practice placement.
  5. Prepare for supervised professional practice placement, by completing tutorial/briefings, and mandatory Faculty and Departmental compliance requirements for placement.

Assessment

  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 1 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 2 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 3 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 4 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 5 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 6 (hurdle)

Each hurdle builds on the previous hurdle

Workload requirements

On-campus: students will participate in 6 pre-placement tutorial/briefings, comprising a mix of in class and online activities (up to 14 hours)

Off-campus: students will participate in 6 pre-placement tutorial/briefings, comprising online activities (up to 14 hours)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK3180 - Supervised professional practice 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Shelley Turner

Coordinator(s)

Lauren Wills

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SWK3080, SWK3400

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Work or Bachelor of Health Sciences (Human Services stream) - course codes 0004, 3426, 3447, 3870, 3965 and M20022

Synopsis

Supervised Professional Practice 1 enables students to observe, practice and critically reflect on the role of social work in a health or human services context and to develop an emerging professional social work identity.

The unit comprises a minimum of 500 hours of supervised field education. Students are allocated to a suitable placement provider, which may focus on direct practice; community development; or social research, policy or project work.

Students are supported to integrate theoretical knowledge with practice skills and are supervised in the field by a qualified and experienced social work Field Educator and an allocated University Liaison Person.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the AASW Code of Ethics to the practice context.
  2. Identify the placement provider's legal and political context within the health and human services field.
  3. Explain the legislation and social policies that influence the field of practice.
  4. Articulate the theories and methods relevant to the placement context and critically reflect on their use and application.
  5. Apply effective communication skills within the placement context.
  6. Assume responsibility for self-learning and professional development while on placement.
  7. Critically apply knowledge of assessment, intervention and referral skills to the field of practice.
  8. Critically analyse different types of social research and their application to social work in the context of the placement setting.
  9. Interpret and adapt knowledge of cultural diversity in order to work in a culturally responsive and inclusive manner in a social work context. Students must also provide evidence of completion of at least 500 hours of field placement.

Fieldwork

The AASW set down the workload requirements for a Field Placement: 500 hours

Assessment

  • 14 x Weekly structured critical reflection (200 words each)
  • 14 x Completed records of supervision (100 words each)
  • Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Checklist (100 words)
  • Self-care plan (1,000 words)
  • Observed demonstration of communication skills (Part A) (20-minutes)
  • Mid-placement review report (500 words)
  • Observed demonstration of communication skills (Part B - critical reflection) (10-minutes)
  • Personal professional practice framework (2,500 words)
  • Final placement review report (500 words)
  • Completed placement timesheet

Mid-way through the placement, the allocated social work Field Educator and the student should review and assess the student's progress and performance against each of the nine key Learning Areas, using the rating guide provided in the Placement Workbook. This forms the basis for the Mid-placement Report, which provides the student with formative feedback for the remainder of the placement.

Towards the end of the placement, the allocated social work Field Educator and the student should review and assess the student's progress and performance against each of the nine key Learning Areas, using the rating guide provided in the Placement Workbook. This forms the basis for the Final Placement Report, which provides the student with summative feedback about their placement performance and a recommendation to the University for a pass or fail grade.

To meet AASW accreditation requirements and pass the unit, the student must reach a level of 'beginning capability' (2) for all nine Learning Areas by the end of the placement. This means the student is capable of practicing under close guidance and supervision.

The unit is pass grade only (PGO).

Workload requirements

The AASW set down the workload requirements for a Field Placement: 500 hours

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Social Work

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK3220 - Social work: Orientation to practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Samone McCurdy

Coordinator(s)

Jacinta Waugh

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 Points at tertiary level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.

Synopsis

This unit offers an overview of the history and contemporary context of social work practice within a framework of understanding the connection between social issues, policy development and strategies for sustainable change at both local and global levels. The unit is underpinned by notions of social justice and human rights and offers a preview of topics that will be studied in greater depth in subsequent units within the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the nature of social work in a range of contexts and settings as well as describe contemporary debates about the nature of social work.
  2. Critically analyse the ethical value base of social work with particular reference to human rights and the promotion of social justice.
  3. Critically analyse key global social policy issues including, but not limited to, mass movement of people, climate change, reconstruction, and poverty.
  4. Critically review and analyse contemporary trends in the delivery of social work services.
  5. Articulate the nature of social change and the strategies to achieve this.

Assessment

  • Case study reflection (1,000 words) (15%)
  • Annotated bibliography (2,500 words) (50%) (hurdle)
  • Examination (1.5 hours) (35%)

Workload requirements

4 contact hours (2 hours seminar, 2 hours tutorial and 8 hours of self-paced study)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK3230 - Social work research

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points at first-year level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social work degree, or with permission.

Synopsis

This unit covers the place of research in social work and in the development of social work knowledge; the process and utilisation of social work research, the most commonly used social work research techniques and skills, emphasising how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesised within the one research project, and quantitative and qualitative data analysis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Articulate the place of research in social work.
  2. Understand and articulate the most commonly used research techniques in social work and the skills required to implement them.
  3. Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate existing research literature.
  4. Understand and demonstrate the capacity to use common data analysis techniques.

Assessment

  • Critique of a published research article (750 words) (15%)
  • Identification of social problem, review of literature and development of a research question (1,500 words) (35%)
  • Proposed methodology (2,250 words) (50%)

Workload requirements

12 hours of study per week is expected for this unit. This may incorporate: guided reading, online activities, face-to-face classes, independent study and assignment preparation.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK3310 - Social welfare practice and research

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Not offered in 2018

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Welfare or the Human Services stream of the Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Synopsis

The unit will equip students with basic research techniques, emphasizing how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesized within one research project and the ways in which data may be analyzed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the place of research in social welfare practice and in the development of knowledge for social welfare practice.
  2. Discuss the most commonly used techniques in social welfare research and the skills needed to implement them.
  3. Critically evaluate existing research literature.
  4. Demonstrate the capacity to use common data analysis techniques.

Assessment

  • One critique of a published research article (750 words) (15%)
  • Identification of a social problem and review of literature and development of the research question (1,500 words) (35%)
  • Development of proposed methodology (2,250 words) (50%)

Workload requirements

Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK3400 - Critical social work 1: Individuals and families (context and practice)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Uschi Bay

Coordinator(s)

Dr Uschi Bay

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Work or the Human Services stream of the Bachelor of Health Sciences.

Prohibitions

SWK3240.

Synopsis

This unit covers child, adolescent and adult development with an emphasis on the development of resilience across the life course. A particular focus is on relevant contextual factors at individual, family, community and societal levels that impede or enhance development. The unit includes a social work practice theory section that provides an orientation to the theory of direct social work practice with individuals and families focusing on one to one work with individuals and on working with family groups. The unit has a skills component that includes assessment, engagement and the development of intervention strategies through the use of role plays, case studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Explain the specific developmental needs that arise in childhood, adolescence and adulthood.
  2. Outline the biopsychosocial model of child, adolescent and adult development in relation to relevant contextual factors.
  3. Analyse the values and assumptions underpinning various theoretical approaches to working with individuals and families.
  4. Summarize the key evidence in relation to the effectiveness of different approaches to social work practice (with individuals and families).
  5. Demonstrate the basic elements of the social work process including assessment, the worker/client relationship.
  6. Recognise and articulate practice implications for working with individuals, children and families from different cultural groups.
  7. Demonstrate basic skills in engaging with assessment of and intervention with clients.
  8. Demonstrate the ability to show self-awareness and critically reflective on your own social work practice.

Assessment

  • Critical reflection (1,500 words) (20%)
  • Case study analysis (2,000 words) (30%)
  • Biopyschosocial assessment (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Role play assessment activity (1,000 words) (20%)

Workload requirements

On-campus students will attend 4.5 hours of face to face contact per week that will include two and a half hours of lecturers and two hours of tutorials. Fours hours will be spent on online activities and eleven hours will be spent

on private study.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students participate in 35 hours residential workshops, four hours per week on online activities and 18 hours per week on private study. Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK3410 - Critical social work 2: Community work, context and practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Prerequisites

SWK3240 or SWK3400.

Prohibitions

SWK4410.

Synopsis

This unit explores the concept of 'community' and its applications in Australian society; the theory and practice of the various community work models (social planning, community development and social action); the role of community work in social work activities; and the skills involved in the practice of community work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand and evaluate different perspectives on the nature of community.
  2. Understand and evaluate the different models of community work, their ideological bases and the skills they involve.
  3. Apply this knowledge to the practice of community work within a social work setting.
  4. Develop and apply a range of appropriate ethical behaviours and standards to community work.
  5. Understand and evaluate the range of roles and strategies in community work.
  6. Explore and apply a variety of community work skills.

Assessment

  • Using an approved guideline, conduct an interview with community development worker or attend meeting of community group or forum (1,500 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Essay on social action campaign or community project (3,000 words) (60%) (hurdle)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 1 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK3440 - Leadership in social work and human services

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Debbie Ling

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. The human services sector is expanding in the numbers of its component organisations, both governmental and non-governmental, and in the size and complexity of the component parts. Leadership of social change and social justice in the human services is now at a premium, having been given little attention in the past or currently. Little is known of leadership requirements in this sector particularly as contrasted with other service sectors. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of human-service organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to other notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.

Subsequently, theories of leadership will be placed against the experiences and views of current social work leaders in this sector, who will be active participants in this unit, so that students gain some understanding of what leadership comprises, what priority actual leaders place on the various aspects of leadership, and what research and theory underpins actual leadership in the policy development, planning and delivery of social services today.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe leadership within a professional social work framework through analysis of historical and current leadership examples from the human services sector.
  2. Critically analyse theories of leadership for the human services in Australia.
  3. Contrast leadership theories with selected leaders' experiences and identify and analyse the differences.
  4. Articulate where leadership opportunities and responsibilities exist within the human services sector.
  5. Identify the components of leadership in the human-services sector and the distinguishing features of leadership in the human services field.

Assessment

  • A critical analysis of contemporary leadership theories in the light of presentations in the classroom and conveyed online, from social work leaders during the unit (2,000 words) (40%)
  • An assessment of their own actual and potential contribution to social work leadership, based on critical reflection on practice experience, current data on leadership in a specific field of practice and analysis of relevant literature (2,500 words) (60%).

Students must pass both assessment tasks in order to complete the unit successfully.

Workload requirements

3 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4001 - Honours research methods

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Prerequisites

3rd year Social Work units (SWK3180, SWK3220, SWK3230, SWK3400, SWK3410, SWK3440).

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in BSW(Hons), BA/BSW(Hons) or BHSc/BSW(Hons).

Synopsis

The honours research methods unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin social work research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need to both undertake their study and write a research report.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Identify a research topic that addresses a significant social work issue.
  2. Utilise acquired knowledge of the research process to develop an honours project proposal.
  3. Critically review literature in their research area.
  4. Formulate a researchable question.
  5. Review research frameworks to inform methodological choices.
  6. Present an informed discussion of the ethical issues involved in their research project, including the completion of an ethics application as appropriate.

Assessment

Completion of the research proposal - literature review and methodology (4,500 words) and submission of relevant ethics application (100%)

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCDL students are required to attend at least one on campus workshop.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4002 - Honours project seminar

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Prerequisites

SWK4001. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to deliver a presentation on their research study. Students will describe the research method and data analysis plan for their honours study. The feedback students receive on their presentation assists in the development of the final version of their research report.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Collect and prepare data for analysis.
  2. Demonstrate skills in data analysis suitable to the data collected.
  3. Demonstrate appropriate verbal and written skills in communicating about their research project and findings.
  4. Present and lead a discussion with peers on their project, utilising feedback.

Assessment

  • Presentation (Students are required to give an oral presentation of their project (in class, or online for distance students) (Hurdle)
  • Written presentation of the study's findings and discussion of these in the context of prior research (Results and discussion) (100%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4003 - Social work honours dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Coordinator(s)

Dr Catherine Flynn

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

Synopsis

This unit is the preparation for submission of the honours thesis of 10,000 words (minimum length). The dissertation is the final version of the research project undertaken by the student during the honours programme. The research project involves addressing a meaningful research question and selecting an appropriate method that draws on quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis to gather the findings that complete the research project. The honours thesis is examined by a member of the academic staff (not the supervisor) and a second examiner within the Department of Social Work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate sustained collaboration with an academic supervisor.
  2. Demonstrate the development, implementation and documentation of a focused research project.
  3. Demonstrate well-developed academic writing skills.
  4. Prepare and submit the report of the research outcomes in a 10,000 - 12,000 word thesis.
  5. Disseminate research findings.

Assessment

Presentation of the honours dissertation (10,000 - 12,000 words) (100%)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4030 - Human rights, legal and ethics knowledge for social work practice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Bernadette Saunders

Coordinator(s)

Dr Bernadette Saunders

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the history and evolution of the international human rights regime, current debates about human rights locally, nationally and internationally, as well as ethical codes and decision-making processes as they apply to social work practice. The unit provides opportunities for students to explore the foundations of the Australian legal system in a human rights framework and the legal contexts within which social workers practice. The unit addresses concepts of moral philosophy underpinning the AASW Code of Ethics and explores the foundations of ethical decision-making. In line with Monash University's commitment to human rights and social justice, the unit has an overarching human rights approach, within which legal and ethical practice occurs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe how international human rights regimes have evolved;
  2. Identify relevant human rights documents, and apply them in social work practice situations;
  3. Demonstrate a working knowledge of the Australian Legal System, its international context, and the importance of legal knowledge to competent social work practice, including record keeping and report writing;
  4. Find, read, consider, apply, and critically evaluate legislation, and how it informs and impacts social work practice;
  5. Identify, describe and critically reflect upon legal and ethical issues and dilemmas;
  6. Implement ethical decision making processes in social work practice.

Assessment

  • Written assignment related to law, the Australian legal system and the student's observation of court or tribunal proceedings (2,000 words) (35%)
  • An ethical decision-making response to a case study (3,000 words) (55%) (Hurdle)
  • Online multiple choice and other types of questions (1,000 words) (10%)

Workload requirements

6 hours teacher directed study + 6 hours student directed study

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students are required to observe at least one court or tribunal hearing.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4031 - Working with complexity

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Rachel Averbukh

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following course codes: 0004, 3426, 3864, 3870, 3964, 3965, M20022

Synopsis

This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Develop the ability to critically reflect on their own values and how this impacts on social work practice.
  2. Develop an understanding and appreciation of the depth and complexity of use of self in professional practice.
  3. Develop an understanding of complexity in areas such as but not limited to ageing, cultural and linguistic diversity, class, family dysfunction, violence, poverty and disability.
  4. Develop an understanding of theoretical approaches and models of practice to be able to respond to the complexity of diversity in social work practice.
  5. Develop a framework for dealing with complexity in social work and the ability to develop appropriate strategies and interventions.

Assessment

  • Assignment 1 (1,500 words) (40%)
  • Assignment 2 (3,000 words) (60%)

Workload requirements

Sem 1: 12 weeks - 3 hours per week (normal semester time)

Sem 2 (intensive on-campus): 4-5.5 hours per week over 6 weeks, 20 hours self-directed study per week.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students are expected to undertake 144 hours per semester in private study, completing readings and other tasks as outlined on the Blackboard site in the off-campus Unit Guide, and to complete three assignment tasks.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4032 - Working with complexity: Honours

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Rachel Averbukh

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SWK3180

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in one of the following course codes: 3864, 3964, 3965

Synopsis

This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Critically reflect on their own values and how this impacts on social work practice
  2. Articulate the depth and complexity of use of self in professional practice
  3. Identify complexity in areas such as but not limited to ageing, cultural and linguistic diversity, class, family dysfunction, violence, poverty and disability
  4. Respond to the complexity of diversity in social work practice based on an understanding of theoretical approaches and models of practice
  5. Develop frameworks for dealing with complexity in social work and the ability to develop appropriate strategies and interventions.

Assessment

  • Oral presentation (60%)
  • Written paper (This can either be a formal written essay (1,000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (10 slides)) (40%)

Workload requirements

2 hour weekly lecture.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4060 - Planning for supervised professional practice placement 2

0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Shelley Turner

Coordinator(s)

Lauren Wills

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Work course codes 0004, 3426, 3864, 3870, 3964, 3965

Synopsis

This unit is structured to assist students in Planning and preparing for Supervised Professional Practice 2 (final Placement). The unit consists of 6 preplacement tutorial/briefings. Students complete Faculty and Departmental compliance requirements in this unit in order to proceed to a supervised professional practice placement. The unit is a prerequisite for SWK 4560

Outcomes

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills which demonstrate judgement and defined responsibility in relation to Faculty and department compliance and readiness for placement
  2. Synthesise knowledge and skills building on learning achieved in Supervised Professional Practice 1 through participation in tutorials/briefings
  3. Analyse and evaluate the roles and responsibilities of those involved in supervised professional practice placement - the university, the student, and the host organisation by participating in tutorial/ briefing activities
  4. Integrate theory for social work practice by refining, expanding, and consolidating learning achieved through first placement in preparation for final placement, through participation in tutorials/briefings
  5. Analyse, generalise and transmit the importance of supervision when undertaking supervised professional practice placement through participation in tutorials/briefings
  6. Apply knowledge to prepare effectively for supervised professional practice placement, by completing preparation for placement mandatory requirements such as Faculty and Departmental compliance documentation, and by participating in tutorials/briefing.

Assessment

  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 1 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 2 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 3 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 4 (hurdle)
  • Preplacement tutorial/briefing 5 (hurdle)

Preplacement tutorial/briefing 6 (hurdle)

Each hurdle builds on the previous hurdle

Workload requirements

On-campus: students will participate in 6 preplacement tutorial/briefings, comprising a mix of in class and online activities (up to 14 hours)

Off-campus: students will participate in 6 preplacement tutorial/briefings, comprising online activities (up to 14 hours)

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


SWK4400 - Critical social work 3: Group work and community engagement (context and practice)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Deb Western

Coordinator(s)

Deb Western

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

This unit requires students to work in groups, develop a relationship with a community group or community organisation and develop a group based project. The unit has a focus on the theory and practice of groupwork, including the historical development of this social work method, planning and implementing a groupwork program, communication in groups, group leadership and facilitation and managing group dynamics. Students will also learn to establish and negotiate relationships with organisational personnel in the field, analyse and manage group processes and successfully complete a 'real-world' group project. The unit will introduce students to community engagement, processes of project management and practice challenges in the field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the stages of group development to the student group project
  2. Analyse the impact of different group leadership styles and processes
  3. Demonstrate a beginning level of competence in group problem-solving strategies relevant to a range of social work contexts
  4. Critically analyse all aspects of their own group experience through engaging in critical reflection
  5. Engage effectively with professionals in a community group or organisation through the use of community engagement processes
  6. Articulate the features of an effective community engagement process
  7. Examine the group and project processes and outcomes through application of evaluation methods appropriate to a range of groupwork interventions.

Assessment

  • Group project report (1,500 words) (30%)
  • Group presentation (15%)
  • Critical reflection and analysis essay (2,500 words) (55%)

Students must pass the critical reflection and analysis essay in order to pass the unit.

Workload requirements

The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 144 hours of study per semester. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake include set readings for each topic and complete the assessment tasks.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 2 day workshop which is held during semester one's mid-semester break at the Caulfield campus (date to be advised at the beginning of semester one).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4401 - Critical social work 4: Individual, health and society (context and practice)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Coordinator(s)

Melissa Petrakis

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SWK3240 or SWK3400.

Synopsis

This unit provides an ecological approach to the understanding of contemporary health and mental health concerns that impact on the individuals and families who come to the attention of social work. The subject incorporates weekly direct practice skills seminars to develop key skills for effective social work practice in the health and mental health fields. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts in community health and mental health, in disability, in drug and alcohol settings, in rural and regional settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify appropriate competencies for the practice domains that intersect with mental health, including legal and statutory responsibilities;
  2. demonstrate key communication and assessment skills necessary for effective practice with a range of clients in diverse health settings;
  3. reflect critically on their practice - specifically the integration of theory and practice in challenging client situations;
  4. describe specific health problems, recognise the social and psychological components, causes and consequences of ill-health, and have a critical awareness of the socio-economic dimension of health problems;
  5. demonstrate knowledge of the practice and policy frameworks that animate health and mental health and consumer services in Australia;
  6. articulate the factors that influence health and mental health needs of clients and propose distinct and distinctive responses to these;
  7. assess the nature of health and mental health issues and the contributions made by the wide range of professional groups who work with individuals experiencing mental illness;
  8. identify key issues and demonstrate skills in working effectively with clients in health and mental health settings;
  9. structure and present a report on a substantive health issue.

Assessment

  • Literature review (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Case study (1,500 words) (25%)
  • Essay (3,000 words) (50%)
  • Reflective Journal (3,000 words) (Pass Only)

Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit.

Workload requirements

The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 312 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide, which include set readings.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 3 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4450 - Social policy and social justice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Appraise the meaning and nature of social policy, from different theoretical and practical points of view;
  2. Explain the key trends and philosophies underlying the positions of major Australian political parties;
  3. Analyse the impact of social structure and social policy on welfare service users;
  4. Explain the role of social policy implementations upon their everyday social work practice in keeping with the expectations of the Australian Association of Social Workers Practice Standards for Social Workers
  5. Apply marxist, feminist, neoliberal and other ideological critiques of the welfare state, and their implications for particular policy areas;
  6. Critique the roles, strategies, and effectiveness of a range of NGO and consumer advocacy/lobby groups in social policy debates;

Assessment

  • Critical analysis of current newspaper or journal opinion piece (1,500 words) (40%) (hurdle)
  • Critical analysis of an area of current Australian social policy (3,500 words) (60%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

2 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4451 - Social policy and social justice: Honours

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Coordinator(s)

Associate Professor Philip Mendes

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Synopsis

Honours students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Describe the meaning and nature of social policy, from different theoretical and practical points of view;
  2. Describe the key trends and philosophies underlying the positions of major political parties;
  3. Apply key theories and ideological perspectives in social policy to selected fields; and to learn how understanding different philosophical perspectives helps both to explain the nature of current policies influenced by particular philosophies, and to increase the options for policy development and change;
  4. Describe the impact of social structure and social policy on welfare service users;
  5. Discuss the role of social policy implementations upon their everyday social work practice as required by the Australian Association of Social Workers Practice Standards for Social Workers which require social workers to "promote and implement policies and practices which would achieve a fair, equitable and effective allocation of social resources; and identify inappropriate or equitable policy goals and outcomes";
  6. Debate marxist, feminist, neoliberal and other ideological critiques of the welfare state, and their implications for particular policy areas;
  7. Critique the roles, strategies, and effectiveness of a range of NGO and consumer advocacy/lobby groups in social policy debates;
  8. Articulate the link between local and global welfare trends.

Assessment

  • Oral presentation (60%) (hurdle)
  • Written paper outlining the oral presentation (This can either be a formal written essay (1,000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (10 slides) (40%) (hurdle)

Workload requirements

12 hours per week.

See also Unit timetable information

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hour weekly lecture.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:


SWK4560 - Supervised professional practice 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate - Unit

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered.

Faculty

Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences

Organisational Unit

Department of Social Work

Chief examiner(s)

Shelley Turner

Coordinator(s)

Lauren Wills

Unit guides

Offered

Caulfield

  • First semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • First semester 2018 (On-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (Off-campus)
  • Second semester 2018 (On-campus)

Prerequisites

SWK4060, SWK3400 and (SWK3180 or SWK3240)

Co-requisites

Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Work course codes 0004, 3426, 3864, 3870, 3964, 3965

Synopsis

Supervised Professional Practice 2 enables students to observe, practice and critically reflect on the role of social work in a health or human services context and to further develop a professional social work identity.

The unit comprises a minimum of 500 hours of supervised field education. Students are allocated to a suitable placement provider, which may focus on direct practice; community development; or social research, policy or project work.

Students are supported to integrate theoretical knowledge with practice skills and are supervised in the field by a qualified and experienced social work Field Educator and an allocated University Liaison Person.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Apply the AASW Code of Ethics to the practice context.
  2. Identify the placement provider's legal and political context within the health and human services field.
  3. Explain the legislation and social policies that influence the field of practice.
  4. Articulate the theories and methods relevant to the placement context and critically reflect on their use and application.
  5. Apply effective communication skills within the placement context.
  6. Assume responsibility for self-learning and professional development while on placement.
  7. Critically apply knowledge of assessment, intervention and referral skills to the field of practice.
  8. Critically analyse different types of social research and their application to social work in the context of the placement setting.
  9. Interpret and adapt knowledge of cultural diversity in order to work in a culturally responsive and inclusive manner in a social work context.

    Students must also provide evidence of completion of at least 500 hours of field placement.

Assessment

  • 14 x Weekly structured critical reflection (200 words each)
  • 14 Completed records of supervision (100 words each)
  • Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Checklist (100 words)
  • Self-care plan (1,000 words)
  • Observed demonstration of communication skills (Part A) (20 minutes)
  • Mid-placement review report (500 words)
  • Observed demonstration of communication skills (Part B - critical reflection) (10 minutes)
  • Personal professional practice framework (2,500 words)
  • Final placement review report (500 words)
  • Completed placement timesheet

Mid-way through the placement, the allocated social work Field Educator and the student should review and assess the student's progress and performance against each of the nine key Learning Areas, using the rating guide provided in the Placement Workbook. This forms the basis for the Mid-placement Report, which provides the student with formative feedback for the remainder of the placement.

Towards the end of the placement, the allocated social work Field Educator and the student should review and assess the student's progress and performance against each of the nine key Learning Areas, using the rating guide provided in the Placement Workbook. This forms the basis for the Final Placement Report, which provides the student with summative feedback about their placement performance and a recommendation to the University for a pass or fail grade.

To meet AASW accreditation requirements and pass the unit, the student must reach a level of 'capable' (3) for all nine Learning Areas by the end of the placement. This means the student is capable of practicing independently at the level expected of a newly qualifying practitioner.

The unit is pass grade only (PGO).

Workload requirements

The AASW set down the workload requirements for a Field Placement:

500 hours

See also Unit timetable information

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Social Work

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at: